Hsupa (Ran16.0 01)

WCDMA RAN
HSUPA Feature Parameter

Description
Issue 01
Date 2014-04-30
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSUPA Feature Parameter Description Contents
Contents
1 About This Document..................................................................................................................1

1.1 Scope..............................................................................................................................................................................1
1.2 Intended Audience..........................................................................................................................................................2
1.3 Change History...............................................................................................................................................................2
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types.......................................................................................................................4
2 Overview.........................................................................................................................................7
2.1 Main Characteristics.......................................................................................................................................................8
2.2 UE Specifications of HSUPA-related Features..............................................................................................................8
2.3 HSUPA Channels...........................................................................................................................................................8
2.4 Impact of HSUPA on NEs............................................................................................................................................10
2.5 HSUPA Functions........................................................................................................................................................11
2.5.1 HSUPA Control Plane Functions..............................................................................................................................11
2.5.2 HSUPA User Plane Functions...................................................................................................................................13
3 Control Plane Functions.............................................................................................................16

3.1 Bearer Mapping............................................................................................................................................................16
3.1.1 SRB over HSUPA.....................................................................................................................................................17
3.1.2 HSUPA 2ms TTI.......................................................................................................................................................18
3.2 Channel Switching........................................................................................................................................................19
3.2.1 State Transition Based on Traffic Volume................................................................................................................20
3.2.2 Channel Switching Based on UE Moving.................................................................................................................20
3.2.3 Channel Switching Based on Load Change..............................................................................................................21
3.3 HSUPA over Iur...........................................................................................................................................................21
3.3.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................21
3.3.2 Basic Principle...........................................................................................................................................................22
4 User Plane Functions..................................................................................................................23

4.1 Fast Scheduling.............................................................................................................................................................23
4.1.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................23
4.1.2 Estimation of Remaining Uu Interface Load.............................................................................................................24
4.1.3 Queuing.....................................................................................................................................................................29
4.1.4 Uu resource allocation...............................................................................................................................................29
4.2 Dynamic CE Management............................................................................................................................................29
Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

WCDMA RAN
4.3 Uplink Macro Diversity Intelligent Receiving.............................................................................................................34

4.3.1 Background................................................................................................................................................................34
4.3.2 Function Implementation...........................................................................................................................................34
4.4 HSUPA Adaptive Retransmission................................................................................................................................35
4.4.1 Background................................................................................................................................................................35
4.5 HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location.................................................................................................................38
4.5.1 Background................................................................................................................................................................38
4.6 HSUPA Forcible Scheduling Despite NACK Messages on the Serving Link.............................................................40
4.7 Load-based Happy Bit Delay Initial Selection.............................................................................................................41
4.8 Cell HSUPA Basic Throughput-Guaranteed Scheduling.............................................................................................41
5 HSUPA QoS Management.........................................................................................................43

5.1 QoS Guarantee..............................................................................................................................................................44
5.2 Diff-Serv Management.................................................................................................................................................45
6 Related Features...........................................................................................................................47
6.1 WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package............................................................................................................47
6.2 WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA...............................................................................................................................47
6.3 WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI............................................................................................................................48
6.4 WRFD-01061405 HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User...........................................................................................................48
6.5 WRFD-010641 HSUPA Adaptive Transmission.........................................................................................................48
6.6 WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management..................................................................................................49
6.7 WRFD-020136 HSUPA Anti-interference Scheduling................................................................................................49
6.8 WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation................................................49
6.9 WRFD-140211 Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment......................................................................................................50
6.10 WRFD-01061209 HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in Node B....................................................................50
6.11 HSUPA Forcible Scheduling Despite NACK Messages on the Serving Link...........................................................51
6.12 Load-based Happy Bit Delay Initial Selection...........................................................................................................52
7 Network Impact...........................................................................................................................53
7.3 WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI............................................................................................................................57
7.4 WRFD-01061211 20 HSUPA Users per Cell..............................................................................................................59
7.5 WRFD-01061405 HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User...........................................................................................................59
7.6 WRFD-010641 HSUPA Adaptive Transmission.........................................................................................................59
7.7 WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management..................................................................................................60
7.8 WRFD-020136 Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA..........................................................................................60
7.9 WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation................................................61
7.10 WRFD-140211 Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment....................................................................................................61
7.11 WRFD-01061209 HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in Node B....................................................................62
Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

WCDMA RAN
7.12 HSUPA Forcible Scheduling Despite NACK Messages on the Serving Link...........................................................63
7.13 Load-based Happy Bit Delay Initial Selection...........................................................................................................63
8 Engineering Guidelines.............................................................................................................64
8.1.1 When to Use HSUPA Introduction Package.............................................................................................................66
8.1.2 Information to Be Collected......................................................................................................................................66
8.1.3 Deployment...............................................................................................................................................................66
8.1.4 Performance Monitoring............................................................................................................................................75
8.1.5 Parameter Optimization.............................................................................................................................................76
8.1.6 Troubleshooting.........................................................................................................................................................76
8.2.1 When to Use HSUPA Introduction Package.............................................................................................................76
8.2.2 Information to Be Collected......................................................................................................................................76
8.2.3 Deployment...............................................................................................................................................................78
8.2.4 Performance Monitoring..........................................................................................................................................100
8.2.5 Parameter Optimization...........................................................................................................................................103
8.2.6 Troubleshooting.......................................................................................................................................................104
8.3 WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI..........................................................................................................................104
8.3.1 When to Use HSUPA Introduction Package...........................................................................................................104
8.3.2 Information to Be Collected....................................................................................................................................104
8.3.3 Deployment.............................................................................................................................................................105
8.4 WRFD-010635 HSUPA over Iur...............................................................................................................................124
8.4.1 Requirements...........................................................................................................................................................125
8.4.2 Activation................................................................................................................................................................125
8.4.3 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................127
8.4.4 Deactivation.............................................................................................................................................................127
8.5 WRFD-01061405 HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User.........................................................................................................128
8.5.1 When to Use HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User..............................................................................................................128
8.5.3 Deployment.............................................................................................................................................................129
8.6 WRFD-010641 HSUPA Adaptive Transmission.......................................................................................................132
8.6.1 When to Use HSUPA Adaptive Transmission........................................................................................................132
8.6.3 Deployment.............................................................................................................................................................132
Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

WCDMA RAN

8.7 WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management................................................................................................138
8.7.1 When to Use Dynamic CE Resource Management.................................................................................................138
8.7.3 Deployment.............................................................................................................................................................141
8.8 WRFD-020136 HSUPA Anti-interference Scheduling..............................................................................................145
8.8.1 When to Use HSUPA Anti-interference Scheduling...............................................................................................145
8.8.3 Deployment.............................................................................................................................................................147
8.9 WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation..............................................153
8.9.1 When to Use Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation...............................................154
8.9.3 Deployment.............................................................................................................................................................155
8.10 WRFD-140211 Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment..................................................................................................164
8.10.1 When to Use Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment...................................................................................................164
8.10.2 Information to Be Collected..................................................................................................................................164
8.10.3 Deployment...........................................................................................................................................................165
8.10.4 Performance Monitoring........................................................................................................................................170
8.10.5 Parameter Optimization.........................................................................................................................................170
8.10.6 Troubleshooting.....................................................................................................................................................171
8.11 WRFD-01061209 HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in Node B..................................................................171
8.11.1 When to Use HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location....................................................................................171
8.11.3 Deployment...........................................................................................................................................................172
8.12 Load-based Happy Bit Delay Initial Selection.........................................................................................................177
8.12.1 When to Use HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location....................................................................................177
8.12.3 Deployment...........................................................................................................................................................178
Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v

WCDMA RAN

9 Parameters...................................................................................................................................181
10 Counters....................................................................................................................................417
11 Glossary.....................................................................................................................................451
12 Reference Documents.............................................................................................................452
Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi

WCDMA RAN
HSUPA Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document
1 About This Document
1.1 Scope
This document describes HSUPA, including its technical principles, related features, network
impact, and engineering guidelines.
This document covers the following features:
l WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package

l WRFD-010635 HSUPA over Iur
l WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA
l WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI
l WRFD-01061405 HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User
l WRFD-010641 HSUPA Adaptive Transmission
l WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management
l WRFD-020136 Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA
l WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation
l WRFD-140211 Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment
l WRFD-01061209 HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in Node B
This document applies to the following NE types.
NE Type NE Model
RNC BSC6900, BSC6910
NodeB Macro 3900 series macro base stations: BTS3900, BTS3900A,

BTS3900L, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, BTS3900C
3800 series macro base stations: DBS3800, BTS3812E,
BTS3812AE
Micro BTS3803E, BTS3902E
Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

WCDMA RAN
NE Type NE Model
LampSite DBS3900
1.2 Intended Audience

This document is intended for personnel who:
l Need to understand the features described herein

l Work with Huawei products
1.3 Change History

This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are
two types of changes, which are defined as follows:
l Feature change
Changes in features of a specific product version
l Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier version
RAN16.0 01 (2014-04-30)
This issue does not include any changes.
RAN16.0 Draft B (2014-02-28)

This issue includes the following changes.
Change Type Change Description Parameter

Change
Feature change None None
Editorial change Added the descriptions about the feature and None
function differences between NodeBs of different
types. For details, see section 1.4 Differences
Between Base Station Types.
RAN16.0 Draft A (2014-01-20)

Compared with Issue 04 (2013-12-30) of RAN15.0, Draft A (2014-01-20) of RAN16.0 includes
the following changes.

WCDMA RAN
Change Change Description Parameter Change

Type
Feature Added the function of HSUPA forcible scheduling Added the

change despite NACK messages on the serving link. For ULHITHPMACESW
details, see the following sections: parameter.
l 2.5.2 HSUPA User Plane Functions
l 4.6 HSUPA Forcible Scheduling Despite
NACK Messages on the Serving Link
Added the function of load-based happy bit delay l Added an option

initial selection. For details, see sections: DRA_BASE_LOAD
l 4.7 Load-based Happy Bit Delay Initial _HBD_INIT_SEL_S
Selection WITCH under the
DraSwitch
l 6.12 Load-based Happy Bit Delay Initial (BSC6900,BSC6910)
Selection parameter.
l 7.13 Load-based Happy Bit Delay Initial l Added the
Selection AltHBDelaycnd
l 8.12 Load-based Happy Bit Delay Initial parameter.
Selection
Added descriptions about the impacts on active None

HSUPA cells when
PREEMPT_ENH_HSSCCH_PREEMPT_SF_S
WITCH of the Preemption Enhancement Switch
parameter is set to ON. For details, see section
Activation.
M2000 has changed to U2000. None
Editorial The descriptions of the following features have None

change moved to Management of HSPA Users per Cell
Feature Parameter Description:
l WRFD-01061211 20 HSUPA Users per Cell
Added the cell HSUPA basic throughput-guaranteed None

scheduling function. For details, see section 4.8 Cell
HSUPA Basic Throughput-Guaranteed
Scheduling.

WCDMA RAN
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types

Feature Support by Macro, Micro, and LampSite Base Stations
Feature Descripti Supported by Supporte Supported by Micro LampSit

ID on Controller(Y/N/NA) d by (Y/N/NA) e
Macro
BSC690 BSC691 (Y/N/ BTS380 BTS390
0 0 NA) 3E 2E
WRFD- Uplink NA NA Y Y Y Y
010640 Macro
Diversit
y
Intellige
nt
Receivin
g
WRFD- HSUPA Y Y Y Y Y Y
010612 Introduct
ion
Package
0106120 HARQ
9 and Fast
UL
Scheduli
ng in
NodeB
WRFD- 20 Y Y Y Y Y Y
0106121 HSUPA
1 Users
per Cell
010635 over Iur
WRFD- Enhance NA NA Y Y Y Y
0106140 d Fast
2 UL
Scheduli
ng
0106140 2ms TTI
3

WCDMA RAN
0106140 5.74Mbp
5 s per
User
WRFD- SRB Y Y Y Y Y Y
010636 over
HSUPA
WRFD- Dynamic Y Y Y Y Y Y
140211 Target
RoT
Adjustm
ent
WRFD- Anti- Y Y Y Y Y Y
020136 Interfere
nce
Scheduli
ng for
HSUPA
WRFD- Dual- NA NA Y Y Y Y
020137 Threshol
d
Scheduli
ng with
HSUPA
Interfere
nce
Cancella
tion
010641 Adaptive
Transmi
ssion
WRFD- Dynamic Y Y Y Y Y Y
010638 CE
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
NOTE
Y indicates that a feature is supported; N indicates that a feature is not supported; NA indicates that an NE is
not involved, that is, a feature does not require the support of the NE.

WCDMA RAN
Differentiated Function Implementation by Macro, Micro, and LampSite Sites

NA

WCDMA RAN
HSUPA Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
2 Overview
Since the introduction of the HSDPA technology, the downlink transmission rate has been
greatly increased. To meet the rapidly growing demands for data services, 3GPP Release 6
introduced HSUPA. By applying fast scheduling, fast hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ),
shorter transmission time interval (TTI), and macro diversity combining (MDC), HSUPA
improves the uplink capacity, increases the user data rate greatly, and reduces the transmission
delay on the WCDMA network.
HSUPA provides a higher peak rate, which helps to improve user experience. It can also increase
system capacity when there is only a small number of UEs transmitting data at high data rates.
This feature has the following impacts:
l A new control channel that requires more power in the uplink, called E-DPCCH, was
introduced for HSUPA. Therefore, activating this feature may increase the probability of
call drops in a network with limited uplink coverage.
l When the uplink load is limited and there is a large number of UEs, the UEs can upload
data only at a guaranteed bit rate (GBR), for example, 64 kbit/s. In such a case, the data
transmission efficiency of HSUPA channels is slightly decreased when compared with R99
channels, because the E-DPCCH consumes system resources.

WCDMA RAN
2.1 Main Characteristics

The main characteristics of HSUPA are as follows:
Fast Scheduling In HSUPA, fast scheduling is used to allocate system resources in the
NodeB through physical layer signaling. By exploiting the burst
transmission, the scheduler performs rapid resource allocation between
UEs to adapt to cell interference variations. The scheduler also can
provide Diff-Serv management for users with different priorities. This
improves user experience and increases the system capacity.
Fast HARQ Similar to HSDPA, HSUPA also introduces fast HARQ, which allows
the NodeB to rapidly request retransmission of erroneously received
data. HARQ reduces the number of retransmissions at the RLC layer
and shortens the transmission delay. The NodeB performs soft
combining of data erroneously received and data retransmitted from the
UE before decoding. The combining uses the information transmitted
each time and therefore increases the success rate of decoding.
Shorter TTI HSUPA allows a 2 ms TTI, which further reduces the transmission delay
and scheduling delay.
MDC HSUPA supports soft handover. The cells in the active set can receive
data from UEs. MDC increases the probability of proper data reception,
improves the quality of data transmission, and greatly enhances the
service stability of users at the cell border.
2.2 UE Specifications of HSUPA-related Features

After HSUPA is introduced, the uplink peak data rate per user can reach 5.74 Mbit/s. The
following table lists the UE specifications of each HSUPA-related feature.
Feature ID UE Specification
WRFD-01061211 20 HSUPA UEs per cell
2.3 HSUPA Channels

To support HSUPA, 3GPP TS 25.211 defined one transport channel (E-DCH) and five physical
channels (E-DPCCH, E-DPDCH, E-HICH, E-RGCH, and E-AGCH).

WCDMA RAN
Figure 2-1 HSUPA physical channels
E-AGCH: E-DCH Absolute Grant Channel E-DPCCH: E-DCH Dedicated Physical

Control Channel
E-RGCH: E-DCH Relative Grant Channel E-DPDCH: E-DCH Dedicated Physical Data
Channel
E-HICH: E-DCH HARQ Acknowledgement UE: User Equipment

Indicator Channel
The TTI of the enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) can be 10 ms or 2 ms. The E-DCH is
mapped onto the E-DPDCH or E-DPCCH. When the TTI is 10 ms, the E-DCH provides better
uplink coverage performance; when the TTI is 2 ms, the E-DCH provides higher transmission
rates.
The E-DPDCH carries data in the uplink. The spreading factor of the E-DPDCH varies from
SF256 to SF2 depending on the data transmission rate. A maximum of four E-DPDCHs can be
used for parallel transmission. The SF of two E-DPDCHs is SF2, and the SF of the other two E-
DPDCHs is SF4.
The E-DPCCH carries control information related to data transmission in the uplink. The control
information consists of the E-DCH transport format combination indicator (E-TFCI),
retransmission sequence number (RSN), and happy bit. The SF of the E-DPCCH is fixed to 256.
To implement the HARQ function, the E-HICH is introduced in the downlink. The E-HICH
carries retransmission requests from the NodeB. The SF of the E-HICH is fixed to 128.
The downlink E-AGCH and E-RGCH carry the HSUPA scheduling control information. The
E-AGCH is a shared channel, which carries the maximum E-DPDCH to DPCCH power ratio,
that is, absolute grants. The SF of the E-AGCH is fixed to 256.
The E-RGCH is a dedicated channel, which is used to indicate relative grants and increase or
decrease the maximum E-DPDCH to DPCCH power ratio. The SF of the E-RGCH is fixed to
128.

WCDMA RAN
2.4 Impact of HSUPA on NEs

HSUPA has an impact on the RNC, NodeB, and UE.
On the control plane of the network side, the RNC processes the signaling about the HSUPA-
capable cell configuration, E-DCH related channel configuration, and mobility management.
On the user plane of the network side, the RLC layer and MAC-d of the RNC remain unchanged.
On the RNC, the MAC-es is added under the MAC-d to implement the MDC, reordering, and
decapsulation of MAC-es PDUs. On the NodeB, the MAC-e is added to implement HSUPA
scheduling and HARQ management.
On the UE, the MAC-e/es is added to encapsulate the traffic data into an MAC-e PDU and
transmit it on the E-DPDCH.
To support HSUPA, section "5 Possible UE radio access capability parameter settings" in 3GPP
TS 25.306 defined nine UE categories. These UEs support different peak rates at the MAC layer,
ranging from 711 kbit/s to 23 Mbit/s.
UE Category Max. E-DCH Max. Data Rate (Mbit/s)

Capability TTI
Combination MAC Layer MAC Layer Air Interface
10 ms TTI 2 ms TTI
Category 1 1 x SF4 10 ms only 0.71 - 0.96
Category 2 2 x SF4 10 ms and 2 1.45 1.40 1.92

ms
Category 4 2 x SF2 10 ms and 2 2.0 2.89 3.84

ms
Category 6 2 x SF4 + 2 x 10 ms and 2 2.0 5.74 5.76

SF2 ms
Category 7 2 x SF4 + 2 x 10 ms and 2 2.0 11.50 11.52

SF2 ms
Category 8 2 x SF4 + 2 x 2 ms 2.0 11.50 11.52

SF2
Category 9 2 x SF4 + 2 x 2 ms 2.0 23.00 23.04

SF2
Huawei RAN supports all UE categories.
HSUPA 2 ms TTI and parallel transmission of four E-DPDCHs are optional.

WCDMA RAN
2.5 HSUPA Functions

In the process of initiating a call, the UTRAN performs a series of function coordination tasks
to provide high-quality services, completely utilize system resources, and maximize system
capacity. The UTRAN protocols are classified into control plane protocols and user plane
protocols. The UTRAN functions are classified into control plane functions and user plane
functions accordingly.
The control plane is responsible for setting up and maintaining E-DCH connections and
controlling the system load. The user plane is responsible for implementing data transmission
with satisfactory quality and allocating resources properly and efficiently to maximize system
capacity.
Resources can be flexibly allocated among users in real time because HSUPA resources are
shared by users. This affects the QoS of users to a great extent. To address this problem, HSUPA
QoS management is adopted, which requires the support of some HSUPA functions. This
document describes HSUPA QoS management in section 4.5.1 Background.
2.5.1 HSUPA Control Plane Functions

Figure 2-2 shows the HSUPA control plane functions based on the service connection setup
and maintenance procedure.
Figure 2-2 HSUPA control plane functions
The HSUPA control plane functions are described as follows:
l Bearer mapping
When a user initiates a service request, bearer mapping is performed to determine an
appropriate physical channel for carrying data based on the attributes of the requested
service, such as the service domain (CS or PS) and the traffic class and rate. If the service

WCDMA RAN
attributes meet the requirements for an HSUPA channel, the data can be carried on the
HSUPA channel. For details about bearer mapping, see Radio Bearers Feature Parameter
Description.
l Access control
After bearer mapping determines that a service can be carried on the HSUPA channel,
access control performs an access decision based on the cell load and the estimated increase
in the load after the access of a new service. Access control ensures that a new service
connection can obtain required resources after admission. Consequently, the service quality
is ensured, and the cell is not overloaded. If resources in a cell are insufficient for the service
connection setup on the HSUPA channel, or if the cell does not support HSUPA, access
attempts can be performed in the inter-frequency same-coverage neighboring cell to
increase the access probability and improve the QoS. For details about access control, see
Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
If access control determines that the service connection can be set up on the HSUPA
channel, the system sets up the HSUPA RB for the UE. Therefore, the UE can transmit
data on the E-DPDCH. The service connection setup ends, and the power control, channel
switching, mobility management, and load control are performed to control the UE. The
first three functions control the RL for each UE. The last function controls all UEs in the
cell. The four functions work simultaneously.
l Power control
If a service can be carried on the HSUPA channel, the UE transmits control messages and
traffic data to the network on the uplink channels (E-DPCCH and E-DPDCH), and the
network transmits signaling to the UE on the downlink channels (E-RGCH, E-AGCH, and
E-HICH). Power control assigns appropriate transmit power to each downlink channel to
ensure that messages can be correctly received by UEs and to prevent wasting resources
because of a high transmit power. Power control is also used to control the transmit power
of the uplink channels to ensure the transmission quality of uplink data on the Uu interface.
For details about power control, see Power Control Feature Parameter Description.
l Channel switching
Channel switching monitors the data transmission requests of UEs in real time, estimates
the change in the demands for system resources, and then adjusts the channel bandwidth
or performs state transition based on the estimation. This function ensures the QoS and
saves system resources. For details, see section 3.2 Channel Switching.
l Mobility management
Mobility management processes transactions due to UE movement between cells. For
example, when a UE moves from one cell to another cell, the serving cell must be switched
to ensure service continuity; when a UE moves between a HSUPA-capable cell and a
HSUPA-incapable cell, the HSUPA channel must be configured or removed on the basis
of the cell capability to ensure service continuity and service quality. For details about
mobility management, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.
l Load control
Load control monitors the cell load in real time. If the load exceeds the congestion threshold,
UEs in the cell can be handed over to other cells or the data rate can be decreased to reduce
the load and reserve resources for subsequent access, increasing the connection success
rate. If the load further increases and exceeds the overload threshold, the RL can be released
to reduce the load rapidly to ensure system stability. Load control can be performed for
UEs with the traffic being carried on the HSUPA channel to reduce the system load. For
details about load control, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.

WCDMA RAN
2.5.2 HSUPA User Plane Functions

Figure 2-3 shows the protocol layers associated with HSUPA user plane functions in the
UTRAN.
Figure 2-3 Protocol layers associated with HSUPA user plane functions in the UTRAN
Function Description
On the UE side, after the service data at the application layer is passed to the RLC layer, the
service data is segmented or concatenated to an RLC PDU and then passed to the physical layer
through the MAC layer for transmission.
l ETFC selection
In each TTI, whether the UE can transmit data and how much data can be transmitted
depend on E-DCH transfer format combination (ETFC) selection based on the following
factors:
– Total transmit power of the UE.
– The serving grant (SG) from the NodeB. The SG defines the maximum power used to
transmit data on the E-DPDCH, which carries the MAC-e PDU. The larger the SG is,
the bigger the MAC-e TB size to be supported in one transmission time interval is.
– Traffic volume in the RLC buffer of the UE.
ETFC selection is defined in section "11.8.1.4 E-TFC Selection" of
3GPP TS 25.321 and implemented on the UE side.
l HARQ
After ETFC selection determines the amount of data to be transmitted in the current TTI,
the RLC PDU is encapsulated into the MAC-es PDU and then into the MAC-e PDU, and
then the MAC-e PDU is passed to the HARQ entity. The HARQ entity transmits the MAC-
e PDU on the E-DPDCH. If the MAC-e PDU is erroneously received by the cell, the HARQ
entity retransmits it until it is correctly received or the retransmission times reach the

WCDMA RAN
predefined maximum. On the NodeB side, if the decoding of an MAC-e PDU fails, the
HARQ reception process of the NodeB buffers the data received each time, performs
maximum ratio combining (MRC) of received data, and then performs decoding. This
increases the probability of correctly received packets. The network can control the
retransmission times dynamically to ensure the correct reception of MAC-e PDUs. For
details, see section 4.4 HSUPA Adaptive Retransmission.
l Flow control
After data is correctly received by the NodeB, it is passed to the RNC. The bandwidth on
the Iub interface may be limited. Therefore, the NodeB needs to allocate Iub bandwidth
among UEs properly through the flow control function to avoid deterioration of
transmission quality due to congestion on the Iub interface. If a UE in soft handover
establishes several RLs towards the cells under different RNCs, the flow control function
also needs to be implemented on the Iur interface to avoid congestion on the Iur interface.
For details on flow control, see Transmission Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description.
l MDC
If a UE is performing soft handover, the same MAC-es PDU may be passed to the RNC
from several NodeBs over several Iub interfaces or passed to the SRNC from the DRNC
over the Iur interface. In this case, the SRNC performs the MDC function to combine the
same data, increasing the probability of correct reception.
l Fast scheduling
Fast scheduling is very important on the NodeB side. The NodeB assigns the SG to each
HSUPA UE through fast scheduling to control the maximum transmission rate of each UE
on the Uu interface. Fast scheduling has a direct impact on the QoS of each UE. Therefore,
when the NodeB assigns SGs, it must consider the available system resources and the QoS
requirement of each UE. That is, when ensuring the QoS of each UE, fast scheduling
maximizes the utilization of system resources. For details about fast scheduling, see section
4.1 Fast Scheduling.
l CE management
CE resources are NodeB hard resources used for demodulating HSUPA data. CE resources
usually become a bottleneck for system resources. When CE resources are insufficient, it
is important to logically use the insufficient resources to meet the QoS requirement of each
UE. CE management considers this factor, outputs information about CE resource
allocation for each UE, and then passes the information to the scheduling module as a
reference for Uu resource allocation. For details about CE management, see section 4.2
Dynamic CE Management.
l HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location
In areas where the spectrum utilization is lower and uplink interference is stronger in soft
handover areas than those in the cell center, the HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location
function lowers the scheduling priority indicator (SPI) weight of HSUPA best effort (BE)
UEs in soft handover areas and preferentially decreases the data rate of these UEs when
uplink cell load is heavy. This is to reduce the uplink interference from these UEs on UEs
in neighboring cells, spare more uplink Uu-interface resources to cell center UEs, and
ultimately increase the uplink cell capacity.
This function applies to a cell where the soft handover area accounts for around 40%-50%
of the coverage area of the cell, the uplink cell load is heavy, and more than 30% UEs in
the cell are HSUPA BE UEs. This function helps increase the uplink cell throughput by
2%-7% for cells where the uplink cell load is heavy and all HSUPA UEs in the cell center

WCDMA RAN
and soft handover areas are engaged in uploading data using the File Transfer Protocol
(FTP). For details about HSUPA scheduling based on UE locations, see section 4.5 HSUPA
Scheduling Based on UE Location.
l HSUPA forcible scheduling despite NACK messages on the serving link
This function identifies the scenario of unbalanced uplink and downlink coverage based
on the serving link quality and non-serving link quality, and, in the identified scenario,
forces the HSUPA UEs during soft handovers to go through a scheduling process. By doing
so, this function increases uplink cell throughput and enables the RTWP values to converge
on the target load. For details about HSUPA forcible scheduling despite NACK messages
on the serving link, see section 4.6 HSUPA Forcible Scheduling Despite NACK
Messages on the Serving Link.
Relationship Between Key User Plane Functions

The fast scheduling, Iub flow control, and CE management functions cooperate to achieve
efficient utilization of system resources.
Figure 2-4 Relationship between key user plane functions
The Iub flow control and CE management functions allocate appropriate resources to each UE
based on the amount of available resources and the QoS requirement of each UE. Then, based
on the resource allocation, the two functions calculate the maximum rate of each UE supported
by the Iub resources and CE resources.
The scheduling module provides an SG for the UE based on the received maximum rate. The
SG ensures that the maximum rate of the HSUPA UE on the Uu interface does not exceed the
received maximum rate, preventing Iub resource or CE resource congestion.

WCDMA RAN
HSUPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane Functions
3 Control Plane Functions
3.1 Bearer Mapping

The HSUPA channel provides high transmission rates, reducing the transmission delay. In
addition, the services carried on the HSUPA channel can share system resources, improving
resource utilization and system capacity. Therefore, the HSUPA channel becomes a preferred
choice for an increasing number of service types.
The transport channel carrying HSUPA services is the E-DCH. It can carry services of multiple
types and service combinations, as listed in Table 3-1.
Table 3-1 E-DCH bearer mapping
CN Domain Service Type Carried on E-DCH Optional Feature
- Signaling (SRB) Yes Yes

WRFD-010636 SRB
over HSUPA
CS Voice Yes Yes

WRFD-010619 CS
Voice over HSPA/
HSPA+
Videophone No No
Streaming No No
PS Conversational Yes Yes

WRFD-010617
VoIP over HSPA/
HSPA+

WCDMA RAN
CN Domain Service Type Carried on E-DCH Optional Feature
Streaming Yes Yes

WRFD-010632
Streaming Traffic
Class on HSUPA
Interactive Yes No
Background Yes No
IMS signaling Yes Yes

WRFD-010618 IMS
Signaling over
HSPA
During a service setup, the RNC selects appropriate channels based on the UE capability, cell
capability, and service parameters to optimize the utilization of cell resources and ensure the
QoS.
Huawei RAN supports the setting of the types of RABs carried on the E-DCH based on service
requirements. For details, see Radio Bearers Feature Parameter Description.
3.1.1 SRB over HSUPA

This section describes the WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA feature.
Introduction
SRB over HSUPA enables a UE's uplink signaling radio bearers (SRBs) to be carried on the E-
DCH.
SRB over HSUPA is introduced in 3GPP Release 6 and is supported by RAN10.0 and later
versions.
Compared with SRB over DCH, SRB over HSUPA provides the following benefits:
l Increases the theoretical uplink peak rate of a 2 ms TTI HSUPA UE from 2.88 Mbit/s to
5.74 Mbit/s when this feature is enabled with the WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI and
WRFD-01061405 HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User features.
According to section 4.2.1 "Dedicated physical channels" in 3GPP TS 25.213 V6.5.0, when
SRBs are carried on the DPDCH, the smallest uplink spreading factor (SF) can only be
2SF2, not 2SF2+2SF4.
– When the uplink SF is 2SF2, the uplink peak rate can only be 2.88 Mbit/s.
– When the uplink SF is 2SF2+2SF4, the uplink peak rate can reach 5.74 Mbit/s.
l Provides higher signaling rates, thereby shortening call setup delay.
NOTE
A 2 ms TTI HSUPA UE is an HSUPA UE using a 2 ms transmission time interval (TTI) on the E-DCH.

WCDMA RAN
Radio Bearers
l During RRC connection setup, SRBs can be carried on the E-DCH if the following
conditions are met:
– The SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to TRUE.
– The SrbChlType(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to HSUPA or HSPA.
l During traffic radio bearer (TRB) setup, SRBs that were not previously carried on the E-
DCH can be reconfigured on the E-DCH if the following conditions are met:
– The SrbChlType(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to HSUPA or HSPA.
– All the uplink TRBs for a UE are carried on the E-DCH.
As the coverage performance of the E-DCH is inferior to that of the DCH, SRB over E-DCH
has a lower RRC setup success ratio than SRB over DCH during RRC connection setup.
Therefore, it is recommended that the SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter be set to FALSE.
The RAN allows a UE to be handed over between cells supporting SRB over DCH and cells
supporting SRB over E-DCH. For example, if the target cell supports SRB over E-DCH but the
source cell does not, a UE can be reconfigured to use SRB over E-DCH after being handed over
to the target cell. If the target cell does not support SRB over E-DCH but the source cell does,
SRBs of a UE are switched from the E-DCH to the DCH after the UE is handed over to the target
cell.
Scheduling
On the E-DCH, the NodeB preferentially schedules the SRBs.
You can run the SET UFRC command with the UlSRBTransModeOnHsupa
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter set to SCHEDULED or NON-SCHEDULED.
SCHEDULED indicates that SRBs carried on the E-DCH use the scheduling mode, and NON-
SCHEDULED indicates that SRBs carried on the E-DCH use the non-scheduling mode. For
details about uplink scheduling, see section 4.1 Fast Scheduling.
3.1.2 HSUPA 2ms TTI

This section describes the WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI feature.
Introduction
3GPP TS 25.321 V8.17.0 defines two types of transmission time intervals (TTIs) for HSUPA
UEs in section "Annex B (normative): E-DCH Transport Block Size Tables for FDD": 10 ms
TTI and 2 ms TTI. The 10 ms TTI is mandatory for all HSUPA UEs and the 2 ms TTI is optional.
The HSUPA 2ms TTI feature enables HSUPA services to use the 2 ms TTI on the Uu interface.
Compared with using the 10 ms TTI, using this feature provides the following benefits:
l Higher uplink peak rate for a single UE

l Faster data scheduling
l Shorter data transmission delay over the Uu interface
This feature is introduced in 3GPP Release 6 and is supported by RAN10.0 and later versions.

WCDMA RAN
Radio Bearers
HSUPA services use the 2 ms TTI when the following conditions are met:
1. The cell and UE support this feature.

2. The MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH check box under the MapSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is
selected.
3. If HSUPA PS services use the 2 ms TTI, the following conditions must be met:
l For HSUPA PS streaming services, the maximum uplink rate is greater than or equal
to the value of the StreamHsupa2msTtiRateThs(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
l For HSUPA PS BE services, the maximum uplink rate is greater than or equal to the
value of the BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
You can run the SET UFRC command to set the StreamHsupa2msTtiRateThs
(BSC6900,BSC6910) and BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters.
3.2 Channel Switching

After HSUPA is introduced, the UE can stay in a new RRC state, that is, CELL_DCH (with E-
DCH). Therefore, when both the cell and the UE support the E-DCH, the state transition of the
UE has two additional types: between CELL_DCH(E-DCH) and CELL_FACH and between
CELL_DCH(E-DCH) and CELL_DCH. This section mainly describes these two types of state
transition.
Figure 3-1 UE state transition
Table 3-2 lists the mapping between new state transition and new channel switching.
Table 3-2 Mapping between new state transition and new channel switching
New State Transition New Channel Switching
CELL_DCH (with E-DCH) <-> CELL_FACH E-DCH <-> FACH
CELL_DCH (with E-DCH) <-> CELL_DCH E-DCH <-> DCH

WCDMA RAN
The switching between E-DCH and FACH and the switching between E-DCH and DCH can be
triggered in the following cases:
l The UE activity changes. The UE activity is measured by the amount of data to be

transmitted by the UE. When the traffic volume is high, the UE is in the high activity state,
and therefore high-rate transport channels are required to provide high service quality.
When the traffic volume is low, the UE is in the low activity state, and therefore low-rate
channels or shared channels can be used to reduce the resource utilization.
l The system capability changes during the movement of the UE. When the UE moves from
an HSPA cell to a non-HSPA cell, the non-HSPA channel must be configured to ensure
service continuity. When the UE moves from a non-HSPA cell to an HSPA cell, the HSPA
channel must be configured if the UE supports HSPA to provide high service quality.
l The system load changes. When the system enters the overload state, the UE in the
CELL_DCH state may be switched to the common channel to reduce resource consumption
and ensure system stability. This applies to the UE on the HSPA channel. When the UE
attempts to access the network, the access may be rejected because of HSPA overload.
Therefore, the UE accesses the network on the DCH. When the system load becomes
normal, the UE is switched back to the HSPA channel.
3.2.1 State Transition Based on Traffic Volume

When the UE is in the CELL_FACH state, event 4a is reported if data needs to be transmitted
and the amount of data buffered at the RLC layer exceeds the predefined traffic volume threshold.
In this case, if both the cell and the UE are capable of HSUPA, services can be carried on the
HSUPA channel, and admission is successful. The UE then transits to the CELL_DCH(E-DCH)
state. For details, see State Transition Feature Parameter Description.
When the UE is in the CELL_DCH state, it does not report the buffered uplink traffic volume
to the RNC because of the restrictions defined in 3GPP TS 25.331. Therefore, the RNC estimates
the traffic volume only by monitoring the uplink throughput. The adjustment of the channel
bandwidth and UE state are based on the throughput change. For details, see DCCC Feature
Parameter Description.
3.2.2 Channel Switching Based on UE Moving

When a UE moves, the best cell changes, and HSUPA-related channel switching may occur in
the following cases:
l The original best cell supports HSUPA, and the traffic of the UE is carried on the HSUPA
channel. In addition:
– The new best cell does not support HSUPA. In this case, the UE cannot set up an E-
DCH towards the new best cell, and channel switching from E-DCH to DCH is
performed.
– The new best cell supports HSUPA, but a new HSUPA connection fails to be set up
because of insufficient resources. In this case, a DCH is set up towards the new best
cell, and channel switching form E-DCH to DCH is performed.
l The original best cell does not support HSUPA, and the traffic is carried on the DCH. When
a cell supporting HSUPA becomes the best cell and the traffic can be carried on the E-
DCH, channel switching from DCH to E-DCH is performed.

WCDMA RAN
When the traffic that can be carried on the HSUPA channel is carried on the DCH in the previous
cases, channel switching from DCH to E-DCH may be triggered if the following conditions are
met:
l The UE supports HSUPA.

l The current cell supports HSUPA or the inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cell
supports HSUPA.
The channel switching mechanisms are as follows:
After the DCH is set up, this mechanism periodically attempts to perform channel switching
from DCH to E-DCH.
3.2.3 Channel Switching Based on Load Change

When the system load (downlink transmit power or uplink interference) exceeds the overload
threshold, the HSUPA UE may be switched to the CELL_FACH state to reduce the system load
and ensure system stability. For details, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
In the case of HSUPA overload, the access of a service to the HSUPA channel may fail and then
the service is set up on the DCH, even if the traffic can be carried on the HSUPA channel and
both the cell and the UE are capable of HSUPA.
Then, RNC will periodically attempt to set up the HSUPA channel for the UE. If the setup is
successful, the HSUPA channel is then allocated to the UE.
3.3 HSUPA over Iur
3.3.1 Overview
HSUPA over Iur (WRFD-010635 HSUPA over Iur) is a feature that enables HSUPA services
to be carried on the Iur interface.
The HSUPA over Iur feature provides continuous HSUPA services for UEs moving between
RNCs.
The requirements of HSUPA over Iur are listed in Table 3-3.
Table 3-3 Requirements of HSUPA over Iur
Item Requirement
CN None
RNC The RNC needs to support HSUPA over Iur.
NodeB None
UE None

WCDMA RAN
3.3.2 Basic Principle

HSUPA over Iur is introduced in 3GPP Release 6. This feature can be applied when the DRNC
cell is in the E-DCH active set.
HSUPA over Iur provides the following functions:
l HSUPA service management over Iur

HSUPA service management over Iur involves HSUPA service setup, modification,
release, and dynamic channel configuration control (DCCC).
The HSUPA service of a UE can be set up, modified, or released over the Iur interface if
one of the following conditions is met:
– The UE is in CELL_DCH state and a DRNC cell is in the E-DCH active set.
– The UE is in CELL_FACH state and camps on a DRNC cell.
Whether the Iur interface supports HSUPA can be set through the IurHsupaSuppInd
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
l HSUPA mobility management over Iur
HSUPA mobility management over Iur includes soft handover, hard handover, cell update
due to radio link failure, and serving cell change over the Iur interface.
l HSUPA static relocation
When HSUPA services are carried on the Iur interface and only the target RNC provides
radio links, HSUPA static relocation can be triggered if the Iur interface is congested.
l HSUPA service preemption at the DRNC
When a new HSUPA service cannot be admitted to the network, the CRNC may trigger a
preemption of other HSUPA services that have lower priorities. If the CRNC is the DRNC,
it sends a RADIO LINK PREEMPTION REQUIRED INDICATION message to the
SRNC, and then the SRNC releases the HSUPA services specified in the message.

WCDMA RAN
HSUPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane Functions
4 User Plane Functions
4.1 Fast Scheduling
4.1.1 Overview
This section involves the following features:
l WRFD-01061209 HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in Node B

l WRFD-01061402 Enhanced Fast UL Scheduling
The service carried on the E-DCH can be configured in two modes, non-scheduling mode and
scheduling mode.
l Non-scheduling mode
Dedicated resources are reserved for the service to support its maximum bit rate (MBR).
That is, the transmission rate is the MBR if the service has enough traffic volume. This
mode can guarantee the QoS very well.
When the service is transmitted in non-scheduling mode, the maximum available rate of
the service is defined in service connection setup and is not controlled by the scheduler. In
this mode, based on the MBR requested by the service, the RNC configures the available
transport block with the maximum size for the service. If the transmit power permits, the
UE can use the transport block with the maximum size to transmit data. The non-scheduling
mode generally applies to delay-sensitive services or services with constant source rates,
such as VoIP, CS over HSUPA.
l Scheduling mode
The available maximum transmission rate is controlled by the HSUPA scheduler in the
NodeB and it can be adjusted frequently by the HSUPA scheduler. If the cell resource is
enough, the service configured in scheduling mode can get a bit rate in the range from the
guaranteed bit rate (GBR) to the MBR. If the cell resource is congested, the bit rate is not
higher than the GBR.
When the service is transmitted in scheduling mode, the scheduling module, based on the
load on the Uu interface and the CE resource and Iub bandwidth allocation results, adjusts
the transmission rate of the HSUPA UE by controlling the SG to be assigned to the HSUPA

WCDMA RAN
UE. The scheduling module applies to services with variable source rates, such as
interactive services and background services.
Only the services configured in scheduling mode are controlled by the scheduling module.
Therefore, the subsequent description is based on the services carried on the E-DCH and
configured in scheduling mode.
The scheduling period is based on the TTI. The scheduling period is 10 ms for the 10-ms TTI
and 2 ms for the 2-ms TTI.
Figure 4-1 HSUPA scheduling
The impacts of other functions on HSUPA scheduling are as follows:
l Estimation of remaining Uu load

The NodeB estimates the remaining Uu load according to the current measured RTWP
values. The estimated remaining load indicates the load resources on the Uu interface that
can be allocated to UEs. And then the NodeB performs resource allocation according to
the estimation results.
l Dynamic CE management
The dynamic CE management module can request the HSUPA scheduling module to reduce
the rates of some UEs due to insufficient CE resources. The HSUPA scheduling module
needs to send the AG or RG a Down message to the associated UEs.
l Iub flow control module
The Iub flow control module can request the HSUPA scheduling module to reduce the
transmission rates of some UEs due to Iub congestion. The HSUPA scheduling module
needs to send the RG a Down message to the associated UEs.
l Responding to the MBR limitation result
The HSUPA scheduling module sends an RG 'Down' message to each UE of which the
data rate exceeds the MBR on the Uu interface to reduce the data rate.
4.1.2 Estimation of Remaining Uu Interface Load

This section describes WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference
Cancellation, WRFD-020136 Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA, and WRFD-140211
Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment.

WCDMA RAN
Estimation of Remaining Uu Interface Load

The remaining Uu interface load can be calculated according to the following formula:
Estimated remaining load = max {Target uplink load level threshold 1, target uplink load level
threshold 2, target uplink load level threshold 3} – Uu interface load corresponding to the
currently measured RTWP value
where
l Target uplink load level threshold 1 is calculated based on information element 1 (IE1) and
IE2 issued by the RNC. IE1 carries the maximum target RTWP (unit: dB), and IE2 carries
the reference RTWP (unit: dB). Target uplink load level threshold 1 is calculated according
to the following formula:
Target uplink load level threshold 1 = (10(IE1-IE2)/10 – 1)/10(IE1-IE2)/10
– When the Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment feature is not activated, IE1 is calculated
according to the following formula:
IE1 = 10 x log10(1/(1 – MaxTargetUlLoadFactor(BSC6900,BSC6910))) + IE2
The value of IE2 varies according to whether the auto-adaptive background noise update
algorithm is enabled.
When the algorithm is enabled, IE2 equals the noise floor after dynamic adjustment.
For details about how to calculate the noise floor after dynamic adjustment, see section
"Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update Algorithm" in Load Control Feature
When the algorithm is not enabled, IE2 equals the noise floor in a cell, which is specified
by the BackgroundNoise(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
Therefore, when the Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment feature is not activated, target
uplink load level threshold 1 is calculated according to the following formula:
Target uplink load level threshold 1 = (10(IE1-IE2)/10 – 1)/10(IE1-IE2)/10 =
MaxTargetUlLoadFactor(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– When the Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment feature is activated, IE1 equals the sum of
the adjusted target RoT and the value of IE2. IE2 is calculated in the same way as when
the Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment feature is not activated. For details about how to
calculate the adjusted target RoT, see Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment.
l Target uplink load level threshold 2 is defined by the Dual-Threshold Scheduling with
HSUPA Interference Cancellation feature. For details about this feature, see Dual-
Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation.
NOTE
When the Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation feature is not activated,
target uplink load level threshold 2 equals target uplink load level threshold 1.
l Target uplink load level threshold 3 is defined by the Anti-Interference Scheduling for
HSUPA feature. For details about this feature, see "Anti-Interference Scheduling for
HSUPA."
NOTE
When the Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA feature is not activated, target uplink load level
threshold 3 equals target uplink load level threshold 1.
l The Uu interface load corresponding to the currently measured RTWP value is calculated
according to the following formula:

WCDMA RAN
Uu interface load corresponding to the currently measured RTWP value = 1 – 1/10 (measured
RTWP – IE2)/10
Figure 4-2 shows the process of determining target uplink load level thresholds.
Figure 4-2 Process of determining target uplink load level thresholds
In extreme cases where only one UE exists in a cell, this UE is performing HSUPA services
with 2 ms TTI, and this UE has only one RL in this cell, scheduling can be performed based on
a load threshold greater than target uplink load level threshold 1 to improve the throughput of
the UE. This load threshold equals target uplink load level threshold 1 plus DeltaUlloadFor2ms.
In the current version, DeltaUlloadFor2ms is unconfigurable. Under this condition, the
remaining Uu interface load can be calculated according to the following formula:
Estimated remaining load = max {Uplink load target threshold 1 + DeltaUlloadFor2ms, uplink
load target threshold 2, uplink load target threshold 3} – Uu interface load corresponding to the
currently measured RTWP value.
NOTE
After the WRFD-151205 Uplink CoMP (Joint Reception) and WRFD-151206 HetNet Uplink CoMP(Joint
Reception) features are activated, ensure that the UE has only one RL (including coordinated links) in the
cell before using the preceding formula.
Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation

The interference cancellation (IC) feature decreases the RTWP value after being enabled in an
HSUPA cell. The RTWP value measured after IC is less than that measured before IC. For details
about the IC feature, see Interference Cancellation Feature Parameter Description. The Dual-
Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation feature is an enhancement of the

WCDMA RAN
IC feature. This feature helps fully utilize uplink load resources and increase the capacity of an
HSUPA cell without sacrificing cell coverage.
The Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation feature defines a target
uplink load level threshold, which equals target uplink load level threshold 2. The HSUPA
scheduler dynamically measures the uplink load corresponding to the RTWP value measured
after IC. When the uplink load is lighter than target uplink load level threshold 1, the HSUPA
scheduler raises target uplink load level threshold 2. When the uplink load is heavier than target
uplink load level threshold 1, the HSUPA scheduler lowers target uplink load level threshold 2.
A large value of target uplink load level threshold 2 causes strong interference to neighboring
cells. Therefore, an upper limit is defined for uplink load level threshold 2. The upper limit equals
the sum of target uplink load level threshold 1 and MaxDeltaOfTargetRoT. Therefore, the value
of target uplink load level threshold 2 ranges from the value of target uplink load level threshold
1 to the upper limit.
NOTE
When the MaxDeltaOfTargetRoT parameter is set to 0, the Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA
Interference Cancellation feature does not take effect.
Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA

In an HSUPA-capable cell suffering from strong external interference, the cell throughput is
extremely low, resulting in an adverse HSUPA-user experience. Huawei introduces the function
of anti-interference scheduling for HSUPA (WRFD-020136 Anti-Interference Scheduling for
HSUPA) to suppress strong external interference. This function ensures a stable system
performance, and also improves user experience by increasing the cell throughput.
With this function, the NodeB not only calculates the remaining load based on the measured
RTWP of the cell, but also considers the load factor of users in the cell. When the load generated
by users (including HSUPA users and R99 users) in a cell is lower than the target uplink load
level x OwnCellUlLoadRatio, the HSUPA scheduler can always raise the target uplink load
level, even if the measured RTWP is high, so that there are remaining resources for users in the
cell until the target uplink load level reaches LoadThresh4MinUlCov. The target uplink load
level threshold defined by the Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA feature equals target
uplink load level threshold 3.
LoadThresh4MinUlCov is the load threshold for the minimum uplink coverage. The larger the
value of LoadThresh4MinUlCov, the higher the HSUPA throughput of the cell suffering from
strong external interference. However, a large value of LoadThresh4MinUlCov leads to high
RTWP and reduced cell coverage.
To enable anti-interference scheduling, turn on the function switch

OUTERSYSINTERSCHSW and the RTWP-based anti-interference function switch
NBMCacAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB. In any of the
following cases, you can enable anti-interference scheduling by only turning on the function
switch OUTERSYSINTERSCHSW:
l The UL_UU_OLC option of the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter is deselected;

l The ALGORITHM_OFF option of the NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch parameter is selected;
l The ALGORITHM_SECOND option of the NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch parameter is
selected.

WCDMA RAN
Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment

This section describes WRFD-140211 Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment.
Before Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment is introduced, the target uplink load level is specified
by MaxTargetUlLoadFactor(BSC6900,BSC6910). However, a fixed
MaxTargetUlLoadFactor(BSC6900,BSC6910) value cannot account for varied scenarios. That
is because a small value is required to ensure the cell coverage in scenarios with poor coverage
and a large value is required to ensure high cell capacity in scenarios with good coverage. To
consistently achieve an optimum maximum uplink load level, there is a need to introduce
The target RoT is obtained by subtracting the noise floor from the RTWP and is used for NodeB
fast scheduling. A large target RoT leads to a heavy cell load and consequently a high cell
throughput. However, UMTS is a system that produces interference within itself. As a result, a
heavy cell load leads to increased interference and decreased cell coverage. Dynamic Target
RoT Adjustment allows the target RoT to be adjusted to increase the cell throughput without
affecting key performance indicators (KPIs) related to the call drop rate.
The relationship between the RoT and uplink load is as follows:
RoT = -10 x log10(1 - Uplink load factor)
DynTgtRoTCtrlSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)controls whether Dynamic Target RoT

Adjustment is enabled.MaxTargetUlLoadFactor(BSC6900,BSC6910) specifies the initial
target RoT.
Adjusting the target RoT for a cell depends on the RNC's decision on whether the power of an
R99 UE is insufficient and on the IE UL Timeslot ISCP. This IE is contained in the COMMON
MEASUREMENT REPORT message sent from the NodeB to the RNC. Based on the transmit
power of HSUPA UEs in the cell, cell throughput, and actual RoT, the IE UL Timeslot ISCP
can be set to one of the following values:
l 0: indicates that the NodeB requests the RNC to decrease the target RoT. This IE is set to
0 when at least one HSUPA UE in the cell meets the following two conditions:
– The UE's transmit power approaches the maximum.
– The UE throughput is low.
l 1: indicates that the NodeB requests the RNC to increase the target RoT. This IE is set to
1 when no HSUPA UE in the cell meets the preceding two conditions and the actual RoT
is close to the target RoT.
l 2: indicates that the NodeB requests the RNC to keep the target RoT unchanged. This IE
is set to 2 when no HSUPA UE in the cell meets the preceding two conditions and the actual
RoT is not close to the target RoT.
The RNC decides whether to reduce or increase the target RoT every period specified by
TgtRoTAdjPeriod(BSC6900,BSC6910) as follows:
l If the transmit power of an R99 UE in the cell is insufficient or the value of the IE UL
Timeslot ISCP is 0, the RNC reduces the target RoT by one step, whose size is specified
by TgtRoTDownAdjStep(BSC6900,BSC6910). The lower limit is the target RoT
corresponding to MaxTargetUlLoadFactor(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l If the transmit power of all R99 UEs in the cell is sufficient and the value of the IE UL
Timeslot ISCP is 1, the RNC increases the target RoT with a step size specified by

WCDMA RAN
TgtRoTUpAdjStep(BSC6900,BSC6910). The upper limit is the target RoT corresponding

to UpLimitForMaxULTgtLdFactor(BSC6900,BSC6910).
4.1.3 Queuing
Uu resource scheduling efficiently utilizes Uu resources, provides satisfactory QoS for more
users, and provides differentiated services. HSUPA scheduling has two sub-functions:
scheduling queuing and Uu resource allocation.
The purposes of scheduling queuing are as follows:
l To ensure the QoS of UEs by enabling UEs to obtain the guaranteed bit rate (GBR)
l To differentiate UEs by enabling UEs with a great scheduling priority indicator (SPI)
weight to obtain resources preferentially
l To ensure fairness by providing UEs with the same SPI weight with the same opportunity
to obtain resources
The factors that affect queuing are as follows:
l The priority of users with the effective rate higher than the GBR is lower than the priority
of users with the effective rate lower than the GBR.
l The priority of users with a greater SPI weight is higher; the priority of users with a smaller
SPI weight is lower. This helps provide differentiated services.
l Happy Bit: reported by the UE.
l Effective rate: The actual rate obtained by the UE is monitored by the NodeB on a real-
time basis.
l GBR: The GBR is configured on the basis of user priorities. Generally, the GBR increases
with the user priority. The GBR can be set through the SET UUSERGBR and ADD
UCELLEFACH commands on the RNC.
l SPI weight: The SPI weight (SPIweight(BSC6900,BSC6910)) is configured on the basis
of the SPI(BSC6900,BSC6910). Generally, SPIweight(BSC6900,BSC6910) increases
with SPI(BSC6900,BSC6910). And SPIweight(BSC6900,BSC6910) can be configured on
the RNC. For details, see section 5.2 Diff-Serv Management.
4.1.4 Uu resource allocation

Based on the scheduling queuing result and the Uu interface load of each cell participating in
scheduling, the Uu resource allocation module allocates Uu resources to users and sends the AG
or RG to the users.
During the rate adjustment, the QoS of users with the GBR requirement can be further ensured.
When the NodeB switch HSUPAOLSCHSW is set to ON and the system load exceeds the target
load threshold but does not exceed the overload threshold, the rate of users with the actual rate
lower than the GBR is not decreased or even can be increased during the rate adjustment.
4.2 Dynamic CE Management

Overview
This section describes WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management.

WCDMA RAN
CE resources are hard resources used for channel modulation and demodulation. Generally, if
the service rate is higher, more CE resources are required. To ensure the QoS, CE resources need
to be allocated on the basis of the maximum bit rate of users. In this case, if fixed CE resources
are allocated to users, the resources are wasted when the rate of the service source is low. The
rate of the services that are carried on the HSUPA channel and configured in scheduling mode
can be controlled by the scheduling module. Therefore, dynamic CE management is used. That
is, CE resources to be allocated to users are adjusted dynamically based on the conditions of CE
resources and the change of user requirements to improve the utilization of CE resources. For
details about CE resource management, see CE Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description.
The following shows an example of comparison between CE consumption with or without

dynamic CE management.
Figure 4-3 comparison between CE consumption with or without dynamic CE management
The rules for dynamic CE resource management are as follows:
l When the rate of the service source decreases, the redundant CE resources are called back.
l When there is a need to increase the service rate, CE resources are reserved.
l When there are insufficient available CE resources, CE resources are allocated to users in
the serving RLS preferentially because the QoS of users depends on the resource allocation
of the serving cell.
l When the available CE resources are insufficient to meet the requirements of all the users
in the serving RLS, user priorities need to be considered to provide differentiated services.
In addition, the dynamic CE management module needs to process messages from external
functional modules, such as the resource allocation request during a new connection setup and
a channel reassignment request. In such a case, the QoS requirement of users and user priorities
must be considered.
Dynamic CE resource management has no function switch parameter.
Dynamic CE resource management increases CE resource utilization, improving system

capacity. This feature also reduces the service access delay by quickly allocating and retrieving
CE resources, improving user experience.

WCDMA RAN
Dynamic CE resource management also has the following effects:
l In a network where CE resources are sufficient, the cell HSUPA throughput does not change
and the CE resource consumption on the NodeB side decreases.
l In a network where CE resources are insufficient, the cell HSUPA throughput increases
and the CE resource consumption on the NodeB side does not change. However, the
admission success rate decreases, and the RoT may increase, leading the cell coverage to
shrink slightly and the number of call drops to increase.
l This feature increases data rates of online users based on real-time data transmission
requirements by quickly allocating and retrieving CE resources. This reduces the
transmission delay of burst services and therefore improves user experience.
l For an HSUPA UE with a data rate from 32 kbit/s to 320 kbit/s, CE resources consumed
when dynamic CE resource management is enabled may be more than those consumed
when HSUPA DCCC is enabled. If a network has a large number of HSUPA UEs with data
rates within this range, using dynamic CE resource management may decrease the
admission success rate.
In RAN10.0, Dynamic CE resource management and HSUPA DCCC cannot be enabled at the
same time. In RAN11.0 and later, HSUPA DCCC does not take effect in cells in the active set
of an HSUPA-capable UE that have dynamic CE resource management enabled. If Dynamic
CE Resource Management is enabled for the entire network, disable HSUPA DCCC.
Procedure
Figure 4-4 shows the procedure of dynamic CE management.
Figure 4-4 Procedure of dynamic CE management
The main functions of the dynamic CE management module are shown in Figure 4-4. The
procedure of dynamic CE management is as follows:
Step 1 Calling back CE resources

WCDMA RAN
Based on the actual data rate of users, the CE management module calls back the idle CE
resources to improve the utilization of resources and updates the information about available
system resources.
Step 2 Processing external related messages
Based on the requirement of external signaling messages, the CE management module allocates
appropriate CE resources to users and updates the information about available system resources.
Step 3 Increasing CE resources dynamically
Based on the estimation of the requirement for CE resources, the CE management module
increases CE resources for users with the requirement for increasing CE resources. If the
available CE resources are insufficient after the processing in the first two steps, the CE
management module provides differentiated services and adjusts CE resources among users
dynamically based on user priorities.
----End
Steps 1 and 3 can be triggered periodically, and the periods can be different. Step 2 is triggered
by events. If several processing tasks are triggered at a time, the CE management module
performs the processing by following the procedure shown in Figure 4-4.
CE Resource Requirement Monitoring

The CE management module monitors the requirements of users for CE resources periodically.
That is, in a specified monitoring period, the CE management module extracts the maximum
traffic volume in a TTI as the current maximum traffic volume. Then, the CE management
module estimates the new maximum traffic volume in a TTI if the scheduler sends RG UP to
the UE based on the current maximum traffic volume requirement. In this case, the CE
management module calculates the new CE requirement and takes it as the CE requirement of
the user.
In the calculation of the CE requirement, some resources are reserved for the user. Therefore,
the QoS can be ensured in the case of user rate fluctuation.
User Priority Queuing

The calculation of user priorities considers the following factors:
l Happy Bit reported by the UE

l Actual rate obtained by the UE through real-time monitoring on the NodeB
l GBR requirement of the UE
l SPI
l The queuing method is the same as that of the HSUPA fast scheduling algorithm. For
details, see section 4.1 Fast Scheduling.
CE Resource Callback
CE resource callback is based on the monitoring of CE resource requirement of each user. For
users with the currently allocated CE resources more than the calculated CE requirement, the
required CE resources are reserved and the redundant CE resources are called back.

WCDMA RAN
External Message Processing

The external message processing module processes the requests for CE resource allocation
triggered by external messages, such as requests for adjusting CE resource allocation because
of RL establishment, RL addition, RL reconfiguration, and compression mode start, and requests
for increasing CE resources in the case of rate increase triggered by MAC-e scheduling.
If the available CE resources are sufficient, CE resources are allocated as required. If the
available CE resources are insufficient, the CE resources allocated to other users can be
preempted when some external messages arrive to ensure the access success rate or meet the
rate adjustment requirement of the scheduling module. During the preemption process, the CE
resources of low-priority users are preempted preferentially.
CE Resource Increase
If the CE resources requested by a user are more than the current allocated CE resources,
resources must be increased. In addition, it is possible that the available CE resources do not
meet the requirements of all users. In such a case, user priorities need to be considered. For
details, see User Priority Queuing in this section. At the same time, the conditions of the serving
cell also need to be considered.
If the serving cell of the user belongs to the current NodeB, the user is called serving user. If the
serving cell of the user does not belong to the current NodeB, the user is called non-serving user.
A serving user has a higher priority than a non-serving user because the QoS of the user mainly
depends on the QoS obtained in the serving cell.
The CE resource increase consists of the following functions:
l CE resource adjustment among serving users

After the connection is established, serving users cannot preempt resources mutually during
the dynamic CE resource allocation. Therefore, it is possible that high-priority users cannot
obtain sufficient resources because low-priority users consume a large amount of resources.
In such a case, the resource fairness adjustment must be performed among serving RLs.
The method is as follows:
If the current available CE resources do not meet the requirement of user rate increase,
reduce the CE resources consumed by the serving user with the lowest priority to reserve
resources and meet the rate increase requirement of high-priority users.
l Resource increase for serving users
If the monitoring of CE resource requirements shows that the CE resources allocated to the
serving users are less than the CE resources requested, CE resources must be increased.
If the available resources meet the requirements of resource increase, CE resources are
allocated according to the requirements of users.
If the available resources are insufficient to meet the requirements of resource increase, CE
resources are allocated in descending order of user priorities.
l Resource increase for non-serving users
After the resource allocation to serving RLs is complete, CE resources are allocated to non-
serving users requesting resource increase in descending order of user priorities only when
there are redundant resources.

WCDMA RAN
4.3 Uplink Macro Diversity Intelligent Receiving

This section involves the feature "WRFD-010640 Uplink Macro Diversity Intelligent
Receiving." This feature is not under switch control and it is activated by default.
4.3.1 Background
This feature is intended for the NodeB. In the case of soft handovers, if the serving cell of the
user belongs to the current NodeB, the user is called serving user. If the serving cell of the user
does not belong to the current NodeB, the user is called non-serving user.
Though soft handovers can improve the reception quality of HSUPA link data, the quality is
improved at the price of multiplied resource consumption, especially for Iub resources and CE
resources. These two types of resources are the bottlenecks for system resources.
The service quality mainly depends on the reception quality in the serving cell. Therefore, when
the Iub resources and CE resources are insufficient to meet the data transmission requirements
of all the users, the non-serving RL resources are allocated to the serving RLs of other users at
the price of soft handover gains of some users. This improves the utilization of resources and
increases the total throughput.
If the Iub resources or CE resources are limited, this feature reduces the resources allocated to
the non-serving users to ensure the service quality of serving users and increase the capacity of
the entire system.
4.3.2 Function Implementation
Iub Resource Allocation for Non-Serving RLs

The Iub resources are allocated in the following ways:
l When the Iub resources are in the normal state, each user is allocated Iub resources
uniformly. For details, see Transmission Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description.
l When the Iub resources are in the congestion state, most resources are allocated to serving
users.
This resource allocation policy ensures the service quality of serving users preferentially, and it
is applicable only to BE services.
CE Resource Allocation for Non-Serving RLs

This feature depends on dynamic CE resource allocation. When dynamic CE resource allocation
is enabled, this feature ensures that the priorities of serving RLs are always higher than the
priorities of non-serving RLs.
l When a serving RL is established or added, the RL preempts the resources allocated to non-
serving users preferentially if the idle resources do not meet its requirement. If the resources
do not meet the requirement even after the resources of non-serving users who can be
preempted are all preempted, the RL preempts resources of serving users.

WCDMA RAN
l When a non-serving RL is established or added, the non-serving RL can preempt only the
resources occupied by non-serving users if the idle resources do not meet its requirement.
Dynamic CE resource allocation is responsible for monitoring the requirement of each user for
CE resources and increasing CE resources for the user with the currently allocated CE resources
less than the CE resources requested.
l Dynamic CE resource allocation increases CE resources for serving users preferentially. If
the idle CE resources do not meet the requirement of serving users for CE resource increase,
serving users can preempt CE resources of non-serving users.
l If there are idle CE resources even after the requirement of serving users for CE resources
is met, dynamic CE resource allocation increases resources according to the requirement
of non-serving users for CE resources.
During the preemption process, the CE resources of non-serving users can be reduced to only
one CE. That is, E-DPCCH demodulation is supported, but the E-DPDCH carrying data is not
demodulated. The CE resources of serving RL must meet or exceed the GBR demodulation
requirement.
4.4 HSUPA Adaptive Retransmission

This section describes the feature WRFD-010641 HSUPA Adaptive Retransmission.
HSUPA Adaptive Transmission applies only to uplink full buffer services. Using this feature
increases CE resource consumption; therefore, this feature is recommended when CE resources
are sufficient. The HSUPA Adaptive Transmission feature and the Interference Cancellation
feature counteract the gains yielded from each other. For details about the Interference
Cancellation feature, see Interference Cancellation Feature Parameter Description.
4.4.1 Background
The retransmission times of the MAC-e PDU are the average retransmission times at which the
MAC-e PDU of the user can be correctly received by the NodeB. The UTRAN can adjust the
interference of an UE to the cell and the requirement of service transmission for UE transmit
power by setting the different target retransmission times of MAC-e PDU. The reasons are as
follows:
l If the signal-to-noise ratio (Eb/No) of the uplink E-DPDCH carrying the MAC-e PDU that
reaches the NodeB each time is increased, the probability in which the MAC-e PDU is
correctly received is also increased. This decreases the required retransmission times, but
increases the interference to the NodeB.
l If the signal-to-noise ratio of the uplink E-DPDCH that reaches the NodeB each time is
reduced, the retransmission times required for correctly receiving the MAC-e PDU are
increased, but the interference to the NodeB is reduced.
The HSUPA power control algorithm can adjust the signal-to-noise ratio of the E-DPDCH that
reaches the NodeB each time by comparing the actual retransmission times with the target
retransmission times to control the retransmission times of the MAC-e PDU within the target
value range. In this manner, the interference level of the UE to the system is adjusted, and the
requirement for UE transmit power is also adjusted.
Generally, to enable the user to obtain a higher rate, set the target retransmission times to a
smaller value at the price of increasing the load properly. This case is called "small target

WCDMA RAN
retransmission times". The "small target retransmission times" configuration, however, may
have a negative effect in the following cases:
l The UE transmit power is limited. When the UE moves to the edge of the cell, the transmit
power is not enough. Therefore, the probability in which the MAC-e PDU is correctly
received is reduced, and therefore the UE throughput is reduced promptly.
l The cell load is limited. When the load of the cell is high, the scheduling algorithm may
no longer provide additional rate grants for the UE. Therefore, the UE throughput is also
limited.
HSUPA adaptive retransmission increases the target retransmission times adaptively based on
the previous two cases to achieve the following purposes:
l Increasing retransmission times can obtain the gain of time diversity, reduce the
requirement for UE transmit power, enlarge the coverage range, and increase the UE
throughput.
l Reducing interference of the UE to the system enables the UE to obtain a higher rate grant
and increase the UE throughput, thereby increasing the cell throughput and uplink capacity.
When the problems in the previous two cases are solved, HSUPA adaptive retransmission
restores the target retransmission times to a smaller value. Accordingly, the transmit power
resources of the UE and the load resources of the cell can be fully used to enable the UE rate to
approach or reach the throughput limit, thereby improving user experience.
HSUPA adaptive retransmission helps to increase the throughput per user and the uplink capacity
of a cell. It has the following benefits:
l When uplink coverage is limited, it increases the uplink throughput of UEs at the cell edge.
l When the uplink power load in a cell is limited, it increases the target number of uplink
retransmissions to increase the uplink throughput and capacity of the cell.
When CE resources are insufficient, HSUPA adaptive retransmission does not adjust the target
number of uplink retransmissions. As a result, it does not increase the uplink cell capacity.
The negative effect of HSUPA Adaptive Retransmission is as follows:
When the uplink power load in a cell is limited, HSUPA Adaptive Retransmission increases the
target number of uplink retransmissions, extending the delay of ACK packets at the uplink RLC
and TCP layers for downlink data transmission of HSDPA services. If the downlink throughput
exceeds 5 Mbit/s, the downlink RLC or TCP window may slide slowly, reducing the downlink
peak rate of HSDPA services.
Implementation Procedure
If the PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITCH parameter is set to ON in the
RNC (SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) =
PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITCH-1) and the ADPRETRANSSW is set
to OPEN in the NodeB (SET ADPRETRANSSWTCH: SWITCH=OPEN), this function can be
activated.
Figure 4-5 shows the procedure of HSUPA adaptive retransmission.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 4-5 HSUPA adaptive retransmission
The HSUPA adaptive retransmission algorithm periodically determines whether the target
retransmission times of each user need to be adjusted. To avoid fluctuation of system load, the
maximum number of users are fixed for adjustment in each period.
When determining whether to adjust the target retransmission times, the NodeB needs to
periodically monitor the conditions of UE transmit power, UE effective rate and resources such
as the Uu load resources and CE resources.
l Determining whether the transmit power of the HSUPA UE is limited
The UE reports the Scheduling Information (SI) to the NodeB. The SI contains the actual
transmit power of the UE. Based on the SI, the NodeB estimates whether the transmit power
of the UE meets the requirement of the current service rate and thereby determines whether
the transmit power of the UE is limited.
l Determining whether the effective rate of the HSUPA UE is limited by the physical
capability
Based on the monitoring result of the UE effective rate, the NodeB determines whether the
uplink physical capability of UE is limited.
l Determining whether the load on the Uu interface is limited
Based on the monitoring result of the Uu interface load, the NodeB determines that the load
on the Uu interface is limited when the load is high and that the load on the Uu interface
is restored when the load is low.
l Monitoring CE resources
The NodeB monitors the available CE resources. If the available CE resources are
sufficient, retransmission is allowed. Otherwise, retransmission is rejected.
Retransmission Times Increase

If the transmit power of the UE is limited, the transmission times of the user need to be increased.
If several users meet the conditions, user queuing is performed. The user queuing method is the
same as the priority queuing method of the HSUPA fast scheduling.

WCDMA RAN
If the load on the Uu interface is limited, the transmission times of the user need to be increased.
The user queuing method is the same as the priority queuing method of the HSUPA fast
scheduling.
The user with the transmit power of the UE limited is selected preferentially because only one
user is allowed for the adjustment in a period. If there is no such user, the user with the load on
the Uu interface limited is selected.
The retransmission times can be adjusted only when the available CE resources are sufficient
for the retransmissions.
Retransmission Times Decrease

Once the load on the Uu interface is no longer limited, the user needs to check whether the
transmit power of the UE is not limited either. If the transmit power of the UE is no longer
limited, the retransmission times need to be decreased to completely utilize the resources.
If the physical capability of UE is limited, the retransmission times need to be decreased to

increase the effective rate of the UE.
If several users meet the conditions, user queuing is performed. The user queuing method is the
same as the priority queuing method of the HSUPA fast scheduling.
4.5 HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location

The HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location function is introduced in RAN15.0 and this
function is the enhancement of the WRFD-01061209 HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling
in Node B feature.
4.5.1 Background
HSUPA UEs in soft handover areas of a cell cause strong uplink interference to UEs in
neighboring cells. The spectrum utilization in soft handover areas is lower than the spectrum
utilization in the cell center although the soft handover areas have combining gains from soft
handovers.
This function lowers the SPI weight of HSUPA BE UEs performing soft handovers. When the
uplink load of a cell is equal to or heavier than the value for MaxTargetUlLoadFactor
(BSC6900,BSC6910), this function preferentially decreases the data rate of these HSUPA UEs.
This is to reduce the uplink interference from these HSUPA UEs on UEs in neighboring cells,
increase the spectrum utilization in soft handover areas, and ultimately increase the uplink cell
capacity.
Figure 4-6 shows the working principle of HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 4-6 Working principle of HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location

This function involves the following operations:
l Adjusting the SPI weight of HSUPA UEs performing soft handovers

The RNC Layer 3 adjusts the SPI weight of an HSUPA BE UE when the following
conditions are true:
– The cell where the UE camps and the target handover cell support this function.
– The UE is now involved in a soft handover (based on the UE's radio link set (RLS)).
The RNC Layer 3 does not adjust the SPI weight of the UE if any of the following
conditions is true:
– The UE is a platinum user.
– The soft handover crosses the Iur interface.
l Transmitting the adjusted SPI weights to the NodeB
The RNC transmits HSUPA BE UEs' adjusted SPI weights to the NodeB using a user-plane
proprietary interface.
l Adjusting the scheduling sequence

WCDMA RAN
Upon receiving the HSUPA BE UEs' adjusted SPI weights from the RNC, the NodeB
updates these UEs' scheduling priority and accordingly adjusts the scheduling sequence.
4.6 HSUPA Forcible Scheduling Despite NACK Messages

on the Serving Link
Background
On live networks, an inappropriate downtilt or pilot power may cause unbalanced uplink and
downlink coverage for HSUPA UEs during soft handovers (excluding softer handovers). In this
type of unbalanced uplink and downlink coverage, the downlink serving link quality is optimum
but the uplink serving link quality is worse than the uplink non-serving link quality. As a result,
a cell change, which is determined by the pilot signal quality, cannot be triggered for an HSUPA
UE. In this situation, the uplink serving link of the HSUPA UE experiences frequent errors (in
other words, the serving link receives a lot of NACK messages). Therefore, the UTRAN cannot
adjust the scheduling grant for the HSUPA UE, and the HSUPA service rate cannot be promptly
adjusted based on the uplink air interface load and demodulation performance after uplink link
combination. Consequently, uplink air interface resource utilization and uplink cell throughput
are adversely affected.
Figure 4-7 Unbalanced uplink and downlink coverage
As illustrated in Figure 4-7, Cell 1 is the serving cell, Cell 2 is a non-serving cell, and the UE
moves from Cell 1 to Cell 2. Point A is a proper handover point. Before the UE arrives at Point
A, the uplink signal quality of the serving cell is better than that of the non-serving cell. Point
B, however, is the actual handover point. At Point B, the uplink demodulation performance of
the serving link is worse than that of the non-serving link.
Function Implementation
HSUPA forcible scheduling despite NACK messages on the serving link involves the following
operations:

WCDMA RAN
l Detection of unbalanced uplink and downlink coverage

For an HSUPA UE during a soft handover (excluding a softer handover), if the serving link
continuously receives NACK messages but no retransmissions occur on the HSUPA UE,
the HSUPA UE is experiencing unbalanced uplink and downlink coverage.
l Forcible scheduling for HSUPA UEs in unbalanced uplink and downlink coverage
When an HSUPA UE is experiencing unbalanced uplink and downlink coverage, the
serving cell ignores the NACK messages received on the serving link and forces the HSUPA
UE to go through a scheduling process.
l This function is enabled after the ULHITHPMACESW parameter is set to ON.
4.7 Load-based Happy Bit Delay Initial Selection

The function of load-based happy bit delay initial selection is introduced in RAN16.0 and is an
enhancement to the WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package feature.
Background
HSUPA UEs use the happy bit delay when determining whether to set the happy bit to "Happy"
or "Unhappy." This function reduces the happy bit delay to increase the proportion of unhappy
HSUPA UEs, enabling the unhappy HSUPA UEs to obtain higher schedule grant (SG). In this
way, HSUPA data transmission is accelerated and HSUPA throughput is increased. In off-peak
hours, this function enables HSUPA UEs to efficiently utilize network resources and further
increases user throughput, improving user experience.
The function of load-based happy bit delay initial selection is controlled by
DRA_BASE_LOAD_HBD_INIT_SEL_SWITCH on the RNC. When this switch is set to
ON, the happy bit delay is specified as follows for HSUPA UEs in the initial access process
(RAB setup or state transition from another connected mode to CELL_DCH):
l If the air interface resources are insufficient, the happy bit delay is specified by the
HBDelaycnd parameter.
l If the air interface resources are sufficient, the happy bit delay is specified by the
AltHBDelaycnd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
NOTE
For details about how to determine whether the air interface resources are sufficient, see section 4.4
"Differentiation-based Dynamic TTI Adjustment for a Single BE Service over HSUPA" in HSUPA TTI
Selection Feature Parameter Description.
4.8 Cell HSUPA Basic Throughput-Guaranteed Scheduling

The cell HSUPA basic throughput-guaranteed scheduling function was introduced in RAN15.0
as an enhancement of the WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package feature.
Background
When the number of HSUPA UEs is large, the cell HSUPA throughput and UE HSUPA rate are
low. As a result, for the HSUPA UEs that have a large amount of data to transmit in the buffer,

WCDMA RAN
the data transmission time is long. This function identifies the HSUPA UEs that have a large
amount of buffered data but low transmission rates and increases the rates of these UEs, thereby
shortening the data transmission time and the interference time. This feature also helps increase
the uplink Uu resource utilization and cell uplink throughput.
When the cell HSUPA throughput is lower than the cell HSUPA guaranteed throughput, this
function selects the HSUPA UE with the lowest average throughput from the HSUPA UEs whose
amount of buffered data exceeds a predefined threshold and preferentially performs scheduling
on the HSUPA UE.
This function is enabled only when RSVDBIT26 under the cell-level parameter
ULOCELLRSVDPARA1 is set to 1.
The cell HSUPA guaranteed throughput is configured through RSVDBIT27 and

RSVDBIT28 under the NodeB parameter ULOCELLRSVDPARA1. RSVDBIT28 is the high-
order bit and RSVDBIT27 is the low-order bit. Together they specify four guaranteed rates: 00
(0), 01(1), 10(2), and 11(3). 00(0) indicates 320 kbit/s, 01(1) indicates 160 kbit/s, 10(2) indicates
640 kbit/s, and 11(3) indicates1024 kbit/s. The cell HSUPA guaranteed throughput is set to 320
kbit/s by default.

WCDMA RAN
HSUPA Feature Parameter Description 5 HSUPA QoS Management
5 HSUPA QoS Management
After HSUPA is introduced, a series of functions are performed to meet the QoS requirements
and provide differentiated services.

WCDMA RAN
5.1 QoS Guarantee

HSUPA QoS guarantee ensures that the basic QoS requirements of services can be met. It
considers three main QoS indicators: service delay, service rate, and service connectivity.
l For delay-sensitive real-time services such as the CS voice service and VoIP service,
HSUPA functions ensure that the packet transmission delay is smaller than the acceptable
delay limit.
l For rate-sensitive non-real-time services such as the interactive service and background
service, HSUPA functions allocate them the service rates that are higher than or equal to
the GBR. Increasing service rates can improve the user satisfaction.
l HSUPA QoS management ensures the connectivity of services.
HSUPA QoS guarantee meets the QoS requirements of services through related HSUPA
functions. Table 5-1 lists the relationship between HSUPA functions and QoS indicators.
Table 5-1 Relationship between HSUPA functions and QoS indicators
Function Service Service Delay Service Rate

Connectivity
Bearer mapping √ √
Mobility √
management
Load control √
Fast scheduling √ √
Flow control √ √
Dynamic CE √
management
HSUPA adaptive √ √
retransmission
The relationship between HSUPA functions and QoS indicators is described as follows:
l Bearer mapping
The HSUPA channel can provide a higher peak rate than the DCH and reduce data
transmission delay. Therefore, bearer mapping enables services that require high rate or
small delay to be carried on the HSUPA channel to improve user experience. For details,
see Radio Bearers Feature Parameter Description.
l Mobility management
Mobility management ensures service continuity. When a UE moves to an HSUPA-capable
cell, services supporting HSUPA bearer should be carried on the HSUPA channel to ensure
service continuity. For details, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.

WCDMA RAN
l Load control
The network resources are limited. Therefore, when a large number of users attempt to
access the network, the access control function is required to control the access to ensure
the QoS of the admitted users.
When a cell is overloaded, the overload control function is required to relieve congestion
and ensure the QoS of most users.
For details, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
l Fast scheduling
Based on the achieved service rate, GBR, and MBR, the fast scheduling function tries to
allocate enough resources to meet the requirement for transmission rate on the Uu interface.
After a required rate is allocated, the requirement for transmission delay is also met. For
details, see section 4.1 Fast Scheduling.
l Flow control
By allocating appropriate Iub bandwidth to users, the flow control function reduces the
transmission time on the Iub interface.
For details, see Transmission Resource Management Feature Parameter Description.
l Dynamic CE management
Dynamic CE management ensures efficient utilization of CE resources. In addition,
dynamic CE management allocates more CE resources according to the requirements of
users to ensure the QoS of users. For details, see section 4.2 Dynamic CE Management.
l HSUPA adaptive retransmission
When a UE moves to the edge of a cell and the transmit power is not sufficient, the uplink
data transmission may be interrupted. In such cases, HSUPA adaptive retransmission
increases the retransmission times automatically to ensure the continuity of data
transmission. When the transmit power is high enough, the retransmission times decrease
automatically to increase the service rate. For details, see section 4.4 HSUPA Adaptive
Retransmission.
5.2 Diff-Serv Management

HSUPA QoS management considers the service delay, service rate, and service connectivity. It
tries to provide satisfactory QoS and maximize the efficiency of resource utilization.
HSUPA Diff-Serv management provides differentiated services based on service types and user
priorities. The application scenarios are as follows:
l When the basic QoS requirements of some users cannot be met because of system resource
congestion, high-priority users or services are allocated resources preferentially, improving
the user satisfaction.
l When the system resources are redundant even after the basic QoS requirements of all the
users are met, the redundant resources are allocated to users additionally. High-priority
users or services are allocated more additional resources, further improving the user
satisfaction.
HSUPA Diff-Serv management provides the following QoS differentiated service policies:
l Differentiated services based on service types

WCDMA RAN
l Differentiated services based on user priorities
To further quantify the effect of Diff-Serv management, differentiated services based on SPI
weights are introduced. For details, see Differentiated HSPA Service Feature Parameter
Description.

WCDMA RAN
HSUPA Feature Parameter Description 6 Related Features
6 Related Features
6.1 WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package

Prerequisite Features
None
Mutually Exclusive Features

None
Impacted Features
None
6.2 WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA


None
Impacted Features
When this feature is enabled with the WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI and WRFD-01061405
HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User features, the theoretical uplink peak rate of a single UE can reach
5.74 Mbit/s.

WCDMA RAN
6.3 WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI


None
Impacted Features
When this feature is enabled with the WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA and WRFD-01061405
HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User features, the theoretical uplink peak rate of a single UE can reach
5.74 Mbit/s.
When a UE moves to a cell that does not support this feature, this UE experiences a call drop if
the WRFD-01061404 HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI feature is not enabled in the source and target
cells. For details about how to enable the WRFD-01061404 HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI feature, see
Handover Feature Parameter Description.
6.4 WRFD-01061405 HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User

l WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA
l WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI

None
Impacted Features
None
6.5 WRFD-010641 HSUPA Adaptive Transmission


None

WCDMA RAN
Impacted Features
None
6.6 WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management


None
Impacted Features
If this feature and the WRFD-01061208 HSUPA DCCC feature are enabled together, the
WRFD-01061208 HSUPA DCCC feature does not take effect.
6.7 WRFD-020136 HSUPA Anti-interference Scheduling


None
Impacted Features
None
6.8 WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA

Interference Cancellation
l WRFD-010691 HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation

None
Impacted Features
None

WCDMA RAN
6.9 WRFD-140211 Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment


None
Impacted Features
This feature is independent of WRFD-020136 Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA. Gains
from the two features are as follows:
l In scenarios with external interference, Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA has a

positive gain.
l In scenarios without external interference, Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment has a positive
gain.
In scenarios with IC, this feature, together with WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with
HSUPA Interference Cancellation, produces a greater gain in uplink capacity when compared
with only the latter. This is achieved by increasing the target RoT before and after IC when a
cell has good coverage.
6.10 WRFD-01061209 HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL

Scheduling in Node B
None

None
Impacted Features
During off-peak hours, power resources are sufficient and this function does not decrease the
data rate of UEs performing soft handovers. In this case, this function does not affect other
HSUPA-related features.
During peak hours, power resources are likely to be insufficient. Under certain conditions, this
function decreases the data rate of HSUPA BE UEs performing soft handovers. The data rate
fluctuation of these UEs will trigger other features and related adjustments. This increases the
number of reconfiguration messages. Call drops will occur if these UEs do not respond to these
reconfiguration messages in time. The following are features that are likely to be triggered by
the data rate fluctuation:

WCDMA RAN
l WRFD-010690 TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage

One triggering condition of the TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage feature is
the data rate of HSUPA UEs. When the HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in Node
B feature and the TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage feature are activated, the
data rate of HSUPA BE UEs changes if these UEs enter or exit the soft handover state and
uplink cell resources are insufficient. This results in TTI switching and the increase in the
number of radio bear (RB) reconfiguration messages. Call drops occur if these UEs do not
respond to these messages in time.
l WRFD-01061208 HSUPA DCCC
When the HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in Node B feature and the HSUPA
DCCC feature are activated, data rate increases of HSUPA UEs in non-soft handover areas
and data rate decreases of these UEs in soft-handover areas will frequently trigger the
HSUPA DCCC feature and consequently increase the number of reconfiguration messages.
l WRFD-010712 Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power
When the HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in Node B feature and the Adaptive
Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA feature are activated, the number
of adaptive power offset adjustments on HSUPA traffic channels may increase as well as
the number of RB reconfiguration messages.
l WRFD-150204 Platinum User Prioritizing
This function does not adjust the SPI weights of platinum users.
l Service Awareness-based QoS Management
The HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location function is to expand the uplink cell
capacity but the Service Awareness-based QoS Management function is to improve UE
experience for specific services. If the functions are both enabled, the mutual impact
between them will cause them to be unable to provide expected gains.
The preceding features have their own high data rate threshold and low data rate threshold. If
any threshold is exceeded, these features will be triggered.

on the Serving Link

None
Impacted Features
None

WCDMA RAN


None
Impacted Features
None

WCDMA RAN
HSUPA Feature Parameter Description 7 Network Impact
7 Network Impact

System Capacity
The HSUPA Introduction Package feature enables cells to support a maximum of 20 HSUPA
UEs each.
After activating HSUPA Introduction Package, the uplink cell throughput, uplink cell capacity,
and uplink data rate (which can reach up to 1.44 Mbit/s at the MAC layer for each HSUPA UE)
increase.
Network Performance
The HSUPA Introduction Package feature provides:
l Maximized power resource utilization

HSUPA Introduction Package adjusts the uplink power and data rate based on channel
quality, maximizing the power resource utilization.
l Shorter delay
With TTIs of 2 ms and 10 ms, which provide shorter scheduling intervals, the fast
scheduling algorithm enables the NodeB to quickly schedule and retransmit data.
l Higher uplink cell throughput
HARQ helps increase the uplink cell throughput.

System Capacity
l Increased the theoretical uplink peak rate of a 2 ms TTI HSUPA UE
SRB over HSUPA can increase the theoretical uplink peak rate. SRB over HSUPA
increases the theoretical uplink peak rate of a 2 ms TTI HSUPA UE from 2.88 Mbit/s to

WCDMA RAN
5.74 Mbit/s when enabled with the WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI and
WRFD-01061405 HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User features.
l Increased CPU resource consumption on BSC6900 interface boards
SRB over HSUPA doubles the number of session setups in scenarios such as service setup,
handover, and state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH, thereby increasing CPU
resource consumption on BSC6900 interface boards (excluding FG2a and GOUa boards).
The reasons are as follows:
According to sections 11.2.4 "DCH Transport Channel", 11.2.7 "HS-DSCH Transport
Channel", and 11.2.8 "E-DCH Transport Channel" in 3GPP TS 25.401 V9.0.0, if uplink
SRBs are carried on the E-DCH while downlink SRBs are carried on the DCH or HS-
DSCH, two Frame Protocol (FP) entities need to be set up for SRBs. In this case, two data
flows need to be set up, of which one for transmitting uplink data and the other for downlink
data. As a result, two sessions need to be set up. If both the uplink and downlink SRBs are
carried on the DCH, only one FP entity needs to be set up for transmitting uplink and
downlink data.
As session setup has been optimized for FG2a and GOUa boards in the BSC6900 and all
interface boards in the BSC6910, SRB over HSUPA will not increase CPU resource
consumption on these boards.
CPU resources consumed by each UE increase by 30% on interface boards after SRB over
HSUPA is enabled. For example, a UE uses 0.1% of CPU resources to set up a service
before SRB over HSUPA is enabled. After this feature is enabled, the UE uses 0.13% of
CPU resources to set up a service. CPU usage on interface boards is directly proportional
to the number of UEs whose uplink SRBs are carried on the E-DCH.
Network Performance
l Shorter call setup delay
SRB over HSUPA provides higher signaling rates, thereby shortening call setup delay.
l Decreased PS RAB setup success ratio and increased PS call drop ratio
As the uplink coverage performance of HSUPA UEs is inferior to that of R99 UEs, SRB
over HSUPA increases the number of SRB resets, thereby decreasing the PS RAB setup
success ratio and increasing the PS call drop ratio. When SRB over HSUPA is enabled with
the WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI feature, you can perform the following operations
to prevent the key performance indicators (KPIs) of HSUPA UEs in weak-coverage areas
from deteriorating:
– Enable the WRFD-010690 TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage feature
according to the instructions in section "Activation" under 8.2 WRFD-010636 SRB
over HSUPA.
– Disable the SRB over HSUPA feature for 10 ms TTI HSUPA UEs in weak-coverage
areas according to the instructions in section "Activation" under 8.2 WRFD-010636
SRB over HSUPA.
With the preceding operations, the channel configuration strategy for uplink SRBs of
HSUPA UEs in weak-coverage areas can remain unchanged before and after SRB over
HSUPA is enabled. That is, in weak-coverage areas:
– The TTI of HSUPA UEs in access mode is 10 ms and the SRBs of these UEs are carried
on the DCH after SRB over HSUPA is enabled.
– The TTI of HSUPA UEs in connected mode is changed from 2 ms to 10 ms and the
SRBs of these UEs are carried on the DCH after SRB over HSUPA is enabled.

WCDMA RAN
In this document, UEs in access mode are those that have just entered the CELL_DCH
state, and UEs in connected mode are those that are transmitting data in the CELL_DCH
state.
However, the preceding operations only can prevent the PS RAB setup success ratio
from decreasing by more than 10% and the call drop ratio from increasing by more than
10% because TTI adjustment may fail in some scenarios, such as scenarios in which
the UE's moving speed is high.
l Increased or decreased CEs consumed for admission
According to the section "CE Consumption of an HSUPA Service" in CE Resource
Management Feature Parameter Description, CEs consumed for admission are affected
by different items, such as the following:
– TTI
– Dynamic CE resource management
– Data rates of HSUPA UEs
– Number of RX antennas in a NodeB
– Type of channel carrying SRBs
Therefore, SRB over HSUPA may increase or decrease CEs consumed for admission.
When dynamic CE management is enabled, an HSUPA UE uses the larger of the bit
rate of one RLC PDU and the guaranteed bit rate (GBR) for admission. If the GBR of
the HSUPA UE is 64 kbit/s and the NodeB uses two antennas to receive signals, you
can obtain the following information about CEs consumed for admitting TTI HSUPA
UEs from Table 3-3 to Table 3-6 in section "CE Consumption of an HSUPA Service"
in CE Resource Management Feature Parameter Description:
UE Type Number of CEs Consumed

for Admitting a Single UE
HSUPA UE using the 10 ms TTI and SRB over 3

DCH

HSUPA
HSUPA UE using the 2 ms TTI and SRB over DCH 9

HSUPA
As shown in the preceding table, SRB over HSUPA affects CEs consumed for admission
as follows:
1. Scenarios in which WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI is not enabled
Each UE using the SRB over HSUPA feature and the 10 ms TTI consumes four CEs, which
are one more than three CEs consumed by each UE using the SRB over DCH function and
the 10 ms TTI. The number of CEs increased for admission after the SRB over HSUPA
feature is enabled is the value calculated by using the following formula: Number of UEs
using SRB over HSUPA x 1
The number of UEs using SRB over HSUPA is the same as the number of HSUPA UEs.

WCDMA RAN
2. Scenarios in which WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI has been enabled

SRB over HSUPA may affect the number of HSUPA UEs using the 2 ms TTI and the
number of HSUPA UEs using the 10 ms TTI. The reasons are as follows:
To reduce the impact of the SRB over HSUPA feature on network KPIs, it is recommended
that this feature be enabled with the following TTI selection functions:
- RTWP-based TTI adjustment under differentiation-based dynamic TTI adjustment and
initial TTI selection for a single HSUPA BE service
- Admission-CE-based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection for a single
HSUPA BE service
- Coverage-based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection for a single HSUPA
BE service
In this case, TTI selection will be triggered when coverage performance, CEs used for
admission, and RTWP change.
If the TTI selection functions have been enabled, enabling SRB over HSUPA will affect
CEs used for admitting HSUPA UEs, thereby triggering the CE-based initial TTI selection
and dynamic TTI adjustment.
Therefore, the number of CEs increased for admission after the SRB over HSUPA feature
is enabled is the value calculated by using the following formula:
Number of 2 ms TTI HSUPA UEs after this feature is enabled x 8 + Number of 10 ms TTI
HSUPA UEs after this feature is enabled x 4 – Number of 2 ms TTI HSUPA UEs before
this feature is enabled x 9 – Number of 10 ms TTI HSUPA UEs before this feature is enabled
x3
3. Scenarios in which WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA enabled with WRFD-01061403
HSUPA 2ms TTI
Each UE using SRB over HSUPA and the 2ms TTI consume eight CEs, which are five
more than three CEs consumed by each UE using the SRB over DCH function and the 10
ms TTI. After the SRB over HSUPA feature is enabled, the number of CEs increased for
admission is the number of UEs using SRB over HSUPA multiplied by 5. The number of
UEs using SRB over HSUPA is the same as the number of HSUPA UEs using the 2 ms
TTI. The values of the following counters increased when CEs consumed for admission
are insufficient:
- VS.RRC.Rej.ULCE.Cong: measures the number of rejected RRC connection requests.
- VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.ULCE.Cong: measures the number of failed CS RAB setups.
- VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.ULCE.Cong: measures the number of failed PS RAB setups.
To counteract the increase in CEs used for admission, enable the function of admission-
CE-based dynamic TTI adjustment for a single BE service over HSUPA according to the
instructions in section "Activation" under 8.2 WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA. In this
way, HSUPA UEs can use the 10 ms TTI when CEs consumed for admission are
insufficient. Therefore, this feature does not increase the values of the preceding counters
when the traffic model remains unchanged.
If the TTI of almost all HSUPA UEs is changed from 2 ms to 10 ms when CEs consumed
for admission are extremely insufficient, it is recommended that you enable the CE
Overbooking feature to increase the proportion of UEs using the 2 ms TTI.
- For details about dynamic CE management, see 4.2 Dynamic CE Management.
- For details about admission-CE-based dynamic TTI adjustment, see HSUPA TTI Selection
Feature Parameter Description.

WCDMA RAN
- For details about CE overbooking, see CE Overbooking Feature Parameter Description.

l Increased uplink interference and reduced uplink capacity
Enabling SRB over HSUPA with WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI significantly
increases uplink received total wideband power (RTWP), thereby increasing uplink
interference and reducing uplink capacity.
As HSUPA 2ms TTI provides few gains in interleaving, the anti-interference capability of
HSUPA UEs using the 2 ms TTI is poor. Therefore, HSUPA UEs using the 2 ms TTI need
to consume more power resources than HSUPA UEs using the 10 ms TTI to achieve the
same transmission performance. As a result, a cell's uplink RTWP increases after HSUPA
2ms TTI is enabled.
To reduce a cell's uplink RTWP, enable the function of Uu-resource-based TTI adjustment
under the differentiation-based dynamic TTI adjustment for a single BE service over
HSUPA according to the instructions in section "Activation" under 8.2 WRFD-010636
SRB over HSUPA. In this way, HSUPA UEs with a low rate use the 10 ms TTI when Uu
resources are insufficient, thereby keeping a cell's RTWP under control.

System Capacity
Compared with using the 10 ms TTI, using this feature increases the uplink peak rate of an
HSUPA UE from 2 Mbit/s to a much higher rate.
l If uplink SRBs are carried on the DCH when HSUPA 2ms TTI is enabled, the theoretical
uplink peak rate of a single UE can reach 2.88 Mbit/s.
l If uplink SRBs are carried on the E-DCH when HSUPA 2ms TTI is enabled, the theoretical
uplink peak rate of a single UE can reach 5.74 Mbit/s.
To maximize the theoretical uplink peak rate of an HSUPA UE, it is recommended that HSUPA
2ms TTI be enabled with the WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA and WRFD-01061405 HSUPA
5.74Mbps per User features.
Network Performance
Compared with using the 10 ms TTI, using this feature has the following impacts on network
performance:
l Increases the values of the following counters when CE resources consumed for admission
are insufficient:
– VS.RRC.Rej.ULCE.Cong: measures the number of rejected RRC connection requests.
– VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.ULCE.Cong: measures the number of failed CS RAB setups.
– VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.ULCE.Cong: measures the number of failed PS RAB setups.
2 ms TTI HSUPA UEs require more CEs for admission than 10 ms TTI HSUPA UEs.
As a result, the values of the preceding counters increase when the CEs consumed for
admission are insufficient.
When dynamic CE management is enabled, an HSUPA UE uses the larger of the bit
rate of one RLC PDU and the guaranteed bit rate (GBR) for admission. If the GBR of
the HSUPA UE is 64 kbit/s and the NodeB uses two antennas to receive signals, you

WCDMA RAN
can obtain the following information about CEs consumed for admitting TTI HSUPA
UEs from Table 3-3 to Table 3-6 in section "CE Consumption of an HSUPA Service"
in CE Resource Management Feature Parameter Description:
UE Type Number of CEs

Consumed for Admitting
a Single UE

HSUPA

HSUPA
As shown in the preceding table, HSUPA UEs using the 2 ms TTI consume much more CEs
compared with HSUPA UEs using the 10 ms TTI.
To reduce the CEs consumed by HSUPA UEs using the 2 ms TTI for admission, enable the
function of admission-CE-based dynamic TTI adjustment for a single BE service over HSUPA
according to the instructions in section "Activation" under 8.3 WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms
TTI. In this way, HSUPA UEs can use the 10 ms TTI when CEs consumed for admission are
insufficient. Therefore, this feature does not increase the values of the preceding counters when
the traffic model remains unchanged.
If the TTI of almost all HSUPA UEs is changed from 2 ms to 10 ms when CEs consumed for
admission are extremely insufficient, it is recommended that you enable the CE Overbooking
feature to increase the proportion of UEs using the 2 ms TTI.
l For details about dynamic CE management, see 4.2 Dynamic CE Management.
l For details about admission-CE-based dynamic TTI adjustment, see HSUPA TTI Selection
l For details about CE overbooking, see CE Overbooking Feature Parameter Description.
l Significantly increases the uplink received total wideband power (RTWP) of the cell,
thereby increasing uplink interference and reducing uplink capacity.
As HSUPA 2ms TTI provides few gains in interleaving, the anti-interference capability of
HSUPA UEs using the 2 ms TTI is poor. Therefore, HSUPA UEs using the 2 ms TTI need
to consume more power resources than HSUPA UEs using the 10 ms TTI to achieve the
same transmission performance. As a result, a cell's uplink RTWP increases after HSUPA
2ms TTI is enabled.
To reduce a cell's uplink RTWP, enable the function of Uu-resource-based TTI adjustment
under the differentiation-based dynamic TTI adjustment for a single BE service over
HSUPA according to the instructions in section "Activation" under 8.3 WRFD-01061403
HSUPA 2ms TTI. In this way, HSUPA UEs with a low rate use the 10 ms TTI when Uu
resources are insufficient, thereby keeping a cell's RTWP under control.
l Decreases the PS RAB setup success ratio and increases the PS call drop ratio because the
coverage performance of UEs using the 2 ms TTI is inferior to that of UEs using the 10 ms
TTI.

WCDMA RAN
To increase the PS RAB setup success ratio and reduce the PS call drop ratio, enable the
WRFD-010690 TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage feature according to the
instructions in section "Activation" under 10.2.3 "Deployment of HSUPA 2ms TTI." In
this way, HSUPA UEs can use the 10 ms TTI in weak-coverage areas.
However, the preceding operations only can prevent the PS RAB setup success ratio from
decreasing by more than 10% and the call drop ratio from increasing by more than 10%
because TTI adjustment may fail in some scenarios, such as scenarios in which the UE's
moving speed is high.
7.4 WRFD-01061211 20 HSUPA Users per Cell

System Capacity
Each cell serves a maximum of 20 HSUPA users.
Network Performance
None

System Capacity
Enabling HSUPA 2ms TTI and SRB over HSUPA can increase the uplink peak data rate of
HSUPA UEs to 5.74 Mbit/s.
Network Performance
This feature can increase the uplink peak data rate to 5.74 Mbit/s for a UE.
HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User must be enabled with HSUPA 2ms TTI and SRB over HSUPA. For
details about their impacts, see 7.2 WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA and 7.3
WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI.

System Capacity
When the uplink cell coverage shrinks, increasing the number of retransmissions improves the
uplink throughput of UEs at the cell edge, which improves the user experience.
When the uplink power in a cell is limited, increasing the number of retransmissions improves
the cell throughput and uplink cell capacity.
Network Performance
When the uplink load of each cell in the active set of a UE is lower than a specified threshold
and the uplink power of the UE is not limited, the target number of retransmissions for the UE

WCDMA RAN
can be adjusted to a smaller value to increase the cell load and improve the Uu resource
utilization.
If this feature does not change the target RoT of a cell, the feature does not affect the network
performance of neighboring cells.

System Capacity
When the uplink CE resources are insufficient in a cell, activating this feature improves the
HSUPA data rates and cell capacity.
Network Performance
Dynamic CE resource allocation quickly adjusts CE resources based on users' actual data rates,
maximizing the CE resource utilization.
7.8 WRFD-020136 Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA

System Capacity
In a cell experiencing strong interference, activating the Anti-Interference Scheduling for
HSUPA feature increases High Speed Uplink Packet Access (HSUPA) capacity for the cell. In
optimal conditions, this feature can protect the HSUPA capacity of such cells from deteriorating
at all.
Network Performance
In a cell experiencing strong interference, this feature helps increase the available power of the
cell. As a result:
l The cell's uplink load increases.

l The cell coverage narrows.
l At the cell edge, the access success rate and call drop rate deteriorate, such as:
– Radio resource control (RRC) connection setup rate
– Radio access bearer (RAB) assignment success rate
– Handover success rate
With a load threshold for the minimum coverage, this feature limits the cell load and ensures
the minimum coverage. If there is no strong interference, this feature does not work and no KPIs
deteriorate.

WCDMA RAN

System Capacity
Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation further increases HSUPA
throughput by around 5% to 15% for cells enabled with HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation.
Network Performance
This feature has the following impact on cell coverage and cell capacity:
l Cell coverage
The RTWP threshold remains unchanged after interference cancellation (IC) is introduced.
Therefore, this feature does not negatively affect the coverage of serving cells or their
neighboring cells. For the latter, this is true, regardless of whether they are enabled with
IC or not, because they are also controlled by the RTWP threshold.
l Cell capacity
This feature increases the RTWP before IC is used, generating interference to the
neighboring cells.
The capacity of the neighboring cells will not decrease if they are enabled with this feature
and the related parameters are set to the same values as the serving cells.
The capacity of the neighboring cells will decrease due to stronger interference from the
serving cells if the neighboring cells are not enabled with this feature, regardless of whether
these neighboring cells are enabled with IC or not.

System Capacity
In scenarios where the cell coverage is not limited, this feature raises the target RoT to increase
the maximum uplink load for HSUPA UEs, increasing the uplink cell throughput. When the
uplink traffic is heavy, the uplink capacity can be increased by up to 20%.
Network Performance
Cell coverage has an inverse relationship with cell capacity. In a cell where there are no UEs
with limited transmit power, this feature increases the target RoT for the cell and cell coverage
shrinks with the increase of uplink cell throughput. As a result, the RRC connection success rate
decreases. In a cell where there are UEs with limited transmit power, this feature increases cell
coverage by reducing the target RoT at a step (MaxTargetUlLoadFactor
(BSC6900,BSC6910):specifies the lower limit). Before the target RoT is adjusted to a proper
value, call drops, handover failures, and throughput decrease may occur on the UEs with limited
transmit power.

WCDMA RAN

in Node B feature. This section describes the impact brought by this function.
System Capacity
In the cell where this function is enabled, this function proportionally lowers the SPI weight of
an HSUPA BE UE when the UE is performing a soft handover and the cells that have a radio
link connected to the UE support this function. When the uplink load of the cell is close to the
value for MaxTargetUlLoadFactor(BSC6900,BSC6910), this function decreases the data rate
of the UE.
By decreasing the data rate, this function:
l Enables the cell to admit more UEs, which increases the number of uplink UEs for the cell
l Increases the uplink throughput for the cell if HSUPA UEs in the cell center are engaged
in uploading data
This function helps increase the uplink cell throughput by around 2% to 7% for cells where more
than 30% UEs perform soft handovers, all the uplink services are carried over HSUPA channels
and are using the FTP, and the data rate of UEs performing soft handovers is not lower than the
GBR. If all the uplink services are traffic bursts, this function increases the uplink cell throughput
by less than 2%.
The amount of capacity gains is positively correlated with the number and data rate of HSUPA
BE UEs in soft handover areas.
Network Performance
l Delay
This function prolongs the delay for HSUPA BE UEs in soft handover areas of a cell
because this function decreases their data rate when the uplink cell load exceeds the value
for MaxTargetUlLoadFactor(BSC6900,BSC6910). This function can shorten the delay
for UEs not performing soft handovers because this function reduces uplink interference.
l Data rate
– In the cell center, HSUPA BE UEs of different priorities still have different data rates
when CE and Iub-interface bandwidth resources are sufficient.
– The ratio of the data rate of HSUPA BE UEs of a certain priority in soft handover areas
to the data rate of HSUPA BE UEs of the same priority in the cell center correlates
strongly with their SPI weight adjustment factors.
– The data rate of high-priority UEs in soft handover areas may be lower than the data
rate of low-priority UEs in the cell center. However, you can configure related
parameters to guarantee the data rate of high-priority UEs in soft handover areas.
l Iub-interface load

WCDMA RAN
Adjusting the SPI weight of HSUPA BE UEs in soft handover areas increases the Iub-
interface load. Because such adjustments are not frequent, the Iub-interface load will not
greatly increase.

on the Serving Link
System Capacity
If air interface resources are sufficient, this function increases the service rate of HSUPA UEs
that have data to transmit during soft handovers, thereby raising air interface resource utilization
and throughput for the cell.
This function will not be triggered if the local cell serves few HSUPA UEs, few HSUPA UEs
are involved in soft handovers, or uplink and downlink coverage are balanced. In this situation,
network KPIs will not be adversely affected.
This function does not take effect for HSUPA UEs during softer handovers.
Network Performance
None

System Capacity
This function increases air interface resource utilization and HSUPA throughput when the air
interface resources are sufficient. Since HSUPA throughput is increased, the RTWP of the cell
may also increase.
Network Performance
When the air interface resources are sufficient, this function increases the proportion of unhappy
HSUPA UEs (measured by VS.HSUPA.UnHappyUserNumRatio) in the cell. After this function
is enabled, HSUPA single-user throughput increases by 5% to 10%.

WCDMA RAN
HSUPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines
8 Engineering Guidelines

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010612
HSUPA Introduction Package.
The following table provides the sub-features of the HSUPA Introduction Package feature and
a brief engineering instruction for each sub-feature.
Feature ID Feature Name Engineering Instruction
WRFD-01061201 HSUPA UE Category Support This sub-feature has no

independent switches or
parameters and it depends on the
HSUPA Introduction Package
feature. This sub-feature is
activated together with the
feature.
WRFD-01061209 HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL In RAN15.0, the HSUPA

Scheduling in Node B Scheduling Based on UE
Location function is added. For
details on how to deploy this
function, see section 8.11
WRFD-01061209 HSUPA
HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling
in Node B.
WRFD-01061202 HSUPA Admission Control For details, see section 4.2

"WRFD-01061202 HSUPA
Admission Control" in Call
Admission Control Feature

WCDMA RAN
WRFD-01061203 HSUPA Power Control For details, see section 11.5

Power Control" in Power Control
WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management For details, see section 13.5

Mobility Management" in
Handover Feature Parameter
Description.
WRFD-01061208 HSUPA DCCC For details, see section 7.2

DCCC" in DCCC Feature
WRFD-01061207 HSUPA Transport Resource This sub-feature has no

Management independent switches or
feature.
WRFD-01061206 Interactive and Background This sub-feature has no

Traffic Class on HSUPA independent switches or
feature.
WRFD-01061210 HSUPA 1.44Mbps per User This sub-feature has no

independent switches or
feature.
WRFD-01061211 20 HSUPA Users per Cell For details, see section

Management of HSPA Users per
Cell Feature Parameter
Description.

WCDMA RAN
WRFD-01061212 HSUPA Iub Flow Control in For details, see section 8.4
Case of Iub Congestion "WRFD-01061212 HSUPA Iub
Flow Control in Case of Iub
Congestion" in Transmission
Resource Management Feature
8.1.1 When to Use HSUPA Introduction Package

None
8.1.2 Information to Be Collected

None
8.1.3 Deployment
Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
The NBBI and the NULP do not support this feature.
l Dependencies on Other Features
This feature does not depend on other features.
l License
For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.

WCDMA RAN
Feature Feature License License Lic NE License Sal

ID Name Control Control ens Allocati es
Item Name e on for Un
Co Multipl it
ntr e
ol Operato
Ite rs
m
Na
me
on
U2
000
GU
I
WRFD-0 HSUPA LQW1HS High - BSC690 Method 6 per

10612 Introducti UPA01 Speed 0 Mb
on Uplink BSC691 ps
Package Packet 0
Access
(per
Mbps)
WRFD-0 HSUPA LQW9HS HSUPA HS NodeB Method 1 per

10612 Introducti UPA01 Function UP No
on (per A deB
Package NodeB)
(per
NodeB)
If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the "License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter".
Method 6: In RAN Sharing scenarios, a feature is activated for the primary and secondary
operators separately. In MOCN scenarios, a feature is activated only for the primary
operator. The licensed values can be set by running the SET LICENSE command.
Method 1: some license control items, such as Dynamic CE Function (per NodeB), can be
allocated only through the common group. For the NodeB license allocation among
multiple operators, see License Management Feature Parameter Description.
l Others
The UE supports the HSUPA function.
Data Preparation
Table 8-1 lists the data to prepare before deploying HSUPA Introduction Package.

WCDMA RAN
Table 8-1 Data to prepare before deploying HSUPA Introduction Package
MO Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source

Name
ATMTRF Traffic index TRFX None Transport

(BSC6900, network plan
BSC6910) (internal)
AAL2PATH AAL2 Path AAL2PATHT Configure this Transport

Type (BSC6900, parameter based network plan
BSC6910) on the mapping (internal)
between service
types and AAL2
paths.
IPPATH IP path type PATHT Configure this Transport

parameter based network plan
on the type of (internal)
the IP path
carrying the
HSUPA service
in question.
Activation
Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHSUPA to add HSUPA functions for a cell.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ACT UCELLHSUPA to enable the HSUPA functions for the
cell.
NOTE
PREEMPT_ENH_HSSCCH_PREEMPT_SF_SWITCH of the Preemption Enhancement Switch

parameter in the SET UQUEUEPREEMPT command is set to ON by default. With this default setting,
some R99 users will experience call drops when an HSUPA cell is activated. It is good practice to activate
HSUPA cells when cells serve few R99 users. For details about the Preemption Enhancement Switch
parameter, see the description of the SET UQUEUEPREEMPT command in the MML command
reference.
Step 3 Configure the parameters related to Iub-interface transmission as follows:

l In an ATM network:
1. Run the RNC MML command ADD ATMTRF to configure new ATM traffic records. In
this step, set the Traffic index, Service type, Rate unit, Peak cell rate, and Minimum
cell rate parameters to the planned or recommended values.
2. Run the RNC MML command LST TRMMAP to query the transmission resource
mapping.
3. Run the RNC MML command ADD AAL2PATH to set associated parameters according
to the network plan. TX traffic record index and RX traffic record index of the AAL2
path to be added must be the same as those set in the ADD ATMTRF command. In addition,

WCDMA RAN
AAL2 Path Type should be set according to the mapping between service types and AAL
paths.
4. Run the NodeB MML command ADD AAL2PATH to configure an AAL2 path for
HSDPA. In this step, set the Adjacent Node ID, AAL2 Path ID, Bearing type, Bearing
subrack No., Bearing slot No., TX traffic record index, RX traffic record index, and
AAL2 Path Type parameters to the planned or recommended values.
l In an IP network:
1. Run the RNC MML command LST ADJMAP to query whether resource management
mapping is configured for the adjacent node.
l If configured, check the TRMMAP index of the adjacent node.
l If not configured, run the RNC MML command LST TRMMAP to query the default
TRMMAP ID used by the adjacent node based on the settings of Interface Type and
Transport Type. For example, if Interface Type is set to Iub Interface, then
TRMMAP ID is 1.
2. Run the RNC MML command LST TRMMAP to check whether the IP path mapping to
the HSUPA service is configured according to the TRMMAP ID used by the adjacent
node.
l If yes, no further action is required.
l If not, run the RNC MML command ADD IPPATH to configure the IP path
mapping to the HSUPA service.
NOTE
To ensure that HSUPA services can be set up successfully, HSUPA services must be mapped to the
corresponding AAL2 paths or IP paths. To avoid the affect on ongoing services, you can add new AAL2 paths
or IP paths.
----End
MML Command Examples

//Activating HSUPA Introduction Package
ADD UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111;
ACT UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111;
//Configuring Iub-transmission-related parameters
//Configuring Iub-transmission-related parameters for an Iub over ATM network

ADD ATMTRF: TRFX=118, ST=RTVBR, UT=KBIT/S, PCR=5150, SCR=5149, REMARK="5M-for-
HSDPA";
ADD AAL2PATH: ANI=10, PATHID=2, CARRYT=IMA, CARRYF=1, CARRYSN=0, CARRYIMAGRPN=1,
RSCGRPFLAG=NO, VPI=13, VCI=71, TXTRFX=118, RXTRFX=118, AAL2PATHT=HSPA;
//Adding an AAL2 path on the NodeB

ADD AAL2PATH: NT=LOCAL, PATHID=2, SN=2, SBT=E1_COVERBOARD, PT=IMA,
JNRSCGRP=DISABLE, VPI=13, VCI=71, RU=KBPS, ST=NRTVBR, PCR=5150, SCR=5149, RCR=5150;
//Configuring Iub-transmission-related parameters for an Iub over IP network

ADD IPPATH: ANI=0, PATHID=1, ITFT=IUB, TRANST=IP, PATHT=BE, IPADDR="80.1.1.1",
PEERIPADDR="10.161.0.1", PEERMASK="255.255.255.0", TXBW=1000, RXBW=1000;

WCDMA RAN
Using the CME

NOTE
When configuring the HSUPA Introduction Package feature on the CME, perform a single configuration
first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.
Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.
Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 8-2, Table 8-3, and
Table 8-4. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.
----End
Table 8-2 Configuring the parameters on the CME (Activating HSDPA Introduction Package)
SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurable

Name in CME Batch
Modification
Center
1 UCELLHSUP RNC Cell Id CellId Yes

A (BSC6900,BSC6910
NOTE )
Use this MO to
add HSUPA
functions for a
cell.
2 UCELLHSUP RNC Cell ACTSTATUS Yes

A HSUPA
state
(Set this
parameter to
Activated.)

WCDMA RAN
Table 8-3 Configuring the parameter on the CME (Configuring Iub-transmission-related

parameters for an Iub over ATM network)

Name in CME Batch
Modification
Center
1 ATMTRF RNC Traffic TRFX No

index (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Service type ST
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Rate unit UT
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Peak cell PCR

rate (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Minimum MCR
cell rate (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
2 TRMMAP RNC - - No
NOTE
Use this MO to query
transport resource
mapping.
3 AAL2PATH RNC Adjacent ANI No

Node ID (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
AAL2 Path PATHID

ID (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Bearing CARRYT
type (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Bearing CARRYF
subrack No. (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Bearing slot CARRYSN

No. (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name in CME Batch
Modification
Center
TX traffic TXTRFX
record index (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RX traffic RXTRFX
record index (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
AAL2 Path AAL2PATHT

Type (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
4 AAL2PATH Node Node Type NT Yes

B
Path ID PATHID
Slot No. SN
Subboard SBT
Type
Bearer Port PT
Type
Join JNRSCGRP
Transmissio
n Resource
Group
VPI VPI
VCI VCI
Rate Unit RU
Bearer ST
Service
Type
Peak Cell PCR

Rate
Sustain Cell SCR

Rate
Receive RCR
Cell Rate

WCDMA RAN
Table 8-4 Configuring the parameter on the CME (Configuring Iub-transmission-related

parameters for an Iub over IP network)

Name in CME Batch
Modification
Center
1 ADJMAP RNC - - No
NOTE
Use this MO to check
whether transport
resource mapping is
configured for an
adjacent node.
2 TRMMAP RNC - - No
NOTE
Use this MO to query
transport resource
mapping.
3 IPPATH RNC Adjacent ANI No

(Op NOTE Node ID
tion If no IP path type is
al) specified for HSUPA IP path ID PATHID
services, use this MO to
specify an IP path type Interface ITFT
for HSUPA services. Type
Transport TRANST
Type
IP path type PATHT
Local IP IPADDR
address
Peer IP PEERIPADD
address R
Peer subnet PEERMASK

mask
Forward TXBW
Bandwidth
Backward RXBW
Bandwidth
Activation Observation
Step 1 Query the values of the counters listed in the following table.

WCDMA RAN
Query the values of the counters listed in the following table to check the number of HSUPA
users in a cell. If the values are not 0, the feature has been activated.
Counter Name NE Counter Description
VS.HSUPA.UE.Max.Cell RN Maximum Number of HSUPA UEs in a Cell

C
VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.Cell RN Average Number of HSUPA UEs in a Cell

C
Step 2 Check the traced signaling messages to ensure that the HSUPA function has been activated in
the cell.
Run the RNC MML command DSP UCELL to verify that the HSUPA function of the cell is
activated.
Step 3 Establish a PS service.
The IE E-DCH FDD information in the RL SETUP message on the Iub interface and the IE rb-
mappinginfo in the RRC_RB_SETUP message on the Uu interface should indicate that the
service has been set up and carried on the E-DCH.
----End
Deactivation
Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command DEA UCELLHSUPA to deactivate the HSUPA function of the
cell.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command RMV UCELLHSUPA to remove the HSUPA function of a cell.
----End

//Deactivating HSUPA Introduction Package
DEA UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111;
RMV UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111;
Using the CME

NOTE
When configuring the HSUPA Introduction Package feature on the CME, perform a single configuration

WCDMA RAN
Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 8-5. For instructions
on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation
Guide.
----End
Table 8-5 Configuring the parameters on the CME
SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter Configurable

ID in CME Batch
Modification
Center
1 UCELLHSUP RNC Cell HSUPA state ACTSTAT Yes

A (Set this parameter to US
Deactivated.)
8.1.4 Performance Monitoring

To determine feature performance, query the values of the counters listed in the following tables.
Note that after feature activation, if the total number of UEs remains unchanged but the number
of HSUPA UEs increases in the cell, the uplink RTWP and the CE resource consumption in a
cell will increase.
The following table lists the counters that indicate uplink throughput in a cell.
VS.HSUPA.Thruput NodeB total number of bits in MAC-d protocol data units

(PDUs) received from all UEs within a measurement
period
VS.HSUPA.MeanBi- NodeB average bit rate of MAC-d data flows received from
tRate all UEs within a measurement period
VS.HSUPA.MeanBitRat NodeB average bit rate of MAC-d data flows received from
e.WithData all UEs during data transmission within a
measurement period
VS.HSUPA.Mean- RNC mean uplink throughput of single HSUPA MAC-d

ChThroughput flows in HSUPA cells in active set within a
measurement period

WCDMA RAN
VS.HSUPA.MeanChThr RNC number of total bytes received in uplink of all the

oughput.TotalBytes HSUPA MAC-d flows in a cell within a measurement
period
The following table lists the counters that indicate the number of HSUPA UEs in a cell.
VS.HSUPA.UE.Max.Cel RNC Maximum Number of HSUPA UEs in a Cell

l
VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.Ce RNC Average Number of HSUPA UEs in a Cell

ll
8.1.5 Parameter Optimization

None
8.1.6 Troubleshooting
None

SRB over HSUPA.

This feature is recommended in networks enabled with HSUPA.
As the uplink coverage performance of HSUPA UEs is inferior to that of R99 UEs, SRB over
HSUPA decreases the PS RAB setup success ratio and increases the PS call drop ratio. If
WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI is not enabled, enabling SRB over HSUPA does not increase
the peak rate of a single HSUPA UE and cell throughput. Therefore, it is recommended that
SRB over HSUPA be enabled with WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI.
To maximize the theoretical uplink peak rate of an HSUPA UE, it is recommended that this
feature be enabled with the WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI and WRFD-01061405 HSUPA

l Collect the following KPIs to observe the impact of this feature on network performance:
– PS call drop ratio

WCDMA RAN
– PS RAB setup success ratio

– CPU usage on BSC6900 interface boards
Start the function of monitoring the CPU/DSP usage on the RNC LMT to obtain the
CPU usage on each interface board. For details about how to start the function of
monitoring the CPU/DSP usage on the RNC LMT, see LMT Online Help.
l Collect the counters described in the following table to evaluate the gains produced by SRB
over HSUPA.
Counter Name Counter Description NE Remarks
VS.HSUPA.Mean Number of Total Bytes RNC The gains produced by

ChThroughput.To- Received in Uplink of SRB over HSUPA
talBytes HSUPA MAC-d Flow for must be observed when
Cell the values of the three
This counter measures the counters basically
HSUPA traffic in a cell. remain unchanged.
VS.CellDCHUEs Number of UEs in RNC

CELL_DCH State for Cell
VS.HSUPA.UE.M Average Number of HSUPA RNC

ean.Cell UEs in a Cell
VS.LC.ULCreditU Mean Usage of UL Credit for RNC This counter is used to

sed.Mean Cell observe the impact of
SRB over HSUPA on
uplink CEs consumed
for admission.
VS.MeanRTWP Mean Power of Totally RNC When WRFD-010636

Received Bandwidth for Cell SRB over HSUPA is
enabled with
WRFD-01061403
HSUPA 2ms TTI, this
counter is used to
observe the impact of
HSUPA 2ms TTI on a
cell's uplink RTWP.
VS.HSUPA. Traffic of Mac-e/Mac-i NodeB These counters are

2msTTI.Traffic PDUs Received from 2 ms used to observe the
TTI HSUPA Users in a Cell gains in the throughput
of a single HSUPA UE.
VS.HSUPA. Traffic of Mac-e/Mac-i NodeB
10msTTI.Traffic PDUs Received from 10 ms
TTI HSUPA Users in a Cell
VS.HSUPA. Number of TTIs in Which NodeB

2msPDU.TTI.Num HSUPA 2 ms Mac-e/Mac-i
TRBs Are Received in a Cell

WCDMA RAN

10msPDU.TTI.Nu HSUPA 10 ms Mac-e/Mac-i
m TRBs Are Received in a Cell
The VS.HSUPA.2msPDU.TTI.Num and VS.HSUPA.10msPDU.TTI.Num counters apply only

to the 3900 series base stations, BTS3902E, and BTS3803E. These counters do not apply to the
BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, or DBS3800.
8.2.3 Deployment
Requirements
l Feature
The WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package feature has been activated.
l Hardware
Dependency on NodeB hardware:
– For the BTS3812E and BTS3812AE, the EBBI, EBOI, EULP, or EULPd board must
be configured.
– For the DBS3800, the EBBC or EBBCd board must be configured.
– For the 3900 series base stations, the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board must be
configured.
l License
Description.
Lic Feature Feature License License NE License Sal

ens ID Name Control Control Allocati es
e Item Name on for Uni
Ite Multiple t
m Operato
rs
1 WRFD-0 SRB over LQW1HS SRB over BSC690 Method per

10636 HSUPA UPA06R HSUPA 0 4# Mb
ES (per BSC691 ps
Mbps) 0
2 WRFD-0 TTI LQW1T TTI BSC690 Method per

10690 Switch for HOBC01 Switch for 0 4# Mb
BE RES BE BSC691 ps
Services Services 0
Based on Based on
Coverage Coverage
(per
Mbps)

WCDMA RAN
Lic Feature Feature License License NE License Sal

ens ID Name Control Control Allocati es
e Item Name on for Uni
Ite Multiple t
m Operato
rs
3 WRFD-0 Rate LQW1R RAB BSC690 Method 6 per

10507 Negotiati ABDAC0 Downsizi 0 Mb
on at 1 ng at BSC691 ps
Admissio Admissio 0
n Control n Control
(per
Mbps)
4 WRFD-0 HSUPA LQW9H HSUPA NodeB Method 1 per

1061403 2ms TTI U2MS01 2ms TTI Nod
Function eB
(per
NodeB)
5 WRFD-0 HSUPA LQW1HS HSUPA BSC690 Method per

10614 Phase 2 UPA03R Phase 2 0 4# Mb
ES (per BSC691 ps
Mbps) 0
6 WRFD-0 Dynamic LQW9D Dynamic NodeB Method 1 per

10638 CE YNCCE0 CE Nod
Resource 1 Function eB
Managem (per
ent NodeB)
Method 4#: it is recommended that the license allocation proportion of a feature be
consistent with that of the capacity license item "HSUPA Throughput-1KBPS". The
licensed values can be set by running the SET LICENSE command. If the parameter in
this command is set to AutoAssign, the licensed values are automatically allocated among
the primary and secondary operators. If the parameter in this command is set to
ManualAssign, you also need to specify the related license parameters to implement
manual license allocation.
Method 1: Some license control items, for example, Dynamic CE Function (per NodeB),
can be allocated only through the common group. For the NodeB license allocation among

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
l To reduce impacts of SRB over HSUPA on network KPIs, enable differentiation-based, admission-
CE-based, and coverage-based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection for a single BE
service. As the three TTI selection functions depend on WRFD-010507 Rate Negotiation at Admission
Control, you need to activate the license for WRFD-010507 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control
before enabling the TTI selection functions. For details about the impacts of SRB over HSUPA on
network KPIs, see section Network Performance. For details about TTI selection, see HSUPA TTI
l When the HSUPA DCCC function takes effect, the HsupaInitialRate(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter
in the SET UFRC command specifies the initial uplink access rate of HSUPA UEs. The default value
of the HsupaInitialRate(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is 256 kbit/s. The initial uplink access rate of
HSUPA UEs is generally less than the value of the BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter for HSUPA BE services carried on the E-DCH using the 2 ms TTI or the value of the
StreamHsupa2msTtiRateThs(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter for HSUPA streaming services carried
on the E-DCH using the 2 ms TTI. The default value of the BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is 1280 kbit/s. The default value of the StreamHsupa2msTtiRateThs
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is 384k bit/s. As a result, services of HSUPA UEs are carried on the
E-DCH using the 10 ms TTI during the initial access of UEs, and low-rate UEs cannot use the 2 ms
TTI even in good-coverage areas with low RTWP and sufficient CEs for admission. Therefore, it is
recommended that the HSUPA DCCC function be disabled to allow services of more HSUPA UEs to
be carried on the E-DCH using the 2 ms TTI during network access. After the HSUPA DCCC function
is disabled, you need to enable WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management. For details about
HSUPA DCCC, see DCCC Feature Parameter Description. For details about dynamic CE
management, see 4.2 Dynamic CE Management.
l Other requirements
– The RNC software version must be V900R015C00SPC500 or later.
– For the RNC that needs to be enabled with SRB over HSUPA, the value of the Max
Number of Cell in EDCH Active Set (MaxEdchCellInActiveSet
(BSC6900,BSC6910)) parameter in the LST UHOCOMM command must be the same
as the value of the Max Number of Cell in Active Set (MaxCellInActiveSet
(BSC6900,BSC6910)) parameter in the LST UINTRAFREQHO command. The
reason is as follows:
If the value of the MaxEdchCellInActiveSet(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is less
than that of the MaxCellInActiveSet(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter, there are
HSUPA-incapable cells in the active set for UEs that are performing soft handovers. As
a result, SRB over HSUPA cannot be used. For details about the conditions for using
SRB over HSUPA, see section Radio Bearers.
– The path for transmitting SRBs has been configured. The steps to check whether the
path for transmitting SRBs has been configured are as follows.
Scenarios in which ATM transmission is used
1. Run the RNC MML command LST ADJNODE to query the value of Adjacent Node
ID based on the NodeB ID and the adjacent node type (Iub interface).
2. Run the RNC MML command LST ADJMAP with the Adjacent Node ID parameter set
to the value obtained in Step 1 to query Gold user TRMMAP index, Silver user
TRMMAP index, and Bronze user TRMMAP index under the NodeB.
3. Run the RNC MML command LST TRMMAP with the TRMMAP index parameters set
to the values obtained in Step 2 to query HSUPA Signal primary path and HSUPA Signal
secondary path for gold, silver, and bronze subscribers.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
Before SRB over HSUPA is enabled, at least one of HSUPA Signal primary path and HSUPA
Signal secondary path for UEs must be set to NULL. Otherwise, run the RNC MML command
MOD TRMMAP with the HSUPA Signal primary path parameter set to EF (recommended value).
4. Run the RNC MML command LST AAL2PATH with the Adjacent Node ID parameter
set to the value obtained in Step 1 to query AAL2 Path Type.
If... Then...
The AAL2 Path Type Different types of services can share the same path
parameter is set to bandwidth. That is, the NodeB has been configured with a
SHARE path to allow SRBs to be carried over HSUPA.
The AAL2 Path Type Run the RNC MML command MOD AAL2PATH with the
parameter is set to R99 Adjacent Node ID parameter set to the value obtained in
Step 1 to set the AAL2 Path Type parameter to SHARE.
The AAL2 Path Type Perform the following operations:

parameter is set to HSPA a. Record the values of TX traffic record index and RX
traffic record index for the path.
b. Run the RNC MML command LST ATMTRF.
c. Query the value of Service type corresponding to the
index obtained in the first step to check whether the value
of Service type contains the values of HSUPA Signal
primary path and HSUPA Signal secondary path
obtained in Step 3.
l If so, the NodeB has been configured with a path to allow
SRBs to be carried over HSUPA.
l If not, go to the next step.
d. Record the index corresponding to Service type whose
value is UBR_PLUS.
e. Run the RNC MML command MOD AAL2PATH with
the Adjacent Node ID parameter set to the value obtained
in Step 1, the AAL2 Path Type parameter to HSPA, and
the TX traffic record index and RX traffic record index
parameters to the values obtained in Step d.
Scenarios in which IP transmission is used
1. Run the RNC MML command LST ADJNODE to query the value of Adjacent Node
ID based on the NodeB ID and the adjacent node type (Iub interface).

WCDMA RAN
2. Run the RNC MML command LST ADJMAP with the Adjacent Node ID parameter set
to the value obtained in Step 1 to query Gold user TRMMAP index, Silver user
TRMMAP index, and Bronze user TRMMAP index under the NodeB.
3. Run the RNC MML command LST TRMMAP with the TRMMAP index parameters set
to the values obtained in Step 2 to query HSUPA Signal primary path and HSUPA Signal
secondary path for gold, silver, and bronze subscribers.
NOTE
Before SRB over HSUPA is enabled, at least one of HSUPA Signal primary path and HSUPA
Signal secondary path for UEs must be set to NULL. Otherwise, run the RNC MML command
MOD TRMMAP with the HSUPA Signal primary path parameter set to EF (recommended value).
4. Run the RNC MML command LST IPPATH with the Adjacent Node ID parameter set
to the value obtained in Step 1 to query the value of IP path type (the interface type is Iub
Interface).
The NodeB has been configured with a path to allow SRBs to be carried over HSUPA when
any of the following conditions is met:

WCDMA RAN
l The value of IP path type contains the values of HSUPA Signal primary path and
HSUPA Signal secondary path obtained in Step 3.
l The IP path type parameter is set to QoS Path. This setting indicates that different
types of services can share the same path bandwidth.
If the preceding conditions are not met, run the RNC MML command ADD IPPATH to
set the IP path type parameter to values of HSUPA Signal primary path and HSUPA
Signal secondary path obtained in Step 3.
Data Preparation
Table 10-5 lists the data to prepare before activating the SRB over HSUPA feature.
Table 8-6 Data to prepare before activating the SRB over HSUPA feature
Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data

Source
Type of Channel SrbChlType Set this parameter to Radio

Preferably Carrying (BSC6900,BSC6910 HSUPA network
Signaling RB ) (UL_EDCH,DL_DCH). plan
If SRB over HSDPA is (internal)
enabled, set this parameter
to HSPA
(UL_EDCH,DL_HSDSC
H).
Effective Flag of SrbChlTypeRrcEf- It is recommended that this Radio

Signaling RB Channel fectFlag parameter be set to network
Type (BSC6900,BSC6910 FALSE. plan
) (internal)
Service Mapping MapSwitch Select the Radio

Strategy Switch (BSC6900,BSC6910 MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2M network
) S_SWITCH check box plan
under this parameter to (internal)
activate this feature.
Rate Threshold of StreamHsupa2msTt The default value is Radio

Streaming Services on iRateThs recommended. network
2ms TTI of HSUPA (BSC6900,BSC6910 plan
) (internal)
Rate threshold of BE on BeHsupa2msTtiRa- The default value is Radio

2ms TTI of HSUPA teThs recommended. network
(BSC6900,BSC6910 plan
) (internal)

WCDMA RAN

Source
HSPA Technologies RetryCapability l Select the Radio

Retried by UEs (BSC6900,BSC6910 SRB_OVER_HSUPA network
) check box under this plan
parameter. (internal)
l Deselect the TTI_2MS
check box under this
parameter.
Fake EcNo FakeEcNo The default value is Radio

(BSC6900,BSC6910 recommended. network
) plan
(internal)
Dynamic Resource DraSwitch Select the following check Default

Allocation Switch (BSC6900,BSC6910 boxes under this value/
) parameter: Recomme
l DRA_DCCC_SWITC nded value
H
l DRA_BASE_COVER
_BE_TTI_RECFG_S
WITCH
l DRA_BASE_COVER
_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_
SWITCH
l DRA_BASE_RES_BE
_TTI_RECFG_SWITC
H
l DRA_BASE_RES_BE
_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWI
TCH
l DRA_BASE_ADM_C
E_BE_TTI_RECFG_S
WITCH
PS Rate Negotiation PsSwitch Select the Default

Switch (BSC6900,BSC6910 PS_RAB_DOWNSIZIN value/
) G_SWITCH check box Recomme
under this parameter. nded value
Highest User Priority PriorityOpt The default value is Radio

Guarantee Option (BSC6900,BSC6910 recommended. network
) plan
(internal)

WCDMA RAN

Source
Lower rate ratio thd of LowRatioFor2msTo The default value is Radio

TTI 2ms To 10ms 10ms recommended. network
) (internal)
Upper rate ratio thd of UpRatioFor2msTo1 The default value is Radio

TTI 2ms To 10ms for 0msBaseRtwp recommended. network
RTWP/Cover (BSC6900,BSC6910 plan
) (internal)
Rate ratio thd of TTI RatioFor10msTo2m The default value is Radio

10ms To 2ms s recommended. network
) (internal)
UL load restricted trigger TrigRatiofor- The default value is Radio

threshold ratio UlRTWP recommended. network
) (internal)
UL load restricted RelRatiofor- The default value is Radio

release threshold ratio UlRTWP recommended. network
) (internal)

TTI 2ms To 10ms for CE 0msBaseCE recommended. network
) (internal)
UL TTI Ho Credit SF UlTtiCreditS- The recommended value is Radio

reserved threshold fResThd 4SF4(4SF4). network
) (internal)
Ec/N0 Threshold For BE EcN0ThsFor2msTo The recommended value is Radio

10ms TTI Estab 10ms 33. network
) (internal)
6A1 threshold for BE BeThd6A1 The recommended value is Radio

(BSC6900,BSC6910 7. network
) plan
(internal)
6B1 threshold for BE BeThd6B1 The recommended value is Radio

) plan
(internal)

WCDMA RAN

Source

) plan
(internal)

) plan
(internal)
Resource Option ResourceOption Select the RTWP check Radio

(BSC6900,BSC6910 box under this parameter. network
) plan
(internal)
Dynamic Resource DraSwitch2 1. Deselect the following Default

Allocation Switch 2 (BSC6900,BSC6910 check boxes under this value/
DRA_BASE_COVER nded value
_BE_E2D_INITSEL_
SWITCHDRA_BASE
_COVER_BE_E2D_I
NITSEL_OPT_SWIT
CHDRA_BASE_COV
ER_BE_E2D_SWITC
H
2. Select the
DRA_PCPICH_ECN
0_ON_RACH_UPDA
TE_SWITCH check
box under this
parameter.

WCDMA RAN

Source
Performance PerfEnhanceSwitch l If SRBs of 10 ms TTI Default

Enhancement Switch (BSC6900,BSC6910 HSUPA UEs are value/
) carried on the DCH Recomme
before SRB over nded value
HSUPA is enabled,
select the
PERFENH_SRB_OV
ER_HSUPA_TTI10_
SWITCH check box
under this parameter to
allow the uplink SRBs
of the 10 ms TTI
HSUPA UEs to stay on
the DCH in weak-
coverage areas. This is
to reduce the call drop
ratio.
Compatibility Switch2 CmpSwitch2 Select the Default

(BSC6900,BSC6910 CMP_DRD_SRBOVER value/
) H_SWITCH check box Recomme
Performance PerfEnhanceS- Select the following check Default

Enhancement Switch 1 witch1 boxes under this value/
(BSC6900,BSC6910 parameter: Recomme
) l PERFENH_BASE_A nded value
DM_CE_TTI2MS_LI
MIT_SWITCH
l PERFENH_SRB_FA
ST_HRETRY_AFTE
R_DRD_SWITCH

Strategy Switch (BSC6900,BSC6910 MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_ network
) LIMIT_SWITCH check plan
box under this parameter. (internal)
Precautions
l Deactivating SRB over HSUPA increases TRB resets. In networks where the number of
TRB resets is large or is similar to that of SRB resets, deactivating SRB over HSUPA
significantly increases TRB resets. In extreme conditions, deactivating SRB over HSUPA
may increase the PS call drop ratio by 20%. The reasons are as follows:
According to section 11.8.1.4 "E-TFC Selection" in 3GPP TS 25.321 V6.18.0, if SRB over
HSUPA is enabled, HSUPA UEs are not configured with the uplink DPDCH and the

WCDMA RAN
minimum power offset of the E-DPDCH relative to the DPCCH can be reduced to 8/15. If
the SRB over DCH function is enabled, HSUPA UEs are configured with the uplink
DPDCH and the minimum power offset of the E-DPDCH relative to the DPCCH can be
reduced to 0. Therefore, deactivating SRB over HSUPA decreases the minimum power
offset of the E-DPDCH relative to the DPCCH, thereby increasing TRB resets. The RNC
counter VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.RF.SRBReset measures the number of SRB resets. The
RNC counter VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.RF.TRBReset measures the number of TRB resets.
l In networks enabled with SRB over HSUPA, if the
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH check box under the
Performance Enhancement Switch parameter is selected only, the number of TRB resets
and the PS call drop ratio increase because the minimum power offset of the E-DPDCH
relative to the DPCCH for UEs using SRB over HSUPA is greater than that for UEs using
the SRB over DCH function.
l If the FP mode for the uplink DCH carrying SRBs is set to the normal mode, either of the
following operations will change the FP mode from silent to normal, thereby increasing
the consumption of transmission resources:
– Deactivate SRB over HSUPA.
– In networks enabled with SRB over HSUPA, only select the
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH check box under the
Performance Enhancement Switch parameter.
The reasons are as follows:
According to section 5.1.1a "Uplink for E-DCH" in 3GPP TS 25.427 V11.0.0, the FP
mode for the uplink E-DCH must be silent. According to section 5.1.1 "Uplink for DCH"
in 3GPP TS 25.427 V11.0.0, the FP mode for the uplink DCH can be either normal or
silent. If the FP mode for the uplink DCH is normal, the NodeB continues sending data
frames to the RNC when the NodeB receives a transport format indicator (TFI),
indicating that the number of transmission blocks is 0. If the FP mode for the uplink
DCH is silent, the NodeB does not send any data frames to the RNC when the NodeB
receives a TFI, indicating that the number of transmission blocks is 0.
The FP mode for the uplink DCH carrying SRBs is set by the UlFpMode
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UTYPSRBBASIC command.
Activation
Using MML Commands

This section describes how to activate SRB over HSUPA together with WRFD-01061403
HSUPA 2ms TTI. If WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI has been enabled, only the following
steps need to be performed to enable SRB over HSUPA:
l Step 1
l Substep 1 under Step 2
l Substep 2 and substep 4 under Step 6
If WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI does not need to be enabled, only the following steps
need to be performed to enable SRB over HSUPA:
l Step 1

WCDMA RAN

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA and set the parameters as follows:
1. Set the Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB parameter to HSUPA
(UL_EDCH,DL_DCH). If SRB over HSDPA is enabled, set this parameter to HSPA
(UL_EDCH,DL_HSDSCH).
2. If the output of the RNC MML command LST UFRCCHLTYPEPARA shows that the
value of the Effective Flag of Signaling RB Channel Type parameter is not FALSE, set
this parameter to FALSE (recommended value) to reduce the impact of SRB over HSUPA
on the RRC setup success ratio. For details about the impact, see section Radio Bearers.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UFRC and set the parameters as follows:
1. Select the SRB_OVER_HSUPA check box under the HSPA Technologies Retried by
UEs parameter to maximize the peak rate of HSUPA UEs because no other reconfiguration
functions are available to switch SRBs from the DCH to the E-DCH.
2. If the output of the RNC MML command LST UFRC shows that the values of the Rate
Threshold of Streaming Services on 2ms TTI of HSUPA and Rate threshold of BE on
2ms TTI of HSUPA parameters are not D384 and D1280, set these parameters to D384
and D1280.
3. As there is the function of throughput-based event 4A-triggered TTI adjustment from 10
ms to 2 ms, deselect the TTI_2MS check box under the HSPA Technologies Retried by
UEs parameter to disable periodic DRD for 2 ms TTI. By doing this, the probability of call
drops caused by signaling reconfiguration is reduced.
For details about the function of throughput-based event 4A-triggered TTI adjustment from
10 ms to 2 ms, see HSUPA TTI Selection Feature Parameter Description.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and set the parameters as
follows:
1. Select the MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH check box under the Service Mapping
Strategy Switch parameter to allow HSUPA services to use the 2 ms TTI.
2. Select the DRA_DCCC_SWITCH check box under the Dynamic Resource Allocation
Switch parameter to enable the general switch for TTI adjustment of a single HSUPA BE
service.
3. Select the PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH check box under the PS Rate
Negotiation Switch parameter to enable the Rate Negotiation at Admission Control
feature.
4. To reduce the impact of HSUPA 2ms TTI on a cell's uplink RTWP, set the parameters as
follows:
Select the DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH and
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH check boxes under the Dynamic
Resource Allocation Switch parameter to enable differentiation-based dynamic TTI
adjustment and initial TTI selection for a single BE service. By doing this, UEs in access
mode and connected mode select the 10 ms TTI when Uu resources are insufficient.
5. To reduce CEs consumed for admission after HSUPA 2ms TTI is enabled, select the
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH check box under the Dynamic
Resource Allocation Switch parameter to enable admission-CE-based dynamic TTI

WCDMA RAN
adjustment for a single BE service. By doing this, the TTI of UEs in connected mode is
changed from 2 ms to 10 ms when CEs for admission are insufficient.
6. To reduce the impact of the weak coverage performance on the PS RAB setup success ratio
and the PS call drop ratio, set the parameters as follows:
Select the DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH and
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH check boxes under the
Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch parameter to enable coverage-based dynamic TTI
mode and connected mode select the 10 ms TTI when they are located in weak-coverage
areas.
7. Deselect the DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SWITCH, and
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH check boxes under the Dynamic Resource
Allocation Switch 2 parameter to disable the coverage-based fallback from the E-DCH to
the DCH for a single BE service of UEs in access mode and connected mode.
Coverage-based dynamic TTI adjustment for a single BE service and coverage-based
fallback from the E-DCH to the DCH for a single BE service are triggered by event 6A or
6B based on UEs' transmit power. If these two functions are enabled together, the RNC
delivers two measurement control messages to the UE. However, the UE cannot identify
two measurement control messages of the same event at the same time. Therefore, only
one of the two functions can be enabled. In weak-coverage areas, dynamic TTI adjustment
changes the TTI of HSUPA UEs from 2 ms to 10 ms, and fallback from the E-DCH to the
DCH switches TRBs of UEs from the E-DCH to the DCH. To counteract the deterioration
in network KPIs and increase uplink throughput of UEs in weak-coverage areas, it is
recommended that dynamic TTI adjustment be enabled and fallback from the E-DCH to
the DCH be disabled.
For details about the coverage-based fallback from the E-DCH to the DCH for a single BE
service, see Radio Bearers Feature Parameter Description.
8. As the TTI adjustment does not take effect on combined services, select the
MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH check box under the Service Mapping
Strategy Switch parameter to prevent the uplink PS services in CS+PS combined services
from using the 2 ms TTI. By doing this, the impact of HSUPA 2ms TTI on the PS services
in CS+PS combined services is reduced in weak-coverage areas.
9. In inter-frequency networking scenarios where SRB over HSUPA does not take effect
during RRC connection setup and SRBs can be carried on the E-DCH during RAB setup,
if the output of the RNC MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH shows that
the value of the DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH parameter under the Direct Retry
Switch parameter is ON, select the CMP_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH check box
under the Compatibility Switch2 parameter to disable periodic DCH-to-E-DCH DRD for
SRBs during RAB setup. By doing this, the RAB setup success ratio is increased.
10. Select the DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWITCH check box under
the Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch 2 parameter. By doing this, the RNC can record
the value of P-CPICH Ec/N0 contained in the Measured results on RACH IE in event 4A
or 4B that is triggered based on the uplink traffic volume reported by a UE. The recorded
value is used for coverage-based initial TTI selection for a single BE service enabled in
Step 3.
Step 4 Run the RNC MML command SET UEDCHTTIRECFG and set parameters as follows:

WCDMA RAN
1. To reduce the impacts of SRB over HSUPA on the RTWP in a cell, select the RTWP check
box under the Resource Option parameter to enable RTWP-based TTI adjustment under
differentiation-based dynamic TTI adjustment.
2. If the output of the RNC MML command LST UEDCHTTIRECFG shows that the values
of the Highest User Priority Guarantee Option, Lower rate ratio thd of TTI 2ms To 10ms,
Upper rate ratio thd of TTI 2ms To 10ms for RTWP/Cover, and Rate ratio thd of TTI 10ms
To 2ms parameters are not Gold, 0, 28, and 83, set these parameters to Gold, 0, 28, and 83.
The parameters are used by RTWP-based TTI adjustment under differentiation-based
dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection, admission-CE-based dynamic TTI
adjustment and initial TTI selection, and coverage-based dynamic TTI adjustment and
initial TTI selection.
Table 8-7 lists the parameters used by RTWP-based TTI adjustment under differentiation-
based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection, admission-CE-based dynamic TTI
initial TTI selection in the SET UEDCHTTIRECFG command.
Table 8-7 Parameters used by TTI adjustment and TTI selection in the SET
UEDCHTTIRECFG command
Function Parameters
Highest User Lower rate Upper rate ratio Rate ratio thd
Priority ratio thd of TTI thd of TTI 2ms of TTI 10ms To
Guarantee 2ms To 10ms To 10ms for 2ms
Option RTWP/Cover
RTWP-based No No No No
TTI
adjustment
under
differentiation-
based initial
TTI selection
RTWP-based Yes Yes Yes Yes

TTI
adjustment
under
differentiation-
based dynamic
TTI
adjustment
Admission- No No No No
CE-based
initial TTI
selection
Admission- No No No Yes
CE-based
dynamic TTI
adjustment

WCDMA RAN
Coverage- No No No No
based initial
TTI selection
Coverage- No No Yes Yes

based dynamic
TTI
adjustment
NOTE
Yes indicates that the parameter is used.
No indicates that the parameter is not used.
3. If the output of the RNC MML command LST UEDCHTTIRECFG shows that the value
of the Upper rate ratio thd of TTI 2ms To 10ms for CE parameter used by admission-
CE-based dynamic TTI adjustment for BE services is not 56, set this parameter to 56.
4. To reduce the impacts of weak coverage on the PS RAB setup success ratio and the PS call
drop ratio, set the 6A1 threshold for BE, 6B1 threshold for BE, 6A2 threshold for BE,
and 6B2 threshold for BE parameters used by the coverage-based dynamic TTI adjustment
for BE services to 7, 7, 8, and 8, respectively. By doing this, events 6A1, 6B1, 6A2, and
6B2 can be triggered more easily and the TTI of HSUPA UEs can be changed from 2 ms
to 10 ms in advance.
Step 5 To allow more HSUPA UEs to use the 2 ms TTI during network access, run the RNC MML
command SET UFRC. In this step, it is recommended that the Ec/N0 Threshold For BE 10ms
TTI Estab parameter used by coverage-based initial TTI selection for BE services of UEs in
access mode be set to 37.
Step 6 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA and set the parameters as follows:
1. Select the PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH check box
under the Performance Enhancement Switch parameter to enable the function of
optimizing the TTI reconfiguration procedure for HSUPA UEs. By doing this, the number
of reconfigurations from 10 ms to 2 ms is reduced, thereby reducing the probability of call
drops.
2. After coverage-based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection are enabled for a
single BE service, UEs transmit SRBs on the DCH using the 10 ms TTI in weak-coverage
areas and uplink SRBs of 10 ms TTI HSUPA UEs need to stay on the DCH. That is, if
uplink SRBs of 10 ms TTI HSUPA UEs are carried on the DCH before SRB over HSUPA
is enabled, select the PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH check box
disabling SRB over HSUPA for non-voice services using the 10 ms TTI.
3. To counteract the increase in CEs consumed for admission after SRB over HSUPA is
enabled, select the PERFENH_BASE_ADM_CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH check
box under the Performance Enhancement Switch 1 parameter to enable admission-CE-
based initial TTI selection for a single BE service. By doing this, the TTI of UEs in access
mode is changed from 2 ms to 10 ms when CEs for admission are insufficient.
4. In inter-frequency networking scenarios where SRB over HSUPA does not take effect
during RRC connection setup, if the output of the RNC MML command LST
UCORRMALGOSWITCH shows that the value of the

WCDMA RAN
DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH parameter under the Direct Retry Switch parameter

is ON, select the PERFENH_SRB_FAST_HRETRY_AFTER_DRD_SWITCH check
box under the Performance Enhancement Switch 1 parameter to enable the function of
reconfiguring SRBs from the DCH onto the E-DCH after the RAB DRD procedure is
complete. By doing this, SRBs can be carried on the E-DCH during RAB setup, and the
RAB setup success ratio is therefore increased.
Step 7 If the output of the RNC MML command LST UFRC shows that the value of the Fake EcNo
parameter is not 29, it is recommended that the Fake EcNo parameter in the RNC MML
command SET UFRC be set to 29, which is less than the value of the Ec/N0 Threshold For
BE 10ms TTI Estab parameter set in Step 5. By doing this, the TTI of HSUPA UEs can be
changed from 2 ms to 10 ms in scenarios where the TTI is initially selected for BE services of
UEs in access mode based on coverage when no valid Ec/N0 is reported, such as state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH triggered by event 4A based on the downlink traffic volume.
Step 8 If the output of the RNC MML command LST UCELLLDM shows that the values of the UL
load restricted trigger threshold ratio and UL load restricted release threshold ratio
parameters are greater than 73 and 60, run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDM to
set these parameters to 73 and 60. The parameters are used by RTWP-based TTI adjustment
under differentiation-based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection.
Step 9 When the amount of remaining credit resources in a cell, cell group, or NodeB is less than that
of credit resources obtained by using the UL TTI Ho Credit SF reserved threshold parameter,
TTI adjustment from 2 ms to 10 ms is triggered. To trigger TTI adjustment from 2 ms to 10 ms
before CEs used for admission become insufficient and to admit more UEs, it is recommended
that the following operations be performed to set the amount of credit resources obtained by
using the UL TTI Ho Credit SF reserved threshold parameter to a value greater than the
amount of credit resources obtained by using the UlHoCeResvSf(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter (this parameter needs to be set for admission decision):
1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR to set the cell-level parameter UL TTI
Ho Credit SF reserved threshold used by admission-CE-based TTI adjustment from 2
ms to 10 ms to 4SF4(4SF4).
2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBLDR to set the NodeB-level parameter
UL TTI Ho Credit SF reserved threshold used by admission-CE-based TTI adjustment
from 2 ms to 10 ms to 4SF4(4SF4).
----End

/*Activating SRB over HSUPA*/
//Setting the parameter in scenarios where SRB over HSDPA is disabled
SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSUPA;
//Setting the parameter in scenarios where SRB over HSDPA is enabled
SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSPA;
//Setting the Effective Flag of Signaling RB Channel Type parameter to FALSE
SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag=FALSE;
//Enabling periodic DRD for SRB over HSUPA
SET UFRC: RetryCapability=SRB_OVER_HSUPA-1;
//Enabling the 2 ms TTI for HSUPA services
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the data rate threshold for HSUPA PS services using the 2 ms TTI
SET UFRC: StreamHsupa2msTtiRateThs=D384, BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs=D1280;
//Disabling periodic DRD for the 2 ms TTI
SET UFRC: RetryCapability=TTI_2MS-0;
/*Enabling differentiation-based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection

WCDMA RAN
for a single BE service*/

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH:
DraSwitch=DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-1&DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-1&DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI
_INIT_SEL_SWITCH-1, PsSwitch=PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling RTWP-based TTI adjustment under differentiation-based dynamic TTI
adjustment
SET UEDCHTTIRECFG: ResourceOption=RTWP-1;
//Setting the parameters used by RTWP-based TTI adjustment under differentiation-
based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection
//Setting the parameter used by both dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI
selection
SET UEDCHTTIRECFG: PriorityOpt=Gold;
//Setting the parameters used by both dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI
selection
MOD UCELLLDM: TrigRatioforUlRTWP=73, RelRatioforUlRTWP=60;
//Setting the parameters used by dynamic TTI adjustment
SET UEDCHTTIRECFG: LowRatioFor2msTo10ms=0, UpRatioFor2msTo10msBaseRtwp=28,
RatioFor10msTo2ms=83;
//Enabling admission-CE-based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection for
a single BE service
SET UCORRMPARA: PERFENHANCESWITCH1=PERFENH_BASE_ADM_CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH-1;
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the parameters used by admission-CE-based dynamic TTI adjustment for a
single BE service
SET UEDCHTTIRECFG: UpRatioFor2msTo10msBaseCE=56, RatioFor10msTo2ms=83;
MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=1011, UlTtiCreditSfResThd=4SF4;
MOD UNODEBLDR: IDTYPE=BYNAME, NodeBName="101", UlTtiCreditSfResThd=4SF4;
//Enabling coverage-based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection for a
single BE service
DraSwitch=DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-1&DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWIT
CH-1;
/*Setting the parameters used by coverage-based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial
TTI selection for a single BE service*/
//Setting the parameter used by initial TTI selection
SET UFRC: EcN0ThsFor2msTo10ms=37;
SET UEDCHTTIRECFG: BeThd6A1=7, BeThd6B1=7, BeThd6A2=8, BeThd6B2=8;
SET UEDCHTTIRECFG: UpRatioFor2msTo10msBaseRtwp=28, RatioFor10msTo2ms=83;
/*Disabling coverage-based fallback from the E-DCH to the DCH for a single BE
service of UEs in access mode and connected mode*/
//Setting the parameter for UEs in access mode
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch2=DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH-0;
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch2=DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SWITCH-0;
//Setting the parameter for UEs in connected mode
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch2=DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH-0;
//Enabling the function of disabling the 2 ms TTI for the uplink PS services in CS
+PS combined services
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the function of optimizing the TTI reconfiguration procedure for HSUPA
UEs
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch=PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the function of disabling SRB over HSUPA for UEs using the 10 ms TTI if
uplink SRBs of 10 ms TTI HSUPA UEs are carried on the DCH before SRB over HSUPA is
enabled
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch=PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH-1;
//Setting Ec/N0 to 29 corresponding to the actual value –10 dB when no valid Ec/N0
is reported
SET UFRC: FakeEcNo=29;
//Enabling the function of updating P-CPICH Ec/N0 on the RACH
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch2=DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWITCH-1;
////Enabling the function of disabling the function of reconfiguring SRBs from the
DCH onto the E-DCH during the RAB DRD procedure
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CmpSwitch2=CMP_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the function of reconfiguring SRBs from the DCH onto the E-DCH after the

WCDMA RAN
RAB DRD procedure is complete

SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch1=PERFENH_SRB_FAST_HRETRY_AFTER_DRD_SWITCH-1;
Using the CME (Method 1)

NOTE
When configuring the SRB over HSUPA feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and
then perform a batch modification if required.
Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence described in Table 8-8. For
instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration
Operation Guide.
----End
SN Managed NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurable

Object (MO) Name in CME Batch
Modification
Center
1 UFRCCHLTY RNC Type of Channel SrbChlType Yes

PEPARA Preferably (BSC6900,
Carrying BSC6910)
Signaling RB
Effective Flag of SrbChlTypeRrc

Signaling RB EffectFlag
Channel Type (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
2 UFRC RNC HSPA RetryCapability Yes

Technologies (BSC6900,
Retried by UEs BSC6910)
3 UCORRMAL RNC Compatibility CmpSwitch2 Yes

GOSWITCH Switch2 (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
4 UCORRMPAR RNC Performance PerfEnhanceS- Yes

A Enhancement witch1
Switch 1 (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the following
section in the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation and Maintenance.
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command LST UFRCCHLTYPEPARAto check whether uplink SRBs
are carried on the E-DCH.
Step 2 Use an HSPA UE to originate a PS service.
Step 3 Create a Uu interface trace task on the RNC LMT to check the RRC_RB_SETUP message, as
shown in Figure 8-1.
If there are two MAC-d flows on the E-DCH, the one configured with four
logicalChannelIdentity IEs of different values contains SRBs.
Figure 8-1 Two MAC-d flows on the E-DCH
----End

WCDMA RAN
Deactivation
Using MML Commands

This section describes how to deactivate SRB over HSUPA together with WRFD-01061403
HSUPA 2ms TTI.
If WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI does not need to be disabled, only the following steps
need to be performed to disable SRB over HSUPA:
l Step 1
l Step 2
l Substep 1 and 4 under Step 3
l Substep 4 under step 4
If WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI is disabled, only the following steps need to be performed
to disable SRB over HSUPA:
l Step 1
l Step 2
l Substep 4 under step 4
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA with the Type of Channel
Preferably Carrying Signaling RB parameter set to DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH). If SRB over
HSDPA is enabled, set this parameter to HSDPA(UL_DCH,DL_HS-DSCH).
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UFRC and deselect the SRB_OVER_HSUPA check box
under the HSPA Technologies Retried by UEs parameter to disable periodic DRD for SRB
over HSUPA.
1. Deselect the PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH check box under the
Performance Enhancement Switch parameter to disable the function of disabling SRB
over HSUPA for UEs using the 10 ms TTI.
2. Deselect the PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH check box
under the Performance Enhancement Switch parameter to disable the function of
optimizing the TTI reconfiguration procedure for HSUPA UEs.
3. Deselect the PERFENH_BASE_ADM_CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH check box
under the Performance Enhancement Switch 1 parameter to disable admission-CE-based
initial TTI selection for BE services.
4. Deselect the PERFENH_SRB_FAST_HRETRY_AFTER_DRD_SWITCH check box
under the Performance Enhancement Switch 1 parameter to disable the function of
reconfiguring SRBs from the DCH onto the E-DCH.
follows:
1. Deselect the MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH check box under the Service Mapping
Strategy Switch parameter.

WCDMA RAN
2. Deselect the following check boxes under the Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch
parameter to disable differentiation-, admission-CE-, and coverage-based dynamic TTI
adjustment for a single BE service:
l DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
l DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH
l DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
l DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
l DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH
3. Deselect the MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH check box under the Service
Mapping Strategy Switch parameter to allow the uplink PS services in CS+PS combined
services to use the 2 ms TTI.
4. Deselect the CMP_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH check box under the Compatibility
Switch2 parameter to disable the function of disabling the function of reconfiguring SRBs
from the DCH onto the E-DCH during the RAB DRD procedure.
----End

/*Deactivating SRB over HSUPA*/
//Setting the parameter in scenarios where SRB over HSDPA is disabled
SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=DCH;
//Setting the parameter in scenarios where SRB over HSDPA is enabled
SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSDPA;
//Disabling periodic DRD for SRB over HSUPA
SET UFRC: RetryCapability=SRB_OVER_HSUPA-0;
//Disabling the function of disabling SRB over HSUPA for UEs using the 10 ms TTI
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch=PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH-0;
//Disabling the function of optimizing the TTI reconfiguration procedure for HSUPA
UEs
//Setting the RNC-level switch for the HSUPA 2 ms TTI to off
//Disabling differentiation-based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection
for a single BE service
DraSwitch=DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-0&DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH-0
;
//Disabling admission-CE-based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection for
a single BE service
//Disabling coverage-based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection for a
single BE service
CH-0;
//Disabling the function of disabling the 2 ms TTI for the uplink PS services in CS
//Disabling periodic DCH-to-E-DCH/HS-DSCH DRD for SRBs during RAB setup and the
function of reconfiguring
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CmpSwitch2=CMP_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH-0;
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch1=PERFENH_SRB_FAST_HRETRY_AFTER_DRD_SWITCH-0;

WCDMA RAN
Using the CME

NOTE
When configuring the SRB over HSUPA feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and
then perform a batch modification if required.
Operation Guide.
----End

Modification
Center
1 UFRCCHLT RNC Type of Channel SrbChlType Yes

YPEPARA Preferably (BSC6900,
Carrying BSC6910)
Signaling RB
2 UFRC RNC HSPA RetryCapability Yes

3 UCORRMP RNC Performance PerfEnhanceS- Yes

ARA Enhancement witch
Switch (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Performance PerfEnhanceS-
Enhancement witch1
Switch 1 (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
4 UCORRMA RNC Compatibility CmpSwitch2 Yes

LGOSWITC Switch2 (BSC6900,
H BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN
Gains in the Throughput of a Single UE (Monitored by Using Counters)

The gains produced by SRB over HSUPA should be observed when the values of the following
counters basically remain unchanged:
l VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput.TotalBytes: measures the HSUPA traffic in a cell.

l VS.CellDCHUEs: measures the number of UEs in the CELL_DCH state.
l VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.Cell: measures the average number of HSUPA UEs in a cell.
The average throughput of a single HSUPA UE is calculated using the following formula:
(VS.HSUPA.2msTTI.Traffic + VS.HSUPA.10msTTI.Traffic)/(VS.HSUPA.
2msPDU.TTI.Num x 0.002 + VS.HSUPA.10msPDU.TTI.Num x 0.01)
The counters in the formula can be used to monitor the gains in the throughput of a single HSUPA
UE when the following conditions are met:
l The WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI feature has not been enabled before SRB over
HSUPA is enabled.
l The WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI and WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA features
are enabled together.
NOTE
If any of the preceding conditions is not met, the preceding counters cannot be used to monitor the gains
in the throughput of a single HSUPA UE. In this situation, the gains produced by SRB over HSUPA in the
throughput of a single HSUPA UE need to be monitored by performing drive tests.
However, the gains in the throughput of a single HSUPA UE are mainly produced by the
WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI feature.
SRB over HSUPA can increase the theoretical uplink peak rate of an HSUPA UE to 5.74 Mbit/
s only when SRB over HSUPA is enabled with the WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI and
WRFD-01061405 HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User features. As there are only a few number of full
buffer UEs on the live network, the proportion of HSUPA UEs whose uplink peak rate falls in
the range from 2.88 Mbit/s to 5.74 Mbit/s during a TTI to all UEs using SRB over HSUPA is
small. As a result, the gains produced by SRB over HSUPA in the throughput of a single HSUPA
UE are not obvious. Full buffer UEs are those that have a large amount of data to continuously
transmit.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput = (8 x VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput.TotalBytes)/
(VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput.Times)
When this feature is enabled, the VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput counter is not used to monitor the gains
produced by SRB over HSUPA on the average throughput of a single HSUPA UE due to the following
reasons:
l After WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA is enabled, the time to transmit SRBs will also be measured
by the VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput.Times counter used in the preceding formula. As a result, the
value of the VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput.Times counter is greater than that in scenarios with the
SRB over DCH function and the value of the VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput counter is less than that
in scenarios with the SRB over DCH function.
l The sampling period of the VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput.Times counter is 100 ms. The
VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput.Times value used to calculate the VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput
counter is still 100 ms even when the time an HSUPA UE takes to transmit data is less than 100 ms
(such as 2 ms). This results in a great difference between values of the VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput
counter.
Gains in the Throughput of a Single UE (Monitored by Performing Drive Tests)

If the WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI and WRFD-01061405 HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User
features have been activated or are to be activated before SRB over HSUPA is activated, the
gains in the throughput of a single HSUPA UE can be monitored by performing drive tests.
Step 1 Perform drive tests at a place near the base station and with little path loss.
Step 2 During off-peak hours, measure the throughput of a single HSUPA UE when SRB over HSUPA
is activated.
1. Activate SRB over HSUPA.

2. Use an HSUPA UE to perform high-speed FTP upload.
3. Measure the throughput of the HSUPA UE during the high-speed FTP upload.
NOTE
l If the throughput of the HSUPA UE monitored by the function of monitoring uplink throughput and
bandwidth on the LMT is less than or equal to 2.5 Mbit/s, the gains produced by SRB over HSUPA in
the throughput of a single HSUPA UE cannot be observed.
l For details about how to monitor uplink throughput and bandwidth, see MML Online Help.
Step 3 In the same drive test environment, measure the throughput of a single HSUPA UE after SRB
over HSUPA is deactivated.
1. Deactivate SRB over HSUPA.

2. Use the same HSUPA UE to perform high-speed FTP upload.
3. Measure the throughput of the HSUPA UE during the high-speed FTP upload.
Step 4 Repeat the preceding operations more than three times.
----End
Compare the average throughput of a single HSUPA UE after feature activation and deactivation
to evaluate the gains produced by SRB over HSUPA in the throughput of a single HSUPA UE.

WCDMA RAN
Gains in the Call Setup Delay

SRB over HSUPA reduces the call setup delay, which can be monitored by performing drive
tests.
Step 2 Measure the call setup delay after SRB over HSUPA is activated.
1. Activate SRB over HSUPA.

2. Use an HSUPA UE to originate a PS service.
3. Calculate the interval between the time the HSUPA UE sends an RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message and the time the HSUPA UE receives an ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT
ACCEPT message.
Step 3 In the same drive test environment, measure the call setup delay after SRB over HSUPA is
deactivated.
1. Deactivate SRB over HSUPA.

2. Use the same HSUPA UE to originate a PS service.
3. Calculate the interval between the time the HSUPA UE sends an RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message and the time the HSUPA UE receives an ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT
ACCEPT message.
----End
Compare the call setup delay after feature activation and deactivation to evaluate the gains
produced by SRB over HSUPA in the call setup delay. The gains produced by SRB over HSUPA
in the call setup delay vary depending on the number and size of SRBs transmitted on the E-
DCH during the call setup. It takes 40 ms to transmit an SRB RLC packet whose transport block
is 148 bits in size. Larger SRBs require longer transmission time.
l The TBSIZE(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UTYPSRBDYNTF command

is used to adjust the size of a transport block.
l Run the ADD UTYPSRBSEMISTATICTF or MOD UTYPSRBSEMISTATICTF
command and set the TTI(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter to change the TTI of an SRB
RLC packet.
If SRB over HSUPA does not take effect during the RRC connection setup, SRB packets
transmitted on the E-DCH include such signaling messages as RADIO BEARER SETUP
COMPLETE during the call setup.
l Before SRB over HSUPA is enabled, the preceding messages included in SRB packets
require one SRB RLC packet to transmit in most cases. It takes 40 ms to transmit an SRB
RLC packet.
l After SRB over HSUPA is enabled, the preceding messages included in SRB packets may
require only 2 ms to transmit because the 2 ms TTI is used, thereby reducing the
transmission delay by 38 ms and significantly reducing the call setup delay.

WCDMA RAN
Impacts on Network Performance

Impact Monitoring Method Remarks
Increasing the CPU usage on Function of monitoring the For details about how to start
BSC6900 interface boards CPU/DSP usage on the RNC the function of monitoring
LMT. the CPU/DSP usage on the
RNC LMT, see LMT Online
Help.
Changing uplink CEs Function of monitoring the None

consumed for admission RNC counter
VS.LC.ULCreditUsed.Mean
Decreasing the PS RAB Function of monitoring the None

setup ratio and increasing the PS RAB setup ratio and PS
PS call drop ratio call drop ratio on the RNC
side
Increasing the RTWP Function of monitoring the This impact occurs when
RNC counter both SRB over HSUPA and
VS.MeanRTWP WRFD-01061403 HSUPA
2ms TTI are enabled.

Scenarios Where the PS RAB Setup Success Ratio Decreases and the PS Call Drop
Ratio Increases
If SRB over HSUPA reduces the PS RAB setup success ratio by more than 10% or increases
the PS call drop ratio by more than 10%, perform the following operations:
l Increase the value of the EcN0ThsFor2msTo10ms(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the
SET UFRC command. The greater the parameter value, the higher the Ec/N0 threshold
for selecting the 2 ms TTI during initial TTI selection for BE services of UEs in access
mode. In this situation, the number of 2 ms TTI HSUPA UEs decreases and the number of
10 ms TTI HSUPA UEs increases. Therefore, using this approach controls the decrease in
the PS RAB setup success ratio and the increase in the PS call drop ratio.
l Increase the values of the BeThd6A1(BSC6900,BSC6910), BeThd6B1
(BSC6900,BSC6910), BeThd6A2(BSC6900,BSC6910), and BeThd6B2
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters in the SET UEDCHTTIRECFG command. The greater
the parameter values, the earlier the TTI is changed from 2 ms to 10 ms for BE services of
UEs in connected mode. In this situation, the number of 2 ms TTI HSUPA UEs decreases
at the cell edge. Therefore, using this approach controls the increase in the PS call drop
ratio.
Scenarios Where the CPU Usage on Interface Boards Increases

If the CPU usage on interface boards increases by more than 50% after SRB over HSUPA is
enabled, it is recommended that you add more interface boards for load sharing.

WCDMA RAN
To increase the proportion of UEs using the 2 ms TTI in one cell, it is recommended to run RNC
MML SET UFRC and set Ec/N0 Threshold For BE 10ms TTI Estab to 33.
None

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI.

This feature is recommended in networks enabled with HSUPA.
To maximize the theoretical uplink peak rate of an HSUPA UE, it is recommended that HSUPA
2ms TTI be enabled with the WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA and WRFD-01061405 HSUPA

l Collect the following key performance indicators (KPIs) to observe the impact of this
feature on network performance:
– PS call drop ratio
– PS RAB setup success ratio
l Collect the counters described in the following table to evaluate the gains produced by
HSUPA 2ms TTI.
VS.HSUPA.Mean Number of Total Bytes RNC The gains produced by

ChThroughput.To- Received in Uplink of HSUPA 2ms TTI must
talBytes HSUPA MAC-d Flow for be observed when the
Cell values of the three
This counter measures the counters basically
HSUPA traffic in a cell. remain unchanged.
VS.CellDCHUEs Number of UEs in RNC

CELL_DCH State for Cell
VS.HSUPA.UE.M Average Number of HSUPA RNC

ean.Cell UEs in a Cell
VS.HSUPA. Traffic of Mac-e/Mac-i NodeB These counters are

2msTTI.Traffic PDUs Received from 2 ms used to observe the
TTI HSUPA Users in a Cell gains in the throughput
of a single HSUPA UE.
VS.HSUPA. Traffic of Mac-e/Mac-i NodeB
10msTTI.Traffic PDUs Received from 10 ms
TTI HSUPA Users in a Cell

WCDMA RAN

2msPDU.TTI.Num HSUPA 2 ms Mac-e/Mac-i
TRBs Are Received in a Cell

10msPDU.TTI.Nu HSUPA 10 ms Mac-e/Mac-i
m TRBs Are Received in a Cell
VS.LC.ULCreditU Mean Usage of UL Credit for RNC This counter is used to

sed.Mean Cell observe the impact of
HSUPA 2ms TTI on
uplink CEs consumed
for admission.
VS.MeanRTWP Mean Power of Totally RNC This counter is used to

Received Bandwidth for Cell observe the impact of
HSUPA 2ms TTI on a
cell's uplink RTWP.
The VS.HSUPA.2msPDU.TTI.Num and VS.HSUPA.10msPDU.TTI.Num counters apply only

to the 3900 series base stations, BTS3902E, and BTS3803E. These counters do not apply to the
BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, or DBS3800.
8.3.3 Deployment
Requirements
l Feature
The WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package feature has been activated.
l Hardware
Dependency on NodeB hardware:
– For the BTS3812E, BTS3812A, and BTS3812AE, the EBBI, EBOI, EULP, or EULPd
board must be configured.
– For the DBS3800, the EBBC or EBBCd board must be configured.
– For the 3900 series base stations, the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board must be
configured.
l License
Description.

WCDMA RAN

Item Name e on for Uni
Co Multipl t
ntr e
ol Operat
Ite ors
m
Na
me
on
U2
000
GU
I
WRFD-0 HSUPA LQW9H HSUPA HS NodeB Method per

1061403 Phase2 U2MS01 2ms TTI UP 1 Nod
(per Function AT eB
NodeB) (per TI
NodeB)
WRFD-0 HSUPA LQW1HS HSUPA - BSC6900 Method per

10614 Phase 2 UPA03R Phase 2 BSC6910 4# Mb
ES (per ps
Mbps)
WRFD-0 TTI LQW1T TTI - BSC6900 Method per

10690 Switch for HOBC01 Switch for BSC6910 4# Mb
BE RES BE ps
Services Services
Based on Based on
Coverage Coverage
(per
Mbps)
WRFD-0 Rate LQW1R RAB - BSC6900 Method per

10507 Negotiati ABDAC0 Downsizi BSC6910 6 Mb
on at 1 ng at ps
Admissio Admissio
n Control n Control
(per
Mbps)
WRFD-0 Dynamic LQW9D Dynamic - NodeB Method per

10638 CE YNCCE0 CE 1 Nod
Resource 1 Function eB
Managem (per
ent NodeB)

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
l To reduce impacts of HSUPA 2ms TTI on network KPIs, enable differentiation-, admission-CE-, and
coverage-based TTI selection for a single BE service. As the three TTI selection functions depend on
WRFD-010507 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control, you need to activate the license for
WRFD-010507 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control before enabling the TTI selection functions.
For details about the impacts of HSUPA 2ms TTI on network KPIs, see section Network
Performance. For details about TTI selection, see HSUPA TTI Selection Feature Parameter
Description.
l When the HSUPA DCCC function takes effect, the HsupaInitialRate(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter
in the SET UFRC command specifies the initial uplink access rate of HSUPA UEs. The default value
of the HsupaInitialRate(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is 256 kbit/s. The initial uplink access rate of
HSUPA UEs is generally less than the value of the BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter for HSUPA BE services carried on the E-DCH using the 2 ms TTI or the value of the
StreamHsupa2msTtiRateThs(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter for HSUPA streaming services carried
on the E-DCH using the 2 ms TTI. The default value of the BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs parameter is 1280
kbit/s. The default value of the StreamHsupa2msTtiRateThs parameter is 384k bit/s. As a result,
services of HSUPA UEs are carried on the E-DCH using the 10 ms TTI during the initial access of
UEs, and low-rate UEs cannot use the 2 ms TTI even in good-coverage areas with low RTWP and
sufficient CEs for admission. Therefore, it is recommended that the HSUPA DCCC function be disabled
to allow services of more HSUPA UEs to be carried on the E-DCH using the 2 ms TTI during network
access. After the HSUPA DCCC function is disabled, you need to enable WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE
Resource Management.
l For details about HSUPA DCCC, see DCCC Feature Parameter Description. For details about
dynamic CE management, see 4.2 Dynamic CE Management.
l Other requirements
– The UE is of uplink HSUPA category 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, or 9.
Data Preparation
Table 8-10 lists the data to prepare before activating the HSUPA 2ms TTI feature.

WCDMA RAN
Table 8-10 Data to prepare before activating the HSUPA 2ms TTI feature

Source

Strategy Switch (BSC6900,BSC6910 MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2M network
) S_SWITCH check box plan
under this parameter to (internal)
activate this feature.
Rate Threshold of StreamHsupa2msTt The default value is Radio

Streaming Services on iRateThs recommended. network
2ms TTI of HSUPA (BSC6900,BSC6910 plan
) (internal)
Rate threshold of BE on BeHsupa2msTtiRa- The default value is Radio

2ms TTI of HSUPA teThs recommended. network
) (internal)
HSPA Technologies RetryCapability Deselect the TTI_2MS Radio

Retried by UEs (BSC6900,BSC6910 check box under this network
) parameter. plan
(internal)
Fake EcNo FakeEcNo The default value is Radio

(BSC6900,BSC6910 recommended. network
) plan
(internal)
Dynamic Resource DraSwitch Select the following check Default

Allocation Switch (BSC6900,BSC6910 boxes under this value/
l DRA_DCCC_SWITC nded value
H
l DRA_BASE_COVER
_BE_TTI_RECFG_S
WITCH
l DRA_BASE_COVER
_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_
SWITCH
l DRA_BASE_RES_BE
_TTI_RECFG_SWITC
H
l DRA_BASE_RES_BE
_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWI
TCH
l DRA_BASE_ADM_C
E_BE_TTI_RECFG_S
WITCH

WCDMA RAN

Source
Performance PerfEnhanceS- Select the Radio

Enhancement Switch 1 witch1 PERFENH_BASE_AD network
(BSC6900,BSC6910 M_CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT plan
) _SWITCH check box (internal)
under this parameter.
PS Rate Negotiation PsSwitch Select the Default

Switch (BSC6900,BSC6910 PS_RAB_DOWNSIZIN value/
) G_SWITCH check box Recomme
Highest User Priority PriorityOpt The default value is Radio

Guarantee Option (BSC6900,BSC6910 recommended. network
) plan
(internal)
Lower rate ratio thd of LowRatioFor2msTo The default value is Radio

TTI 2ms To 10ms 10ms recommended. network
) (internal)

TTI 2ms To 10ms for 0msBaseRtwp recommended. network
RTWP/Cover (BSC6900,BSC6910 plan
) (internal)
Rate ratio thd of TTI RatioFor10msTo2m The default value is Radio

10ms To 2ms s recommended. network
) (internal)
UL load restricted trigger TrigRatiofor- The default value is Radio

threshold ratio UlRTWP recommended. network
) (internal)
UL load restricted RelRatiofor- The default value is Radio

release threshold ratio UlRTWP recommended. network
) (internal)

TTI 2ms To 10ms for CE 0msBaseCE recommended. network
) (internal)
UL TTI Ho Credit SF UlTtiCreditS- The recommended value is Radio

reserved threshold fResThd 4SF4(4SF4). network
) (internal)

WCDMA RAN

Source
Ec/N0 Threshold For BE EcN0ThsFor2msTo The recommended value is Radio

10ms TTI Estab 10ms 33. network
) (internal)

) plan
(internal)

) plan
(internal)

) plan
(internal)

) plan
(internal)
Resource Option ResourceOption Select the RTWP check Radio

(BSC6900,BSC6910 box under this parameter. network
) plan
(internal)
Dynamic Resource DraSwitch2 1. Deselect the following Default

Allocation Switch 2 (BSC6900,BSC6910 check boxes under this value/
DRA_BASE_COVER nded value
_BE_E2D_INITSEL_
SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER
_BE_E2D_INITSEL_
OPT_SWITCH, and
DRA_BASE_COVER
_BE_E2D_SWITCH
2. Select the
DRA_PCPICH_ECN
0_ON_RACH_UPDA
TE_SWITCH check
box under this
parameter.

WCDMA RAN

Source

Strategy Switch (BSC6900,BSC6910 MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_ network
) LIMIT_SWITCH check plan
box under this parameter. (internal)
Performance PerfEnhanceSwitch Select the Default

Enhancement Switch (BSC6900,BSC6910 PERFENH_HSUPA_TT value/
) I_RECFG_PROC_OPT Recomme
_SWITCH check box nded value
Activation
Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select the
MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH check box under the Service Mapping Strategy
Switch parameter to allow HSUPA services to use the 2 ms TTI.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UFRC and set the parameters as follows:
1. If the output of the RNC MML command LST UFRC shows that the values of the Rate
Threshold of Streaming Services on 2ms TTI of HSUPA and Rate threshold of BE on
2ms TTI of HSUPA parameters are not D384 and D1280, set these parameters to D384
and D1280.
2. As there is the function of throughput-based event 4A-triggered TTI adjustment from 10
ms to 2 ms, deselect the TTI_2MS check box under the HSPA Technologies Retried by
UEs parameter to disable periodic DRD for 2 ms TTI. By doing this, the probability of call
drops caused by signaling reconfiguration is reduced.
For details about the function of throughput-based event 4A-triggered TTI adjustment from
10 ms to 2 ms, see HSUPA TTI Selection Feature Parameter Description.
follows:
1. Select the DRA_DCCC_SWITCH check box under the Dynamic Resource Allocation
Switch parameter to enable the general switch for TTI adjustment of a single HSUPA BE
service.
2. Select the PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH check box under the PS Rate
Negotiation Switch parameter to enable the Rate Negotiation at Admission Control
feature.
3. To reduce the impact of HSUPA 2ms TTI on a cell's uplink RTWP, set the parameters as
follows:
Select the DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH and
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH check boxes under the Dynamic
Resource Allocation Switch parameter to enable differentiation-based dynamic TTI

WCDMA RAN
mode and connected mode select the 10 ms TTI when Uu resources are insufficient.
4. To reduce CEs consumed for admission after HSUPA 2ms TTI is enabled, select the
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH check box under the Dynamic
Resource Allocation Switch parameter to enable admission-CE-based dynamic TTI
adjustment for a single BE service. By doing this, the TTI of UEs in connected mode is
changed from 2 ms to 10 ms when CEs for admission are insufficient.
5. To reduce the impact of the weak coverage performance on the PS RAB setup success ratio
and the PS call drop ratio, set the parameters as follows:
Select the DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH and
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH check boxes under the
Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch parameter to enable coverage-based dynamic TTI
mode and connected mode select the 10 ms TTI when they are located in weak-coverage
areas.
6. Deselect the DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SWITCH, and
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH check boxes under the Dynamic Resource
Allocation Switch 2 parameter to disable the coverage-based fallback from the E-DCH to
the DCH for a single BE service of UEs in access mode and connected mode.
Coverage-based dynamic TTI adjustment for a single BE service and coverage-based
fallback from the E-DCH to the DCH for a single BE service are triggered by event 6A or
6B based on UEs' transmit power. If these two functions are enabled together, the RNC
delivers two measurement control messages to the UE. However, the UE cannot identify
two measurement control messages of the same event at the same time. Therefore, only
one of the two functions can be enabled. In weak-coverage areas, dynamic TTI adjustment
changes the TTI of HSUPA UEs from 2 ms to 10 ms, and fallback from the E-DCH to the
DCH switches TRBs of UEs from the E-DCH to the DCH. To counteract the deterioration
in network KPIs and increase uplink throughput of UEs in weak-coverage areas, it is
recommended that dynamic TTI adjustment be enabled and fallback from the E-DCH to
the DCH be disabled.
For details about the coverage-based fallback from the E-DCH to the DCH for a single BE
service, see Radio Bearers Feature Parameter Description.
7. As the TTI adjustment does not take effect on combined services, select the
MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH check box under the Service Mapping
Strategy Switch parameter to prevent the uplink PS services in CS+PS combined services
from using the 2 ms TTI. By doing this, the impact of HSUPA 2ms TTI on the PS services
in CS+PS combined services is reduced in weak-coverage areas.
8. Select the DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWITCH check box under
the Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch 2 parameter. By doing this, the RNC can record
the value of P-CPICH Ec/N0 contained in the Measured results on RACH IE in event 4A
or 4B that is triggered based on the uplink traffic volume reported by a UE. The recorded
value is used for coverage-based initial TTI selection for a single BE service enabled in
Step 3.
Step 4 Run the RNC MML command SET UEDCHTTIRECFG and set parameters as follows:

WCDMA RAN
1. To reduce the impacts of HSUPA 2ms TTI on the RTWP in a cell, select the RTWP check
box under the Resource Option parameter to enable RTWP-based TTI adjustment under
differentiation-based dynamic TTI adjustment.
2. If the output of the RNC MML command LST UEDCHTTIRECFG shows that the values
of the Highest User Priority Guarantee Option, Lower rate ratio thd of TTI 2ms To 10ms,
Upper rate ratio thd of TTI 2ms To 10ms for RTWP/Cover, and Rate ratio thd of TTI 10ms
To 2ms parameters are not Gold, 0, 28, and 83, set these parameters to Gold, 0, 28, and 83.
The parameters are used by RTWP-based TTI adjustment under differentiation-based
dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection, admission-CE-based dynamic TTI
initial TTI selection.
Table 8-11 lists the parameters used by RTWP-based TTI adjustment under differentiation-
based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection, admission-CE-based dynamic TTI
initial TTI selection in the SET UEDCHTTIRECFG command.
Table 8-11 Parameters used by dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection in the
SET UEDCHTTIRECFG command
Function Parameters
Highest User Lower rate Upper rate ratio Rate ratio thd
Priority ratio thd of TTI thd of TTI 2ms of TTI 10ms To
Guarantee 2ms To 10ms To 10ms for 2ms
Option RTWP/Cover
RTWP-based No No No No
TTI
adjustment
under
differentiation-
based initial
TTI selection
RTWP-based Yes Yes Yes Yes

TTI
adjustment
under
differentiation-
based dynamic
TTI
adjustment
Admission- No No No No
CE-based
initial TTI
selection
Admission- No No No Yes
CE-based
dynamic TTI
adjustment

WCDMA RAN
Coverage- No No No No
based initial
TTI selection
Coverage- No No Yes Yes

based dynamic
TTI
adjustment
NOTE
Yes indicates that the parameter is used.
No indicates that the parameter is not used.
3. If the output of the RNC MML command LST UEDCHTTIRECFG shows that the value
of the Upper rate ratio thd of TTI 2ms To 10ms for CE parameter used by admission-
CE-based dynamic TTI adjustment for BE services is not 56, set this parameter to 56.
4. To reduce the impacts of weak coverage on the PS RAB setup success ratio and the PS call
drop ratio, set the 6A1 threshold for BE, 6B1 threshold for BE, 6A2 threshold for BE,
and 6B2 threshold for BE parameters used by the coverage-based dynamic TTI adjustment
for BE services to 7, 7, 8, and 8, respectively. By doing this, events 6A1, 6B1, 6A2, and
6B2 can be triggered more easily and the TTI of HSUPA UEs can be changed from 2 ms
to 10 ms in advance.
Step 5 To allow more HSUPA UEs to use the 2 ms TTI during network access, run the RNC MML
command SET UFRC. In this step, it is recommended that the Ec/N0 Threshold For BE 10ms
TTI Estab parameter used by coverage-based initial TTI selection for BE services of UEs in
access mode be set to 37.
1. Select the PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH check box
optimizing the TTI reconfiguration procedure for HSUPA UEs. By doing this, the number
of reconfigurations from 10 ms to 2 ms is reduced, thereby reducing the probability of call
drops.
2. To counteract the increase in CEs consumed for admission after HSUPA 2ms TTI is
enabled, select the PERFENH_BASE_ADM_CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH check
box under the Performance Enhancement Switch 1 parameter to enable admission-CE-
based initial TTI selection for a single BE service. By doing this, the TTI of UEs in access
mode is changed from 2 ms to 10 ms when CEs for admission are insufficient.
Step 7 If the output of the RNC MML command LST UFRC shows that the value of the Fake EcNo
parameter is not 29, it is recommended that the Fake EcNo parameter in the RNC MML
command SET UFRC be set to 29, which is less than the value of the Ec/N0 Threshold For
BE 10ms TTI Estab parameter set in Step 5. By doing this, the TTI of HSUPA UEs can be
changed from 2 ms to 10 ms in scenarios where the TTI is initially selected for BE services of
UEs in access mode based on coverage when no valid Ec/N0 is reported, such as state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH triggered by event 4A based on the downlink traffic volume.
Step 8 If the output of the RNC MML command LST UCELLLDM shows that the values of the UL
load restricted trigger threshold ratio and UL load restricted release threshold ratio

WCDMA RAN
parameters are greater than 73 and 60, run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDM to
set these parameters to 73 and 60. The parameters are used by RTWP-based TTI adjustment
under differentiation-based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection.
Step 9 When the amount of remaining credit resources in a cell, cell group, or NodeB is less than that
of credit resources obtained by using the UL TTI Ho Credit SF reserved threshold parameter,
TTI adjustment from 2 ms to 10 ms is triggered. To trigger TTI adjustment from 2 ms to 10 ms
before CEs used for admission become insufficient and to admit more UEs, it is recommended
that the following operations be performed to set the amount of credit resources obtained by
using the UL TTI Ho Credit SF reserved threshold parameter to a value greater than the
amount of credit resources obtained by using the UlHoCeResvSf parameter (this parameter
needs to be set for admission decision):
1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR to set the cell-level parameter UL TTI
Ho Credit SF reserved threshold used by admission-CE-based TTI adjustment from 2
ms to 10 ms to 4SF4(4SF4).
2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBLDR to set the NodeB-level parameter
UL TTI Ho Credit SF reserved threshold used by admission-CE-based TTI adjustment
from 2 ms to 10 ms to 4SF4(4SF4).
----End

//Activating HSUPA 2ms TTI
//Enabling the 2 ms TTI for HSUPA services
//Setting the rate threshold of the 2 ms TTI for HSUPA PS services
SET UFRC: StreamHsupa2msTtiRateThs=D384, BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs=D1280;
//Disabling periodic DRD for the 2 ms TTI
SET UFRC: RetryCapability=TTI_2MS-0;
/*Enabling differentiation-based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection
for a single BE service*/
DraSwitch=DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-1&DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-1&DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI
_INIT_SEL_SWITCH-1, PsSwitch=PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling RTWP-based TTI adjustment under differentiation-based dynamic TTI
adjustment
SET UEDCHTTIRECFG: ResourceOption=RTWP-1;
//Setting the parameters used by RTWP-based TTI adjustment under differentiation-
based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection
//Setting the parameter used by both dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI
selection
SET UEDCHTTIRECFG: PriorityOpt=Gold;
//Setting the parameters used by both dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI
selection
MOD UCELLLDM: TrigRatioforUlRTWP=73, RelRatioforUlRTWP=60;
SET UEDCHTTIRECFG: LowRatioFor2msTo10ms=0, UpRatioFor2msTo10msBaseRtwp=28,
RatioFor10msTo2ms=83;
//Enabling admission-CE-based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection for
a single BE service
//Setting the parameters used by admission-CE-based dynamic TTI adjustment for a
single BE service
SET UEDCHTTIRECFG: UpRatioFor2msTo10msBaseCE=56, RatioFor10msTo2ms=83;
MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=1011, UlTtiCreditSfResThd=4SF4;
MOD UNODEBLDR: IDTYPE=BYNAME, NodeBName="101", UlTtiCreditSfResThd=4SF4;
//Enabling coverage-based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection for a
single BE service

WCDMA RAN
CH-1;
/*Setting the parameters used by coverage-based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial
TTI selection for a single BE service*/
//Setting the parameter used by initial TTI selection
SET UFRC: EcN0ThsFor2msTo10ms=37;
SET UEDCHTTIRECFG: BeThd6A1=7, BeThd6B1=7, BeThd6A2=8, BeThd6B2=8;
SET UEDCHTTIRECFG: UpRatioFor2msTo10msBaseRtwp=28, RatioFor10msTo2ms=83;
/*Disabling coverage-based fallback from the E-DCH to the DCH for a single BE
service of UEs in access mode and connected mode*/
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch2=DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH-0;
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch2=DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SWITCH-0;
//Setting the parameter for UEs in connected mode
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch2=DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH-0;
//Enabling the function of disabling the 2 ms TTI for the uplink PS services in CS
//Enabling the function of optimizing the TTI reconfiguration procedure for HSUPA
UEs
//Setting Ec/N0 to 29 corresponding to the actual value –10 dB when no valid Ec/N0
is reported
SET UFRC: FakeEcNo=29;
//Enabling the function of updating P-CPICH Ec/N0 on the RACH
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch2=DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWITCH-1;

NOTE
When configuring the HSUPA 2ms TTI feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then
perform a batch modification if required.
Operation Guide.
----End

WCDMA RAN

Modification
Center
1 UCORRMAL RNC Type of Channel SrbChlType Yes

GOSWITCH Preferably (BSC6900,
Carrying BSC6910)
Signaling RB
2 UFRC RNC Rate Threshold StreamHsupa2 Yes

of Streaming msTtiRateThs
Services on 2ms (BSC6900,
TTI of HSUPA BSC6910)
Rate threshold of BeHsupa2msTt

BE on 2ms TTI of iRateThs
HSUPA (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
HSPA RetryCapability
3 UCORRMAL RNC Dynamic DraSwitch Yes

GOSWITCH Resource (BSC6900,
Allocation BSC6910)
Switch
PS Rate PsSwitch
Negotiation (BSC6900,
Switch BSC6910)
Dynamic DraSwitch2
Resource (BSC6900,
Allocation BSC6910)
Switch 2
Service Mapping MapSwitch

Strategy Switch (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
4 UEDCHTTIRE RNC Resource Option ResourceOptio Yes

CFG n
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Highest User PriorityOpt

Priority (BSC6900,
Guarantee BSC6910)
Option

WCDMA RAN

Modification
Center
Lower rate ratio LowRatioFor2

thd of TTI 2ms msTo10ms
To 10ms (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Upper rate ratio UpRatioFor2m

thd of TTI 2ms sTo10msBaseR
To 10ms for twp
RTWP/Cover (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Rate ratio thd of RatioFor10ms

TTI 10ms To 2ms To2ms
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Upper rate ratio UpRatioFor2m

thd of TTI 2ms sTo10msBaseC
To 10ms for CE E
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
6A1 threshold for BeThd6A1

BE (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
6B1 threshold for BeThd6B1

BE (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
6A2 threshold for BeThd6A2

BE (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
6B2 threshold for BeThd6B2

BE (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
5 UFRC RNC Ec/N0 Threshold EcN0ThsFor2 Yes

For BE 10ms TTI msTo10ms
Estab (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

A Enhancement witch
Switch (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

Modification
Center
Enhancement witch1
Switch 1 (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
7 UFRC RNC Fake EcNo FakeEcNo Yes

(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
8 UCELLLDM RNC UL load TrigRatiofor- Yes

restricted trigger UlRTWP
threshold ratio (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL load RelRatiofor-
restricted release UlRTWP
threshold ratio (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
9 UCELLLDR RNC UL TTI Ho UlTtiCreditS- Yes

Credit SF fResThd
reserved (BSC6900,
threshold BSC6910)
10 UNODEBLDR RNC UL TTI Ho UlTtiCreditS- Yes

Credit SF fResThd
reserved (BSC6900,
threshold BSC6910)

This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the following
section in the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation and Maintenance.
Monitor counters or trace messages over the Uu interface to check whether HSUPA 2ms TTI
has been activated.
l Monitoring counters
Monitor the value of the VS.HSUPA.UE.Max.TTI2ms counter, which measures the
maximum number of HSUPA UEs using the 2 ms TTI in a cell. If the value of this counter
is not zero, HSUPA 2ms TTI has been activated for the cell.
l Tracing messages over the Uu interface

WCDMA RAN
1. Run the RNC MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to verify that the
MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH check box has been selected.
2. Use a UE supporting the HSUPA 2ms TTI feature to originate HSUPA services.
3. Create a Uu interface trace task on the RNC LMT to check the RRC_RB_SETUP message,
as shown in Figure 8-2.
If HSUPA services are carried on the E-DCH using the 2 ms TTI, HSUPA 2ms TTI has
been activated.
Figure 8-2 HSUPA services carried on the E-DCH using the 2 ms TTI
Deactivation
Using MML Commands

follows:
1. Deselect the MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH check box under the Service Mapping

Strategy Switch parameter.
2. Deselect the following check boxes under the Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch
parameter to disable differentiation-, admission-CE-, and coverage-based dynamic TTI
adjustment for a single BE service:
l DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
l DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH
l DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
l DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
l DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH
3. Deselect the MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH check box under the Service
Mapping Strategy Switch parameter to allow the uplink PS services in CS+PS combined
services to use the 2 ms TTI.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA. In this step, set parameters as follows:
1. Deselect the PERFENH_BASE_ADM_CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH check box

under the Performance Enhancement Switch 1 parameter to disable admission-CE-based
initial TTI selection for BE services.

WCDMA RAN
2. Deselect the PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH check box

under the Performance Enhancement Switch parameter to disable the function of
optimizing the TTI reconfiguration procedure for HSUPA UEs.
----End

//Deactivating HSUPA 2ms TTI
//Tuning off the RNC-level function switch
//Disabling differentiation-based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection
for a single BE service
DraSwitch=DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-0&DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH-0
;
//Disabling admission-CE-based TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection for a
single BE service
SET UCORRMPARA:PERFENHANCESWITCH1=PERFENH_BASE_ADM_CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH-0;
//Disabling coverage-based dynamic TTI adjustment and initial TTI selection for BE
services
CH-0;
//Disabling the function of disabling the HSUPA 2ms TTI for the uplink PS services
in CS+PS combined services
//Disabling the function of optimizing the TTI reconfiguration procedure for HSUPA
UEs
Using the CME

NOTE
When configuring the HSUPA 2ms TTI feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then
Operation Guide.
----End

WCDMA RAN

Modification
Center
1 UCORRMAL RNC Type of Channel SrbChlType Yes

GOSWITCH Preferably (BSC6900,
Carrying BSC6910)
Signaling RB
Dynamic DraSwitch
Resource (BSC6900,
Allocation BSC6910)
Switch
Service Mapping MapSwitch

Strategy Switch (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

A Enhancement witch1
Switch 1 (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Enhancement witch
Switch (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Gains Monitored by Using Counters

The gains produced by HSUPA 2ms TTI should be observed when the values of the following
counters basically remain unchanged:
l VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput.TotalBytes: measures the HSUPA traffic in a cell.

l VS.CellDCHUEs: measures the number of UEs in the CELL_DCH state.
l VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.Cell: measures the average number of HSUPA UEs in a cell.
The average throughput of a single HSUPA UE is calculated using the following formula:
(VS.HSUPA.2msTTI.Traffic + VS.HSUPA.10msTTI.Traffic)/(VS.HSUPA.
2msPDU.TTI.Num x 0.002 + VS.HSUPA.10msPDU.TTI.Num x 0.01)
In cells where the proportion of 2 ms TTI HSUPA UEs to all HSUPA UEs is greater than 20%,
HSUPA 2ms TTI increases the throughput of a single HSUPA UE by 15%.
Proportion of 2 ms TTI HSUPA UEs to all HSUPA UEs = VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.TTI2ms/

VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.Cell

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
Average throughput of 2 ms TTI HSUPA UEs in a cell = VS.HSUPA.2msTTI.Traffic /(VS.HSUPA.

2msPDU.TTI.Num x 0.002)
VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput = (8 x VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput.TotalBytes)/
(VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput.Times)
l When this feature is enabled, the VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput counter is not used to monitor the
gains produced by HSUPA 2ms TTI on the average throughput of a single HSUPA UE due to the
following reasons:
l After WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA is enabled, the time to transmit SRBs will also be measured
by the VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput.Times counter used in the preceding formula. As a result, the
value of the VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput.Times counter is greater than that in scenarios with the
SRB over DCH function and the value of the VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput counter is less than that
in scenarios with the SRB over DCH function.
l The sampling period of the VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput.Times counter is 100 ms. The
VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput.Times value used to calculate the VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput
counter is still 100 ms even when the time an HSUPA UE takes to transmit data is less than 100 ms
(such as 2 ms). This results in a great difference between values of the VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput
counter.
Gains Monitored by Performing Drive Tests

The gains in the HSUPA throughput can be monitored by performing drive tests.
Step 2 During off-peak hours, measure a cell's HSUPA throughput when HSUPA 2ms TTI is activated.
1. Activate HSUPA 2ms TTI.
2. Use one to three HSUPA UEs with the same UE priority to perform high-speed FTP upload.
3. During the high-speed FTP upload, measure the HSUPA throughput of the cell on which
the UEs camp.
NOTE
l If the throughput of the HSUPA UEs monitored by the function of monitoring uplink throughput and
bandwidth on the LMT is less than or equal to the throughput threshold for switching the TTI from 2
ms to 10 ms, the gains produced by HSUPA 2ms TTI in the HSUPA throughput cannot be observed.
The throughput threshold for switching the TTI from 2 ms to 10 ms is set to 326 kbit/s by default.
l For details about how to monitor uplink throughput and bandwidth, see MML Online Help.
l For details about the throughput threshold for switching the TTI from 2 ms to 10 ms, see HSUPA TTI
Step 3 In the same drive test environment, measure the HSUPA throughput of the cell after HSUPA
2ms TTI is deactivated.
1. Deactivate HSUPA 2ms TTI.
2. Use the same HSUPA UEs to perform high-speed FTP upload.
3. During the high-speed FTP upload, measure the HSUPA throughput of the cell on which
the UEs camp.
----End
Compare the average HSUPA throughput of the cell after feature activation and deactivation to
evaluate the gains produced by HSUPA 2ms TTI in the average HSUPA throughput.

WCDMA RAN
In the drive tests, HSUPA 2ms TTI increases a cell's HSUPA throughput by up to 30% when
the following conditions are met:
l The channel quality is good. For example, the UE transmit power is sufficient, the UE uses
single-path propagation and experiences no interference in the uplink, and the UE's moving
speed is lower than 3 km/h.
l UEs that do not use the 2 ms TTI cause a low uplink load in the live network, for example,
the load is lower than 3%.
Impacts on Network Performance

l Enabling this feature increases the uplink CEs consumed for admission, which can be
monitored using the VS.LC.ULCreditUsed.Mean counter.
l Enabling this feature increases the uplink RTWP, which can be monitored using the
VS.MeanRTWP counter.
l Enabling this feature may reduce the PS RAB setup success ratio and increase the PS call
drop ratio. Therefore, you need to monitor these two KPIs.

If HSUPA 2ms TTI reduces the PS RAB setup success ratio by more than 10% or increases the
PS call drop ratio by more than 10%, perform the following operations:
l Increase the value of the EcN0ThsFor2msTo10ms(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the

SET UFRC command. The greater the parameter value, the higher the Ec/N0 threshold
for selecting the 2 ms TTI during initial TTI selection for BE services of UEs in access
mode. In this situation, the number of 2 ms TTI HSUPA UEs decreases and the number of
10 ms TTI HSUPA UEs increases. Therefore, using this approach controls the decrease in
the PS RAB setup success ratio and the increase in the PS call drop ratio.
l Increase the values of the BeThd6A1(BSC6900,BSC6910), BeThd6B1
(BSC6900,BSC6910), BeThd6A2(BSC6900,BSC6910), and BeThd6B2
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters in the SET UEDCHTTIRECFG command. The greater
the parameter values, the earlier the TTI is changed from 2 ms to 10 ms for BE services of
UEs in connected mode. In this situation, the number of 2 ms TTI HSUPA UEs decreases
at the cell edge. Therefore, using this approach controls the increase in the PS call drop
ratio.
To increase the proportion of UEs using the 2 ms TTI in one cell, it is recommended to run RNC
MML SET UFRC and set Ec/N0 Threshold For BE 10ms TTI Estab to 33.
None
8.4 WRFD-010635 HSUPA over Iur

HSUPA over Iur.

WCDMA RAN
8.4.1 Requirements
The neighboring RNC supports this feature.
The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package must have been configured
before this feature is activated.
l License
Description.
Feature Feature License License NE License Sales

ID Name Control Control Allocati Unit
Item Name on for
Multipl
e
Operat
ors
WRFD-01 HSUPA LQW1HS HSUPA BSC6900 Method per

0635 over Iur UPA05RE over Iur BSC6910 4# Mbps
S (per Mbps)
8.4.2 Activation
Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command ADD/MOD UEXT3GCELL to configure a neighboring RNC's
cell with the E-DCH function. In this step, set Cell Capability Container to an appropriate
value.
Step 2 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL to add an intra-
frequency neighboring cell.
If an intra-frequency neighboring cell already exists, run the RNC MML command MOD
UINTRAFREQNCELL to modify the cell configuration.

WCDMA RAN
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command ADD/MOD UNRNC to configure data about the neighboring
RNC. In this step, set Hsupa cap ind over IUR for NRNC to ON to enable HSUPA services
to be carried on the Iur interface.
----End

//Activation procedure
MOD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=2, CellId=2,
CellCapContainerFdd=EDCH_SUPPORT-1&EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT-1&EDCH_HARQ_IR_COMBIN_SUPPORT
-1;
ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL: RncId=1, CellId=1, NCellRncId=2, NCellId=2, SIB11Ind=TRUE,
IdleQoffset1sn=0, IdleQoffset2sn=0, SIB12Ind=FALSE, TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0,
NPrioFlag=FALSE;
MOD UNRNC: NRncId=2,
SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-1&HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-1&NON_HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-1,
ServiceInd=SUPPORT_CS_AND_PS, IurExistInd=TRUE, TnlBearerType=IP_TRANS, Dpx=2,
IurHsupaSuppInd=ON;
Using the CME

NOTE
When configuring the HSUPA over Iur feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then
Operation Guide.
----End

Modification
Center
1 UEXT3GCEL RNC Cell Capability CellCapContai- Yes

L Container nerFdd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

Modification
Center
2 UNRNC RNC Hsupa cap ind IurHsupaSupp No

over IUR for Ind
NRNC (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
8.4.3 Activation Observation

Step 1 Verify that the feature HSUPA over Iur has been activated by performing the following
operations:
l Run the RNC MML command LST UNRNC to query the configuration of the neighboring
RNC.
l Run the RNC MML command LST UEXT3GCELL to query the configuration of the
neighboring RNC's cell.
Step 2 Verify that an HSUPA service has been established on the Iur interface by performing the
following operations:
l Configure the neighboring RNC and its cell with the HSUPA function.
l Establish an HSUPA service under the serving RNC.
l Add a cross-Iur soft handover link.
l If the RNSAP_RL_SETUP_REQ message traced on the Iur interface contains EDCH
RLINDICATION IEs, an HSUPA service has been set up successfully.
----End
8.4.4 Deactivation
Using MML Commands

Run the RNC MML command MOD UNRNC. In this step, set Hsupa cap ind over IUR for
NRNC to OFF.

//Deactivation procedure
MOD UNRNC: NRncId=2, IurHsupaSuppInd=OFF;
Using the CME

NOTE
When configuring the HSUPA over Iur feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then

WCDMA RAN
Operation Guide.
----End
SN Managed NE Parameter Name Parameter ID Configura

Object (MO) ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 UNRNC RNC Hsupa cap ind over IurHsupaSuppIn No

IUR for NRNC d
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061405 HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User.
8.5.1 When to Use HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User

This feature is recommended on networks enabled with HSUPA.
HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User must be enabled with WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI and
WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA.

You need to collect following information to observe the effect and gains of this feature:
l RNC counters: VS.CellDCHUEs, VS.MeanRTWP, VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.Cell,

VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput, VS.LC.ULCreditUsed.Mean,
VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.CAT6, VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.CAT7,
VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.CAT8, and VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.CAT9
l NodeB counters: VS.HSUPA.10msTTI.Traffic, VS.HSUPA.10msTTI.Traffic,
VS.HSUPA.2msPDU.TTI.Num, and VS.HSUPA.10msPDU.TTI.Num

WCDMA RAN
l KPIs: HSDPA RAB setup success rate, HSUPA RAB setup success rate, HSDPA call drop
rate, and HSUPA call drop rate
8.5.3 Deployment
Requirements
– Dependencies on RNC Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
– Dependencies on NodeB Hardware
The BTS3812E and BTS3812AE should be configured with the HBBI, EBBI, HULP,
EBOI, EULP or EULPd board.
For BBU3806, the downlink services can only be set up on the EBBC or EBBCd board.
The BBU3900 should be configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board.
l Dependencies on software
– Dependencies on RNC software
R015SPC500 and later versions
– Dependencies on NodeB software
None
The following features have been configured before this feature is activated:
– WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA
– WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI
l Dependencies on the Transport Network
– ATM configurations
To enable the peak data rate per user of 5.76 Mbit/s using HSUPA, four E1 cables must
be configured if the ATM over E1 transmission scheme is applied. The Synchronous
Transport Module level-1 (STM-1) standard can also be complied with to enable this
data rate. It is recommended that the bandwidth of AAL2 paths be not lower than 7616
kbit/s as well as the bandwidth of intermediate transmission devices.
– IP configurations
To enable the peak data rate per user of 5.76 Mbit/s using HSUPA, it is recommended
that the bandwidth of IP paths be not lower than 8 Mbit/s as well as the bandwidth of
intermediate transmission devices.
l License
This feature is controlled by the license for the WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction
Package feature. For details about this license, see 8.1 WRFD-010612 HSUPA
Introduction Package.
l Other Prerequisites
The CN supports the UE rate of 5.74 Mbit/s or higher in the uplink.
UE should have the capability of HSUPA Category 6,7,8,9.

WCDMA RAN
Data Preparation
None
Activation
The HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User feature is automatically activated after the license that controls
this feature is activated.
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to verify that the
MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH check box is selected.
Step 2 Use an HSPA-capable UE to establish an HSUPA service. If the RRC_RB_SETUP message

shown in Figure 8-3 is traced on the Uu interface, an HSUPA service with 2 ms TTI has been
set up on the E-DCH.
Figure 8-3 HSUPA service with 2 ms TTI carried on the E-DCH
----End
Deactivation
This feature does not need to be deactivated.
Gains
Table 8-16 lists NodeB counters indicating the gains of the average throughput for an HSUPA
UE produced by HSUPA 2ms TTI.
Table 8-16 NodeB counters indicating the gains of the average throughput for an HSUPA UE
Counter Name Description
VS.HSUPA.2msTTI.Traffic Total bit size of MAC-e/MAC-i PDUs

successfully received by the NodeB from
HSUPA 2 ms TTI UEs

WCDMA RAN
Counter Name Description
VS.HSUPA.10msTTI.Traffic Total bit size of MAC-e/MAC-i PDUs

successfully received by the NodeB from
HSUPA 10 ms TTI UEs
VS.HSUPA.2msPDU.TTI.Num Number of HSUPA 2 ms TTIs for

transmitting MAC-e/MAC-i TRBs received
in a cell
VS.HSUPA.10msPDU.TTI.Num Number of HSUPA 10 ms TTIs for

transmitting MAC-e/MAC-i TRBs received
in a cell
Average throughput for an HSUPA UE is calculated using the following formula:
Average throughput for an HSUPA UE = (VS.HSUPA.2msTTI.Traffic + VS.HSUPA.

10msTTI.Traffic)/(VS.HSUPA.2msPDU.TTI.Num x 0.002 + VS.HSUPA.10msPDU.TTI.Num
x 0.01)
Enabling the HSUPA 2ms TTI feature can increase uplink instantaneous data rate over the air
interface and reduce the data transmission period, thereby increasing the average throughput for
an HSUPA UE.
Gains Monitored by Performing a Drive Test

Gains provided by this feature can be monitored by performing a drive test.
l Perform a drive test during off-peak hours at a place near the NodeB. Activate HSUPA
2ms TTI, enable one to three HSUPA 2 ms TTI UEs to perform high-speed FTP upload,
and measure the cell HSUPA throughput.
l In the same drive test environment, deactivate this feature, enable the UEs to access the
network, and measure the cell HSUPA throughput.
l Repeat the preceding operations more than three times.
Compare the average cell HSUPA throughput before and after feature activation to evaluate
gains from this feature.
Impact on Network Performance

You need to monitor the KPIs RAB setup success rate and PS call drop rate because HSUPA
2ms TTI may adversely affect these two KPIs.

None
None

WCDMA RAN

HSUPA Adaptive Transmission.
8.6.1 When to Use HSUPA Adaptive Transmission

This feature applies to networks in which the uplink cell load is heavy.

l Collect statistics about the VS.MeanRTWP counter to determine whether it is appropriate
to enable this feature in a cell.
The uplink cell load is heavy when the value of the VS.MeanRTWP counter is greater than
or equal to –100 dBm.
Counter Name NE Counter Description Remarks
VS.MeanRTWP RNC Average power of totally Check whether the

(dBm) received bandwidth for a cell cell load is heavy
based on the value of
this counter.
When the cell load is
heavy, this feature
increases the uplink
cell capacity.
l Collect statistics about the counters described in section 8.6.4 Performance Monitoring
to analyze the performance gains provided by the HSUPA Adaptive Transmission feature.
8.6.3 Deployment
Requirements
None
The BTS3812E, BTS3812A, and BTS3812AE should be configured with the EBBI,
The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board.
The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board.

WCDMA RAN
The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package must be configured before this
feature is activated.
l License
Description.
Feature Feature License License NE License Sale

ID Name Control Control Allocatio s
Item Name n for Unit
Multiple
Operator
s
WRFD-01 HSUPA LQW1HS HSUPA BSC6900 Method 4# per

0641 Adaptive UPA09RE Adaptive BSC6910 Mbp
Transmissi S Transmissi s
on on (per
Mbps)
Data Preparation
Data Preparation lists the data to prepare before deploying HSUPA Adaptive Transmission.
Table 8-17 Data to prepare before deploying HSUPA Adaptive Transmission

Name
URRCTRLSW Process Switch PROCESSSWI To activate this Default value/

ITCH TCH feature, set this Recommended
(BSC6900, parameter to value
BSC6910) NODEB_PRIV
ATE_INTERF
ACE_SWITC
H.

WCDMA RAN

Name
UCORRMAL Power Control PcSwitch To activate this Radio network

GOSWITCH Switch (BSC6900, feature, select plan (internal)
BSC6910) PC_HSUPA_H
ARQNUM_A
UTO_ADJUS
T_SWITCH.
NODEBALGP HSUPA ADPRETRAN To activate this Engineering

ARA Adaptive SSW feature, set this design
Retransmission parameter to
Control Switch OPEN(Open).
To deactivate
this feature, set
this parameter to
CLOSE
(Close).
Activation
Using MML Commands

Step 1 To enable the message containing NodeB private interface data to be transmitted to the NodeB
over the Iub interface, run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step,
set Process switch to NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step, select
PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITCH from the Power Control Switch
drop-down list to activate HSUPA Adaptive Transmission.
Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command SET NODEBADPRETRANSSW with HSUPA Adaptive
Retransmission Control Switch set to OPEN(Open) to activate HSUPA Adaptive
Transmission on the NodeB side.
----End

//Activating HSUPA Adaptive Transmission on the RNC
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH-1;
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITCH-1;
//Activating HSUPA Adaptive Transmission on the NodeB

SET NODEBADPRETRANSSW: ADPRETRANSSW=OPEN;

WCDMA RAN
Using the CME

NOTE
When configuring the HSUPA Adaptive Transmission feature on the CME, perform a single configuration
Operation Guide.
----End
SN Managed NE Parameter Parameter ID Configura

Object (MO) Name ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 URRCTRLS RNC Process Switch PROCESSSWITC Yes

WITCH H
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
2 UCORRMAL RNC Power Control PcSwitch Yes

GOSWITCH Switch (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
3 NODEBALGP NodeB HSUPA Adaptive ADPRETRANSS Yes

ARA Retransmission W
Control Switch
Method 1:
Query the values of the counters listed in the following table. If the value of at least one counter
is not 0, the feature has been activated.

WCDMA RAN
Table 8-19 Counters for activation observation
VS.HSUPA.RsnSmall2Large.T RNC Number of Times that HSUPA 2ms TTI

TI2ms Users Transfer from Small Retransmission to
Large Retransmission for Cell
VS.HSUPA.RsnSmall2Large.T RNC Number of Times that HSUPA 10ms TTI

TI10ms Users Transfer from Small Retransmission to
Large Retransmission for Cell
VS.HSUPA.RsnLarge2Small.T RNC Number of Times that HSUPA 2ms TTI

TI2ms Users Transfer from Large Retransmission to
Small Retransmission for Cell
VS.HSUPA.RsnLarge2Small.T RNC Number of Times that HSUPA 10ms TTI

TI10ms Users Transfer from Large Retransmission to
Small Retransmission for Cell
Method 2:
Enable the UE to establish an HSUPA BE service. Then, check whether the

NBAP_RL_RECFG_PREP message over the Iub interface carries the target number of HSUPA
adaptive retransmissions, as shown in Figure 8-4.
Figure 8-4 IE information
Deactivation
Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step, deselect
PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITCH from the Power Control Switch
drop-down list to deactivate HSUPA Adaptive Transmission.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET NODEBADPRETRANSSW to deactivate HSUPA
Adaptive Transmission on the NodeB side.
----End

WCDMA RAN

//Deactivating HSUPA Adaptive Transmission on the RNC
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITCH-0;
//Deactivating HSUPA Adaptive Retransmission on the NodeB

SET NODEBADPRETRANSSW: ADPRETRANSSW=CLOSE;
Using the CME

NOTE
When configuring the HSUPA Adaptive Transmission feature on the CME, perform a single configuration
Operation Guide.
----End
SN Managed NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurab

Object (MO) Name le in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 UCORRMALG RNC Power Control PcSwitch Yes

OSWITCH Switch (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
2 NODEBALGP Node HSUPA ADPRETRANSS Yes

ARA B Adaptive W
Retransmission
Control Switch

Enabling this feature may reduce the cell RTWP, which is indicated by the VS.MeanRTWP
counter.

WCDMA RAN
VS.MeanRTWP(dBm) RNC Average power of totally received bandwidth

for a cell

None
None

Dynamic CE Resource Management.
8.7.1 When to Use Dynamic CE Resource Management

This feature improves the CE resource utilization, especially when CE resources are insufficient.

Collect information about the CE license configuration and CE resource utilization to determine
whether it is appropriate to enable this feature in a cell.
The following table describes the parameter ID used to query the quantity of licensed CE
resources allocated to an operator.

WCDMA RAN
Parameter NE Parameter Description Remarks

ID
CNOPERAT NodeB Parameter Name: Cn Operator Compare the average uplink

ORINDEX Index credit consumption in a cell
Meaning: Indicates the index with the quantity of licensed CE
of the operators. resources allocated to an
operator to determine the
If this parameter uses the remaining CE resources.
default value, the quantity of
each type of licensed resource l If the remaining CE
allocated to an operator is resources are insufficient,
displayed in the DSP enable the WRFD-010638
LICENSE command output. Dynamic CE Resource
Management feature to
expand system capacity.
l If the remaining CE
resources are sufficient,
enable the WRFD-010638
Dynamic CE Resource
Management feature to
improve CE resource
utilization.
NOTE
The number of uplink credit
resources is twice the number of
uplink CE resources.
The following table lists the counters that indicate the CE resource consumption in a cell.
VS.CE.ULMean.UlGroup NodeB Mean Number of Uplink These counters indicate

CEs Consumed by All whether CE resources
Cells in an Uplink are sufficient in an uplink
Resource Group resource group.
The CE resources are
VS.CE.ULMax.UlGroup NodeB Maximum Number of
insufficient when the
Uplink CEs Consumed
following formula is
by All Cells in an Uplink
true:
Resource Group
VS.CE.ULMax.UlGro
VS.CE.ULAvailable.UlGr NodeB The Number of CEs up ≥
oup Configured on All VS.CE.ULAvailable.Ul
Available Boards in an Group x 70%
Uplink Resource Group
VS.ULCE.Max.Shared NodeB Maximum Shared The more CE resources

Uplink CE consumed by the
common and private

WCDMA RAN
VS.ULCE.Mean.Shared NodeB Average Shared Uplink groups in a cell, the more

CE likely CE resource
congestion occurs.
VS.ULCE.Max.Dedicated NodeB Maximum Dedicated
Uplink CE
VS.ULCE.Mean.Dedicated NodeB Average Dedicated

Uplink CE
VS.LC.ULMax.LicenseGr NodeB Maximum number of These counters indicate

oup.Shared shared UL CEs whether CE resources
consumed by an operator allocated to an operator
are sufficient.
VS.LC.ULMean.LicenseG NodeB Average number of
The CE resources
roup.Shared shared UL CEs
allocated to an operator
consumed by an operator
are insufficient when the
VS.LC.ULCreditAvailable. NodeB Number of UL CEs following formula is
Shared configured for a shared true:
group VS.LC.ULMax.License
Group.Shared +
VS.LC.ULMax.Licen- NodeB Maximum number of UL VS.LC.ULMax.Licen-
seGroup CEs consumed by an seGroup >
operator (VS.LC.ULCreditAvail
able.Shared +
VS.LC.ULMean.Licen- NodeB Average number of UL
VS.LC.ULCreditAvaila
seGroup CEs consumed by an
ble.LicenseGroup.Dedi-
operator
cated)
VS.LC.ULCreditAvailable. NodeB Number of UL CEs
LicenseGroup.Dedicated configured for an
operator
VS.CE.ULMax.Board NodeB Maximum Number of The CE resources on a

Uplink CEs Consumed baseband board are
by a Baseband Board insufficient when the
following formula is
VS.CE.ULMean.Board NodeB Mean Number of Uplink true:
CEs Consumed by a
VS.CE.ULMax.Board >
Baseband Board
VS.CE.ULAvailable.Bo
VS.CE.ULAvailable.Board NodeB The Number of Uplink ard
CEs Configured on a
Baseband Board
VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.Cell RNC Average Number of The more HSUPA UEs,

HSUPA UEs in a Cell the greater gains the
Dynamic CE Resource
Management feature
provides. The number of
HSUPA UEs is
considered large if the
value of the

WCDMA RAN
VS.HSUPA.UE.Max.Cell RNC Maximum Number of VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.C

HSUPA UEs in a Cell ell counter is greater than
10.
to analyze the performance gains provided by the Dynamic CE Resource Management
feature.
8.7.3 Deployment
Requirements
This feature does not depend on the hardware.
When this feature and "WRFD-01061208 HSUPA DCCC" are activated at the NodeB at
the same time, "WRFD-01061208 HSUPA DCCC" automatically becomes ineffective at
the NodeB.
l License
Description.

WCDMA RAN

Item Name e on for Un
Co Multipl it
ntr e
ol Operato
Ite rs
m
Na
me
on
U2
000
GU
I
WRFD-0 Dynamic LQW9D Dynamic DY NodeB Method 1 per

10638 CE YNCCE0 CE NC No
Resource 1 Function CE deB
Managem (per
ent NodeB)
Data Preparation
None
Activation
This feature does not need to be activated.
Start Tracing Messages on the Iub Interface on the RNC LMT and check whether the value of
dynamic-CE-Switch-Private in NBAP_AUDIT_RSP is 1.
If the value is 1, it indicates the feature is activated. Else, it indicates the feature is not activated.
When the value of dynamic-CE-Switch-Private is 1, see Figure 8-5.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 8-5 dynamic-CE-Switch-Private
Deactivation
Set NodeB license control item the number of NodeBs with dynamic CE function enabled
to 0 on the U2000. For details, see Allocating a License to NodeBs.
NOTE
This feature may be deactivated only when there is no any HSUPA user in the NodeB after the license is
deactivated.

In networks where there are a lot of burst services, enabling the Dynamic CE Resource
Management feature may reduce the CE resource consumption on the NodeB side. The following
table lists the counters that indicate the CE resource consumption on the NodeB side.
VS.ULCE.Mean.Dedicated NodeB Average Dedicated Uplink CE
VS.ULCE.Mean.Shared NodeB Average Shared Uplink CE
VS.CE.ULMean.UlGroup NodeB Mean Number of Uplink CEs Consumed

by All Cells in an Uplink Resource Group
VS.CE.ULMean.Board NodeB Mean Number of Uplink CEs Consumed

by a Baseband Board
VS.LC.ULMean.LicenseGroup NodeB Average number of UL CEs consumed by

an operator

WCDMA RAN
VS.LC.ULMean.LicenseGroup.Sha NodeB Average number of shared UL CEs

red consumed by an operator
VS.HSUPA.LC.ULMean.Licen- NodeB Average number of UL CEs consumed by

seGroup HSUPA services of an operator
In networks where CE resources are insufficient, the cell HSUPA throughput increases and the
CE resource consumption on the NodeB side does not change after Dynamic CE Resource
Management is enabled. However, the RoT may increase, leading the cell coverage to shrink
slightly and the number of call drops to increase.
The following table lists the counters that indicate the call drop rate in a cell.
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS RNC Number of PS RABs Abnormally

Released for Cell
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS RNC Number of CS RABs Abnormally

Released for Cell
VS.RAB.NormRel.PS RNC Number of PS RABs Normally Released

for Cell
VS.RAB.NormRel.CS RNC Number of CS RABs Normally Released

for Cell
The following table lists the counters that indicate the average throughput of HSUPA UEs in a
cell.
VS.HSUPA.MeanBitRate NodeB Average throughput of HSUPA users in a

cell
The following table lists the counters that indicate the average RTWP in a cell.
VS.MeanRTWP NodeB Mean Power of Totally Received

Bandwidth for Cell

WCDMA RAN

None
None
8.8 WRFD-020136 HSUPA Anti-interference Scheduling
8.8.1 When to Use HSUPA Anti-interference Scheduling

Some sites in commercial networks are exposed to strong, random external interference in the
uplink. As a result, these sites provide extremely low HSUPA throughput even though their
received total wideband power (RTWP) is high. This leads to poor user experience. To address
this issue, the Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA feature is introduced to reduce the
impact of strong interference on the network, maintaining a high HSUPA throughput and
significantly improving user experience. This feature yields notable gains when external
interference reaches 3 dB or above.
This feature is recommended when the downlink coverage is not planned as wide or good as the
uplink coverage. That is, the uplink coverage is far wider and better than the downlink coverage.
This feature is not recommended in any of the following scenarios:
l Local cells experience strong interference from their neighboring cells because of an
inappropriate network plan, in which case the network must be optimized first.
l Network KPIs such as the access success rate and call drop rate deteriorate because of poor
coverage, in which case activating Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA will further
compromise the coverage.
l The RRU Multi-Site Cell feature is activated, in which case the Anti-Interference
Scheduling for HSUPA feature may underperform or even stop working.
When symmetric services (for example, adaptive multirate (AMR) and video phone (VP)
services) have been planned, this feature is recommended if the network frequently suffers from
external interference and enduring interference in the uplink, for example, 10 minutes of
interference during busy hours every day; this feature is not recommended if the network does
not suffer from external interference in the uplink.

l Collect statistics about the following counters to determine whether it is appropriate to
enable this feature in a cell:
– VS.MinRTWP and VS.MeanRTWP: indicate whether strong interference exists in the
uplink.
– VS.HSUPA.MeanBitRate.WithData: indicates whether the HSUPA throughput is low.
The HSUPA throughput is low if VS.HSUPA.MeanBitRate.WithData is lower than 50
kbit/s.
– VS.HSUPA.UnHappyUserNum, VS.HSUPA.UnHappyUserNumRatio, and
VS.HSUPA.LeftPwrLmtUserRatio: indicate whether the uplink capacity needs to be

WCDMA RAN
expanded. The uplink capacity needs to be expanded if all of the following conditions
are met:
VS.HSUPA.UnHappyUserNum > 1
VS.HSUPA.UnHappyUserNumRatio > 3%
VS.HSUPA.LeftPwrLmtUserRatio > 3%
The following table describes the counters that are used for determining a suitable cell where
this feature is to be activated.
Counter Name Counter Description Remarks
VS.MeanRTWP Average power of totally The difference between

received bandwidth for a VS.MeanRTWP and
cell VS.MinRTWP indicates the
external interference to a cell.
VS.MinRTWP Minimum power of totally During off-peak hours, the
received bandwidth for a greater the difference, the
cell stronger the external
interference and the higher
the probability that this
feature provides gains.
However, if the external
interference is stronger than
LOADTHRESH4MINUL-
COV, triggering this feature
does not provide gains.
VS.HSUPA.MeanBitRate.Wi Average throughput of The higher the average

thData HSUPA users in a cell when throughput of HSUPA users
data is transmitted with data transmission, the
higher the probability that
this feature provides gains.
VS.HSUPA.DataUserNum.M Average number of The more HSUPA users who

ean HSUPA users that transmit have data to transmit, the
data in a cell higher the probability that
VS.HSUPA.UnHappyUser- Number of Unhappy These counters indicate

Num HSUPA users in a cell potential HSUPA traffic
volume, that is, potential
VS.HSUPA.UnHappyUser- Ratio of the number of capacity expansion
NumRatio Unhappy HSUPA users to requirements. The larger the
the total number of HSUPA counter values, the higher the
users in a cell probability that this feature
VS.HSUPA.LeftPwrLmtU- Ratio of the number of provides gains.
serRatio HSUPA users with limited
uplink load to the total
number of HSUPA users in
a cell

WCDMA RAN
to analyze the performance gains provided by the Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA
feature.
8.8.3 Deployment
Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA.
Overall Deployment Procedure

Figure 8-6 shows the overall procedure for deploying Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA.
Figure 8-6 Overall procedure for deploying Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA
Requirements
None
– The BTS3812E, BTS3812A, and BTS3812AE should be configured with the EBBI,
– The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board.
– The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd board, or WBBPf.
– WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package

WCDMA RAN
l License
Description.

ID Name Control Control ens Allocation es
Item Name e for Un
Co Multiple it
ntr Operators
ol
Ite
m
Na
me
on
U2
000
GU
I
WRFD-0 Anti- LQW9H Anti- HS NodeB Method 2 per

20136 Interferen UAIS01 Interferen UP Cel
ce ce A l
Schedulin Schedulin Ant
g for g for i-
HSUPA HSUPA Inte
Function rfer
(per Cell) enc
e
Sch
edu
ling
Cel
l
Nu
m
Method 2: some license control items, such as UL CE Num, can be allocated through both
the common group and private groups. In this case, the licensed values specified by the
private group are preferentially used, and the licensed value specified by the common group
is used on a first-come, first-served basis. For the NodeB license allocation among multiple
operators, see License Management Feature Parameter Description.
Data Preparation
Table 8-21 lists the data to prepare before deploying Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA.

WCDMA RAN
Table 8-21 Data to prepare before deploying Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA
MO Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data

Name Source
ULOCELL MAC-e SCHEDULEPARA To activate this feature, Enginee

MACEPAR Schedule set this parameter to ring
A Para YES(YES). design
To deactivate this
feature, set this
parameter to NO(NO).
Anti- OUTERSYSIN- To activate this feature, Enginee

Interference TERSCHSW set this parameter to ON ring
Scheduling (ON). design
Switch To deactivate this
feature, set this
parameter to OFF
(OFF).
Own Cell UL OWNCELLULLOA In indoor coverage Enginee

Load Ratio DRATIO scenarios, the ring
recommended value is design
90.
In non-indoor coverage
scenarios, the
recommended value is
60.
Min UL LOADTHRESH4M To activate this feature, Enginee

Cover Load INULCOV set this parameter to 13. ring
Threshold design
UCELLALG Cell CAC NBMCacAlgoSwitc To activate this feature, Radio

OSWITCH algorithm h set this parameter to network
switch (BSC6900,BSC6910 RTWP_RESIST_DIS- plan
) TURB(RTWP Resist (internal
Disturb Switch). )
Activation
Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters.
1. Set MAC-e Schedule Para to YES(YES).
2. Set Anti-Interference Scheduling Switch to ON(ON).
3. Own Cell UL Load Ratio:
l In indoor coverage scenarios, the recommended value is 90.

WCDMA RAN
l In non-indoor coverage scenarios, the recommended value is 60.

4. Set Min UL Cover Load Threshold(dB) to 13 (recommended value).
NOTE
If Local Cell ID is not specified, the Mac-e scheduling parameters of all local cells under the NodeB will
be set.
NOTICE
You can terminate configuration if the following conditions are met:
l On the RNC side, the UL_UU_OLC(Uplink UU OLC Algorithm) switch is not selected
under the Cell LDC algorithm switch parameter in the MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH
command.
l On the RNC side, the ALGORITHM_OFF or ALGORITHM_SECOND switch is
selected under the Uplink CAC algorithm switch parameter in the ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH or MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH command.
Step 2 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH with Cell CAC
algorithm switch set to RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB(RTWP Resist Disturb Switch).
----End

//Activating Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA
SET ULOCELLMACEPARA: ULOCELLID=0, SCHEDULEPARA=YES, OUTERSYSINTERSCHSW=ON,
OWNCELLULLOADRATIO=60, LOADTHRESH4MINULCOV=13, EAGCHPCPARA=NO, SERGCHPCPARA=NO,
NSERGCHPCPARA=NO, SEHICHPCPARA=NO, NSEHICHPCPARA=NO;
Using the CME

NOTE
When configuring the Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA feature on the CME, perform a single
configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Guide.
----End

WCDMA RAN
SN MO NE Paramete Parameter ID Configu

r Name rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
1 ULOCELLM NodeB MAC-e SCHEDULEPARA Yes

ACEPARA Schedule
Para
Anti- OUTERSYSIN-
Interferenc TERSCHSW
e
Scheduling
Switch
Own Cell OWNCELLULLOAD

UL Load RATIO
Ratio
Min UL LOADTHRESH4MI
Cover NULCOV
Load
Threshold
2 UCELLALGO RNC Cell CAC NBMCacAlgoSwitch Yes

(Optional) SWITCH algorithm (BSC6900,BSC6910)
switch
Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command DSP LICENSE to display license information.
Exception result: the value of Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA Function(per

Cell) is bigger than 0.
Step 2 Make interference.
For example: Run the NodeB MML command SET DESENS, set Desensitization Intensity to
6.
Step 3 Use a UE to carry out an HSUPA upload task.
1. Set Anti-Interference Scheduling Switch to ON(ON).
2. Own Cell UL Load Ratio
In indoor coverage scenarios, the recommended value is 90.

WCDMA RAN
In non-indoor coverage scenarios, the recommended value is 60.

3. Set Min UL Cover Load Threshold(dB) to 13 (recommended value).
Step 5 Query the value of the NodeB counter VS.HSUPA.AntiInterfSch.ActRatio. If the value is not
zero, the feature has taken effect.
----End
Deactivation
Using MML Commands

Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters.
l Set MAC-e Schedule Para to YES(YES).

l Set Anti-Interference Scheduling Switch to OFF(OFF).

//Deactivating Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA
SET ULOCELLMACEPARA: ULOCELLID=0, SCHEDULEPARA=YES, OUTERSYSINTERSCHSW=OFF,
EAGCHPCPARA=NO, SERGCHPCPARA=NO, NSERGCHPCPARA=NO, SEHICHPCPARA=NO,
NSEHICHPCPARA=NO;
Using the CME

NOTE
When configuring the Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA feature on the CME, perform a single
configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Guide.
----End

WCDMA RAN
SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configura

Name ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 ULOCELLMACE Node MAC-e SCHEDULEPARA Yes

PARA B Schedule
Para
Anti- OUTERSYSIN-
Interference TERSCHSW
Scheduling
Switch

After the Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA feature is enabled, check the values of the
following counters to determine the gains provided by this feature.
VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput RNC Mean Uplink Throughput of single HSUPA

MAC-d Flow for Cell
VS.MeanRTWP(dBm) RNC Mean Power of Totally Received Bandwidth

for Cell
After this feature is enabled, the value of VS.MeanRTWP or VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput

either increases or remains unchanged. If the two values increase, the user experience at the cell
edge and in neighboring cells may deteriorate, and KPIs such as the RRC connection setup
success rate, RAB assignment success rate, handover success rate, and call drop rate may also
deteriorate.

None
None


WCDMA RAN
8.9.1 When to Use Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA

This feature is recommended for a cell where the following conditions are met:
l The feature HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation is activated.

l The operator wants to further increase the HSUPA capacity in the uplink.
l The cell's uplink load is heavy. For example, the load constantly exceeds the value for
MaxTargetUlLoadFactor(BSC6900,BSC6910).
This feature is also recommended in contiguous areas, but the capacity of neighboring cells that
border the areas must not be limited. The reason is as follows:
Assuming cells A and B are neighboring cells, cell A generates more interference for cell B after
this feature is activated in cell A but not in cell B. As a result, the uplink throughput of cell B
may decrease. If this feature is activated with identical parameter settings for both cells, the cells
cause each other a lot of interference, but their uplink throughput remains unchanged because
they are both configured with a high pre-IC target load.

l Collect the following information to determine whether it is appropriate to enable this
feature in a cell.
– Uplink load of cells: When the uplink load is heavy, this feature yields notable capacity
gains. When the uplink load is light, this feature yields no gains.
– Board configuration: For 3800 or 3900 series base stations that support inter-board IC,
this feature takes effect immediately after being enabled. For base stations that do not
support inter-board IC, such as the BTS3812E, this feature works only for cells in which
all services are processed by the same IC-capable board.
– Average cell load: The average cell load (indicated by the VS.MeanRTWP counter)
approximates or exceeds the target uplink load (specified by the
MaxTargetUlLoadFactor(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter).
– Uplink capacity: The uplink capacity needs to be expanded if all of the following
conditions are met:
– VS.HSUPA.UnHappyUserNum > 1
– VS.HSUPA.UnHappyUserNumRatio > 3%
– VS.HSUPA.LeftPwrLmtUserRatio > 3%
The following table describes the counters that are used for determining a suitable cell
where this feature is to be activated.

WCDMA RAN
Counter Name Counter Description Remarks
VS.MeanRTWP(dBm) Mean Power of Totally The more the

Received Bandwidth for corresponding uplink load
Cell of the average RTWP
exceeds
MaxTargetUlLoadFactor
(BSC6900,BSC6910), the
higher the probability that
VS.HSUPA.MeanBitRate. Average throughput of The higher the average

WithData HSUPA users in a cell throughput of HSUPA
when data is transmitted users with data
transmission, the higher
the probability that this
feature provides gains.
VS.HSUPA.DataUserNum Average number of The more HSUPA users

.Mean HSUPA users availing who have data to transmit,
data transfer in a cell the higher the probability
within a TTI during the that this feature provides
measurement period gains.
VS.HSUPA.UnHappyU- Average throughput of These counters indicate

serNum HSUPA users in a cell potential HSUPA traffic
when data is transmitted volume. The larger the
counter values, the higher
VS.HSUPA.UnHappyU- Ratio of the number of the probability that this
serNumRatio Unhappy HSUPA users feature provides gains.
to the total number of
HSUPA users in a cell
VS.HSUPA.Left- Ratio of the number of

PwrLmtUserRatio HSUPA users with
limited uplink load to the
total number of HSUPA
users in a cell
to analyze the performance gains provided by the Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA
Interference Cancellation feature.
8.9.3 Deployment
Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation.
Requirements
l Dependencies on RNC Hardware

WCDMA RAN
None
l Dependencies on NodeB Hardware
– The BTS3812E/AE must be configured with EULPd board, and all users of the cell
should be established in one EULPd board.
– The DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBCd board.
– 3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPd or WBBPf board in the
UL resource pool which support IC feature, and slot 2 or 3 needs to be configured with
at least one WBBPd or WBBPf board.
– The RRU3801C (20 W) and the MTFU for the BTS3812E and BTS3812AE do not
support this feature. The BTS3812E and BTS3812AE configured with the 8U WRFU
support this feature.
– WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package
– WRFD-010691 HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation
l License
Description.

WCDMA RAN
Feature Feature License License Lic NE License Sale

ID Name Control Control ens Allocation s
Item Name e for Unit
Co Multiple
ntr Operators
ol
Ite
m
Na
me
on
U2
000
GU
I
WRFD-0 Dual- LQW9D Dual- Dua Node Method 2 per

20137 Threshold TSHIC01 Threshold l- B Cell
Schedulin Schedulin Thr
g with g with IC esh
HSUPA Function old
Interferen (per Cell) Sch
ce edu
Cancellati ling
on wit
h IC
Fun
ctio
n
Cel
l
Nu
m
Method 2: some license control items, such as UL CE Num, can be allocated through both
the common group and private groups. In this case, the licensed values specified by the
private group are preferentially used, and the licensed value specified by the common group
is used on a first-come, first-served basis. For the NodeB license allocation among multiple
operators, see License Management Feature Parameter Description.
Data Preparation
Table 8-24 lists the data to prepare before deploying Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA
Interference Cancellation.

WCDMA RAN
Table 8-24 Data to prepare before deploying Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA

Name Source
ULOCELLMACE MAC-e SCHEDULEP To activate this Engineerin

PARA Schedule ARA feature, set this g design
Para parameter to YES
(YES).
To deactivate this
feature, set this
parameter to NO
(NO).
Max Target MAXDELTAO To activate this Engineerin

RoT FTARGETRO feature, set this g design
Difference T parameter to 2.
Before and To deactivate this
After IC feature, set this
parameter to 0.
UCELLCAC UL IC LDC UlIcLdcOptSwi To activate this Radio

Optimized tch feature, set this network
Switch (BSC6900, parameter to ON plan
BSC6910) (ON). (internal)
To deactivate this
feature, set this
parameter to OFF
(OFF).
Activation
Using MML Commands

1. Set MAC-e Schedule Para to YES(Yes).
2. Set Max Target RoT Difference Before and After IC to 2.
Step 2 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLCAC and set UL IC LDC Optimized
Switch in the specified cell to ON(ON).
----End

//Activating Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation on the NodeB
side

WCDMA RAN
SET ULOCELLMACEPARA: ULOCELLID=0, SCHEDULEPARA=YES, MAXDELTAOFTARGETROT=2,

NSEHICHPCPARA=NO;
//(Optional)Activating Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation on

the RNC side
MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=1, UlIcLdcOptSwitch=ON;
Using the CME

NOTE
When configuring the Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation feature on the
CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Guide.
----End
SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurab

Name le in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 ULOCELLMA Node MAC-e SCHEDULEPARA Yes

CEPARA B Schedule Para
Max Target MAXDELTAOFTAR

RoT GETROT
Difference
Before and
After IC
2 UCELLCAC RNC UL IC LDC UlIcLdcOptSwitch Yes

(Op Optimized (BSC6900,BSC6910)
tion Switch
al)

WCDMA RAN
Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACEPARA to set MAC-e parameters. In
this step, set Max Target RoT Difference Before and After IC to 0.
Step 2 Use two or more UEs to perform upload services.
Step 3 Select Service > Realtime Specific Monitoring > Cell RTWP from the navigation tree in
Maintenance tab on the NodeB LMT, as shown in Figure 8-7. If the values in column 1-3 are
less than those in column 1-1, the HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation feature has been
enabled.
NOTE
The values in column 1-1 indicate the cell RTWP after CCPIC, the values in column 1-2 indicate the real-
time RTWP for a cell, and the values in column 1-3 indicate the RTWP after IC.
Figure 8-7 Cell RTWP 1
Step 4 Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACEPARA to set MAC-e parameters. Set
Max Target RoT Difference Before and After IC to 2.
Step 5 Check the Cell RTWP window, as shown in Figure 8-8. If the values in column 1-3 are less
than those in column 1-1 and the values in column 1-3 and column 1-1 increase by 10, the dual-
threshold scheduling with HSUPA interference cancellation feature has been enabled.
NOTE
The prerequisite of the foregoing result is that the cell power limit is not exceeded.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 8-8 Cell RTWP 2
Step 6 Run the RNC MML command LST UCELLCAC and ensure that UL IC LDC Optimized
Switch is set to ON(ON).
----End
Deactivation
Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters. In
this step, set Max Target RoT Difference Before and After IC to 0 and MAC-e Schedule
Para to YES(Yes).
Step 2 Reallocate the license of this feature on U2000, and set Allocated to 0.
Step 3 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLCAC with UL IC LDC Optimized
Switch in the specified cell set to OFF(OFF).
----End

//Deactivating Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation on the
NodeB side
SET ULOCELLMACEPARA: ULOCELLID=0, SCHEDULEPARA=YES, MAXDELTAOFTARGETROT=0,
NSEHICHPCPARA=NO;
//(Optional) Deactivating Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation

on the RNC side
MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=1, UlIcLdcOptSwitch=OFF;

WCDMA RAN
Using the CME

NOTE
When configuring the Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation feature on the
CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Guide.
----End
SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurab

Name le in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 ULOCELLMA Node MAC-e SCHEDULEPARA Yes

CEPARA B Schedule Para
Max Target MAXDELTAOFTAR Yes

RoT GETROT
Difference
Before and
After IC
2 UCELLCAC RNC UL IC LDC UlIcLdcOptSwitch Yes

(Op Optimized (BSC6900,BSC6910)
tion Switch
al)

Check the values of the counters listed in the following table to determine whether this feature
is enabled. After this feature is enabled, the values of the following counters increase.

WCDMA RAN
VS.HSUPA.Thrupu Node total number of bits in This counter indicates whether

t B MAC-d protocol data the Dual-Threshold
units (PDUs) received Scheduling with HSUPA
from all UEs within a Interference Cancellation
measurement period feature is enabled.
If the uplink load in a cell is
heavy and Dual-Threshold
Scheduling with HSUPA
Interference Cancellation is
enabled, the value of the
VS.MeanRTWP counter is
greater than the RTWP
calculated based on the
MaxTargetUlLoadFactor
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
VS.HSUPA.MeanB Node average bit rate of MAC-d These counters indicate the
itRate B data flows received from uplink cell throughput gains
all UEs within a provided by this feature. After
measurement period this feature is enabled, the
uplink cell throughput
VS.HSUPA.MeanB Node average bit rate of MAC-d increases.
itRate.WithData B data flows received from
all UEs during data
transmission within a
measurement period
VS.HSUPA.Mean- RNC mean uplink throughput of

ChThroughput single HSUPA MAC-d
flows in HSUPA cells in
active set within a
measurement period
VS.HSUPA.MeanC RNC number of total bytes

hThroughput.Total- received in uplink of all
Bytes the HSUPA MAC-d flows
in a cell within a
measurement period

None
Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation offers notable gains when
the following conditions are met:

WCDMA RAN
l Users have a high demand for uplink data transmission.

l The Uu-interface load is restricted.
l Board configurations meet the configuration requirements of this feature.
l The value for MaxDeltaOfTargetRoT is greater than 0.
After this feature is activated, check the preceding items if uplink throughput gains fall short of
expectations.
8.10.1 When to Use Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment

Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment applies to all scenarios.
When the average uplink load approaches the target load and the average cell throughput is low,
this feature can be enabled to increase the cell throughput.
When this feature is activated, there is time delay for the UE transmit power decision and target
RoT adjustment, which may lead to the increment of call drop rate slightly.

l Enable this feature in a cell if all of the following conditions are met:
– The average cell load (indicated by the VS.MeanRTWP counter) approximates the
target load.
– The HSUPA throughput is low, that is, the value of the
VS.HSUPA.MeanBitRate.WithData counter is lower than 50 kbit/s.
– The uplink capacity needs to be expanded:
VS.HSUPA.UnHappyUserNum > 1
VS.HSUPA.UnHappyUserNumRatio > 3%
VS.HSUPA.LeftPwrLmtUserRatio > 3%
VS.MeanRTWP RNC Mean Power of Totally If the uplink load

(dBm) Received Bandwidth corresponding to the
for Cell average RTWP is
greater than the target
load, Uu resources are
insufficient.
Otherwise, Uu
resources are
sufficient.

WCDMA RAN
VS.HSUPA.MeanBit NodeB Average throughput of If the uplink load

Rate.WithData HSUPA users in a cell corresponding to the
when data is transmitted average RTWP
approximates the
target load, the
average HSUPA
throughput is low. In
this case, the Dynamic
Target RoT
Adjustment feature
significantly
increases the cell
throughput.
VS.HSUPA.DataUse NodeB Average number of The more HSUPA

rNum.Mean HSUPA users that users who have data to
transmit data in a cell transmit, the greater
throughput gains the
Dynamic Target RoT
Adjustment feature
provides.
VS.HSUPA.UnHap- NodeB Number of Unhappy These counters

pyUserNum HSUPA users in a cell indicate the HSUPA
traffic volume in a
VS.HSUPA.UnHap- NodeB Ratio of the number of cell. The larger the
pyUserNumRatio Unhappy HSUPA users values of these
to the total number of counters, the greater
HSUPA users in a cell cell throughput gains
VS.HSUPA.Left- NodeB Ratio of the number of the Dynamic Target
PwrLmtUserRatio HSUPA users with RoT Adjustment
limited uplink load to feature provides.
the total number of
HSUPA users in a cell
l Collect statistics about the counters described in section 8.10.4 Performance

Monitoring to analyze the performance gains provided by the Dynamic Target RoT
Adjustment feature.
8.10.3 Deployment
Requirements

WCDMA RAN
– The BTS3812E, BTS3812A, or BTS3812AE must be configured with the EBBI, EBOI,
EULP+EDLP, or EULPd+EDLP boards. Downlink cells must be set up on the EBBI,
EBOI, or EDLP board.
– The DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board, and downlink cells
must be set up on the EBBC or EBBCd board.
– 3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf
board. Downlink cells must be set up on the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board.
WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package
l License
Description.
Feature Feature License License NE License Sal

ID Name Control Control Allocatio es
Item Name n for Un
Multiple it
Operator
s
WRFD-14 Dynamic LQW1DT Dynamic BSC6900 License per

0211 Target ROTA01 Target BSC6910 control Cell
ROT ROT items that
Adjustmen Adjustmen cannot be
t t (per Cell) configured
based on
operators
Data Preparation
Table 8-27 lists the data to prepare before deploying Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment.
Table 8-27 Data to prepare before deploying Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment
MO Parameter Parameter ID Settings Data Source

Name Notes
UCELLLICE Function FuncSwitch1 To activate this N/A

NSE Switch1 (BSC6900, feature, set this
BSC6910) parameter to
DYN_TGTRO
T_CTRL_SWI
TCH.
UCELLHSUP Switch for DynTgtRoTCtrl To activate this Radio network

A Dynamically Switch feature, set this plan (internal)
Adjusting RoT (BSC6900, parameter to
BSC6910) ON(ON).

WCDMA RAN
MO Parameter Parameter ID Settings Data Source

Name Notes
Interval for TgtRoTAdjPeri 5 Radio network

Deciding od plan (internal)
Whether to (BSC6900,
Adjust RoT BSC6910)
Step for TgtRoTUpAdjS 10 Radio network

Increasing RoT tep plan (internal)
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Step for TgtRoTDownA 20 Radio network

Decreasing RoT djStep plan (internal)
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Upper Limit for UpLimitForMa 90 Radio network

the Maximum xULTgtLdFact plan (internal)
Uplink Load or
Factor (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Activation
Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLICENSE. In this step, select
DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH(Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment) under the Function
Switch1 parameter to enable the license of dynamic target ROT adjustment for a specified cell.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHSUPA or MOD UCELLHSUPA to enable
Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment. In this step, set Switch for Dynamically Adjusting RoT to
ON(ON).
----End

//Activating Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment
ADD UCELLLICENSE: CellId=1, FuncSwitch1=DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH-1;
ADD UCELLHSUPA: CellId=1, DynTgtRoTCtrlSwitch=ON;
Using the CME

NOTE
When configuring the Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment feature on the CME, perform a single configuration

WCDMA RAN
Guide.
----End
SN MO NE Parameter Parameter Configura

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 UCELLLIC RNC Function FuncSwitch Yes

ENSE Switch1 1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
2 UCELLHS RNC Switch for DynTgtRoT Yes

UPA Dynamically CtrlSwitch
Adjusting (BSC6900,
RoT BSC6910)
l Check the related performance counters on the U2000.
On the U2000, check the counter VS.HSUPA.TgtRoTInc or VS.HSUPA.TgtRoTDec. If
the value of either counter is not 0, this feature has been activated.
l Initiate message tracing on the LMT.
1. On the RNC LMT, click Trace and display the Iub Interface Trace dialog box. On
the Basic tab page, select the NBAP check box under the Trace Type parameter. On
the NBAP tab page, select the NBAP_COMM_MEAS_RPRT check box under the
Message Type parameter. Then, click Submit to enter the Iub interface trace page.
2. On the Iub interface trace page, check Message Type. If
NBAP_COMM_MEAS_RPRT is displayed and the measurement type is uL-
Timeslot ISCP, this feature has been activated, as shown in Figure 8-9.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 8-9 Iub message tracing
Deactivation
Using MML Commands

Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHSUPA to disable Dynamic Target RoT
Adjustment. In this step, set Switch for Dynamically Adjusting RoT to OFF(OFF).

//Deactivating Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment
MOD UCELLHSUPA: CellId=1, DynTgtRoTCtrlSwitch=OFF;
Using the CME

NOTE
When configuring the Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment feature on the CME, perform a single configuration
Set the parameter described in Table 8-29 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform the
CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.

WCDMA RAN
----End
Table 8-29 Configuring the parameter on the CME

Name in CME Batch
Modification
Center
1 UCELLHSUP RNC Switch for DynTgtRoTCtr Yes

A Dynamically lSwitch
Adjusting (BSC6900,
RoT BSC6910)

If a large amount of data needs to be transmitted in the uplink, the maximum HSUPA throughput
gains provided by this feature can reach 20%. HSUPA throughput is measured by the
VS.HSUPA.MeanBitRate.WithData counter. If the value of the
VS.HSUPA.LeftPwrLmtUserRatio counter is greater than 3%, that is, more than 3% of the
HSUPA UEs cannot reach their requested data rates because of heavy uplink load, a large amount
of data needs to be transmitted in the uplink.
To monitor this feature's effect, check the NodeB counter VS.HSUPA.MeanBitRate to determine
the HSUPA cell throughput, and check the call drop rates of both CS and PS services.
If the value of VS.HSUPA.MeanBitRate increases slightly and the call drop rates of both CS
and PS services basically remain unchanged, this feature is functioning properly.
VS.HSUPA.MeanBi- NodeB Average throughput of HSUPA users in a cell

tRate
VS.HSUPA.MeanBitRat NodeB Average throughput of HSUPA users in a cell when

e.WithData data is transmitted

If the call drop rates of CS and PS services increase noticeably and the value of
VS.HSUPA.TgtRoTInc is larger than 0, reduce the values of UpLimitForMaxULTgtLdFactor
(BSC6900,BSC6910) and TgtRoTUpAdjStep(BSC6900,BSC6910) or increase the value of
TgtRoTDownAdjSteP(BSC6900,BSC6910) to reduce the call drop rate.

WCDMA RAN
If the HSUPA cell throughput does not increase noticeably and the call drop rates of CS and PS
services basically remain unchanged, slightly increase the value of
UpLimitForMaxULTgtLdFactor(BSC6900,BSC6910) to increase the HSUPA cell throughput.
None

in Node B feature. This section describes the engineering guidelines for the HSUPA Scheduling
Based on UE Location function. The WRFD-01061209 HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling
in Node B feature has no independent switches or parameters. This feature is activated together
with the HSUPA Introduction Package feature. For engineering guidelines about the
WRFD-01061209 HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in Node B feature, see section 8.1
WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package.
8.11.1 When to Use HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location

This function applies to areas where a large number of PS BE services are carried over HSUPA
channels. This function is not suitable for the area where the total traffic volume of CS services,
R99 CS+PS combined services, and R99 PS services accounts for a large proportion of the total
traffic volume in the area. This function is also not suitable for the area where some UEs move
at a high speed.
Use this function in areas where the RTWP is high and many HSUPA UEs are performing soft
handovers, such as, densely populated urban areas. Do not use this function in areas where few
UEs are performing soft handovers, such as indoor areas.

The HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location function applies to HSUPA UEs that are
performing soft handovers. This function reduces the data rates of such HSUPA UEs and
provides capacity gains only when the uplink cell load is higher than or equal to the target
maximum uplink load factor. The capacity gains provided by this feature are small if the data
rates of most HSUPA UEs in a cell are low (approximating the GBRs).
Collect statistics about the counters listed in the following table before deploying this feature.
VS.HSUPA.MeanBitR Node Average throughput of These counters indicate the

ate.WithData B HSUPA users in a cell HSUPA traffic volume in a
when data is transmitted cell. The capacity gains
provided by the HSUPA
Scheduling Based on UE
Location function are obvious

WCDMA RAN
VS.HSUPA.DataUser Node Average number of only when the HSUPA traffic

Num.Mean B HSUPA users that volume is high.
transmit data in a cell
VS.HSUPA.OverLoad- Node Number of times the These counters indicate the

Num B uplink is overloaded in a uplink cell load. The HSUPA
cell Scheduling Based on UE
Location function provides
VS.MeanRTWP RNC Mean Power of Totally gains only when the uplink
Received Bandwidth for cell load is higher than or
Cell equal to the target maximum
uplink load factor.
VS.HSUPA.SHO.Suc- RNC Number of Successful This counter indicates the

cOut EDCH RL Additions and number of successful soft
Deletions by Soft handovers of HSUPA UEs in
Handover for Cell a cell. The HSUPA
Location function only
adjusts the SPI weights of
HSUPA UEs that are
performing soft handovers.
8.11.3 Deployment
Requirements
– The BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, and BTS3812E must be configured with the EBBI,
EBOI, EULP, or EULPd board. Downlink services must be established on the EBBI,
EBOI, EDLP, or EDLPd board.
– The DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. Downlink services
must be established on the EBBC or EBBCd board.
– 3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf
board. Downlink services must be established on the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf
board.
l License
This feature is controlled by the license for the WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction
Package feature. For details about this license, see 8.1 WRFD-010612 HSUPA
Introduction Package.

WCDMA RAN
Data Preparation
Table 8-30 lists the data to prepare before deploying HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location.
Table 8-30 Data to prepare before deploying HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location
MO Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Source

Name
UFRC Default Spi DftSpiWtFactor- Set this parameter to 70(%). Radio

Weight ForHsupaSho network
Factor for (BSC6900, plan
Hsupa Sho BSC6910) (internal)
USPIWE Scheduling SPI The value range is 0-15. Default

IGHT Priority (BSC6900, value/
Indicator BSC6910) Recommen
ded value
HSUPA SpiWtFactorFor Set this parameter to 70(%). Radio

SPI Weight HsupaSho network
Adjustment (BSC6900, plan
Factor for BSC6910) (internal)
SHO
UOPER Scheduling SPI The value range is 0-15. Default

SPIWEI Priority (BSC6900, value/
GHT Indicator BSC6910) Recommen
ded value
HSUPA SpiWtFactorFor Set this parameter to 70(%). Radio

SPI Weight HsupaSho network
Adjustment (BSC6900, plan
Factor for BSC6910) (internal)
SHO
UCORR Performanc PerfEnhanceS- Select Radio

MPARA e witch1 PERFENH_HSUPA_LOC network
Enhanceme (BSC6900, ATION_SCHEDULE_SWI plan
nt Switch1 BSC6910) TCH under this parameter. (internal)
Activation
Using MML Commands

Step 1 Set the SPI weight adjustment factor on the RNC level.
NOTE
When enabling this function, you must consider whether multioperator core network (MOCN) is applied
and whether operators have activated the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI
Weight.

WCDMA RAN
Run the RNC MML command LST UCNOPERATOR to determine whether MOCN is applied.
If the command output includes multiple operators, MOCN is applied. Otherwise, MOCN is not
applied.
l If MOCN is not applied:

Run the RNC MML command LST LICENSE with File Name set to an appropriate value.
In the command output, check whether the value of the Differentiated Service Based on
SPI Weight parameter is ON.
– If the value is OFF, run the RNC MML command SET UFRC with Default Spi Weight
Factor for Hsupa Sho set to 70.
– If the value is ON, run the RNC MML command SET USPIWEIGHT with HSUPA
SPI Weight Adjustment Factor for SHO set to 70.
l If MOCN is applied:
Run the LST LICENSE with File Name set to Differentiated Service Based on SPI
Weight. In the command output, check whether the value of the Differentiated Service
Based on SPI Weight parameter is ON for each operator.
– If the value is OFF for all the operators, run the RNC MML command SET UFRC with
Default Spi Weight Factor for Hsupa Sho set to 70.
– If the value is not OFF for all the operators,for these operators whose value of the
Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight parameter is ON, run the RNC MML
command ADD UOPERSPIWEIGHT repeatedly and set HSUPA SPI Weight
Adjustment Factor for SHO to 70. For these operators whose value of the
Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight parameter is OFF, run the RNC MML
command SET UFRC with Default Spi Weight Factor for Hsupa Sho set to 70.
NOTE
The LST UOPERSPIWEIGHT command must be executed 16 times because all the values in the value
range (0-15) of the Scheduling Priority Indicator parameter must be applied.
If operators want to decrease the data rate of gold, silver, and copper users to different levels in soft handover
areas, you must set these users' SPI weight adjustment factors to different values. If operators want to
preferentially guarantee the data rate of gold users, you must set the gold users' SPI weight adjustment
factor to 100. For details, see Differentiated HSPA Service Feature Parameter Description.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA and select the
PERFENH_HSUPA_LOC_BASED_SCHEDUL_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhancement Switch parameter.
----End

//Enabling HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location
Scenario 1: MOCN is not applied and the Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight feature
is not activated.
LST UCNOPERATOR:;
LST LICENSE: FN="ON1048841.dat";
SET UFRC: DftSpiWtFactorForHsupaSho=70;
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch1=PERFENH_HSUPA_LOC_BASED_SCHEDUL_SWITCH-1;
Scenario 2: MOCN is not applied and the Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight feature
is activated.

WCDMA RAN
LST UCNOPERATOR:;
SET USPIWEIGHT: SPI=0~15, SpiWtFactorForHsupaSho=70;
Scenario 3: MOCN is applied and the Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight feature is not
activated for any operator.
LST UCNOPERATOR:;
Scenario 4: MOCN is applied and the Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight feature is
activated for some operator(CnOpIndex=2)
LST UCNOPERATOR:;
ADD UOPERSPIWEIGHT: CnOpIndex=2, SPI=0~15, SpiWtFactorForHsupaSho=70;
Conduct a drive test in the test cell and perform the following steps:
Step 1 Choose a cell in which this feature has been activated as the test cell.
Step 2 Place two HSUPA UEs with the same capabilities and SPI in a soft handover area and a non-
soft-handover area, respectively.
Step 3 Enable these UEs to upload data using the FTP. (Ensure that these UEs have sufficient power
resources and have enough large data to transmit.)
Step 4 When the uplink cell load is equal to or larger than the value for MaxTargetUlLoadFactor
(BSC6900,BSC6910), compare the uplink throughput and bandwidth of the UE in the soft
handover area with the uplink throughput and bandwidth of the UE in the non-soft-handover
area.
Based on the comparison results, determine whether this function has taken effect on the UE in
the soft handover area. The expected result is that the data rate of the UE in the soft handover
area is lower than the data rate of the UE in the non-soft-handover area.
----End
Deactivation
Using MML Commands

Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA and deselect the
PERFENH_HSUPA_LOC_BASED_SCHEDUL_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhancement Switch parameter.

//Deactivating HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch1= PERFENH_HSUPA_LOC_BASED_SCHEDUL_SWITCH-0;

WCDMA RAN

The HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location function applies to HSUPA UEs that are
performing soft handovers. This function reduces the data rates of such HSUPA UEs and
provides capacity gains only when the uplink cell load is higher than or equal to the target
maximum uplink load factor. The capacity gains provided by this feature are small if the data
rates of most HSUPA UEs in a cell are low (approximating the GBRs).
VS.HSUPA.MeanBitR Node Average throughput of These counters indicate the

ate.WithData B HSUPA users in a cell HSUPA traffic volume in a
when data is transmitted cell. The capacity gains
provided by the HSUPA
VS.HSUPA.DataUser Node Average number of Scheduling Based on UE
Num.Mean B HSUPA users that Location function are obvious
transmit data in a cell only when the HSUPA traffic
volume is high.
VS.HSUPA.OverLoad- Node Number of times the These counters indicate the

Num B uplink is overloaded in a uplink cell load. The HSUPA
cell Scheduling Based on UE
Location function provides
VS.MeanRTWP RNC Mean Power of Totally gains only when the uplink
Received Bandwidth for cell load is higher than or
Cell equal to the target maximum
uplink load factor.
VS.HSUPA.SHO.Suc- RNC Number of Successful This counter indicates the

cOut EDCH RL Additions and number of successful soft
Deletions by Soft handovers(including softer
Handover for Cell handover) of HSUPA UEs in
a cell. The HSUPA
Location function only
adjusts the SPI weights of
HSUPA UEs that are
performing soft handovers
(not including softer
handover).

If the SPI weight adjustment factors of all UEs are close to 100, this function cannot provide
any gain because the UE distribution, service type, and UE behavior of HSUPA BE UEs vary
according to the network. If the factors are close to 0, the data rate of HSUPA BE UEs in soft
handover areas may not be increased in time when the uplink cell load is not heavy. To maximize
uplink capacity gains from this function, you must configure SPI weight adjustment factors for
cells based on cell conditions.

WCDMA RAN
To guarantee the data rate for high-priority UEs in soft handover areas, you can configure an
SPI weight adjustment factor larger than 70 for these UEs. If the configured factor is 100, these
UEs' data rates remain unaffected in soft handover areas.
None
8.12.1 When to Use HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location

This function applies to a cell where the RTWP increases by less than 3.5 dB in off-peak hours
and the cell serves more than one HSUPA UE.

Collect the following information to determine whether it is appropriate to enable this function
in a cell.
VS.MeanRTWP RNC Mean Power of Totally These counters are used

Received Bandwidth for before function
Cell activation to indicate the
cell conditions.
VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean. RNC Average Number of
Cell HSUPA UEs in a Cell
VS.HSUPA. NodeB Traffic of Mac-e/Mac-i These counters are used

2msTTI.Traffi PDUs Received from 2 ms to observe the gains
TTI HSUPA Users in a yielded by the function.
Cell
VS.HSUPA. NodeB Traffic of Mac-e/Mac-i

10msTTI.Traffic PDUs Received from 10
ms TTI HSUPA Users in a
Cell
VS.HSUPA. NodeB Number of TTIs in Which

2msPDU.TTI.Num HSUPA 2 ms Mac-e/Mac-
i TRBs Are Received in a
Cell
VS.HSUPA. NodeB Number of TTIs in Which

10msPDU.TTI.Num HSUPA 10 ms Mac-e/
Mac-i TRBs Are Received
in a Cell

WCDMA RAN
8.12.3 Deployment
Requirements
– This function does not have special requirements on hardware.
l License
None
Data Preparation
Table 8-31 lists the data to prepare before deploying load-based happy bit delay initial selection.
Table 8-31 Data to prepare before deploying load-based happy bit delay initial selection

Name Source
UCORRM Dynamic DraSwitch Select the Default

ALGOSW Resource DRA_BASE_LOAD value
ITCH Allocation _HBD_INIT_SEL_S
Switch WITCH check box
UCORRM Alternative AltHBDelaycnd The default parameter Default

ALGOSW Happy Bit value is recommended. value
ITCH Delay
Condition
Activation
Using MML Commands

Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to activate the function. In
the command, set Happy Bit Delay Initial Selection Switch to ON and retain the default value
for Alternative Happy Bit Delay Condition.

//Activating the function of load-based happy bit delay initial selection
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_BASE_LOAD_HBD_INIT_SEL_SWITCH-1;

WCDMA RAN
Enable a single UE to perform HSUPA data transmission in FTP mode. Trace the Uu messages
for the UE on the RNC LMT. If the value of the "HappyBit-DelayCondition" IE in the RB Setup
message is "ms2," the function has taken effect. See the following figure.
Deactivation
Using MML Commands

Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to deactivate the function. In
the command, set Happy Bit Delay Initial Selection Switch to OFF.

//Deactivating the function of load-based happy bit delay initial selection
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_BASE_LOAD_HBD_INIT_SEL_SWITCH-0;

l HSUPA single-user throughput
This function increases HSUPA single-user throughput in off-peak hours. This benefit can
be quantified based on the following NodeB counters:
VS.HSUPA. NodeB Traffic of Mac-e/Mac-i PDUs Received from

2msTTI.Traffi 2 ms TTI HSUPA Users in a Cell
VS.HSUPA. NodeB Traffic of Mac-e/Mac-i PDUs Received from

10msTTI.Traffic 10 ms TTI HSUPA Users in a Cell
VS.HSUPA. NodeB Number of TTIs in Which HSUPA 2 ms Mac-

2msPDU.TTI.Num e/Mac-i TRBs Are Received in a Cell
VS.HSUPA. NodeB Number of TTIs in Which HSUPA 10 ms Mac-

10msPDU.TTI.Num e/Mac-i TRBs Are Received in a Cell
HSUPA single-user throughput is calculated as follows:

HSUPA single-user throughput = (VS.HSUPA.2msTTI.Traffic + VS.HSUPA.
10msTTI.Traffic)/(VS.HSUPA.2msPDU.TTI.Num x 0.002 + VS.HSUPA.
10msPDU.TTI.Num x 0.01)

WCDMA RAN
l Cell RTWP
This function may increase the cell RTWP in off-peak hours. The related RNC counter is
as follows:
VS.MeanRTWP RNC Mean Power of Totally Received Bandwidth

for Cell
l Number and proportion of unhappy HSUPA UEs

This function increases the number and proportion of unhappy HSUPA UEs in off-peak
hours. The related NodeB counters are as follows:
VS.HSUPA.UnHappyU- NodeB Number of Unhappy HSUPA users in a cell

serNum
VS.HSUPA.UnHappyU- NodeB Ratio of the number of Unhappy HSUPA users

serNumRatio to the total number of HSUPA users in a cell

If the cell RTWP increases noticeably and HSUPA single-user throughput increases slightly,
raise the value of Alternative Happy Bit Delay Condition.
None

WCDMA RAN
HSUPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters
9 Parameters
Table 9-1 Parameter description
Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description

ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
ULHIT BTS390 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Indicates the switch for scheduling HSUPA
HPMAC 0, NODEB 010612 Introduc services.
ESW BTS390 ALGPA tion GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
0 RA Package
WCDM Unit: None
LST
A NODEB Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
ALGPA Default Value: OFF(OFF)
RA

WCDMA RAN

nd
DraSwit BSC690 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Dynamic resource allocation switch group. 1.
ch 0 UCORR 021101 c DRA_AQM_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the
MALG WRFD- Channel active queue management algorithm is used for the
OSWIT 0106140 Configu RNC. 2.
CH 3 ration DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITC
Control H: When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
WRFD- (DCCC) algorithm for admission CE-based BE services applies
050405 to the UE with the UL enhanced L2 feature. This
HSUPA
WRFD- parameter is valid when
2ms TTI
0106140 DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
4 Overboo (DraSwitch) is set to ON. 3.
king on DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
WRFD-
ATM : When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
050408
Transmi algorithm is supported for admission CE-based BE
WRFD- ssion services. 4.
010690
HSUPA DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH:
WRFD- 2ms/ When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
010202 10ms algorithm for coverage-based BE services applies to the
WRFD- TTI UE with the UL enhanced L2 feature. This parameter is
010612 Handov valid when
er DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
WRFD-
(DraSwitch) is set to ON. 5.
011502 Overboo
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:
WRFD- king on
When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
010636 IP
algorithm is supported for coverage-based BE services.
Transmi
WRFD- 6. DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH:
ssion
0106101 When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
0 TTI algorithm for differentiation-based BE services applies
Switch to the UE with the UL enhanced L2 feature. This
WRFD-
for BE parameter is valid when
0106111
Services DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
1
Based (DraSwitch) is set to ON. 7.
WRFD- on DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:
0106120 Coverag When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
8 e algorithm is supported for differentiation-based BE
UE State services. 8. DRA_DCCC_SWITCH: When the switch
in is on, the dynamic channel reconfiguration control
Connect algorithm is used for the RNC. 9.
ed Mode DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH:
(CELL- When the switch is on, flow control is enabled for
DCH, HSDPA services in AM mode. 10.
CELL- DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When the
PCH, switch is on, the status of the UE RRC that carrying
URA- HSDPA services can be changed to CELL_FACH at the
PCH, RNC. If a PS BE service is carried over the HS-DSCH,
CELL- the switch PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should
FACH) be on simultaneously. If a PS real-time service is carried

WCDMA RAN

nd
HSUPA over the HS-DSCH, the switch

Introduc PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be
tion on simultaneously. 11.
Package DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH: When the switch is
Active on, the DCCC algorithm is used for HSUPA. The DCCC
Queue switch must be also on before this switch takes effect.
Manage 12. DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When
ment the switch is on, the status of the UE RRC that carrying
(AQM) HSUPA services can be changed to CELL_FACH at the
RNC. If a PS BE service is carried over the E-DCH, the
SRB switch PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be
over on simultaneously. If a PS real-time service is carried
HSUPA over the E-DCH, the switch
HSDPA PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be
Flow on simultaneously. 13.
Control DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH: Switch of the
HSDPA algorithm for increasing the quality of subscribed
State services. When this parameter is set to ON, the service
Transiti priority weight of the subscriber whose key parameters
on (IP Address, IP Port, and IP Protocol Type) match the
specified ones can be adjusted. In this way, the QoS is
HSUPA
improved. 14.
DCCC
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, UEs can be transited among the
CELL_DCH, CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, and
URA_PCH states when they are processing PS BE
services. 15.
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, UEs can be transited
between the CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH states
when they are processing real-time PS services. 16.
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH:
Under a poor radio environment, the QoS of high speed
services drops considerably and the TX power is overly
high. In this case, the RNC can set restrictions on low
data rate transmission formats based on the transmission
quality, thus lowering traffic speed and TX power.
When the switch is on, the R99 downlink flow control
function is enabled. 17.
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the DCCC based on traffic statistics is
supported over the DCH. 18.
DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH: when the switch
is on, the TTI selection based on the voice service type
(including VoIP and CS over HSPA) is supported when
the service is initially established. 19.
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH: when the

WCDMA RAN

nd
switch is on, the TTI adjustment based on the voice

service type (including VoIP and CS over HSPA) is
supported. 20.
DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_SWITCH:
Whether to prohibit channel retries for CS and PS
combined services. When this switch is turned on,
channel retries are prohibited for CS and PS combined
services. When this switch is turned off, channel retries
are allowed for CS and PS combined services. 21.
DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the fast state transition algorithm.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC identifies UEs
supporting fast state transition and then quickly transits
the UEs from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH. 22.
DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH: Whether to
activate the algorithm for smart PCH-to-DCH state
transition specific to UEs in the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC identifies UEs supporting smart PCH-to-DCH
state transition and then transits the UEs from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH. 23.
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:
Whether initial TTI selection is allowed for
differentiated BE services based on fairness 0: This
switch is turned off. The TTI is selected according to
the original algorithm. 1: This switch is turned on. In
the dynamic TTI adjustment algorithm for
differentiated BE services based on fairness, HSUPA
UEs use 10-ms TTI if the RTWP, occupied Iub
bandwidth, or consumed CE resources are congested.
24.
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITC
H: Whether to activate the coverage-based initial TTI
selection algorithm specific to BE services. When this
switch is turned on and conditions on 2 ms TTI specific
to BE services has been met, the RNC determines uplink
coverage wideness of specific cells based on the Ec/N0
values reported by UEs during RRC connection. If the
uplink coverage of the cells is weak, the RNC allocates
a 10 ms TTI to BE services as their initial TTI. 25.
DRA_F2U_SWITCH: Whether to enable state
transition from CELL_FACH to URA_PCH.When this
switch is turned on, a UE can directly move from the
CELL_FACH to URA_PCH state. When this switch is
turned off, a UE must move from the CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH and then to URA_PCH state. 26.
DRA_BASE_LOAD_HBD_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to validate the initial selection function for

load-based happy bit delay condition. This function can
be used to improve the HSUPA throughput per UE.The
alternative happy bit delay condition (specified by the
AltHBDelaycnd parameter in the ADD
UTYPRABHSPA command) is selected when the
following conditions are met: This switch is turned on,
the HSUPA UE initially accesses the cell, and the cell
uplink load is not limited.The happy bit delay time
(specified by the HBDelaycnd parameter in the ADD
UTYPRABHSPA command) is selected when any of
the preceding three conditions is not met.
GUI Value Range: DRA_AQM_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITC
H,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH,
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_SWITCH,
DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH,
H, DRA_F2U_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_LOAD_HBD_INIT_SEL_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DRA_AQM_SWITCH,
H,

WCDMA RAN

nd
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH,
H, DRA_F2U_SWITCH,
Default Value: DRA_AQM_SWITCH:0,
H:0,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
:1,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH:
0,
0, DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH:0,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:1,
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH:1,
DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH:0,
DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:0,
DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH:1,
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:0,
DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH:0,
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:1,
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:0,
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH:0,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH:0,
DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH:0,
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:0,
DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_SWITCH:0,
DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:0,
DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:0,
H:0, DRA_F2U_SWITCH:0,
DRA_BASE_LOAD_HBD_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
DraSwit BSC691 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Dynamic resource allocation switch group. 1.
ch 0 UCORR 021101 c DRA_AQM_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the
MALG WRFD- Channel active queue management algorithm is used for the
OSWIT 0106140 Configu RNC. 2.
CH 3 ration DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITC
Control H: When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
WRFD- (DCCC) algorithm for admission CE-based BE services applies
050405 to the UE with the UL enhanced L2 feature. This
HSUPA
WRFD- parameter is valid when
2ms TTI
0106140 DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
4 Overboo (DraSwitch) is set to ON. 3.
king on DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
WRFD-
ATM : When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
050408
Transmi algorithm is supported for admission CE-based BE
WRFD- ssion services. 4.
010690
HSUPA DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH:
WRFD- 2ms/ When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
010202 10ms algorithm for coverage-based BE services applies to the
WRFD- TTI UE with the UL enhanced L2 feature. This parameter is
010612 Handov valid when
er DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
WRFD-
(DraSwitch) is set to ON. 5.
011502 Overboo
WRFD- king on
When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
010636 IP
algorithm is supported for coverage-based BE services.
Transmi
WRFD- 6. DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH:
ssion
0106101 When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
0 TTI algorithm for differentiation-based BE services applies
Switch to the UE with the UL enhanced L2 feature. This
WRFD-
for BE parameter is valid when
0106111
Services DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
1
Based (DraSwitch) is set to ON. 7.
WRFD- on DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:
0106120 Coverag When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
8 e algorithm is supported for differentiation-based BE
UE State services. 8. DRA_DCCC_SWITCH: When the switch
in is on, the dynamic channel reconfiguration control
Connect algorithm is used for the RNC. 9.
ed Mode DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH:
(CELL- When the switch is on, flow control is enabled for
DCH, HSDPA services in AM mode. 10.
CELL- DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When the
PCH, switch is on, the status of the UE RRC that carrying
URA- HSDPA services can be changed to CELL_FACH at the
PCH, RNC. If a PS BE service is carried over the HS-DSCH,
CELL- the switch PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should
FACH) be on simultaneously. If a PS real-time service is carried

WCDMA RAN

nd
HSUPA over the HS-DSCH, the switch

Introduc PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be
tion on simultaneously. 11.
Package DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH: When the switch is
Active on, the DCCC algorithm is used for HSUPA. The DCCC
Queue switch must be also on before this switch takes effect.
Manage 12. DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When
ment the switch is on, the status of the UE RRC that carrying
(AQM) HSUPA services can be changed to CELL_FACH at the
RNC. If a PS BE service is carried over the E-DCH, the
SRB switch PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be
over on simultaneously. If a PS real-time service is carried
HSUPA over the E-DCH, the switch
HSDPA PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be
Flow on simultaneously. 13.
Control DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH: Switch of the
HSDPA algorithm for increasing the quality of subscribed
State services. When this parameter is set to ON, the service
Transiti priority weight of the subscriber whose key parameters
on (IP Address, IP Port, and IP Protocol Type) match the
specified ones can be adjusted. In this way, the QoS is
HSUPA
improved. 14.
DCCC
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, UEs can be transited among the
CELL_DCH, CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, and
URA_PCH states when they are processing PS BE
services. 15.
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, UEs can be transited
between the CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH states
when they are processing real-time PS services. 16.
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH:
Under a poor radio environment, the QoS of high speed
services drops considerably and the TX power is overly
high. In this case, the RNC can set restrictions on low
data rate transmission formats based on the transmission
quality, thus lowering traffic speed and TX power.
When the switch is on, the R99 downlink flow control
function is enabled. 17.
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the DCCC based on traffic statistics is
supported over the DCH. 18.
DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH: when the switch
is on, the TTI selection based on the voice service type
(including VoIP and CS over HSPA) is supported when
the service is initially established. 19.
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH: when the

WCDMA RAN

nd
switch is on, the TTI adjustment based on the voice

service type (including VoIP and CS over HSPA) is
supported. 20.
DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_SWITCH:
Whether to prohibit channel retries for CS and PS
combined services. When this switch is turned on,
channel retries are prohibited for CS and PS combined
services. When this switch is turned off, channel retries
are allowed for CS and PS combined services. 21.
DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the fast state transition algorithm.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC identifies UEs
supporting fast state transition and then quickly transits
the UEs from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH. 22.
DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH: Whether to
activate the algorithm for smart PCH-to-DCH state
transition specific to UEs in the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC identifies UEs supporting smart PCH-to-DCH
state transition and then transits the UEs from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH. 23.
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:
Whether initial TTI selection is allowed for
differentiated BE services based on fairness 0: This
switch is turned off. The TTI is selected according to
the original algorithm. 1: This switch is turned on. In
the dynamic TTI adjustment algorithm for
differentiated BE services based on fairness, HSUPA
UEs use 10-ms TTI if the RTWP, occupied Iub
bandwidth, or consumed CE resources are congested.
24.
H: Whether to activate the coverage-based initial TTI
selection algorithm specific to BE services. When this
switch is turned on and conditions on 2 ms TTI specific
to BE services has been met, the RNC determines uplink
coverage wideness of specific cells based on the Ec/N0
values reported by UEs during RRC connection. If the
uplink coverage of the cells is weak, the RNC allocates
a 10 ms TTI to BE services as their initial TTI. 25.
DRA_F2U_SWITCH: Whether to enable state
transition from CELL_FACH to URA_PCH.When this
switch is turned on, a UE can directly move from the
CELL_FACH to URA_PCH state. When this switch is
turned off, a UE must move from the CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH and then to URA_PCH state. 26.
DRA_BASE_LOAD_HBD_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to validate the initial selection function for

load-based happy bit delay condition. This function can
be used to improve the HSUPA throughput per UE.The
alternative happy bit delay condition (specified by the
AltHBDelaycnd parameter in the ADD
UTYPRABHSPA command) is selected when the
following conditions are met: This switch is turned on,
the HSUPA UE initially accesses the cell, and the cell
uplink load is not limited.The happy bit delay time
(specified by the HBDelaycnd parameter in the ADD
UTYPRABHSPA command) is selected when any of
the preceding three conditions is not met.
GUI Value Range: DRA_AQM_SWITCH,
H,
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH,
H, DRA_F2U_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DRA_AQM_SWITCH,
H,

WCDMA RAN

nd
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH,
H, DRA_F2U_SWITCH,
Default Value: DRA_AQM_SWITCH:0,
H:0,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
:1,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH:
0,
0, DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH:0,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:1,
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH:1,
DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH:0,
DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:0,
DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH:1,
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:0,
DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH:0,
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:1,
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:0,
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH:0,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH:0,
DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH:0,
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:0,
DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_SWITCH:0,
DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:0,
DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:0,
H:0, DRA_F2U_SWITCH:0,
DRA_BASE_LOAD_HBD_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:0
AltHBD BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Alternative delay time of decision for
elaycnd 0 UTYPR 010612 Introduc HSUPA happy bit. If all the buffered user data can be
ABHSP tion transmitted at the current rate within the time specified
A Package by this parameter, the happy bit is set to happy.
MOD Otherwise, the happy bit is set to unhappy. This
UTYPR parameter can be used together with HBDelaycnd (set
ABHSP by the ADD UTYPRABHSPA command) to improve
A the HSUPA throughput per UE during off-peak hours.
It is recommended that this parameter be set to a value
smaller than HBDelaycnd.
GUI Value Range: D2, D10, D20, D50, D100, D200,
D500, D1000
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: 2, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000
Default Value: D2

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- Rate Meaning: 1.

anceSwi 0 UCORR 010507 Negotiat PERFENH_HSUPA_LOC_BASED_SCHEDUL_SW
tch1 MPARA WRFD- ion at ITCH: Whether to use the algorithm of UE location-
020803 Admissi based HSUPA scheduling. When this switch is turned
on on, the algorithm is used. When this switch is turned off,
WRFD- Control the algorithm is not used. 2.
020802 PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
A-GPS
WRFD- Based algorithm of channel retry optimization takes effect.
020801 LCS When this switch is turned on, the algorithm takes effect
and channel retries are triggered in all scenarios where
WRFD- OTDOA the preconditions are met. However, turning on this
021400 Based switch may increase the CPU usage. When this switch
WRFD- LCS is turned off, the algorithm does not take effect. 3.
020203 Cell ID PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_RELOC_OPT_SWITCH:
WRFD- + RTT Static relocation policy for CS and PS BE combined
020129 Function services. When "PsBeProcType" is set to
Based CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_DSCR: If this switch is
WRFD- LCS turned on, UEs engaged in CS and PS BE combined
0106090 services can initiate static relocation. In this case, the
Direct
3 RNC releases the PS BE services and then originates the
Signalin
WRFD- g static relocation procedure. If this switch is turned off,
0106090 Connect such UEs cannot initiate static relocation. 4.
2 ion Re- PERFENH_HSUPA_PO_THROU_MEAS_OPT_SW
establish ITCH: Whether to optimize the throughput
WRFD-
ment measurement control parameters when
0106113
(DSCR) PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SW
7
ITCH of the "PcSwitch" parameter in the "SET
WRFD- Inter
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is turned on.
0106140 RNC
When this switch is turned on, the E-DCH throughput
3 Soft
is measured every 2400 ms. The hysteresis for event 4A,
Handov
WRFD- suspending time after event 4A is triggered, hysteresis
er
020134 for event 4B, and suspending time after event 4B is
PS triggered last for one measurement period. When this
WRFD- Service switch is turned off, the E-DCH throughput is measured
010202 Redirect every 300 ms. The hysteresis for event 4A, suspending
WRFD- ion from time after event 4A is triggered, hysteresis for event 4B,
020701 UMTS and suspending time after event 4B is triggered last for
to LTE eight measurement periods. 5.
WRFD-
021101 Combin PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUSTOPT:
ation of Switch for choosing the BLER coefficient adjustment
WRFD- scheme for AMR services. When this switch is turned
Two CS
0213110 off, the RNC adjusts the BLER coefficient based on load
Services
3 reshuffling (LDR) or overload control (OLC) status.
and One
WRFD- PS When this switch is turned on, the RNC adjusts the
0206050 Service BLER coefficient based on the cell RTWP and actual
2 (Except uplink service load reported by the NodeB. 6.
for Two PERFENH_LITTLE_RATE_TIMER_AMEND:

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- AMR Timer after which the rate of PS BE services whose

020503 Speech uplink and downlink channel types are both DCHs will
WRFD- Services be adjusted to the low-activity rate. When this switch is
010610 ) turned off, the value is equal to MAX(BeE2FState-
Combin TransTimer, BeD2FStateTransTimer). When this
WRFD- switch is turned on, the value is equal to
010612 ation of
One CS BeD2FStateTransTimer. When a BE service rate
WRFD- reduces to the DCCC rate threshold, the low-activity
Service
020400 rate, as substitution to a D2F transition, is used for the
and One
WRFD- PS BE service because state transition has not been enabled
020303 Service or the UE processing CS services cannot transit to the
CELL_FACH state. The timer value and measurement
WRFD- HSUPA controls for low-activity rate adjustment use the
010712 2ms TTI corresponding parameter values involved in the D2F
Push to transitions. 7.
Talk PERFENH_CS_TRIG_PS_P2D_ZERO_SWITCH:
Whether a PS BE service is limited to 0 kbit/s on the
UE State
DCH after a UE that has the PS BE service performs a
in
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-to-CELL-DCH (P2D) state
Connect
transition triggered by a CS service setup. When this
ed Mode
switch is turned off, the PS BE service is limited to 8
(CELL-
kbit/s on the DCH after the UE performs a P2D state
DCH,
transition. When this switch is turned on, the PS BE
CELL-
service is limited to 0 kbit/s on the DCH after the UE
PCH,
performs a P2D state transition. 8.
URA-
PERFENH_FACH_CONG_D2IDLE_SWITCH:
PCH,
Whether the RNC releases all resources for a UE when
CELL-
the FACH is congested. When this switch is turned on,
FACH)
the RNC releases all resources for a UE if the following
AMR/ conditions are met: The UE performs a CELL_DCH-to-
WB- CELL_FACH state transition. The FACH is congested.
AMR The UE is processing a non-real-time PS service that
Speech has a traffic volume of 0 bytes. 9.
Rates PERFENH_P2D_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH: Whether
Control a UE is allowed to access an inter-frequency co-
Dynami coverage cell using DRD or channel fallback after P2D
c state transition admission fails. When this switch is
Channel turned off, the UE remains in the CELL_PCH state after
Configu P2D state transition admission fails. 10.
ration PERFENH_PTT_IUR_D2F_SWITCH: Whether a
Control PTT user can perform a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
(DCCC) (D2F for short) state transition when Iur CCH is
disabled during a soft handover over the Iur interface.
MOCN Assume that this switch is turned on. If the DRNC cell
Mobility serves as the best cell, DSCR is triggered. If the SRNC
Manage cell serves as the best cell, D2F is triggered. When this
ment switch is turned off, the original flow keeps unchanged.

WCDMA RAN

nd
SRNS 11. PERFENH_LOW_VELO_OPT_SWITCH:

Relocati Whether the low-activity rate algorithm can be used on
on with a UE that uses DCHs in only the uplink or downlink.
Hard When this switch is turned on, the low-activity rate
Handov algorithm can be used on the UE that uses DCHs in only
er the uplink or downlink. When this switch is turned off,
Outer the low-activity rate algorithm can be used on the UE
Loop that uses DCHs in both the uplink and downlink. 12.
Power PERFENH_SRB_FAST_HRETRY_AFTER_DRD_S
Control WITCH: Whether the RNC triggers channel
reconfiguration for the SRBs to switch from the DCH
HSDPA to an HSPA channel immediately when the type of a
Introduc channel for carrying SRBs during a DRD procedure is
tion limited. When this switch is turned off, channel
Package reconfiguration is not triggered and the SRBs are carried
HSUPA on the DCH. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
Introduc triggers channel reconfiguration for the SRBs to switch
tion from the DCH to an HSPA channel immediately after
Package the DRD procedure. 13.
DRD PERFENH_PTT_H2F_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
Introduc traffic and throughput are measured during a state
tion transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F for
Package short) when PTT services are carried on HSPA
channels. When this switch is turned off, the traffic and
Inter-
throughput will not be measured during the D2F state
RAT
transition triggered by PTT services. When this switch
Handov
is turned on, the traffic and throughput will be measured
er Based
during the D2F state transition, which prevents the UE
on
from transiting to CELL_FACH if the UE has data to
Coverag
transmit. In this case, if data transmission occurs during
e
the D2F state transition, the RNC stops the D2F state
Adaptiv transition. 14.
e PERFENH_IUR_DB_TICK_OPT_SWITCH:
Configu Whether the algorithm for optimizing the method of
ration of saving the information about neighboring cells of a cell
Traffic under the DRNC during a handover over Iur is enabled
Channel so that the CPU load on the SPUb board becomes
Power normal. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm is
offset disabled and the RNC saves the information about
for neighboring cells in the original way. When this switch
HSUPA is turned on, the algorithm is enabled. 15.
PERFENH_P2D_LIMIT_ON_DCH_LOWRATE_S
WITCH: Whether the PS BE service rate is limited to a
low level after the UE transits from CELL_PCH to
CELL_DCH (P2D for short). When this switch is turned
off, the channel for carrying the PS BE service and the
PS BE service rate are not limited after the UE transits

WCDMA RAN

nd
from CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH. When this switch is

turned on, the PE BE service is limited to 8 kbit/s or 0
kbit/s on the DCH after the UE transits from
CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH. 16.
PERFENH_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_DELAY_SWITCH
: Whether the RNC starts a delay timer when the
algorithm for fairness-based handovers for
differentiated HSUPA TTI users is enabled. When this
switch is turned off, the delay timer does not start. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC starts the delay timer
after the algorithm for fairness-based handovers for
differentiated HSUPA TTI users us used to establish or
modify a throughput measurement. The handover from
HSUPPA 2 ms TTI users to 10 ms HSUPPA TTI users
cannot be triggered when the delay timer is running. 17.
PERFENH_BASE_ADM_CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC considers CE resource
congestion status of the target cell for admitting HSUPA
UEs when determining whether HSUPA services
support 2 ms TTI. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC does not consider CE resource congestion status
of the target cell when determining whether the HSUPA
services support 2 ms TTI. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC considers CE resource congestion status of
the target cell when determining whether the HSUPA
services support 2 ms TTI. If the CE resources are
congested, only HSUPA 10 ms TTI UEs are admitted.
18.
PERFENH_OLPC_SIRTAR_RESEND_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends the FP data frames that contain
the information element (IE) "Sir Target" to the NodeB
after service setup or reconfiguration succeeds and the
NodeB then adjusts inner loop power control based on
the configured target SIR value and actual target SIR
value. When this switch is turned off, the FP data frames
do not contain the IE "Sir Target". When this switch is
turned on, the RNC sends FP data frames that contain
the IE "Sir Target" to the NodeB for up to four times at
an interval of 1s. 19.
PERFENH_F2P_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC allows a UE to set up CS services
during a decision for state transition from CELL_FACH
to CELL_PCH or URA_PCH (F2P). When this switch
is turned off, the RNC does not allow the UE to set up
the CS service and continues performing the decision
for F2P state transition if a UE initiates a CS service
during a decision for F2P state transition. When this

WCDMA RAN

nd
switch is turned on, if a UE initiates a CS service during

a decision for F2P state transition, the RNC stops
performing the decision for F2P state transition and
allows the UE to set up the CS service. 20.
PERFENH_CS_PS_F2H_RATE_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether to limit the maximum data rate for HSDPA PS
services after a CS service setup triggers an F2D state
transition. When this switch is turned off, the maximum
data rate for HSDPA PS services is limited after a CS
service setup triggers an F2D state transition. When this
switch is turned on, the maximum data rate for HSDPA
PS services is unlimited after a CS service setup triggers
an F2D state transition. 21.
PERFENH_TTI_MC_UPDATE_OPT_SWITCH: TTI
reconfiguration optimization switch. When this switch
is turned off, the RNC updates the throughput
measurement control parameter for this algorithm after
the handover is complete and prohibits this algorithm
from triggering dynamic TTI shifts from 2 ms to 10 ms
in the following 5s. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC does not update the throughput measurement
control parameter for this algorithm if the parameter
does not change after a handover is complete. In this
case, the RNC triggers this algorithm upon receiving a
TTI measurement report. 22.
PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_WITH_CM_SWITCH:
Whether to allow periodic access retry for UEs in
compressed mode to the (directed retry decision) DRD-
capable cell when candidate cells for periodic retry
include the current cell and neighboring DRD cells.
When this switch is turned off, periodic access retry for
UEs in compressed mode to the DRD-capable cell is not
allowed. When this switch is turned on, periodic access
retry for UEs in compressed mode to the DRD-capable
cell is allowed. 23.
PERFENH_UL_CHL_CHG_OLPC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable normal outer loop power control after
D2E reconfiguration in case of PS hard handover with
E2D channel fallback. When this switch is turned off,
normal outer loop power control is disabled after D2E
reconfiguration in case of PS hard handover with E2D
channel fallback. When this switch is turned on, normal
outer loop power control is enabled after D2E
channel fallback. 24.
PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_COMB_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the combined hard handover and

WCDMA RAN

nd
SRNS relocation for CS+PS BE combined services.

When this switch is turned on and the relocation policies
for CS and PS services are different, the serving RNC
(SRNC) releases the PS services and then triggers a
combined hard handover and SRNS relocation for the
CS services. When this switch is turned off, the
combined hard handover and SRNS relocation is not
optimized. 25.
PERFENH_GSMOPGRP_TRANSTOSRNC_SWITC
H: Whether the drift RNC (DRNC) transfers
information about the intra circle roaming (ICR) license
of the cells under the DRNC, and the operator group and
the inter-RAT cell type for neighboring GSM cells to
the SRNC over proprietary information elements (IEs).
When this switch is turned on, the DRNC transfers
information about the ICR license of the cells under the
DRNC, and the operator group and the inter-RAT cell
type for neighboring GSM cells to the SRNC over the
private IEs in the Radio Link Setup Response or Radio
Link Addition Response message. When this switch is
turned off, the DRNC does not transfer the preceding
information. 26.
PERFENH_INTERRATHO_RETRY_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC initiates inter-RAT handovers
according to the coverage-based inter-RAT periodic
measurement report after inter-RAT handovers fail.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC still processes
the coverage-based inter-RAT periodic measurement
report reported by the UE and initiates inter-RAT
handovers after inter-RAT handovers fail. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not process the
coverage-based inter-RAT periodic measurement
report reported by the UE. 27.
PERFENH_ICR_GSMNCELL_FILTER_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the RNC initiates an
inter-RAT handover towards the neighboring GSM cell
whose operator is the same as the UE's operator. This
increases the inter-RAT handover success rate. 28.
PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_SWITCH: Whether to
delay adjusting the uplink voice service rate raised by
Adaptive Multi-Rate Control (AMRC). When this
switch is turned off, adjusting the uplink voice service
rate is not delayed. When this switch is turned on,
adjusting the uplink voice service rate is delayed. Before
a UE sends the first valid voice frame, the RNC does
not adjust the AMR rate for the UE. This avoids mute
voices on some UEs. 29.

WCDMA RAN

nd
PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_UE_COMP_SWITCH:
Scope of UEs on which adjusting the uplink rate using
AMRC is delayed. When this switch is turned off, the
algorithm for delaying adjusting the uplink rate using
AMRC can be enabled on all UEs. When this switch is
turned on, the scope of UEs is set by running the "ADD
UIMEITAC" command. In this case, the CN must
support CS IMEI query. 30.
PERFENH_SMLC_D2F_ALLOW_SWITCH:
Whether to allow state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH and a location measurement control
message to be sent to the UE when the RNC receives a
RANAP Location Reporting Control message from the
CN and the DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH
switch is turned off. When this switch is turned off, state
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH is not
allowed and the RNC does not send a location
measurement control message to the UE. When the
switch is turned on, state transition from CELL_FACH
to CELL_DCH is allowed and the RNC sends a location
measurement control message to the UE after state
transition is successful. 31.
PERFENH_CSPS_NO_RATEUP_IN_CONJ_SWITC
H: Whether the RNC prohibits the PS RB
reconfiguration triggered by an uplink or downlink
event 4A measurement report if the status is congested
as indicated by Combined Service Power Resource
Congest State. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
allows the PS RB reconfiguration triggered by an event
4A measurement report. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC prohibits the PS RB reconfiguration triggered
by an uplink or downlink event 4A measurement report
if the status is congested as indicated by Combined
Service Power Resource Congest State. 32.
PERFENH_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH:
Whether to parse E-UTRAN measurement capabilities
by protocols. As specified by protocols, all UTRAN
frequency bands supported by a UE have the same E-
UTRAN measurement capability. When this switch is
turned on, the E-UTRAN measurement capability
carried in the IE "UE-RadioAccessCapabBandFDD3"
applies to all UTRAN frequency bands supported by the
UE. When this switch is turned off, the E-UTRAN
measurement capability carried in the IE "UE-
RadioAccessCapabBandFDD3" applies only to the
frequency band serving the UE.

WCDMA RAN

nd
GUI Value Range:

PERFENH_HSUPA_LOC_BASED_SCHEDUL_SW
ITCH, PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_RELOC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_PO_THROU_MEAS_OPT_SW
ITCH, PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST-
OPT, PERFENH_LITTLE_RATE_TIMER_AMEND,
PERFENH_CS_TRIG_PS_P2D_ZERO_SWITCH,
PERFENH_FACH_CONG_D2IDLE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_P2D_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PTT_IUR_D2F_SWITCH,
PERFENH_LOW_VELO_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_FAST_HRETRY_AFTER_DRD_S
WITCH, PERFENH_PTT_H2F_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IUR_DB_TICK_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
,
TCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_SIRTAR_RESEND_SWITCH,
CH,
PERFENH_CS_PS_F2H_RATE_LIMIT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_TTI_MC_UPDATE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_WITH_CM_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UL_CHL_CHG_OLPC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_COMB_OPT_SWITCH,
H, PERFENH_INTERRATHO_RETRY_SWITCH,
PERFENH_ICR_GSMNCELL_FILTER_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_UE_COMP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SMLC_D2F_ALLOW_SWITCH,
H, PERFENH_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
,
TCH,
CH,
Default Value:
ITCH:0,PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_RELOC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSUPA_PO_THROU_MEAS_OPT_S
WITCH:1,PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_AD-
JUSTOPT:
0,PERFENH_LITTLE_RATE_TIMER_AMEND:
1,PERFENH_CS_TRIG_PS_P2D_ZERO_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FACH_CONG_D2IDLE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_P2D_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_PTT_IUR_D2F_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_LOW_VELO_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_SRB_FAST_HRETRY_AFTER_DRD_
SWITCH:0,PERFENH_PTT_H2F_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_IUR_DB_TICK_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_P2D_LIMIT_ON_DCH_LOWRATE_S

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_DELAY_SWITC
H:
1,PERFENH_BASE_ADM_CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_OLPC_SIRTAR_RESEND_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_F2P_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_CS_PS_F2H_RATE_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_TTI_MC_UPDATE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_WITH_CM_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_UL_CHL_CHG_OLPC_OPT_SWITCH
:1,PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_COMB_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_GSMOPGRP_TRANSTOSRNC_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_INTERRATHO_RETRY_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_ICR_GSMNCELL_FILTER_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_UE_COMP_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_SMLC_D2F_ALLOW_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CSPS_NO_RATEUP_IN_CONJ_SWIT
CH:0,PERFENH_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- Rate Meaning: 1.

anceSwi 0 UCORR 010507 Negotiat PERFENH_HSUPA_LOC_BASED_SCHEDUL_SW
tch1 MPARA WRFD- ion at ITCH: Whether to use the algorithm of UE location-
020803 Admissi based HSUPA scheduling. When this switch is turned
on on, the algorithm is used. When this switch is turned off,
WRFD- Control the algorithm is not used. 2.
020802 PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
A-GPS
WRFD- Based algorithm of channel retry optimization takes effect.
020801 LCS When this switch is turned on, the algorithm takes effect
and channel retries are triggered in all scenarios where
WRFD- OTDOA the preconditions are met. However, turning on this
021400 Based switch may increase the CPU usage. When this switch
WRFD- LCS is turned off, the algorithm does not take effect. 3.
020203 Cell ID PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_RELOC_OPT_SWITCH:
WRFD- + RTT Static relocation policy for CS and PS BE combined
020129 Function services. When "PsBeProcType" is set to
Based CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_DSCR: If this switch is
WRFD- LCS turned on, UEs engaged in CS and PS BE combined
0106090 services can initiate static relocation. In this case, the
Direct
3 RNC releases the PS BE services and then originates the
Signalin
WRFD- g static relocation procedure. If this switch is turned off,
0106090 Connect such UEs cannot initiate static relocation. 4.
2 ion Re- PERFENH_HSUPA_PO_THROU_MEAS_OPT_SW
establish ITCH: Whether to optimize the throughput
WRFD-
ment measurement control parameters when
0106113
(DSCR) PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SW
7
ITCH of the "PcSwitch" parameter in the "SET
WRFD- Inter
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is turned on.
0106140 RNC
When this switch is turned on, the E-DCH throughput
3 Soft
is measured every 2400 ms. The hysteresis for event 4A,
Handov
WRFD- suspending time after event 4A is triggered, hysteresis
er
020134 for event 4B, and suspending time after event 4B is
PS triggered last for one measurement period. When this
WRFD- Service switch is turned off, the E-DCH throughput is measured
010202 Redirect every 300 ms. The hysteresis for event 4A, suspending
WRFD- ion from time after event 4A is triggered, hysteresis for event 4B,
020701 UMTS and suspending time after event 4B is triggered last for
to LTE eight measurement periods. 5.
WRFD-
021101 Combin PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUSTOPT:
ation of Switch for choosing the BLER coefficient adjustment
WRFD- scheme for AMR services. When this switch is turned
Two CS
0213110 off, the RNC adjusts the BLER coefficient based on load
Services
3 reshuffling (LDR) or overload control (OLC) status.
and One
WRFD- PS When this switch is turned on, the RNC adjusts the
0206050 Service BLER coefficient based on the cell RTWP and actual
2 (Except uplink service load reported by the NodeB. 6.
for Two PERFENH_LITTLE_RATE_TIMER_AMEND:

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- AMR Timer after which the rate of PS BE services whose

020503 Speech uplink and downlink channel types are both DCHs will
WRFD- Services be adjusted to the low-activity rate. When this switch is
010610 ) turned off, the value is equal to MAX(BeE2FState-
Combin TransTimer, BeD2FStateTransTimer). When this
WRFD- switch is turned on, the value is equal to
010612 ation of
One CS BeD2FStateTransTimer. When a BE service rate
WRFD- reduces to the DCCC rate threshold, the low-activity
Service
020400 rate, as substitution to a D2F transition, is used for the
and One
WRFD- PS BE service because state transition has not been enabled
020303 Service or the UE processing CS services cannot transit to the
CELL_FACH state. The timer value and measurement
WRFD- HSUPA controls for low-activity rate adjustment use the
010712 2ms TTI corresponding parameter values involved in the D2F
Push to transitions. 7.
Talk PERFENH_CS_TRIG_PS_P2D_ZERO_SWITCH:
Whether a PS BE service is limited to 0 kbit/s on the
UE State
DCH after a UE that has the PS BE service performs a
in
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-to-CELL-DCH (P2D) state
Connect
transition triggered by a CS service setup. When this
ed Mode
switch is turned off, the PS BE service is limited to 8
(CELL-
kbit/s on the DCH after the UE performs a P2D state
DCH,
transition. When this switch is turned on, the PS BE
CELL-
service is limited to 0 kbit/s on the DCH after the UE
PCH,
performs a P2D state transition. 8.
URA-
PERFENH_FACH_CONG_D2IDLE_SWITCH:
PCH,
Whether the RNC releases all resources for a UE when
CELL-
the FACH is congested. When this switch is turned on,
FACH)
the RNC releases all resources for a UE if the following
AMR/ conditions are met: The UE performs a CELL_DCH-to-
WB- CELL_FACH state transition. The FACH is congested.
AMR The UE is processing a non-real-time PS service that
Speech has a traffic volume of 0 bytes. 9.
Rates PERFENH_P2D_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH: Whether
Control a UE is allowed to access an inter-frequency co-
Dynami coverage cell using DRD or channel fallback after P2D
c state transition admission fails. When this switch is
Channel turned off, the UE remains in the CELL_PCH state after
Configu P2D state transition admission fails. 10.
ration PERFENH_PTT_IUR_D2F_SWITCH: Whether a
Control PTT user can perform a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
(DCCC) (D2F for short) state transition when Iur CCH is
disabled during a soft handover over the Iur interface.
MOCN Assume that this switch is turned on. If the DRNC cell
Mobility serves as the best cell, DSCR is triggered. If the SRNC
Manage cell serves as the best cell, D2F is triggered. When this
ment switch is turned off, the original flow keeps unchanged.

WCDMA RAN

nd
SRNS 11. PERFENH_LOW_VELO_OPT_SWITCH:

Relocati Whether the low-activity rate algorithm can be used on
on with a UE that uses DCHs in only the uplink or downlink.
Hard When this switch is turned on, the low-activity rate
Handov algorithm can be used on the UE that uses DCHs in only
er the uplink or downlink. When this switch is turned off,
Outer the low-activity rate algorithm can be used on the UE
Loop that uses DCHs in both the uplink and downlink. 12.
Power PERFENH_SRB_FAST_HRETRY_AFTER_DRD_S
Control WITCH: Whether the RNC triggers channel
reconfiguration for the SRBs to switch from the DCH
HSDPA to an HSPA channel immediately when the type of a
Introduc channel for carrying SRBs during a DRD procedure is
tion limited. When this switch is turned off, channel
Package reconfiguration is not triggered and the SRBs are carried
HSUPA on the DCH. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
Introduc triggers channel reconfiguration for the SRBs to switch
tion from the DCH to an HSPA channel immediately after
Package the DRD procedure. 13.
DRD PERFENH_PTT_H2F_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
Introduc traffic and throughput are measured during a state
tion transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F for
Package short) when PTT services are carried on HSPA
channels. When this switch is turned off, the traffic and
Inter-
throughput will not be measured during the D2F state
RAT
transition triggered by PTT services. When this switch
Handov
is turned on, the traffic and throughput will be measured
er Based
during the D2F state transition, which prevents the UE
on
from transiting to CELL_FACH if the UE has data to
Coverag
transmit. In this case, if data transmission occurs during
e
the D2F state transition, the RNC stops the D2F state
Adaptiv transition. 14.
e PERFENH_IUR_DB_TICK_OPT_SWITCH:
Configu Whether the algorithm for optimizing the method of
ration of saving the information about neighboring cells of a cell
Traffic under the DRNC during a handover over Iur is enabled
Channel so that the CPU load of the CP subsystem becomes
Power normal. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm is
offset disabled and the RNC saves the information about
for neighboring cells in the original way. When this switch
HSUPA is turned on, the algorithm is enabled. 15.
WITCH: Whether the PS BE service rate is limited to a
low level after the UE transits from CELL_PCH to
CELL_DCH (P2D for short). When this switch is turned
off, the channel for carrying the PS BE service and the
PS BE service rate are not limited after the UE transits

WCDMA RAN

nd
from CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH. When this switch is

turned on, the PE BE service is limited to 8 kbit/s or 0
kbit/s on the DCH after the UE transits from
CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH. 16.
: Whether the RNC starts a delay timer when the
algorithm for fairness-based handovers for
differentiated HSUPA TTI users is enabled. When this
switch is turned off, the delay timer does not start. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC starts the delay timer
after the algorithm for fairness-based handovers for
differentiated HSUPA TTI users us used to establish or
modify a throughput measurement. The handover from
HSUPPA 2 ms TTI users to 10 ms HSUPPA TTI users
cannot be triggered when the delay timer is running. 17.
TCH: Whether the RNC considers CE resource
congestion status of the target cell for admitting HSUPA
UEs when determining whether HSUPA services
support 2 ms TTI. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC does not consider CE resource congestion status
of the target cell when determining whether the HSUPA
services support 2 ms TTI. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC considers CE resource congestion status of
the target cell when determining whether the HSUPA
services support 2 ms TTI. If the CE resources are
congested, only HSUPA 10 ms TTI UEs are admitted.
18.
PERFENH_OLPC_SIRTAR_RESEND_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends the FP data frames that contain
the information element (IE) "Sir Target" to the NodeB
after service setup or reconfiguration succeeds and the
NodeB then adjusts inner loop power control based on
the configured target SIR value and actual target SIR
value. When this switch is turned off, the FP data frames
do not contain the IE "Sir Target". When this switch is
turned on, the RNC sends FP data frames that contain
the IE "Sir Target" to the NodeB for up to four times at
an interval of 1s. 19.
CH: Whether the RNC allows a UE to set up CS services
during a decision for state transition from CELL_FACH
to CELL_PCH or URA_PCH (F2P). When this switch
is turned off, the RNC does not allow the UE to set up
the CS service and continues performing the decision
for F2P state transition if a UE initiates a CS service
during a decision for F2P state transition. When this

WCDMA RAN

nd
switch is turned on, if a UE initiates a CS service during

a decision for F2P state transition, the RNC stops
performing the decision for F2P state transition and
allows the UE to set up the CS service. 20.
PERFENH_CS_PS_F2H_RATE_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether to limit the maximum data rate for HSDPA PS
services after a CS service setup triggers an F2D state
transition. When this switch is turned off, the maximum
data rate for HSDPA PS services is limited after a CS
service setup triggers an F2D state transition. When this
switch is turned on, the maximum data rate for HSDPA
PS services is unlimited after a CS service setup triggers
an F2D state transition. 21.
PERFENH_TTI_MC_UPDATE_OPT_SWITCH: TTI
reconfiguration optimization switch. When this switch
is turned off, the RNC updates the throughput
measurement control parameter for this algorithm after
the handover is complete and prohibits this algorithm
from triggering dynamic TTI shifts from 2 ms to 10 ms
in the following 5s. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC does not update the throughput measurement
control parameter for this algorithm if the parameter
does not change after a handover is complete. In this
case, the RNC triggers this algorithm upon receiving a
TTI measurement report. 22.
PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_WITH_CM_SWITCH:
Whether to allow periodic access retry for UEs in
compressed mode to the (directed retry decision) DRD-
capable cell when candidate cells for periodic retry
include the current cell and neighboring DRD cells.
When this switch is turned off, periodic access retry for
UEs in compressed mode to the DRD-capable cell is not
allowed. When this switch is turned on, periodic access
retry for UEs in compressed mode to the DRD-capable
cell is allowed. 23.
PERFENH_UL_CHL_CHG_OLPC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable normal outer loop power control after
D2E reconfiguration in case of PS hard handover with
E2D channel fallback. When this switch is turned off,
normal outer loop power control is disabled after D2E
channel fallback. When this switch is turned on, normal
outer loop power control is enabled after D2E
channel fallback. 24.
PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_COMB_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the combined hard handover and

WCDMA RAN

nd
SRNS relocation for CS+PS BE combined services.

When this switch is turned on and the relocation policies
for CS and PS services are different, the serving RNC
(SRNC) releases the PS services and then triggers a
combined hard handover and SRNS relocation for the
CS services. When this switch is turned off, the
combined hard handover and SRNS relocation is not
optimized. 25.
H: Whether the drift RNC (DRNC) transfers
information about the intra circle roaming (ICR) license
of the cells under the DRNC, and the operator group and
the inter-RAT cell type for neighboring GSM cells to
the SRNC over proprietary information elements (IEs).
When this switch is turned on, the DRNC transfers
information about the ICR license of the cells under the
DRNC, and the operator group and the inter-RAT cell
type for neighboring GSM cells to the SRNC over the
private IEs in the Radio Link Setup Response or Radio
Link Addition Response message. When this switch is
turned off, the DRNC does not transfer the preceding
information. 26.
PERFENH_INTERRATHO_RETRY_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC initiates inter-RAT handovers
according to the coverage-based inter-RAT periodic
measurement report after inter-RAT handovers fail.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC still processes
the coverage-based inter-RAT periodic measurement
report reported by the UE and initiates inter-RAT
handovers after inter-RAT handovers fail. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not process the
coverage-based inter-RAT periodic measurement
report reported by the UE. 27.
PERFENH_ICR_GSMNCELL_FILTER_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the RNC initiates an
inter-RAT handover towards the neighboring GSM cell
whose operator is the same as the UE's operator. This
increases the inter-RAT handover success rate. 28.
PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_SWITCH: Whether to
delay adjusting the uplink voice service rate raised by
Adaptive Multi-Rate Control (AMRC). When this
switch is turned off, adjusting the uplink voice service
rate is not delayed. When this switch is turned on,
adjusting the uplink voice service rate is delayed. Before
a UE sends the first valid voice frame, the RNC does
not adjust the AMR rate for the UE. This avoids mute
voices on some UEs. 29.

WCDMA RAN

nd
PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_UE_COMP_SWITCH:
Scope of UEs on which adjusting the uplink rate using
AMRC is delayed. When this switch is turned off, the
algorithm for delaying adjusting the uplink rate using
AMRC can be enabled on all UEs. When this switch is
turned on, the scope of UEs is set by running the "ADD
UIMEITAC" command. In this case, the CN must
support CS IMEI query. 30.
PERFENH_SMLC_D2F_ALLOW_SWITCH:
Whether to allow state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH and a location measurement control
message to be sent to the UE when the RNC receives a
RANAP Location Reporting Control message from the
CN and the DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH
switch is turned off. When this switch is turned off, state
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH is not
allowed and the RNC does not send a location
measurement control message to the UE. When the
switch is turned on, state transition from CELL_FACH
to CELL_DCH is allowed and the RNC sends a location
measurement control message to the UE after state
transition is successful. 31.
H: Whether the RNC prohibits the PS RB
reconfiguration triggered by an uplink or downlink
event 4A measurement report if the status is congested
as indicated by Combined Service Power Resource
Congest State. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
allows the PS RB reconfiguration triggered by an event
4A measurement report. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC prohibits the PS RB reconfiguration triggered
by an uplink or downlink event 4A measurement report
if the status is congested as indicated by Combined
Service Power Resource Congest State. 32.
PERFENH_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH:
Whether to parse E-UTRAN measurement capabilities
by protocols. As specified by protocols, all UTRAN
frequency bands supported by a UE have the same E-
UTRAN measurement capability. When this switch is
turned on, the E-UTRAN measurement capability
carried in the IE "UE-RadioAccessCapabBandFDD3"
applies to all UTRAN frequency bands supported by the
UE. When this switch is turned off, the E-UTRAN
measurement capability carried in the IE "UE-
RadioAccessCapabBandFDD3" applies only to the
frequency band serving the UE.

WCDMA RAN

nd
GUI Value Range:

WITCH,
,
TCH,
CH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
,
TCH,
CH,
Default Value:
ITCH:0,PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_RELOC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSUPA_PO_THROU_MEAS_OPT_S
WITCH:1,PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_AD-
JUSTOPT:
0,PERFENH_LITTLE_RATE_TIMER_AMEND:
1,PERFENH_CS_TRIG_PS_P2D_ZERO_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FACH_CONG_D2IDLE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_P2D_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_PTT_IUR_D2F_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_LOW_VELO_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_SRB_FAST_HRETRY_AFTER_DRD_
SWITCH:0,PERFENH_PTT_H2F_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_IUR_DB_TICK_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_P2D_LIMIT_ON_DCH_LOWRATE_S

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_DELAY_SWITC
H:
1,PERFENH_BASE_ADM_CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_OLPC_SIRTAR_RESEND_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_F2P_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_CS_PS_F2H_RATE_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_TTI_MC_UPDATE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_WITH_CM_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_UL_CHL_CHG_OLPC_OPT_SWITCH
:1,PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_COMB_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_GSMOPGRP_TRANSTOSRNC_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_INTERRATHO_RETRY_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_ICR_GSMNCELL_FILTER_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_UE_COMP_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_SMLC_D2F_ALLOW_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CSPS_NO_RATEUP_IN_CONJ_SWIT
CH:0,PERFENH_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
SrbChlT BSC690 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: Whether the configured type of channel that
ypeRrcE 0 UFRCC 010510 3.6/27.2 preferably carries the signaling RB is effective in the
ffectFla HLTYP WRFD- Kbps case of RRC connection establishment.
g EPARA 0106111 RRC GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
2 Connect
ion and Unit: None
WRFD- Radio Actual Value Range: TRUE, FALSE
150232 Access Default Value: False
WRFD- Bearer
010652 Establis
hment
and
Release
HSDPA
DRD
Multiba
nd
Direct
Retry
Based
on UE
Location
SRB
over
HSDPA

WCDMA RAN

nd
SrbChlT BSC691 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: Whether the configured type of channel that
ypeRrcE 0 UFRCC 010510 3.6/27.2 preferably carries the signaling RB is effective in the
ffectFla HLTYP WRFD- Kbps case of RRC connection establishment.
g EPARA 0106111 RRC GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
2 Connect
ion and Unit: None
WRFD- Radio Actual Value Range: TRUE, FALSE
150232 Access Default Value: False
WRFD- Bearer
010652 Establis
hment
and
Release
HSDPA
DRD
Multiba
nd
Direct
Retry
Based
on UE
Location
SRB
over
HSDPA

WCDMA RAN

nd
SrbChlT BSC690 SET WRFD- HSPA+ Meaning: Type of channel that preferably carries the
ype 0 UFRCC 010698 Uplink signaling RB. - DCH: Both uplink and downlink are
HLTYP WRFD- 11.5Mbi preferably carried on DCH. - HSDPA: Uplink is
EPARA 010510 t/s per preferably carried on DCH, and downlink is preferably
User carried on HS-DSCH. - HSUPA: Uplink is preferably
WRFD- carried on E-DCH, and downlink is preferably carried
010612 3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2 on DCH. - HSPA: Uplink is preferably carried on E-
WRFD- Kbps DCH, and downlink is preferably carried on HS-DSCH.
010652 RRC GUI Value Range: DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH),
Connect HSDPA(UL_DCH,DL_HSDSCH), HSUPA
ion and (UL_EDCH,DL_DCH), HSPA
Radio (UL_EDCH,DL_HSDSCH)
Access Unit: None
Bearer
Establis Actual Value Range: DCH, HSDPA, HSUPA, HSPA
hment Default Value: DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH)
and
Release
HSUPA
Introduc
tion
Package
SRB
over
HSDPA

WCDMA RAN

nd
SrbChlT BSC691 SET WRFD- HSPA+ Meaning: Type of channel that preferably carries the
ype 0 UFRCC 010698 Uplink signaling RB. - DCH: Both uplink and downlink are
HLTYP WRFD- 11.5Mbi preferably carried on DCH. - HSDPA: Uplink is
EPARA 010510 t/s per preferably carried on DCH, and downlink is preferably
User carried on HS-DSCH. - HSUPA: Uplink is preferably
WRFD- carried on E-DCH, and downlink is preferably carried
010612 3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2 on DCH. - HSPA: Uplink is preferably carried on E-
WRFD- Kbps DCH, and downlink is preferably carried on HS-DSCH.
010652 RRC GUI Value Range: DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH),
Connect HSDPA(UL_DCH,DL_HSDSCH), HSUPA
ion and (UL_EDCH,DL_DCH), HSPA
Radio (UL_EDCH,DL_HSDSCH)
Access Unit: None
Bearer
Establis Actual Value Range: DCH, HSDPA, HSUPA, HSPA
hment Default Value: DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH)
and
Release
HSUPA
Introduc
tion
Package
SRB
over
HSDPA
UlSRBT BSC690 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: E-DCH data transfer mode of SRBs. It is valid
ransMod 0 UFRC 010636 over only when SRBs are mapped onto the E-DCH.
eOnHsu HSUPA GUI Value Range: SCHEDULED, NON-
pa SCHEDULED
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SCHEDULED, NON-
SCHEDULED
Default Value: SCHEDULED
UlSRBT BSC691 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: E-DCH data transfer mode of SRBs. It is valid
ransMod 0 UFRC 010636 over only when SRBs are mapped onto the E-DCH.
eOnHsu HSUPA GUI Value Range: SCHEDULED, NON-
pa SCHEDULED
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SCHEDULED, NON-
SCHEDULED
Default Value: SCHEDULED

WCDMA RAN

nd
MapSwi BSC690 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Service mapping strategy switch group. 1.
tch 0 UCORR 0106140 2ms TTI MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH: When the switch
MALG 3 HSPA+ is on, 2 ms TTI is supported for HSUPA. 2.
OSWIT WRFD- Uplink MAP_INTER_RAT_PS_IN_CHANLE_LIMIT_SWI
CH 010698 11.5Mbi TCH: Whether to consistently allocate DCHs to
t/s per services diverted to the current network through
WRFD- incoming inter-RAT handovers. When this switch is
010510 User
turned on, the RNC consistently allocates DCHs to such
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 services. When this switch is turned off, the RNC selects
151209 3.6/27.2 appropriate channels to such services. 3.
Kbps MAP_PS_BE_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- RRC
010688 switch is on, the PS BE services can be carried on the
Connect E-FACH(E-FACH for downlink and RACH for uplink,
WRFD- ion and or E-FACH for downlink and E-RACH for uplink). 4.
010652 Radio MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH: When
WRFD- Access the switch is on, the PS streaming services can be
010507 Bearer transmitted on the E-FACH(E-FACH for downlink and
Establis RACH for uplink, or E-FACH for downlink and E-
WRFD-
hment RACH for uplink). 5.
0106600
and MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH: When
2
Release the switch is on, a PS streaming service is mapped on
WRFD-
Macro- the HS-DSCH if the DL maximum rate of the service is
010636
Micro greater than or equal to the HSDPA threshold for
WRFD- DC- streaming services. 6.
0106090 HSDPA MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH: When
2 the switch is on, a PS streaming service is mapped on
Downlin
WRFD- k the E-DCH if the UL maximum rate of the service is
010632 Enhance greater than or equal to the HSUPA threshold for
WRFD- d streaming services. 7.
010630 CELL_F MAP_SRB_6800_WHEN_RAB_ON_HSDSCH_SWI
ACH TCH: When the switch is on, the signaling is transmitted
at a rate of 6.8 kbit/s if all the downlink traffic is on the
SRB
HSDPA channel. 8.
over
MAP_SRB_ON_DCH_OR_FACH_CS_RRC_SWIT
HSDPA
CH: When this switch is turned on, the SRB of a CS
Rate RRC connection cannot be established on HSPA
Negotiat channels. The RNC determines whether an RRC
ion at connection request is for a CS service based on the RRC
Admissi connection setup cause and the value of Domain
on Indicator. For a UE of a version earlier than Release 6,
Control the RRC connection setup cause of CS services is
MBMS Originating Conversational Call or Terminating
P2P over Conversational Call. For a UE of Release 6 or a later
HSDPA version, the value of Domain Indicator must be CS and
the RRC connection setup cause must be Originating
Conversational Call or Terminating Conversational
Call for a CS service. 9.

WCDMA RAN

nd
SRB MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH: Whether

over CS and PS combined services can use HSUPA 2ms
HSUPA transmission time interval (TTI). When this switch is
Combin turned on, CS and PS combined services cannot use
ation of HSUPA 2ms TTI, which reduces CS call drops caused
One CS by TTI switching. When this switch is turned off, CS
Service and PS combined services can use HSUPA 2ms TTI.
and One 10. MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
PS Whether uplink PS services of CS and PS combined
Service services are carried on DCHs. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC determines the channel for carrying
Streami uplink services of CS and PS combined services. When
ng this switch is turned on and CS and PS combined
Traffic services existing, the uplink PS services must be carried
Class on on DCHs. 11.
HSUPA MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH: Whether
Streami downlink PS services of CS and PS combined services
ng are carried on DCHs. When this switch is turned off, the
Traffic RNC determines the channel carrying the downlink PS
Class on services of the CS and PS combined services. When this
HSDPA switch is turned on and CS and PS combined services
existing, the downlink PS services must be carried on
DCHs. 12. MAP_CSPS_MC_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether to allow UEs to perform CS+PS combined
services using MC HSPA.When this switch is turned on,
UEs are not allowed to perform CS+PS combined
services using MC HSPA (MC stands for multi-carrier.)
This prevents call drops that are caused by frequent
reconfigurations in areas bordered by MC and non-MC
cells.When this switch is turned off, UEs are allowed to
perform CS+PS combined services using MC HSPA.
13. MAP_CSPS_RL_RESET_0K_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether to allocate a 0 kbit/s DCH to the PS service of
CS+PS combined services during link reestablishment
When this switch is turned on, a 0 kbit/s DCH is
allocated to the PS service of CS+PS combined services
during link reestablishment and the data rate of the CS
service remains unchanged. This prevents call drops in
case of poor coverage.
GUI Value Range:
MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH,
MAP_INTER_RAT_PS_IN_CHANLE_LIMIT_SWI
TCH, MAP_PS_BE_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH,
MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH,
MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH,
MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
MAP_SRB_6800_WHEN_RAB_ON_HSDSCH_SWI
TCH,
CH, MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH,
MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH,
MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH,
MAP_CSPS_MC_LIMIT_SWITCH,
MAP_CSPS_RL_RESET_0K_LIMIT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,
Default Value: MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH:
0,MAP_INTER_RAT_PS_IN_CHANLE_LIMIT_SW
ITCH:0,MAP_PS_BE_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH:
0,MAP_SRB_6800_WHEN_RAB_ON_HSDSCH_S
WITCH:
0,MAP_SRB_ON_DCH_OR_FACH_CS_RRC_SWI
TCH:1,MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
1,MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
0,MAP_CSPS_MC_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,MAP_CSPS_RL_RESET_0K_LIMIT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
MapSwi BSC691 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Service mapping strategy switch group. 1.
tch 0 UCORR 0106140 2ms TTI MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH: When the switch
MALG 3 HSPA+ is on, 2 ms TTI is supported for HSUPA. 2.
OSWIT WRFD- Uplink MAP_INTER_RAT_PS_IN_CHANLE_LIMIT_SWI
CH 010698 11.5Mbi TCH: Whether to consistently allocate DCHs to
t/s per services diverted to the current network through
WRFD- incoming inter-RAT handovers. When this switch is
010510 User
turned on, the RNC consistently allocates DCHs to such
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 services. When this switch is turned off, the RNC selects
151209 3.6/27.2 appropriate channels to such services. 3.
Kbps MAP_PS_BE_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- RRC
010688 switch is on, the PS BE services can be carried on the
Connect E-FACH(E-FACH for downlink and RACH for uplink,
WRFD- ion and or E-FACH for downlink and E-RACH for uplink). 4.
010652 Radio MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH: When
WRFD- Access the switch is on, the PS streaming services can be
010507 Bearer transmitted on the E-FACH(E-FACH for downlink and
Establis RACH for uplink, or E-FACH for downlink and E-
WRFD-
hment RACH for uplink). 5.
0106600
and MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH: When
2
Release the switch is on, a PS streaming service is mapped on
WRFD-
Macro- the HS-DSCH if the DL maximum rate of the service is
010636
Micro greater than or equal to the HSDPA threshold for
WRFD- DC- streaming services. 6.
0106090 HSDPA MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH: When
2 the switch is on, a PS streaming service is mapped on
Downlin
WRFD- k the E-DCH if the UL maximum rate of the service is
010632 Enhance greater than or equal to the HSUPA threshold for
WRFD- d streaming services. 7.
010630 CELL_F MAP_SRB_6800_WHEN_RAB_ON_HSDSCH_SWI
ACH TCH: When the switch is on, the signaling is transmitted
at a rate of 6.8 kbit/s if all the downlink traffic is on the
SRB
HSDPA channel. 8.
over
HSDPA
CH: When this switch is turned on, the SRB of a CS
Rate RRC connection cannot be established on HSPA
Negotiat channels. The RNC determines whether an RRC
ion at connection request is for a CS service based on the RRC
Admissi connection setup cause and the value of Domain
on Indicator. For a UE of a version earlier than Release 6,
Control the RRC connection setup cause of CS services is
MBMS Originating Conversational Call or Terminating
P2P over Conversational Call. For a UE of Release 6 or a later
HSDPA version, the value of Domain Indicator must be CS and
the RRC connection setup cause must be Originating
Conversational Call or Terminating Conversational
Call for a CS service. 9.

WCDMA RAN

nd
SRB MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH: Whether

over CS and PS combined services can use HSUPA 2ms
HSUPA transmission time interval (TTI). When this switch is
Combin turned on, CS and PS combined services cannot use
ation of HSUPA 2ms TTI, which reduces CS call drops caused
One CS by TTI switching. When this switch is turned off, CS
Service and PS combined services can use HSUPA 2ms TTI.
and One 10. MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
PS Whether uplink PS services of CS and PS combined
Service services are carried on DCHs. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC determines the channel for carrying
Streami uplink services of CS and PS combined services. When
ng this switch is turned on and CS and PS combined
Traffic services existing, the uplink PS services must be carried
Class on on DCHs. 11.
HSUPA MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH: Whether
Streami downlink PS services of CS and PS combined services
ng are carried on DCHs. When this switch is turned off, the
Traffic RNC determines the channel carrying the downlink PS
Class on services of the CS and PS combined services. When this
HSDPA switch is turned on and CS and PS combined services
existing, the downlink PS services must be carried on
DCHs. 12. MAP_CSPS_MC_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether to allow UEs to perform CS+PS combined
services using MC HSPA.When this switch is turned on,
UEs are not allowed to perform CS+PS combined
services using MC HSPA (MC stands for multi-carrier.)
This prevents call drops that are caused by frequent
reconfigurations in areas bordered by MC and non-MC
cells.When this switch is turned off, UEs are allowed to
perform CS+PS combined services using MC HSPA.
13. MAP_CSPS_RL_RESET_0K_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether to allocate a 0 kbit/s DCH to the PS service of
CS+PS combined services during link reestablishment
When this switch is turned on, a 0 kbit/s DCH is
allocated to the PS service of CS+PS combined services
during link reestablishment and the data rate of the CS
service remains unchanged. This prevents call drops in
case of poor coverage.
GUI Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,
Default Value: MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH:
0,MAP_INTER_RAT_PS_IN_CHANLE_LIMIT_SW
ITCH:0,MAP_PS_BE_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH:
0,MAP_SRB_6800_WHEN_RAB_ON_HSDSCH_S
WITCH:
0,MAP_SRB_ON_DCH_OR_FACH_CS_RRC_SWI
TCH:1,MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
1,MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
0,MAP_CSPS_MC_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,MAP_CSPS_RL_RESET_0K_LIMIT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
StreamH BSC690 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Rate threshold of 2ms TTI on the E-DCH for
supa2ms 0 UFRC 0106140 2ms TTI the PS streaming service. The 2ms TTI is used on the
TtiRate 3 TTI E-DCH when it is supported by the cell and UE and
Ths WRFD- Switch when the max rate of the HSUPA PS streaming service
010690 for BE exceeds this threshold. Otherwise, 10ms TTI is used.
WRFD- Services GUI Value Range: D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144,
010632 Based D256, D384, D608
on Unit: kbit/s
Coverag
e Actual Value Range: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384,
608
Streami
ng Default Value: D384
Traffic
Class on
HSUPA
StreamH BSC691 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Rate threshold of 2ms TTI on the E-DCH for
supa2ms 0 UFRC 0106140 2ms TTI the PS streaming service. The 2ms TTI is used on the
TtiRate 3 TTI E-DCH when it is supported by the cell and UE and
Ths WRFD- Switch when the max rate of the HSUPA PS streaming service
010690 for BE exceeds this threshold. Otherwise, 10ms TTI is used.
WRFD- Services GUI Value Range: D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144,
010632 Based D256, D384, D608
on Unit: kbit/s
Coverag
e Actual Value Range: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384,
608
Streami
ng Default Value: D384
Traffic
Class on
HSUPA

WCDMA RAN

nd
BeHsup BSC690 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: This parameter specifies the rate threshold of
a2msTti 0 UFRC 0106140 2ms TTI 2ms TTI on the E-DCH for HSUPA BE service. When
RateThs 3 CE the cell capability and UE capability allows 2ms TTI,
WRFD- Overboo 2ms TTI on the E-DCH is used if the PS BE service
140212 king carried on HSUPA with uplink rate isn't less than this
threshold. Otherwise, 10ms TTI is used.
WRFD- Interacti
0106120 ve and GUI Value Range: D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144,
6 Backgro D256, D384, D608, D1280, D2048, D2720
WRFD- und Unit: kbit/s

140204 Traffic Actual Value Range: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384,
Class on 608, 1280, 2048, 2720
HSUPA
Default Value: D1280
DC-
HSUPA
BeHsup BSC691 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: This parameter specifies the rate threshold of
a2msTti 0 UFRC 0106140 2ms TTI 2ms TTI on the E-DCH for HSUPA BE service. When
RateThs 3 CE the cell capability and UE capability allows 2ms TTI,
WRFD- Overboo 2ms TTI on the E-DCH is used if the PS BE service
140212 king carried on HSUPA with uplink rate isn't less than this
threshold. Otherwise, 10ms TTI is used.
WRFD- Interacti
0106120 ve and GUI Value Range: D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144,
6 Backgro D256, D384, D608, D1280, D2048, D2720
WRFD- und Unit: kbit/s

140204 Traffic Actual Value Range: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384,
Class on 608, 1280, 2048, 2720
HSUPA
Default Value: D1280
DC-
HSUPA
IurHsup BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Indicating whether to enable HSUPA on the
aSuppIn 0 UNRNC 010635 over Iur Iur interface. When this parameter is set to OFF, an
d MOD HSUPA UE's uplink channel is changed from an EDCH
UNRNC to a DCH if the UE initiates a serving cell change
process to the DRNC. If the UE attempts to add a cell
under the DRNC to the active set, new radio links can
be set up only over DCHs. When this parameter is set
to ON, the Iur interface supports HSUPA.
GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd
IurHsup BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Indicating whether to enable HSUPA on the
aSuppIn 0 UNRNC 010635 over Iur Iur interface. When this parameter is set to OFF, an
d MOD HSUPA UE's uplink channel is changed from an EDCH
UNRNC to a DCH if the UE initiates a serving cell change
process to the DRNC. If the UE attempts to add a cell
under the DRNC to the active set, new radio links can
be set up only over DCHs. When this parameter is set
to ON, the Iur interface supports HSUPA.
GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
MaxTar BSC690 ADD WRFD- Adaptiv Meaning: The parameter sets the target value of the
getUlLo 0 UCELL 140222 e uplink load. HSUPA power control on the NodeB side
adFactor HSUPA WRFD- Adjustm keeps uplink load close to the target value. For details
MOD 140211 ent of about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.433.
UCELL HSUPA GUI Value Range: 0~100
WRFD- Small
HSUPA 0106120 Unit: %
Target
3 Retrans Actual Value Range: 0~100
missions Default Value: 75
Dynami
c Target
RoT
Adjustm
ent
HSUPA
Power
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
MaxTar BSC691 ADD WRFD- Adaptiv Meaning: The parameter sets the target value of the
getUlLo 0 UCELL 140222 e uplink load. HSUPA power control on the NodeB side
adFactor HSUPA WRFD- Adjustm keeps uplink load close to the target value. For details
MOD 140211 ent of about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.433.
UCELL HSUPA GUI Value Range: 0~100
WRFD- Small
HSUPA 0106120 Unit: %
Target
3 Retrans Actual Value Range: 0~100
missions Default Value: 75
Dynami
c Target
RoT
Adjustm
ent
HSUPA
Power
Control
Backgro BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: If [Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update
undNois 0 UCELL 020102 Measure Switch] is set to OFF, it is used to set background noise
e CAC WRFD- ment of the cell. If [Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update
MOD 020101 Admissi Switch] is set to ON, new background noise is restricted
UCELL on by this parameter and "BgnAbnormalThd". For details
CAC Control about this parameter, see the 3GPP TS 25.133.
GUI Value Range: 0~621
Unit: 0.1dBm
Actual Value Range: -112~-50
Default Value: 61
Backgro BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: If [Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update
undNois 0 UCELL 020102 Measure Switch] is set to OFF, it is used to set background noise
e CAC WRFD- ment of the cell. If [Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update
MOD 020101 Admissi Switch] is set to ON, new background noise is restricted
UCELL on by this parameter and "BgnAbnormalThd". For details
CAC Control about this parameter, see the 3GPP TS 25.133.
Unit: 0.1dBm
Actual Value Range: -112~-50
Default Value: 61

WCDMA RAN

nd
MAXD BTS390 SET WRFD- Dual- Meaning: Indicates the max target RoT difference
ELTAO 0, ULOCE 020137 Threshol before and after IC.
FTARG BTS390 LLMAC d GUI Value Range: 0~6
ETROT 0 EPARA Scheduli
WCDM ng with Unit: 0.5dB
LST
A ULOCE HSUPA Actual Value Range: 0~3, step:0.5
LLMAC Default Value: 0
EPARA
OWNC BTS390 SET WRFD- Anti- Meaning: Indicates the uplink load of the local cell
ELLUL 0, ULOCE 020136 Interfere required when the anti-interference scheduling
LOADR BTS390 LLMAC nce algorithm is enabled. Increasing the parameter value
ATIO 0 EPARA Scheduli helps increase cell throughput rate in strong interference
WCDM LST ng for scenarios.
A ULOCE HSUPA GUI Value Range: 0~100
LLMAC Unit: %
EPARA
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 60
LOADT BTS390 SET WRFD- Anti- Meaning: Indicates the uplink load threshold for
HRESH 0, ULOCE 020136 Interfere ensuring minimum cell coverage. That is, if a site has
4MINU BTS390 LLMAC nce strong interference, the uplink load cannot exceed the
LCOV 0 EPARA Scheduli threshold to ensure minimum cell coverage.
WCDM LST ng for GUI Value Range: 0~40
A ULOCE HSUPA
Unit: dB
LLMAC
EPARA Actual Value Range: 0~40
Default Value: 13
OUTER BTS390 SET WRFD- Anti- Meaning: Indicates the ratio of the cell load resources
SYSINT 0, ULOCE 020136 Interfere that needs to be guaranteed. If this parameter is set to
ERSCH BTS390 LLMAC nce ON, this function takes effect, which improves the
SW 0 EPARA Scheduli throughput of the cell if strong external interference
WCDM LST ng for exists. At the same time, however, the cell coverage
A ULOCE HSUPA shrinks.
LLMAC GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)
EPARA Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ON, OFF
Default Value: OFF(OFF)

WCDMA RAN

nd
NBMCa BSC690 ADD WRFD- 128 Meaning: Whether to enable the algorithms related to
cAlgoS 0 UCELL 010654 HSDPA cell service admission. Selecting a switch enables the
witch ALGOS WRFD- Users corresponding algorithm and clearing a switch disables
WITCH 021102 per Cell the corresponding algorithm. 1. CRD_ADCTRL:
MOD Cell Whether to enable the credit admission control
WRFD- algorithm. The credit admission control algorithm is
UCELL 021104 Barring
ALGOS valid only when this switch is turned on and the
WRFD- Emerge NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH check box under
WITCH ncy Call
010653 the "CAC algorithm switch" parameter in the "SET
WRFD- 96 UCACALGOSWITCH" command is selected. 2.
020102 HSDPA HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable air-
Users interface load admission control algorithm for HSDPA
WRFD-
per Cell UEs who process uplink services over the DCHs and
140223
downlink services over the HSDPA channels. This
Load
WRFD- switch does not take effect for UEs who process uplink
Measure
020101 services over the HSUPA channels and downlink
ment
WRFD- services over the HSDPA channels. 3.
020122 MOCN HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable air-
Cell interface load admission control algorithm for HSUPA
WRFD- Resourc UEs who process uplink services over the HSUPA
010202 e channels and downlink services over the DCHs. This
WRFD- Demarc switch does not take effect for UEs who process uplink
020117 ation services over the HSUPA channels and downlink
WRFD- Admissi services over the HSDPA channels. 4.
020136 on MBMS_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable air-
WRFD- Control interface load admission control algorithm for
0106121 Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (MBMS) UEs.
Multi-
1 5. HSDPA_GBP_MEAS: Whether to enable GBP
Carrier
measurement for HSDPA UEs. The NodeB reports the
Switch
GBP of HSDPA UEs to the RNC only after the
off
measurement is enabled. 6. HSDPA_PBR_MEAS:
Based
Whether to enable provided bit rate (PBR) measurement
on QoS
for HSDPA UEs. The NodeB reports the PBR of
UE State HSDPA UEs to the RNC only after the measurement is
in enabled. 7. SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST:
Connect Whether to update system information after the Iu
ed Mode interface resets. The cell barring function in the event
(CELL- of Iu interface faults can be enabled only when this
DCH, switch is turned on and the
CELL- SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST (RNC-level
PCH, switch) check box under the "Process switch" parameter
URA- in the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is
PCH, selected. 8. HSUPA_PBR_MEAS: Whether to enable
CELL- PBR measurement for HSUPA UEs. The NodeB reports
FACH) the PBR of HSUPA UEs to the RNC only after the
Multi- measurement is enabled. 9.
Carrier HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS: Whether to enable

WCDMA RAN

nd
Switch the periodic measurement of total receive power

off generated by scheduling services on E-DCHs. 10.
Based EMC_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable power
on admission control for UEs initiating emergency calls.
Traffic 11. Received total wideband power_RESIST_DIS-
Load TURB: Whether to enable anti-inference processing
Anti- when Received Total Wideband Power (RTWP) is
Interfere abnormal. 12. SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH:
nce Whether to enable uplink power-based soft handover
Scheduli control for UEs who have established RRC connections
ng for but process no services. If this switch is turned on, such
HSUPA UEs cannot access target cells by using soft handovers
if the target cells are in the OLC state in the uplink. 13.
20 FACH_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable admission
HSUPA control for UEs that establish services on FACHs. If this
Users switch is turned on and a UE initiates an RAB or RRC
per Cell connection setup request (with a cause value other than
Detach, Registration, or Emergency Call) in an
overloaded cell, the setup request is rejected. If the cell
is not overloaded, the FACH user admission procedure
is initiated and the UE can access the cell after the
procedure succeeds. If this switch is turned off, the
FACH user admission procedure is initiated regardless
of whether the cell is overloaded and the UE can access
the cell after the procedure succeeds. 14.
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL: Whether
to enable admission control for common HSDPA UEs
in MIMO cells. 15. FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL:
Whether to enable admission control for fast dormancy-
capable UEs. This switch is used to alleviate FACH
congestion by disabling state migration for fast
dormancy-capable UEs in the CELL-DCH state. If this
switch is turned off for many cells under the RNC,
signaling storms occur and CPU usage on the RNC,
NodeB, and SGSN increases significantly, affecting
service access. The function corresponding to this
switch has been deleted in R13, and this switch is
invalid. 16. FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL:
Whether to restrict the number of admitted UEs that use
FACHs to transmit service data.
GUI Value Range: CRD_ADCTRL(Credit Admission
Control Algorithm), HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSDPA
UU Load Admission Control Algorithm),
HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSUPA UU Load Admission
Control Algorithm), MBMS_UU_ADCTRL(MBMS

WCDMA RAN

nd
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS(HSDPA GBP Meas

Algorithm), HSDPA_PBR_MEAS(HSDPA PBR Meas
Algorithm), SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST
(System Info Update Switch for Iu Reset),
HSUPA_PBR_MEAS(HSUPA PBR Meas Algorithm),
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS(HSUPA EDCH
RSEPS Meas Algorithm), EMC_UU_ADCTRL
(emergency call power admission),
RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB(RTWP Resist Disturb
Switch), SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH
(Signaling Sho Ul power cac switch),
FACH_UU_ADCTRL(FACH power cac switch),
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL(Legacy
HSDPA Admission Control Algorithm in MIMO Cell ),
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL(Fast Dormancy User
Admission Control Algorithm),
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL(FACH USER
UNLIMITED)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CRD_ADCTRL,
HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL, HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL,
MBMS_UU_ADCTRL, HSDPA_GBP_MEAS,
HSDPA_PBR_MEAS,
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST,
HSUPA_PBR_MEAS,
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS,
EMC_UU_ADCTRL, RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB,
SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH,
FACH_UU_ADCTRL,
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL,
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL,
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL
Default Value: CRD_ADCTRL:
1,HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL:0,HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL:
0,MBMS_UU_ADCTRL:0,HSDPA_GBP_MEAS:
0,HSDPA_PBR_MEAS:
0,SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST:
0,HSUPA_PBR_MEAS:
0,HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS:
0,EMC_UU_ADCTRL:1,RTWP_RESIST_DIS-
TURB:0,SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH:
0,FACH_UU_ADCTRL:
0,MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL:
0,FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL:
1,FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
NBMCa BSC691 ADD WRFD- 128 Meaning: Whether to enable the algorithms related to
cAlgoS 0 UCELL 010654 HSDPA cell service admission. Selecting a switch enables the
witch ALGOS WRFD- Users corresponding algorithm and clearing a switch disables
WITCH 021102 per Cell the corresponding algorithm. 1. CRD_ADCTRL:
MOD Cell Whether to enable the credit admission control
WRFD- algorithm. The credit admission control algorithm is
UCELL 021104 Barring
ALGOS valid only when this switch is turned on and the
WRFD- Emerge NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH check box under
WITCH ncy Call
010653 the "CAC algorithm switch" parameter in the "SET
WRFD- 96 UCACALGOSWITCH" command is selected. 2.
020102 HSDPA HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable air-
Users interface load admission control algorithm for HSDPA
WRFD-
per Cell UEs who process uplink services over the DCHs and
140223
downlink services over the HSDPA channels. This
Load
WRFD- switch does not take effect for UEs who process uplink
Measure
020101 services over the HSUPA channels and downlink
ment
WRFD- services over the HSDPA channels. 3.
020122 MOCN HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable air-
Cell interface load admission control algorithm for HSUPA
WRFD- Resourc UEs who process uplink services over the HSUPA
010202 e channels and downlink services over the DCHs. This
WRFD- Demarc switch does not take effect for UEs who process uplink
020117 ation services over the HSUPA channels and downlink
WRFD- Admissi services over the HSDPA channels. 4.
020136 on MBMS_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable air-
WRFD- Control interface load admission control algorithm for
0106121 Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (MBMS) UEs.
Multi-
1 5. HSDPA_GBP_MEAS: Whether to enable GBP
Carrier
measurement for HSDPA UEs. The NodeB reports the
Switch
GBP of HSDPA UEs to the RNC only after the
off
measurement is enabled. 6. HSDPA_PBR_MEAS:
Based
Whether to enable provided bit rate (PBR) measurement
on QoS
for HSDPA UEs. The NodeB reports the PBR of
UE State HSDPA UEs to the RNC only after the measurement is
in enabled. 7. SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST:
Connect Whether to update system information after the Iu
ed Mode interface resets. The cell barring function in the event
(CELL- of Iu interface faults can be enabled only when this
DCH, switch is turned on and the
CELL- SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST (RNC-level
PCH, switch) check box under the "Process switch" parameter
URA- in the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is
PCH, selected. 8. HSUPA_PBR_MEAS: Whether to enable
CELL- PBR measurement for HSUPA UEs. The NodeB reports
FACH) the PBR of HSUPA UEs to the RNC only after the
Multi- measurement is enabled. 9.
Carrier HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS: Whether to enable

WCDMA RAN

nd
Switch the periodic measurement of total receive power

off generated by scheduling services on E-DCHs. 10.
Based EMC_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable power
on admission control for UEs initiating emergency calls.
Traffic 11. Received total wideband power_RESIST_DIS-
Load TURB: Whether to enable anti-inference processing
Anti- when Received Total Wideband Power (RTWP) is
Interfere abnormal. 12. SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH:
nce Whether to enable uplink power-based soft handover
Scheduli control for UEs who have established RRC connections
ng for but process no services. If this switch is turned on, such
HSUPA UEs cannot access target cells by using soft handovers
if the target cells are in the OLC state in the uplink. 13.
20 FACH_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable admission
HSUPA control for UEs that establish services on FACHs. If this
Users switch is turned on and a UE initiates an RAB or RRC
per Cell connection setup request (with a cause value other than
Detach, Registration, or Emergency Call) in an
overloaded cell, the setup request is rejected. If the cell
is not overloaded, the FACH user admission procedure
is initiated and the UE can access the cell after the
procedure succeeds. If this switch is turned off, the
FACH user admission procedure is initiated regardless
of whether the cell is overloaded and the UE can access
the cell after the procedure succeeds. 14.
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL: Whether
to enable admission control for common HSDPA UEs
in MIMO cells. 15. FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL:
Whether to enable admission control for fast dormancy-
capable UEs. This switch is used to alleviate FACH
congestion by disabling state migration for fast
dormancy-capable UEs in the CELL-DCH state. If this
switch is turned off for many cells under the RNC,
signaling storms occur and CPU usage on the RNC,
NodeB, and SGSN increases significantly, affecting
service access. The function corresponding to this
switch has been deleted in R13, and this switch is
invalid. 16. FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL:
Whether to restrict the number of admitted UEs that use
FACHs to transmit service data.
GUI Value Range: CRD_ADCTRL(Credit Admission
Control Algorithm), HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSDPA
HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSUPA UU Load Admission
Control Algorithm), MBMS_UU_ADCTRL(MBMS

WCDMA RAN

nd
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS(HSDPA GBP Meas

Algorithm), HSDPA_PBR_MEAS(HSDPA PBR Meas
Algorithm), SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST
(System Info Update Switch for Iu Reset),
HSUPA_PBR_MEAS(HSUPA PBR Meas Algorithm),
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS(HSUPA EDCH
RSEPS Meas Algorithm), EMC_UU_ADCTRL
(emergency call power admission),
RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB(RTWP Resist Disturb
Switch), SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH
(Signaling Sho Ul power cac switch),
FACH_UU_ADCTRL(FACH power cac switch),
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL(Legacy
HSDPA Admission Control Algorithm in MIMO Cell ),
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL(Fast Dormancy User
Admission Control Algorithm),
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL(FACH USER
UNLIMITED)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CRD_ADCTRL,
HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL, HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL,
MBMS_UU_ADCTRL, HSDPA_GBP_MEAS,
HSDPA_PBR_MEAS,
HSUPA_PBR_MEAS,
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS,
EMC_UU_ADCTRL, RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB,
SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH,
FACH_UU_ADCTRL,
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL,
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL,
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL
Default Value: CRD_ADCTRL:
1,HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL:0,HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL:
0,MBMS_UU_ADCTRL:0,HSDPA_GBP_MEAS:
0,HSDPA_PBR_MEAS:
0,HSUPA_PBR_MEAS:
0,HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS:
0,EMC_UU_ADCTRL:1,RTWP_RESIST_DIS-
TURB:0,SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH:
0,FACH_UU_ADCTRL:
0,MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL:
0,FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL:
1,FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
NBMLd BSC691 ADD WRFD- Campin Meaning: Whether to enable the algorithms related to
cAlgoS 0 UCELL 151203 g cell load control. Selecting a switch enables the
witch ALGOS WRFD- Strategy corresponding algorithm and clearing a switch disables
WITCH 020106 Switch the corresponding algorithm. 1.
MOD for Mass INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB: Whether to enable the
WRFD- Event cell breathing algorithm. This algorithm adjusts P-
UCELL
150231 CPICH transmit power of a cell based on the downlink
ALGOS Load
WITCH WRFD- Reshuffl TCP load to achieve load balancing between intra-
150219 ing frequency cells. This algorithm automatically becomes
invalid when the load-based dynamic P-CPICH
WRFD- RIM transmit power adjustment algorithm (controlled by the
150216 Based DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH
WRFD- UMTS switch) takes effect. 2. PUC: Whether to enable the
150217 Target Potential User Control (PUC) algorithm. This algorithm
Cell adjusts cell selection and reselection parameters based
WRFD-
Selectio on the cell load to enable UEs to reselect lightly loaded
150215
n for cells. 3. UL_UU_OLC: Whether to enable the uplink
WRFD- LTE overload control (OLC) algorithm. When the uplink
0106100 power is overloaded in a cell, this algorithm alleviates
Coverag
3 the uplink load by using quick transport format (TF)
e Based
WRFD- PS restriction, distributing best effort (BE) service to
020102 Redirect common channels, or releasing UEs. 4. DL_UU_OLC:
ion from Whether to enable the downlink OLC algorithm. When
WRFD-
UMTS the downlink power is overloaded in a cell, this
140223
to LTE algorithm alleviates the downlink load by using quick
WRFD- TF restriction, distributing BE services to common
150236 Load
channels, releasing UEs, or reconfiguring the maximum
Based
WRFD- transmit power of FACHs. 5. UL_UU_LDR: Whether
PS
020101 to enable the uplink load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm.
Redirect
When the uplink load is heavy in a cell, this algorithm
WRFD- ion from
alleviates the uplink load by using load-based inter-
140226 UMTS
frequency handovers, BE service rate reduction,
to LTE
WRFD- uncontrollable real-time service QoS renegotiation,
020107 Load load-based CS/PS inter-RAT handovers, and AMR
Based service rate reduction. 6. DL_UU_LDR: Whether to
WRFD-
PS enable the downlink LDR algorithm. When the
020104
Handov downlink load is heavy in a cell, this algorithm
WRFD- er from alleviates the downlink load by using load-based inter-
020105 UMTS frequency handovers, BE service rate reduction,
WRFD- to LTE uncontrollable real-time service QoS renegotiation,
020126 SRVCC load-based CS/PS inter-RAT handovers, AMR service
from rate reduction, and MBMS power restriction. 7.
WRFD-
LTE to OLC_EVENTMEAS: Whether to enable OLC event
0106120
UMTS measurement. 8. CELL_CODE_LDR: Whether to
2
with PS enable cell code reshuffling algorithm. In the event of
WRFD- Handov code resource overuse, this algorithm alleviates the code
020129 er resource overuse by using BE service rate reduction,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- HSDPA code tree reshuffling, and load-based inter-frequency

010626 Admissi handovers. 9. CELL_CREDIT_LDR: Whether to
WRFD- on enable the cell credit reshuffling algorithm. In the event
010627 Control of cell credit overuse, this algorithm alleviates the credit
Load overuse by using load-based inter-frequency handovers,
WRFD- BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time
020103 Measure
ment service QoS renegotiation, and load-based CS/PS inter-
WRFD- RAT handovers. 10.
010660 MOCN UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB: Whether to enable
Cell RTWP-based intra-frequency load balancing algorithm.
WRFD- Resourc This algorithm adjusts P-CPICH transmit power of a
010661 e cell based on the RTWP load to achieve load balancing
WRFD- Demarc between intra-frequency cells. This algorithm
010662 ation automatically becomes invalid when the load-based
WRFD- Load dynamic P-CPICH transmit power adjustment
010663 Based algorithm (controlled by the
Dynami DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH
WRFD- switch) takes effect. 11. UL_UU_CLB: Whether to
c
010665 enable the uplink load-based CLB algorithm. This
Adjustm
WRFD- ent of algorithm determines whether a cell enters the CLB
140102 PCPICH state by the uplink load on the air interface. If a cell is
in the CLB state, measurement-based inter-frequency
WRFD- Admissi
handovers are triggered periodically to achieve load
0106600 on
balancing between inter-frequency cells. 12.
4 Control
DL_UU_CLB: Whether to enable the downlink load-
WRFD- Fast based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines
0106160 Return whether a cell enters the CLB state by the downlink load
6 from on the air interface. If a cell is in the CLB state,
WRFD- UMTS measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
0106600 to LTE triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
2 Overloa between inter-frequency cells. 13. CELL_CODE_CLB:
d Whether to enable code resource-based CLB algorithm.
WRFD- This algorithm determines whether a cell enters the CLB
0106600 Control
state by the code resource usage. If a cell is in the CLB
3 Intra state, measurement-based inter-frequency handovers
WRFD- Frequen are triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
0106600 cy Load between inter-frequency cells. 14.
1 Balance CELL_CREDIT_CLB: Whether to enable credit-based
WRFD- Potential CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines whether a
0106160 User cell enters the CLB state by the credit resource usage.
5 Control If a cell is in the CLB state, measurement-based inter-
frequency handovers are triggered periodically to
WRFD- Mobility
achieve load balancing between inter-frequency cells.
150220 Between
15.
UMTS
WRFD- DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH:
and LTE
0106160 Whether to enable downlink load-based dynamic
Phase 1
1 primary common pilot channel (P-CPICH) power

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- HSUPA adjustment algorithm. This algorithm adjusts the P-

0106160 Admissi CPICH transmit power by the downlink non-HSPA
3 on power load to reduce the downlink non-HSPA power
WRFD- Control load. If this algorithm takes effect, other enabled
0106160 PS algorithms for intra-frequency load balancing (based on
2 Service TCP or RTWP) automatically become invalid. 16.
Redirect ADAPTIVE_RACH: Function switch for the adaptive
WRFD- RACH feature. When this switch is turned on, this
140217 ion from
UMTS feature is activated. In this case, the RNC adjusts the
WRFD- to LTE random access parameters based on the random access
0106160 state and on the uplink power load of the target cell.
4 MBMS
When this switch is turned off, this feature is
FLC
WRFD- deactivated. 17. ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS:
(Freque
010616 Whether to measure the number of acknowledged
ncy
PRACH preambles. When this switch is turned on, the
WRFD- Layer
RNC measures the number of acknowledged PRACH
0106160 Converg
preambles. When this switch is turned off, the RNC does
8 ence)/
not measure the number of acknowledged PRACH
WRFD- FLD
preambles. 18. CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH:
140218 (Freque
Whether to enable the camping policy switching
ncy
function when traffic is heavy. This is a function switch
Layer
for the function. When the switch is turned on, the
Dispersi
camping policy switching function is enabled if traffic
on)
is heavy in the entire network. Then, the target cell is no
FACH longer a preferred camping cell for the UE in question,
Transmi but a random camping cell.
ssion
GUI Value Range: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
Sharing
PUC, UL_UU_LDR, DL_UU_LDR, UL_UU_OLC,
for
DL_UU_OLC, OLC_EVENTMEAS,
MBMS
CELL_CODE_LDR, CELL_CREDIT_LDR,
Inter UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB, UL_UU_CLB,
Frequen DL_UU_CLB, CELL_CODE_CLB,
cy Load CELL_CREDIT_CLB,
Balance DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH,
MBMS ADAPTIVE_RACH,
Phase 2 ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS,
MBMS CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH
over Iur Unit: None
Dynami Actual Value Range: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
c Power PUC, UL_UU_LDR, DL_UU_LDR, UL_UU_OLC,
Estimati DL_UU_OLC, OLC_EVENTMEAS,
on for CELL_CODE_LDR, CELL_CREDIT_LDR,
MTCH UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB, UL_UU_CLB,
MSCH DL_UU_CLB, CELL_CODE_CLB,
Scheduli CELL_CREDIT_CLB,
ng DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS ADAPTIVE_RACH,
Channel ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS,
Audienc CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH
e Rating Default Value: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB:0,PUC:
Statistic 0,UL_UU_LDR:0,DL_UU_LDR:0,UL_UU_OLC:
s 0,DL_UU_OLC:0,OLC_EVENTMEAS:
CS 0,CELL_CODE_LDR:0,CELL_CREDIT_LDR:
Fallback 0,UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB:0,UL_UU_CLB:
Guarant 0,DL_UU_CLB:0,CELL_CODE_CLB:
ee for 0,CELL_CREDIT_CLB:
LTE 0,DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITC
Emerge H:0,ADAPTIVE_RACH:
ncy 0,ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS:
Calls 0,CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH:0
Inter-
Frequen
cy
Neighbo
ring Cell
Selectio
n for
MBMS
PTP
Users
Streami
ng
Service
on
MBMS
MBMS
P2P over
HSDPA
MBMS
Admissi
on
Enhance
ment
MBMS
Enhance
d
Broadca
st Mode
MBMS
Transpo
rt

WCDMA RAN

nd
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
MBMS
Broadca
st Mode
MBMS
Load
Control
MBMS
Admissi
on
Control
Inter-
Frequen
cy Load
Balancin
g Based
on
Configu
rable
Load
Threshol
d
MBMS
Soft/
Selectiv
e
Combini
ng
MBMS
Introduc
tion
Package
16/32/64
/
128Kbp

WCDMA RAN

nd
s
Channel
Rate on
MBMS
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
NBMUl BSC691 ADD WRFD- Code Meaning: Selection of uplink power admission control
CacAlgo 0 UCELL 020108 Resourc algorithms ALGORITHM_OFF: Uplink power
SelSwitc ALGOS WRFD- e admission control algorithm disabled.
h WITCH 010506 Manage ALGORITHM_FIRST: Uplink admission control
MOD ment algorithm based on the power load and the predicted
WRFD- power load increment caused by admitting new UEs.
UCELL 021104 RAB
ALGOS Quality ALGORITHM_SECOND: Uplink admission control
WITCH WRFD- of algorithm based on the number of equivalent UEs and
020102 Service the predicted increment in the number of equivalent UEs
WRFD- Renegot to be admitted. ALGORITHM_THIRD: Uplink
010507 iation admission control algorithm based on the power load in
over Iu a cell. ALGORITHM_FOURTH: Uplink admission
WRFD-
Interface control algorithm based on the actual service load and
020101
the predicted service load increment.
WRFD- Emerge
ncy Call GUI Value Range: ALGORITHM_OFF,
020106
ALGORITHM_FIRST, ALGORITHM_SECOND,
WRFD- Load ALGORITHM_THIRD, ALGORITHM_FOURTH
020107 Measure
ment Unit: None
WRFD-
Rate Actual Value Range: ALGORITHM_OFF,
020104
Negotiat ALGORITHM_FIRST, ALGORITHM_SECOND,
WRFD- ALGORITHM_THIRD, ALGORITHM_FOURTH
ion at
020105
Admissi Default Value: None
WRFD- on
020120 Control
WRFD- Admissi
010505 on
WRFD- Control
0204000 Load
3 Reshuffl
WRFD- ing
020401 Overloa
d
Control
Intra
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Potential
User
Control
Service
Steering
and
Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
Sharing
in RRC
Connect
ion
Setup
Queuing
and Pre-
Emption
Inter
System
Redirect
Inter-
RAT
Redirect
ion
Based
on
Distance
DynTgt BSC690 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Whether to enable the algorithm for
RoTCtrl 0 UCELL 140211 c Target dynamically adjusting the target RoT value. When this
Switch HSUPA RoT parameter is set to ON, the algorithm is enabled. When
MOD Adjustm this parameter is set to OFF, the algorithm is disabled.
UCELL ent The algorithm for dynamically adjusting the target RoT
HSUPA value improves the uplink RoT value to increase the
uplink capacity of a cell when UEs' power is not limited.
This algorithm decreases the uplink RoT value to
improve the uplink coverage of the cell when UEs'
power is limited. This algorithm is triggered by UL
Timeslot ISCP measurement reports sent by the NodeB.
Once being triggered, the algorithm determines whether
to adjust the target RoT value based on the value in the
measurement report and the condition about whether
UE's power is limited in the cell.
GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
DynTgt BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Whether to enable the algorithm for
RoTCtrl 0 UCELL 140211 c Target dynamically adjusting the target RoT value. When this
Switch HSUPA RoT parameter is set to ON, the algorithm is enabled. When
MOD Adjustm this parameter is set to OFF, the algorithm is disabled.
UCELL ent The algorithm for dynamically adjusting the target RoT
HSUPA value improves the uplink RoT value to increase the
uplink capacity of a cell when UEs' power is not limited.
This algorithm decreases the uplink RoT value to
improve the uplink coverage of the cell when UEs'
power is limited. This algorithm is triggered by UL
Timeslot ISCP measurement reports sent by the NodeB.
Once being triggered, the algorithm determines whether
to adjust the target RoT value based on the value in the
measurement report and the condition about whether
UE's power is limited in the cell.
GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
Unit: None
TgtRoT BSC690 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Interval for the RNC to decide whether to
AdjPeri 0 UCELL 140211 c Target adjust the RoT value. This parameter is an advanced
od HSUPA RoT parameter. To modify this parameter, contact Huawei
MOD Adjustm Customer Service Center for technical support.
UCELL ent GUI Value Range: 2~10
HSUPA Unit: s
Default Value: 5
TgtRoT BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Interval for the RNC to decide whether to
AdjPeri 0 UCELL 140211 c Target adjust the RoT value. This parameter is an advanced
od HSUPA RoT parameter. To modify this parameter, contact Huawei
MOD Adjustm Customer Service Center for technical support.
HSUPA Unit: s
Default Value: 5

WCDMA RAN

nd
TgtRoT BSC690 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Step for decreasing the RoT value. This
DownA 0 UCELL 140211 c Target parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify this
djStep HSUPA RoT parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service Center for
MOD Adjustm technical support.
HSUPA Unit: 0.1dB
Actual Value Range: 0.1~10
Default Value: 20
TgtRoT BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Step for decreasing the RoT value. This
DownA 0 UCELL 140211 c Target parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify this
djStep HSUPA RoT parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service Center for
HSUPA Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 20
TgtRoT BSC690 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Step for increasing the RoT value. This
UpAdjSt 0 UCELL 140211 c Target parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify this
ep HSUPA RoT parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service Center for
HSUPA Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 10
TgtRoT BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Step for increasing the RoT value. This
UpAdjSt 0 UCELL 140211 c Target parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify this
ep HSUPA RoT parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service Center for
HSUPA Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 10

WCDMA RAN

nd
UpLimit BSC690 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Upper limit for the maximum uplink load
ForMax 0 UCELL 140211 c Target factor. The following formula can be used to calculate
ULTgtL HSUPA RoT the RoT value with an uplink load factor: RoT value =
dFactor MOD Adjustm -10 x lg(1 - Uplink load factor). This parameter is an
UCELL ent advanced parameter. To modify this parameter, contact
HSUPA Huawei Customer Service Center for technical support.
Unit: %
Default Value: 90
UpLimit BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Upper limit for the maximum uplink load
ForMax 0 UCELL 140211 c Target factor. The following formula can be used to calculate
ULTgtL HSUPA RoT the RoT value with an uplink load factor: RoT value =
dFactor MOD Adjustm -10 x lg(1 - Uplink load factor). This parameter is an
UCELL ent advanced parameter. To modify this parameter, contact
HSUPA Huawei Customer Service Center for technical support.
Unit: %
Default Value: 90
SpiWeig BSC690 SET WRFD- Scheduli Meaning: Weight for service scheduling priority. This
ht 0 USPIW 0106110 ng based weight is used in two algorithms. In scheduling
EIGHT 3 on EPF algorithm, it is used to adjust the handling priority for
WRFD- and different services. In Iub congestion algorithm, it is used
020806 GBR to allocate bandwidth for different services. If the
Differen weight is higher, it is more possible to increase the
WRFD- handling priority of the user or get more Iub bandwidth,
150204 tiated
Service respectively.
Based GUI Value Range: 1~100
on SPI Unit: %
Weight
Platinu
m User Default Value: 100
Prioritizi
ng

WCDMA RAN

nd
SpiWeig BSC691 SET WRFD- Scheduli Meaning: Weight for service scheduling priority. This
ht 0 USPIW 0106110 ng based weight is used in two algorithms. In scheduling
EIGHT 3 on EPF algorithm, it is used to adjust the handling priority for
WRFD- and different services. In Iub congestion algorithm, it is used
020806 GBR to allocate bandwidth for different services. If the
Differen weight is higher, it is more possible to increase the
WRFD- handling priority of the user or get more Iub bandwidth,
150204 tiated
Service respectively.
Based GUI Value Range: 1~100
on SPI Unit: %
Weight
Platinu
m User Default Value: 100
Prioritizi
ng
SPI BSC690 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Relative priority when RAB data in the PS
0 USPIW 010612 Introduc domain is scheduled. The larger the value of this
EIGHT WRFD- tion parameter, the higher the scheduling priority. Values
0106120 Package 2-11 indicate the scheduling priorities of background
9 HSUPA and interactive services.Value 12 indicates the
HARQ scheduling priority of the streaming service. Value 13
WRFD- indicates the scheduling priority of the conversational
020806 and Fast
UL service. Value 14 indicates the scheduling priority of the
WRFD- Scheduli IMS signaling. Value 15 indicates the scheduling
0106110 ng in priority of the SRB service. Values 0 and 1 are reserved
3 Node B for other services.
Differen GUI Value Range: 0~15

tiated Unit: None
Service Actual Value Range: 0~15
Based
on SPI Default Value: None
Weight
Scheduli
ng based
on EPF
and
GBR

WCDMA RAN

nd
SPI BSC691 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Relative priority when RAB data in the PS
0 USPIW 010612 Introduc domain is scheduled. The larger the value of this
EIGHT WRFD- tion parameter, the higher the scheduling priority. Values
0106120 Package 2-11 indicate the scheduling priorities of background
9 HSUPA and interactive services.Value 12 indicates the
HARQ scheduling priority of the streaming service. Value 13
020806 and Fast
UL service. Value 14 indicates the scheduling priority of the

tiated Unit: None
Based
Weight
Scheduli
ng based
on EPF
and
GBR
HSUPA BTS390 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Indicates the HSUPA overload scheduling
OLSCH 0, ULOCE 0106120 HARQ switch. The function will be enabled if this parameter is
SW BTS390 LLMAC 9 and Fast set to OPEN. When this switch is turned on and the
0 EPARA UL guaranteed bit rates (GBRs) of users are not met, the cell
WCDM LST Scheduli load will exceed the planned target and reach the
A ULOCE ng in congestion threshold, thereby guaranteeing users'
LLMAC Node B GBRs.
EPARA GUI Value Range: OPEN(open), CLOSE(close)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OPEN, CLOSE
Default Value: OPEN(open)

WCDMA RAN

nd
PcSwitc BSC690 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: 1.

h 0 UCORR 010641 Adaptiv PC_CFG_ED_POWER_INTERPOLATION_SWITC
MALG WRFD- e H: When the switch is on, E-DPDCH power
OSWIT 140215 Transmi interpolation formula is allowed. Otherwise,
CH ssion interpolation formula is not allowed. When the
WRFD- interpolation formula is used, E-TFCI and PO is
140222 Dynami
c involved in the calculation of transmit power for block
WRFD- Configu transmission on the E-DPDCH. In addition, the
150230 ration of extrapolation formula is also used. the interpolation
WRFD- HSDPA formular is used for high-speed services, whereas the
020504 CQI extrapolation formula is used for low-speed services.
Feedbac For details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.214.
WRFD-
k Period 2. PC_DL_INNER_LOOP_PC_ACTIVE_SWITCH:
020502
When the switch is on, the status of inner loop DL power
WRFD- Adaptiv
control is set to "Active." When the switch is not on, the
020503 e
status is set to "Inactive." 3.
Adjustm
WRFD- PC_DOWNLINK_POWER_BALANCE_SWITCH:
ent of
020501 When the switch is on, the RNC supports DL power
HSUPA
balancing. During soft handover, TPC bit errors cause
WRFD- Small
DL power drift. DL power balancing is enabled to
160202 Target
balance the DL power between links, thus achieving the
WRFD- Retrans
optimal gain of soft handover. 4.
140216 missions
PC_EFACH_ECN0_DYN_ADJ_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- DPCH switch is on, the target value of Ec/No can be
0106120 Pilot dynamically reconfigured on the E-FACH. When the
3 Power switch is disabled, the minimum value of Ec/No is
Adjustm directly configured for the NodeB. 5.
WRFD-
ent PC_FP_MULTI_RLS_IND_SWITCH: When the
020138
Inner switch is on, the RNC informs the NodeB of the current
WRFD- RLS number through the FP inband signaling. 6.
Loop
010712 PC_HSUPA_COVER_EN_AT_POLIMIT_SWITCH:
Power
Control When the switch is on, the HSUPA Coverage
Downlin Improvement Under Limited UE Power algorithm is
k Power used for the RNC. 7.
Balance PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SW
ITCH: When the switch is on, the Power Offset
Outer Adaptive Adjustment on HSUPA Data Channel
Loop algorithm is used for the RNC. 8.
Power PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITC
Control H: When the switch is on, the HSUPA service can use
Open a smaller target number of retransmissions than the
Loop typical value when the uplink is not congested. If the
Power uplink is congested, the HSUPA service needs to use
Control the typical target number of retransmissions. 9.
Flexible PC_INNER_LOOP_LMTED_PWR_INC_SWITCH:
Power When the switch is on, the limited power increase
Control function is used for DL inner loop power control. 10.

WCDMA RAN

nd
for PC_OLPC_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the RNC

Uplink updates the UL SIR TARGET of radio links on the
Low NodeB side through IUB DCH FP inband signaling. 11.
Data PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITCH:
Rate When the switch is not on, a new initial SIRTarget
Transmi value, during radio link reconfiguration, is based on the
ssion converged SIRTarget value of current outer loop power
Load- control. In addition, the UL SIRTarget value is not
based included in the radio link reconfiguration messages to
Uplink the NodeB. This switch is only valid when the OLPC
Target switch is ON. 12. PC_SIG_DCH_OLPC_SWITCH:
BLER When the switch is on, SIG DCH is involved in UL
Configu OLPC as service DCH is. If the current link has only
ration SIG DCH, SIG DCH is always involved in UL OLPC.
13. PC_UL_SIRERR_HIGH_REL_UE_SWITCH:
HSUPA When the switch is on, the UE is unconditionally
Power released if the SIR error is high and the cell is
Control overloaded. Otherwise, the UE is not released. 14.
HSUPA PC_HSUPA_LITRETNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWIT
Coverag CH: Whether the RNC adjusts the target number of
e times that a UE processing a single PS BE service
Enhance performs retransmission in the E-DCH small
ment at retransmission state. When this switch is turned on, the
UE RNC chooses between "EdchAltTarLittleRetransNum"
power and "EdchTargetLittleRetransNum" as the target
limitatio retransmission number based on the throughput
n measurement. When this switch is turned off, the target
Adaptiv retransmission number is always "EdchTargetLittleRe-
e transNum". 15.
Configu PC_OLPC_FASTDOWN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
ration of Whether to support the optimized algorithm for Outer
Traffic Loop Power Control (OLPC). When this switch is
Channel turned on, the optimized OLPC algorithm is supported.
Power SIRtarget is adjusted in an optimized manner when
offset interference bursts out, UE transmit power is limited,
for OLPC is being set up, modified, or restarted. When this
HSUPA switch is turned off, the optimized OLPC algorithm is
not supported. 16.
PC_HSUPA_LITRETNUM_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the number of the initial
target retransmission attempts for UEs in the E-DCH
little retransmission state equals the value of
"EdchAltTarLittleRetransNum" or "EdchTargetLit-
tleRetransNum", whichever is larger.When this switch
is turned off, the number of the initial target
retransmission attempts for such UEs equals the value
of "EdchTargetLittleRetransNum". 17.

WCDMA RAN

nd
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the load-based algorithm for the
CQI feedback period. The CQI feedback period is equal
to the value of "CQIFBckBaseCellLoad" in the "SET
UHSDPCCH" command when this switch is turned on,
uplink load in the cell is heavy, and BE services are
carried over the HSDPA. 18.
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_COVERAGE_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the coverage-based algorithm for
the CQI feedback period. The CQI feedback period is
equal to the value of "CQIFBckBaseCoverage" in the
"SET UHSDPCCH" command when this switch is
turned on, the UE moves to the edge of the cell, and BE
services are carried over the HSDPA. 19.
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CS_PLUS_PS_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the combined-service-specific
algorithm for the CQI feedback period. The CQI
feedback period is equal to the value of
"CQIFBckBaseCsCombServ" in the "SET
UHSDPCCH" command when this switch is turned on
and the UE is processing CS and PS services. In
addition, CS services and PS services are carried over
the DCH and HSDPA, respectively. 20.
PC_BLER_TARGET_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITCH
: When this switch is turned on, the target BLER of the
DCH is equal to the value of "BlerTargetBaseCellLoad"
in the "SET UOLPC" command if the uplink cell load
is heavy and only PS BE services are carried over the
DCH. 21.
PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the RNC sets the power
offset between the E-DPDCH and DPCCH to the value
of "HarqPOLitRetrLRate" in the "ADD
UTYPRABHSUPAPC" command after a UE is
transited from a state to the CELL_DCH state. The
function controlled by this switch also takes effect
during an RAB setup process. When this switch is
turned off, the power offset is determined by the
algorithm controlled by the
PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SW
ITCH. If the
ITCH is turned off, the power offset is 0. 22.
PC_PILOT_PO_OPTI_SWITCH: Sets small pilot
power offset and small number of bits for pilot bits in
case of downlink cell non-HSPA power congestions to
decrease power congestions. When this switch is turned

WCDMA RAN

nd
on and the downlink non-HSPA power resources of the

cell are in a congestion state specified by
"LoadStateForPilotPwrAdj"("SET UFRC"/"ADD
UCELLFRC") or higher, "NonCsOptiPilotPo"("SET
UFRC") or "CsOptiPilotPo"("SET UFRC") specifies
the pilot power offset on the DPCH. When the spreading
factor (SF) is 256, "DlDpchSf256OptiPilotBit"("SET
UFRC") specifies the number for bits of pilot bits on the
DPCH. Regardless of the switch state, when the
downlink non-HSPA power resources of the cell are in
a lower congestion state than the state specified by
UCELLFRC"), "PilotPo"("SET UFRC") specifies the
pilot power offset on the DPCH. When the SF is 256,
"DlDpchSf256PilotBit"("SET UFRC") specifies the
number for bits of pilot bits on the DPCH. 23.
PC_HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC_SWITCH:
Switch controlling the Flexible Power Control for
Uplink Low Data Rate Transmission feature. When this
switch is turned on, this feature is activated. When this
switch is turned off, this feature is not activated. 24.
PC_COMB_HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC_SWITC
H: Switch controlling the Flexible Power Control for
Uplink Low Data Rate Transmission feature for
combined services. When this switch is turned on, this
feature is activated for combined services. When this
switch is turned off, this feature is not activated for
combined services. 25.
PC_FP_MULTI_RLS_IND_SEND_TIME_OPT_SWI
TCH: Time at which the FP control frame that carries
the "Multiple RL Sets Indicator" is delivered. When this
switch is set to on, the RNC delivers the FP control
frame that carries the "Multiple RL Sets Indicator" to
the NodeB in any of the following scenarios: A
handover is complete, the UE initially enters the
CELL_DCH state, or the RNC sends an Active Set
Update message during a single-to-multiple RLS
switch. When this switch is set to off, the RNC delivers
the FP control frame that carries the "Multiple RL Sets
Indicator" to the NodeB only after a handover.
GUI Value Range:
PC_DL_INNER_LOOP_PC_ACTIVE_SWITCH,
PC_DOWNLINK_POWER_BALANCE_SWITCH,
PC_EFACH_ECN0_DYN_ADJ_SWITCH,
PC_FP_MULTI_RLS_IND_SWITCH,
PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITC

WCDMA RAN

nd
H,
PC_INNER_LOOP_LMTED_PWR_INC_SWITCH,
PC_OLPC_SWITCH,
PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITCH,
PC_SIG_DCH_OLPC_SWITCH,
PC_UL_SIRERR_HIGH_REL_UE_SWITCH,
PC_CFG_ED_POWER_INTERPOLATION_SWITC
H,
PC_HSUPA_COVER_EN_AT_POLIMIT_SWITCH,
ITCH,
PC_HSUPA_LITRETNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWIT
CH, PC_OLPC_FASTDOWN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
PC_HSUPA_LITRETNUM_INIT_SEL_SWITCH,
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITCH,
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_COVERAGE_SWITCH,
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CS_PLUS_PS_SWITCH,
, PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_INIT_SEL_SWITCH,
PC_PILOT_PO_OPTI_SWITCH,
PC_HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC_SWITCH,
H,
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
H, PC_DL_INNER_LOOP_PC_ACTIVE_SWITCH,
ITCH,
H,
PC_OLPC_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
H,
TCH
Default Value:
H:
0,PC_DL_INNER_LOOP_PC_ACTIVE_SWITCH:
1,PC_DOWNLINK_POWER_BALANCE_SWITCH:
1,PC_EFACH_ECN0_DYN_ADJ_SWITCH:
0,PC_FP_MULTI_RLS_IND_SWITCH:
1,PC_HSUPA_COVER_EN_AT_POLIMIT_SWITC
H:
0,PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_S
WITCH:0,
H:
0,PC_INNER_LOOP_LMTED_PWR_INC_SWITCH
:0,PC_OLPC_SWITCH:
1,PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITC
H:1,PC_SIG_DCH_OLPC_SWITCH:
0,PC_UL_SIRERR_HIGH_REL_UE_SWITCH:
0,PC_HSUPA_LITRETNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWI
TCH:
0,PC_OLPC_FASTDOWN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,PC_HSUPA_LITRETNUM_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:
0,PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITCH:
0,PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_COVERAGE_SWITCH:
0,PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CS_PLUS_PS_SWITCH:
0,PC_BLER_TARGET_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITC
H:
0,PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_INIT_SEL_SWITCH
:0,PC_PILOT_PO_OPTI_SWITCH:
0,PC_HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC_SWITCH:
0,PC_COMB_HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC_SWIT
CH:
0,PC_FP_MULTI_RLS_IND_SEND_TIME_OPT_S
WITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
PcSwitc BSC691 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: 1.

h 0 UCORR 010641 Adaptiv PC_CFG_ED_POWER_INTERPOLATION_SWITC
MALG WRFD- e H: When the switch is on, E-DPDCH power
OSWIT 140215 Transmi interpolation formula is allowed. Otherwise,
CH ssion interpolation formula is not allowed. When the
WRFD- interpolation formula is used, E-TFCI and PO is
140222 Dynami
c involved in the calculation of transmit power for block
WRFD- Configu transmission on the E-DPDCH. In addition, the
150230 ration of extrapolation formula is also used. the interpolation
WRFD- HSDPA formular is used for high-speed services, whereas the
020504 CQI extrapolation formula is used for low-speed services.
Feedbac For details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.214.
WRFD-
k Period 2. PC_DL_INNER_LOOP_PC_ACTIVE_SWITCH:
020502
When the switch is on, the status of inner loop DL power
WRFD- Adaptiv
control is set to "Active." When the switch is not on, the
020503 e
status is set to "Inactive." 3.
Adjustm
WRFD- PC_DOWNLINK_POWER_BALANCE_SWITCH:
ent of
020501 When the switch is on, the RNC supports DL power
HSUPA
balancing. During soft handover, TPC bit errors cause
WRFD- Small
DL power drift. DL power balancing is enabled to
160202 Target
balance the DL power between links, thus achieving the
WRFD- Retrans
optimal gain of soft handover. 4.
140216 missions
PC_EFACH_ECN0_DYN_ADJ_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- DPCH switch is on, the target value of Ec/No can be
0106120 Pilot dynamically reconfigured on the E-FACH. When the
3 Power switch is disabled, the minimum value of Ec/No is
Adjustm directly configured for the NodeB. 5.
WRFD-
ent PC_FP_MULTI_RLS_IND_SWITCH: When the
020138
Inner switch is on, the RNC informs the NodeB of the current
WRFD- RLS number through the FP inband signaling. 6.
Loop
010712 PC_HSUPA_COVER_EN_AT_POLIMIT_SWITCH:
Power
Control When the switch is on, the HSUPA Coverage
Downlin Improvement Under Limited UE Power algorithm is
k Power used for the RNC. 7.
Balance PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SW
ITCH: When the switch is on, the Power Offset
Outer Adaptive Adjustment on HSUPA Data Channel
Loop algorithm is used for the RNC. 8.
Power PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITC
Control H: When the switch is on, the HSUPA service can use
Open a smaller target number of retransmissions than the
Loop typical value when the uplink is not congested. If the
Power uplink is congested, the HSUPA service needs to use
Control the typical target number of retransmissions. 9.
Flexible PC_INNER_LOOP_LMTED_PWR_INC_SWITCH:
Power When the switch is on, the limited power increase
Control function is used for DL inner loop power control. 10.

WCDMA RAN

nd
for PC_OLPC_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the RNC

Uplink updates the UL SIR TARGET of radio links on the
Low NodeB side through IUB DCH FP inband signaling. 11.
Data PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITCH:
Rate When the switch is not on, a new initial SIRTarget
Transmi value, during radio link reconfiguration, is based on the
ssion converged SIRTarget value of current outer loop power
Load- control. In addition, the UL SIRTarget value is not
based included in the radio link reconfiguration messages to
Uplink the NodeB. This switch is only valid when the OLPC
Target switch is ON. 12. PC_SIG_DCH_OLPC_SWITCH:
BLER When the switch is on, SIG DCH is involved in UL
Configu OLPC as service DCH is. If the current link has only
ration SIG DCH, SIG DCH is always involved in UL OLPC.
13. PC_UL_SIRERR_HIGH_REL_UE_SWITCH:
HSUPA When the switch is on, the UE is unconditionally
Power released if the SIR error is high and the cell is
Control overloaded. Otherwise, the UE is not released. 14.
HSUPA PC_HSUPA_LITRETNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWIT
Coverag CH: Whether the RNC adjusts the target number of
e times that a UE processing a single PS BE service
Enhance performs retransmission in the E-DCH small
ment at retransmission state. When this switch is turned on, the
UE RNC chooses between "EdchAltTarLittleRetransNum"
power and "EdchTargetLittleRetransNum" as the target
limitatio retransmission number based on the throughput
n measurement. When this switch is turned off, the target
Adaptiv retransmission number is always "EdchTargetLittleRe-
e transNum". 15.
Configu PC_OLPC_FASTDOWN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
ration of Whether to support the optimized algorithm for Outer
Traffic Loop Power Control (OLPC). When this switch is
Channel turned on, the optimized OLPC algorithm is supported.
Power SIRtarget is adjusted in an optimized manner when
offset interference bursts out, UE transmit power is limited,
for OLPC is being set up, modified, or restarted. When this
HSUPA switch is turned off, the optimized OLPC algorithm is
not supported. 16.
PC_HSUPA_LITRETNUM_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the number of the initial
target retransmission attempts for UEs in the E-DCH
little retransmission state equals the value of
"EdchAltTarLittleRetransNum" or "EdchTargetLit-
tleRetransNum", whichever is larger.When this switch
is turned off, the number of the initial target
retransmission attempts for such UEs equals the value
of "EdchTargetLittleRetransNum". 17.

WCDMA RAN

nd
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the load-based algorithm for the
CQI feedback period. The CQI feedback period is equal
to the value of "CQIFBckBaseCellLoad" in the "SET
UHSDPCCH" command when this switch is turned on,
uplink load in the cell is heavy, and BE services are
carried over the HSDPA. 18.
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_COVERAGE_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the coverage-based algorithm for
the CQI feedback period. The CQI feedback period is
equal to the value of "CQIFBckBaseCoverage" in the
"SET UHSDPCCH" command when this switch is
turned on, the UE moves to the edge of the cell, and BE
services are carried over the HSDPA. 19.
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CS_PLUS_PS_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the combined-service-specific
algorithm for the CQI feedback period. The CQI
feedback period is equal to the value of
"CQIFBckBaseCsCombServ" in the "SET
UHSDPCCH" command when this switch is turned on
and the UE is processing CS and PS services. In
addition, CS services and PS services are carried over
the DCH and HSDPA, respectively. 20.
: When this switch is turned on, the target BLER of the
DCH is equal to the value of "BlerTargetBaseCellLoad"
in the "SET UOLPC" command if the uplink cell load
is heavy and only PS BE services are carried over the
DCH. 21.
PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the RNC sets the power
offset between the E-DPDCH and DPCCH to the value
of "HarqPOLitRetrLRate" in the "ADD
UTYPRABHSUPAPC" command after a UE is
transited from a state to the CELL_DCH state. The
function controlled by this switch also takes effect
during an RAB setup process. When this switch is
turned off, the power offset is determined by the
algorithm controlled by the
ITCH. If the
ITCH is turned off, the power offset is 0. 22.
PC_PILOT_PO_OPTI_SWITCH: Sets small pilot
power offset and small number of bits for pilot bits in
case of downlink cell non-HSPA power congestions to
decrease power congestions. When this switch is turned

WCDMA RAN

nd
on and the downlink non-HSPA power resources of the

cell are in a congestion state specified by
UCELLFRC") or higher, "NonCsOptiPilotPo"("SET
UFRC") or "CsOptiPilotPo"("SET UFRC") specifies
the pilot power offset on the DPCH. When the spreading
factor (SF) is 256, "DlDpchSf256OptiPilotBit"("SET
UFRC") specifies the number for bits of pilot bits on the
DPCH. Regardless of the switch state, when the
downlink non-HSPA power resources of the cell are in
a lower congestion state than the state specified by
UCELLFRC"), "PilotPo"("SET UFRC") specifies the
pilot power offset on the DPCH. When the SF is 256,
"DlDpchSf256PilotBit"("SET UFRC") specifies the
number for bits of pilot bits on the DPCH. 23.
PC_HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC_SWITCH:
Switch controlling the Flexible Power Control for
Uplink Low Data Rate Transmission feature. When this
switch is turned on, this feature is activated. When this
switch is turned off, this feature is not activated. 24.
H: Switch controlling the Flexible Power Control for
Uplink Low Data Rate Transmission feature for
combined services. When this switch is turned on, this
feature is activated for combined services. When this
switch is turned off, this feature is not activated for
combined services. 25.
TCH: Time at which the FP control frame that carries
the "Multiple RL Sets Indicator" is delivered. When this
switch is set to on, the RNC delivers the FP control
frame that carries the "Multiple RL Sets Indicator" to
the NodeB in any of the following scenarios: A
handover is complete, the UE initially enters the
CELL_DCH state, or the RNC sends an Active Set
Update message during a single-to-multiple RLS
switch. When this switch is set to off, the RNC delivers
the FP control frame that carries the "Multiple RL Sets
Indicator" to the NodeB only after a handover.
GUI Value Range:
PC_DL_INNER_LOOP_PC_ACTIVE_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
H,
PC_OLPC_SWITCH,
H,
ITCH,
H,
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
H, PC_DL_INNER_LOOP_PC_ACTIVE_SWITCH,
ITCH,
H,
PC_OLPC_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
H,
TCH
Default Value:
H:
0,PC_DL_INNER_LOOP_PC_ACTIVE_SWITCH:
1,PC_DOWNLINK_POWER_BALANCE_SWITCH:
1,PC_EFACH_ECN0_DYN_ADJ_SWITCH:
0,PC_FP_MULTI_RLS_IND_SWITCH:
1,PC_HSUPA_COVER_EN_AT_POLIMIT_SWITC
H:
0,PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_S
WITCH:0,
H:
0,PC_INNER_LOOP_LMTED_PWR_INC_SWITCH
:0,PC_OLPC_SWITCH:
1,PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITC
H:1,PC_SIG_DCH_OLPC_SWITCH:
0,PC_UL_SIRERR_HIGH_REL_UE_SWITCH:
0,PC_HSUPA_LITRETNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWI
TCH:
0,PC_OLPC_FASTDOWN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,PC_HSUPA_LITRETNUM_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:
0,PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITCH:
0,PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_COVERAGE_SWITCH:
0,PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CS_PLUS_PS_SWITCH:
0,PC_BLER_TARGET_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITC
H:
0,PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_INIT_SEL_SWITCH
:0,PC_PILOT_PO_OPTI_SWITCH:
0,PC_HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC_SWITCH:
0,PC_COMB_HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC_SWIT
CH:
0,PC_FP_MULTI_RLS_IND_SEND_TIME_OPT_S
WITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
ADPRE BTS390 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Indicates the HSUPA Adaptive
TRANS 0, NODEB 010641 Adaptiv Retransmission Control Switch. The function will be
SW BTS390 ADPRE e enabled if this parameter is set to OPEN. When this
0 TRANS Transmi switch is turned on and there are adequate channel
WCDM SW ssion elements (CEs), this improves uplink HSUPA capacity
A LST and uplink HSUPA coverage.
NODEB GUI Value Range: OPEN(Open), CLOSE(Close)
ADPRE Unit: None
TRANS
SW Actual Value Range: OPEN, CLOSE
Default Value: CLOSE(Close)
HBDela BSC690 ADD WRFD- SRB Meaning: This parameter specifies the time used for
ycnd 0 UTYPS 010636 over decision of HSUPA happy bit. The decision is based on
RBHSP WRFD- HSUPA whether all the buffered user data can be transmitted at
A 010612 HSUPA the current rate during the time specified by this
MOD Introduc parameter. This parameter is an advanced parameter. To
UTYPS tion modify this parameter, contact Huawei Customer
RBHSP Package Service Center for technical support.
A GUI Value Range: D2, D10, D20, D50, D100, D200,
D500, D1000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D50
AltHBD BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Alternative delay time of decision for
elaycnd 0 UTYPR 010612 Introduc HSUPA happy bit. If all the buffered user data can be
ABHSP tion transmitted at the current rate within the time specified
A Package by this parameter, the happy bit is set to happy.
MOD Otherwise, the happy bit is set to unhappy. This
UTYPR parameter can be used together with HBDelaycnd (set
ABHSP by the ADD UTYPRABHSPA command) to improve
A the HSUPA throughput per UE during off-peak hours.
It is recommended that this parameter be set to a value
smaller than HBDelaycnd.
GUI Value Range: D2, D10, D20, D50, D100, D200,
D500, D1000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D2

WCDMA RAN

nd
ULOCE BTS390 SET None None Meaning: Indicates the reserved parameter 1.
LLRSV 0, ULOCE GUI Value Range: RSVDBIT1(Reserved Switch 1),
DPARA BTS390 LLRSV RSVDBIT2(Reserved Switch 2), RSVDBIT3
1 0 DPARA (Reserved Switch 3), RSVDBIT4(Reserved Switch 4),
WCDM LST RSVDBIT5(Reserved Switch 5), RSVDBIT6
A ULOCE (Reserved Switch 6), RSVDBIT7(Reserved Switch 7),
LLRSV RSVDBIT8(Reserved Switch 8), RSVDBIT9
DPARA (Reserved Switch 9), RSVDBIT10(Reserved Switch
10), RSVDBIT11(Reserved Switch 11), RSVDBIT12
(Reserved Switch 12), RSVDBIT13(Reserved Switch
31), RSVDBIT32(Reserved Switch 32)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RSVDBIT1, RSVDBIT2,
RSVDBIT3, RSVDBIT4, RSVDBIT5, RSVDBIT6,
RSVDBIT7, RSVDBIT8, RSVDBIT9, RSVDBIT10,
RSVDBIT11, RSVDBIT12, RSVDBIT13,
RSVDBIT32
Default Value: RSVDBIT1:OFF, RSVDBIT2:OFF,
RSVDBIT3:OFF, RSVDBIT4:OFF, RSVDBIT5:OFF,
RSVDBIT6:OFF, RSVDBIT7:OFF, RSVDBIT8:OFF,
RSVDBIT9:OFF, RSVDBIT10:OFF,

WCDMA RAN

nd
RSVDBIT31:OFF, RSVDBIT32:OFF
TRFX BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Traffic index. ATM traffic record indexes are
0 ATMTR 010610 Introduc used by the upper layers of the ATM layer. The upper
F WRFD- tion layers consist of the SAAL link, AAL2 path, and IPoA
MOD 050305 Package PVC. Each ATM traffic record is uniquely numbered
ATMTR UBR+ within a RNC by using an ATM traffic record index. An
WRFD- ATM traffic record index ranges from 100 to 1999 (1 to
F 050301 ATM
QoS 99 are reserved for internal use). The numbering is not
RMV WRFD- necessarily consecutive. Specify different number
ATMTR Class
010697 ranges for different interfaces. For example, specify the
F ATM range of 100 to 199 for ATM traffic record indexes over
Transmi Iub, the range of 200 to 299 for ATM traffic record
ssion indexes over Iur, the range of 300 to 399 for ATM traffic
Introduc record indexes over Iu-CS, and the range of 400 to 499
tion for ATM traffic record indexes over Iu-PS. Specify
Package different ranges of ATM traffic record indexes for
E- different links over an interface. For example, over the
DPCCH Iub interface, specify the range of 100 to 149 for ATM
Boostin traffic record indexes of SAAL links, the range of 150
g to 179 for ATM traffic record indexes of AAL2 paths,
and the range of 180 to 189 for ATM traffic record
indexes of IPoA PVCs.
Unit: None
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
TRFX BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Traffic index. ATM traffic record indexes are
0 ATMTR 010610 Introduc used by the upper layers of the ATM layer. The upper
F WRFD- tion layers consist of the SAAL link, AAL2 path, and IPoA
MOD 010697 Package PVC. Each ATM traffic record is uniquely numbered
ATMTR E- within a RNC by using an ATM traffic record index. An
F DPCCH ATM traffic record index ranges from 100 to 1999 (1 to
Boostin 99 are reserved for internal use). The numbering is not
RMV necessarily consecutive. Specify different number
ATMTR g
ranges for different interfaces. For example, specify the
F range of 100 to 199 for ATM traffic record indexes over
Iub, the range of 200 to 299 for ATM traffic record
indexes over Iur, and the range of 300 to 399 for ATM
traffic record indexes over Iu-CS. Specify different
ranges of ATM traffic record indexes for different links
over an interface. For example, over the Iub interface,
specify the range of 100 to 149 for ATM traffic record
indexes of SAAL links, the range of 150 to 179 for ATM
traffic record indexes of AAL2 paths, and the range of
180 to 189 for ATM traffic record indexes of IPoA
PVCs.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
AAL2P BSC690 ADD WRFD- Dedicate Meaning: Service type of carried over the PATH. For
ATHT 0 AAL2P 0213050 d Iub R99, only the R99 service can be carried. For HSPA,
ATH 1 Transmi only the HSPA service can be carried. For SHARE, R99
MOD WRFD- ssion and HSPA services can be carried at the same time.
AAL2P 0503010 Control GUI Value Range: R99(R99), HSPA(HSPA), SHARE
ATH 4 Dynami (SHARE)
c AAL2 Unit: None
Connect
ions in Actual Value Range: R99, HSPA, SHARE
Iub/ Default Value: None
IuCS/Iur
Interface

WCDMA RAN

nd
AAL2P BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dedicate Meaning: Service type of carried over the PATH. For
ATHT 0 AAL2P 0213050 d Iub R99, only the R99 service can be carried. For HSPA,
ATH 1 Transmi only the HSPA service can be carried. For SHARE, R99
MOD WRFD- ssion and HSPA services can be carried at the same time.
AAL2P 0503010 Control GUI Value Range: R99(R99), HSPA(HSPA), SHARE
ATH 4 Dynami (SHARE)
c AAL2 Unit: None
Connect
ions in Actual Value Range: R99, HSPA, SHARE
Iub/ Default Value: None
IuCS/Iur
Interface

WCDMA RAN

nd
PATHT BSC690 ADD WRFD- One Meaning: This parameter specifies the type of an IP
0 IPPATH 020111 Tunnel path. It indicates the priority of the user plane data that
WRFD- IP is carried on the IP path. The mapping between the
050402 Transmi priority of the user plane data and IP path is configured
ssion through the "ADD TRMMAP" command. An IP path is
WRFD- of either the QoS type or the non-QoS type. For
050403 Introduc
tion on example, the IP paths used to carry BE data, AF data,
WRFD- Iub and EF data are all of the non-QoS type. Different data
050404 Interface can share the bandwidth of a QoS-type IP path. The
WRFD- bandwidth of a non-QoS type IP path, however, cannot
Hybrid be shared. IP path in hybrid IP transmission can be
050409 Iub IP further categorized into high-priority IP path and low-
Transmi priority IP path (identified as LQ_xx). When the bearing
ssion type of the physical port is PPP or MP, the IP path is
ATM/IP recommended to be configured as a high-priority path.
Dual When the physical port is an Ethernet port, the IP path
Stack is recommended to be configured as a low-priority path.
Node B For the non-QoS type IP path, the priority of EF data is
IP higher than that of AF data, which in turn is higher than
Transmi that of BE data. The actual priority of user plane data,
ssion however, is set through the "SET PHBMAP" command.
Introduc GUI Value Range: BE(BE), AF11(AF11), AF12
tion on (AF12), AF13(AF13), AF21(AF21), AF22(AF22),
Iu AF23(AF23), AF31(AF31), AF32(AF32), AF33
Interface (AF33), AF41(AF41), AF42(AF42), AF43(AF43), EF
(EF), QoS(QoS), LQ_BE(LQ_BE), LQ_AF11
(LQ_AF11), LQ_AF12(LQ_AF12), LQ_AF13
(LQ_AF42), LQ_AF43(LQ_AF43), LQ_EF(LQ_EF),
LQ_QOS(LQ_QOS)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: QoS, BE, AF11, AF12, AF13,
AF21, AF22, AF23, AF31, AF32, AF33, AF41, AF42,
AF43, EF, LQ_QOS, LQ_BE, LQ_AF11, LQ_AF12,
LQ_AF13, LQ_AF21, LQ_AF22, LQ_AF23,
LQ_AF31, LQ_AF32, LQ_AF33, LQ_AF41,
LQ_AF42, LQ_AF43, LQ_EF
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
CellId BSC690 ACT None None Meaning: The logical cell ID uniquely identifies a cell
0 UCELL in a radio network. The logical cell ID is configured at
HSUPA the RNC. The RNC sends the cell ID to the base station
ADD during a cell setup procedure. The mapping between
UCELL logical cell IDs and local cell IDs are configured at the
HSUPA RNC. The RNC supports a maximum of 5100 logical
cells. Logical cells are uniquely but not necessarily
DEA consecutively numbered within a RNC. For example,
UCELL you can set the ID of a logical cell to 0 and that of another
HSUPA logical cell to 2. For clear and easy identification, adhere
MOD to the following numbering principles: Specify different
UCELL number ranges for logical cells in different subracks.
HSUPA For example, you can specify the range of 0 to 899 for
RMV the logical cells in subrack 0 (MPS) and the range of
UCELL 900 to 1799 for the logical cells in subrack 1 (EPS).For
HSUPA detailed information about this parameter, see 3GPP TS
25.401.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
CellId BSC691 ACT None None Meaning: The logical cell ID uniquely identifies a cell
0 UCELL in a radio network. The logical cell ID is configured at
HSUPA the RNC. The RNC sends the cell ID to the base station
ADD during a cell setup procedure. The mapping between
UCELL logical cell IDs and local cell IDs are configured at the
HSUPA RNC. The RNC supports a maximum of 20000 logical
cells. Logical cells are uniquely but not necessarily
DEA consecutively numbered within a RNC. For example,
UCELL you can set the ID of a logical cell to 0 and that of another
HSUPA logical cell to 2. For detailed information about this
MOD parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.401.
UCELL GUI Value Range: 0~65535
HSUPA
Unit: None
RMV
UCELL Actual Value Range: 0~65535
HSUPA Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
ST BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Service type of the ATM. When traffic index
0 ATMTR 010610 Introduc is used by the SAAL, IPoA PVC, VPCLCX link, or
F WRFD- tion AAL2 path of the AOUc/UOIc board, the service type
050305 Package UBR and UBR_PLUS must be configured with the
UBR+ PCR.
WRFD-
050301 ATM GUI Value Range: UBR_PLUS, UBR, NRTVBR,
QoS RTVBR, CBR
WRFD- Class
010697 Unit: None
ATM Actual Value Range: UBR_PLUS, UBR, NRTVBR,
Transmi RTVBR, CBR
ssion
Introduc Default Value: None
tion
Package
E-
DPCCH
Boostin
g
ST BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Service type of the ATM. When traffic index
0 ATMTR 010610 Introduc is used by the SAAL, IPoA PVC, or AAL2 path of the
F WRFD- tion AOUc/UOIc board, the service type UBR and
010697 Package UBR_PLUS must be configured with the PCR.
E- GUI Value Range: UBR_PLUS, UBR, NRTVBR,
DPCCH RTVBR, CBR
Boostin Unit: None
g
Actual Value Range: UBR, CBR, RTVBR, NRTVBR,
UBR_PLUS
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
UT BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Rate unit.

0 ATMTR 010610 Introduc GUI Value Range: CELL/S, KBIT/S
F WRFD- tion
Package Unit: None
050305
UBR+ Actual Value Range: CELL/S, KBIT/S
WRFD-
010697 ATM Default Value: None
QoS
WRFD- Class
050301
E-
WRFD- DPCCH
0503010 Boostin
7 g
ATM
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion
Package
CBR, rt-
VBR,
nrt-
VBR,
UBR
ATM
QoS
Classes

WCDMA RAN

nd
UT BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Rate unit.

0 ATMTR 010610 Introduc GUI Value Range: CELL/S, KBIT/S
F WRFD- tion
Package Unit: None
050305
UBR+ Actual Value Range: CELL/S, KBIT/S
WRFD-
QoS
WRFD- Class
050301
E-
WRFD- DPCCH
0503010 Boostin
7 g
ATM
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion
Package
CBR, rt-
VBR,
nrt-
VBR,
UBR
ATM
QoS
Classes

WCDMA RAN

nd
PCR BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Peak rate of the ATM traffic. When the ATM
0 ATMTR 010610 Introduc traffic record indexes corresponding to the service type
F WRFD- tion UBR, RTVBR or NRTVBR are used by AOUa, AEUa
050305 Package or UOIa(ATM), the peak cell rate (PCR), if configured,
UBR+ must be lower than 60000 KBIT/S or 141510 CELL/S.
WRFD-
010697 ATM GUI Value Range: 30~353207
QoS Unit: None
WRFD- Class
050301 Actual Value Range: 30~353207
E-
WRFD- DPCCH Default Value: None
0503010 Boostin
7 g
ATM
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion
Package
CBR, rt-
VBR,
nrt-
VBR,
UBR
ATM
QoS
Classes

WCDMA RAN

nd
PCR BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Peak rate of the ATM traffic.
0 ATMTR 010610 Introduc GUI Value Range: 30~353207
F WRFD- tion
Package Unit: None
050305
UBR+ Actual Value Range: 30~353207
WRFD-
QoS
WRFD- Class
050301
E-
WRFD- DPCCH
0503010 Boostin
7 g
ATM
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion
Package
CBR, rt-
VBR,
nrt-
VBR,
UBR
ATM
QoS
Classes

WCDMA RAN

nd
MCR BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Minimum guarantee rate of the ATM
0 ATMTR 010610 Introduc traffic.The "Minimum cell rate" of the AOUc or UOIc
F WRFD- tion board cannot be greater than 13.8 Mbit/s.
050305 Package GUI Value Range: 30~70754
WRFD- UBR+ Unit: None
010697 ATM
QoS Actual Value Range: 30~70754
WRFD- Class Default Value: None
050301
E-
WRFD- DPCCH
0503010 Boostin
7 g
ATM
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion
Package
CBR, rt-
VBR,
nrt-
VBR,
UBR
ATM
QoS
Classes

WCDMA RAN

nd
MCR BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Minimum guarantee rate of the ATM
0 ATMTR 010610 Introduc traffic.The "Minimum cell rate" of the AOUc or UOIc
F WRFD- tion board cannot be greater than 13.8 Mbit/s.
050305 Package GUI Value Range: 30~70754
WRFD- UBR+ Unit: None
010697 ATM
QoS Actual Value Range: 30~70754
WRFD- Class Default Value: None
050301
E-
WRFD- DPCCH
0503010 Boostin
7 g
ATM
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion
Package
CBR, rt-
VBR,
nrt-
VBR,
UBR
ATM
QoS
Classes

WCDMA RAN

nd
ANI BSC690 ADD WRFD- Hybrid Meaning: Uniquely identifies an adjacent node.
0 AAL2P 050403 Iub IP Adjacent nodes are uniquely but not necessarily
ATH WRFD- Transmi consecutively numbered within RNC.
BLK 050404 ssion GUI Value Range: 0~65534
AAL2P WRFD- ATM/IP Unit: None
ATH 0213050 Dual
Stack Actual Value Range: 0~65534
MOD 1
AAL2P Node B Default Value: None
WRFD-
ATH 0503010 Dedicate
RMV 4 d Iub
AAL2P Transmi
WRFD- ssion
ATH 140207 Control
UBL WRFD-
AAL2P Dynami
140208 c AAL2
ATH
Connect
ions in
Iub/
IuCS/Iur
Interface
Iu/Iur
Transmi
ssion
Resourc
e Pool in
RNC
Iub
Transmi
ssion
Resourc
e Pool in
RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
ANI BSC691 ADD WRFD- Iu/Iur IP Meaning: Uniquely identifies an adjacent node.
0 AAL2P 150244 Transmi Adjacent nodes are uniquely but not necessarily
ATH WRFD- ssion consecutively numbered within RNC.
BLK 0503010 Based GUI Value Range: 0~65534
AAL2P 4 on
Dynami Unit: None
ATH WRFD- c Load Actual Value Range: 0~65534
MOD 150243 Balance
AAL2P Default Value: None
ATH Dynami
c AAL2
RMV Connect
AAL2P ions in
ATH Iub/
UBL IuCS/Iur
AAL2P Interface
ATH Iub IP
Transmi
ssion
Based
on
Dynami
c Load
Balance
PATHI BSC690 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: ID of one AAL2 path between two AAL2
D 0 AAL2P 0503010 c AAL2 nodes. The PATHID of the same AAL2 path configured
ATH 4 Connect between two AAL2 nodes must be the same. The value
BLK WRFD- ions in should not be equal to 0.
AAL2P 050404 Iub/ GUI Value Range: 1~4294967295
ATH IuCS/Iur
WRFD- Interface Unit: None
MOD 0213050 Actual Value Range: 1~4294967295
1 ATM/IP
AAL2P
Dual Default Value: None
ATH
Stack
RMV Node B
AAL2P
Dedicate
ATH
d Iub
UBL Transmi
AAL2P ssion
ATH Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
PATHI BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: ID of one AAL2 path between two AAL2
D 0 AAL2P 0503010 c AAL2 nodes. The PATHID of the same AAL2 path configured
ATH 4 Connect between two AAL2 nodes must be the same. The value
BLK WRFD- ions in should not be equal to 0.
AAL2P 050404 Iub/ GUI Value Range: 1~4294967295
ATH IuCS/Iur
WRFD- Interface Unit: None
MOD 0213050 Actual Value Range: 1~4294967295
1 ATM/IP
AAL2P
Dual Default Value: None
ATH
Stack
RMV Node B
AAL2P
Dedicate
ATH
d Iub
UBL Transmi
AAL2P ssion
ATH Control
CARRY BSC690 ADD WRFD- Dedicate Meaning: Lower layer link type of bearing the Path.
T 0 AAL2P 0213050 d Iub UNI: see"ADD UNILNK"; IMA: see"ADD
ATH 1 Transmi IMALNK"; FRAATM: see"ADD FRALNK"; NCOPT:
MOD WRFD- ssion see"LST OPT"; ATMLOGICPORT: see"ADD
AAL2P 0503010 Control ATMLOGICPORT"; NULL: used when testing.
ATH 4 Dynami GUI Value Range: UNI(UNI Link), IMA(IMA Group),
WRFD- c AAL2 FRAATM(FRAATM Link), NCOPT(Optical Port),
150213 Connect ATMLOGICPORT(ATM Logical Port), NULL
ions in (NULL)
Iub/ Unit: None
IuCS/Iur
Interface Actual Value Range: UNI, IMA, FRAATM, NCOPT,
ATMLOGICPORT, NULL
MOCN
Indepen Default Value: None
dent Iub
Transmi
ssion
Resourc
e
Allocati
on

WCDMA RAN

nd
CARRY BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dedicate Meaning: Lower layer link type of bearing the Path.
T 0 AAL2P 0213050 d Iub UNI: see"ADD UNILNK"; IMA: see"ADD
ATH 1 Transmi IMALNK"; FRAATM: see"ADD FRALNK"; NCOPT:
MOD WRFD- ssion see"LST OPT"; ATMLOGICPORT: see"ADD
AAL2P 0503010 Control ATMLOGICPORT"; NULL: used when testing.
ATH 4 Dynami GUI Value Range: UNI(UNI Link), IMA(IMA Group),
WRFD- c AAL2 FRAATM(FRAATM Link), NCOPT(Optical Port),
150213 Connect ATMLOGICPORT(ATM Logical Port), NULL
ions in (NULL)
Iub/ Unit: None
IuCS/Iur
Interface Actual Value Range: UNI, IMA, FRAATM, NCOPT,
ATMLOGICPORT, NULL
MOCN
Indepen Default Value: None
dent Iub
Transmi
ssion
Resourc
e
Allocati
on
CARRY BSC690 ADD WRFD- Dedicate Meaning: Subrack number of bearing the AAL2 path.
F 0 AAL2P 0213050 d Iub GUI Value Range: 0~11
ATH 1 Transmi
ssion Unit: None
MOD WRFD-
AAL2P 0503010 Control Actual Value Range: 0~11
ATH 4 Dynami Default Value: None
c AAL2
Connect
ions in
Iub/
IuCS/Iur
Interface

WCDMA RAN

nd
CARRY BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dedicate Meaning: Subrack number of bearing the AAL2 path.
F 0 AAL2P 0213050 d Iub GUI Value Range: 0~11
ATH 1 Transmi
ssion Unit: None
MOD WRFD-
c AAL2
Connect
ions in
Iub/
IuCS/Iur
Interface
CARRY BSC690 ADD WRFD- Dedicate Meaning: Number of the slot bearing the AAL2 link.
SN 0 AAL2P 0213050 d Iub GUI Value Range: 0~5;8~27
ATH 1 Transmi
ssion Unit: None
MOD WRFD-
AAL2P 0503010 Control Actual Value Range: 0~5, 8~27
c AAL2
Connect
ions in
Iub/
IuCS/Iur
Interface
CARRY BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dedicate Meaning: Number of the slot bearing the AAL2 link.
SN 0 AAL2P 0213050 d Iub GUI Value Range: 0~27
ATH 1 Transmi
ssion Unit: None
MOD WRFD-
c AAL2
Connect
ions in
Iub/
IuCS/Iur
Interface

WCDMA RAN

nd
TXTRF BSC690 ADD WRFD- Overboo Meaning: TX traffic record index of the AAL2 Path on
X 0 AAL2P 050405 king on the out RNC port (ATM layer PVC traffic). The traffic
ATH WRFD- ATM index is configured in the ATM traffic table (see "LST
MOD 050406 Transmi ATMTRF").
AAL2P ssion GUI Value Range: 100~1999
WRFD-
ATH 0213050 ATM Unit: None
1 QoS
Introduc Actual Value Range: 100~1999
WRFD- tion on Default Value: None
0503010 Hub
4 Node B
WRFD- (Overbo
0503010 oking on
6 Hub
WRFD- Node B
0503010 Transmi
7 ssion)
Dedicate
d Iub
Transmi
ssion
Control
Dynami
c AAL2
Connect
ions in
Iub/
IuCS/Iur
Interface
Call
Admissi
on
Based
on Used
AAL2
Path
Bandwi
dth
CBR, rt-
VBR,
nrt-
VBR,
UBR
ATM

WCDMA RAN

nd
QoS
Classes

WCDMA RAN

nd
TXTRF BSC691 ADD WRFD- Overboo Meaning: TX traffic record index of the AAL2 Path on
WRFD-
1 QoS
0503010 Hub
4 Node B
WRFD- (Overbo
0503010 oking on
6 Hub
WRFD- Node B
0503010 Transmi
7 ssion)
Dedicate
d Iub
Transmi
ssion
Control
Dynami
c AAL2
Connect
ions in
Iub/
IuCS/Iur
Interface
Call
Admissi
on
Based
on Used
AAL2
Path
Bandwi
dth
CBR, rt-
VBR,
nrt-
VBR,
UBR
ATM

WCDMA RAN

nd
QoS
Classes

WCDMA RAN

nd
RXTRF BSC690 ADD WRFD- Overboo Meaning: RX traffic record index of the AAL2 Path on
WRFD-
1 QoS
0503010 Hub
4 Node B
WRFD- (Overbo
0503010 oking on
6 Hub
WRFD- Node B
0503010 Transmi
7 ssion)
Dedicate
d Iub
Transmi
ssion
Control
Dynami
c AAL2
Connect
ions in
Iub/
IuCS/Iur
Interface
Call
Admissi
on
Based
on Used
AAL2
Path
Bandwi
dth
CBR, rt-
VBR,
nrt-
VBR,
UBR
ATM

WCDMA RAN

nd
QoS
Classes

WCDMA RAN

nd
RXTRF BSC691 ADD WRFD- Overboo Meaning: RX traffic record index of the AAL2 Path on
WRFD-
1 QoS
0503010 Hub
4 Node B
WRFD- (Overbo
0503010 oking on
6 Hub
WRFD- Node B
0503010 Transmi
7 ssion)
Dedicate
d Iub
Transmi
ssion
Control
Dynami
c AAL2
Connect
ions in
Iub/
IuCS/Iur
Interface
Call
Admissi
on
Based
on Used
AAL2
Path
Bandwi
dth
CBR, rt-
VBR,
nrt-
VBR,
UBR
ATM

WCDMA RAN

nd
QoS
Classes
NT BTS390 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Indicates the type of AAL2 path. If the local
0, AAL2P 0503010 c AAL2 end node is selected, the AAL2 path is used by local
BTS390 ATH 4 Connect services. If the switching node is selected, the AAL2
0 DSP ions in path is used to connect to the controller through the
WCDM AAL2P Iub/ HUB BS. If the adjacent node is selected, the AAL2 path
A ATH IuCS/Iur is used to connect to the lower-level BS through the
Interface HUB BS.
MOD
AAL2P GUI Value Range: LOCAL(End Node), HUB
ATH (Switching Node), ADJNODE(Adjacent Node)
RMV Unit: None

AAL2P Actual Value Range: LOCAL, HUB, ADJNODE
ATH Default Value: None
LST
AAL2P
ATH
PATHI BTS390 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Indicates the number of the AAL2 path.
D 0, AAL2P 0503010 c AAL2 GUI Value Range: 1~4294967295
BTS390 ATH 4 Connect
0 ions in Unit: None
DSP
WCDM AAL2P Iub/ Actual Value Range: 1~4294967295
A ATH IuCS/Iur Default Value: None
Interface
MOD
AAL2P
ATH
RMV
AAL2P
ATH
LST
AAL2P
ATH
SN BTS390 ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the number of the slot where the
0, AAL2P AAL2 path is located.
BTS390 ATH GUI Value Range: 0~7
0 LST
WCDM Unit: None
AAL2P
A ATH Actual Value Range: 0~7
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
SBT BTS390 ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the type of sub-board on the board
0, AAL2P where the AAL2 path is established.
BTS390 ATH GUI Value Range: BASE_BOARD(Base Board),
0 LST UNCHANNELLED_COVERBOARD(Unchannelled
WCDM AAL2P Cover Board), E1_COVERBOARD(E1 Cover Board),
A ATH BACK_BOARD(Back Board)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: BASE_BOARD,
UNCHANNELLED_COVERBOARD,
E1_COVERBOARD, BACK_BOARD
Default Value: None
PT BTS390 ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the type of port on which the AAL2
0, AAL2P path is carried.
BTS390 ATH GUI Value Range: IMA(IMA Group), UNI(UNI Link),
0 LST STM1(STM1), FRAATM(FRAATM Link)
WCDM AAL2P
A Unit: None
ATH
Actual Value Range: IMA, UNI, STM1, FRAATM
Default Value: None
JNRSC BTS390 ADD WRFD- Transmi Meaning: Indicates whether the AAL2 path joins a
GRP 0, AAL2P 0213040 ssion transmission resource group.
BTS390 ATH 6 Recours GUI Value Range: DISABLE(Disable), ENABLE
0 LST e (Enable)
WCDM AAL2P Sharing
A on Iub/ Unit: None
ATH
Iur Actual Value Range: DISABLE, ENABLE
Interface Default Value: DISABLE(Disable)
VPI BTS390 ADD WRFD- ATM Meaning: Indicates the Virtual Path Identifier (VPI) of
0, AAL2P 0503010 over the AAL2 path.
BTS390 ATH 1 E1T1 on GUI Value Range: 0~255
0 LST WRFD- Iub
WCDM Interface Unit: None
AAL2P 0503010
A ATH 3 ATM Actual Value Range: 0~255
over Default Value: None
Non-
channeli
zed
STM-1/
OC-3c
on Iub/
Iu/Iur
Interface

WCDMA RAN

nd
VCI BTS390 ADD WRFD- ATM Meaning: Indicates the Virtual Channel Identifier (VCI)
0, AAL2P 0503010 over of the AAL2 path.
BTS390 ATH 1 E1T1 on GUI Value Range: 32~511
0 LST WRFD- Iub
WCDM Interface Unit: None
AAL2P 0503010
A ATH 3 ATM Actual Value Range: 32~511
over Default Value: None
Non-
channeli
zed
STM-1/
OC-3c
on Iub/
Iu/Iur
Interface
RU BTS390 ADD WRFD- ATM Meaning: Indicates the unit of the Peak Cell Rate (PCR),
0, AAL2P 0503010 over Minimum Cell Rate (MCR), Sustainable Cell Rate
BTS390 ATH 1 E1T1 on (SCR), and Receive Cell Rate (RCR). 1 cell/s is equal
0 MOD WRFD- Iub to 0.424 kbit/s. If the rate is converted from cell/s to kbit/
WCDM AAL2P 0503010 Interface s, the result value must be rounded down to the nearest
A ATH 3 ATM integer. For example, 73 cell/s is converted to 30 kbit/
over s.
LST WRFD-
AAL2P 0503010 Non- GUI Value Range: KBPS(Kbit/s), CELL/S(cell/s)
ATH 6 channeli Unit: None
zed
STM-1/ Actual Value Range: KBPS, CELL/S
OC-3c Default Value: KBPS(Kbit/s)
on Iub/
Iu/Iur
Interface
Call
Admissi
on
Based
on Used
AAL2
Path
Bandwi
dth

WCDMA RAN

nd
ST BTS390 ADD WRFD- CBR, rt- Meaning: Indicates the type of the service carried on the
0, AAL2P 0503010 VBR, AAL2 path. In flow control, services carried by an
BTS390 ATH 7 nrt- AAL2 path are classified into five categories: the
0 MOD WRFD- VBR, Constant Bit Rate (CBR) service, Real-Time Variable
WCDM AAL2P 050305 UBR Bit Rate (RTVBR) service, Non-Real-Time Variable
A ATH ATM Bit Rate (NRTVBR) service, Unspecified Bit Rate Plus
QoS (UBR+) service, and Unspecified Bit Rate (UBR)
LST Classes service.
AAL2P
ATH UBR GUI Value Range: CBR(CBR), RTVBR(RTVBR),
+ATM NRTVBR(NRTVBR), UBR+(UBR+), UBR(UBR)
QoS Unit: None
Class
Actual Value Range: CBR, RTVBR, NRTVBR, UBR
+, UBR
Default Value: RTVBR(RTVBR)
PCR BTS390 ADD WRFD- Call Meaning: Indicates the Peak Cell Rate (PCR) of the
0, AAL2P 0503010 Admissi AAL2 path, which is the maximum cell burst rate
BTS390 ATH 6 on supported by the AAL2 path. The value of this
0 MOD Based parameter is subject to the actual network. Setting the
WCDM AAL2P on Used parameter to an improper value affects the service
A ATH AAL2 quality.
Path GUI Value Range: 30~49529
LST Bandwi
AAL2P dth Unit: None
ATH Actual Value Range: 30~49529
Default Value: None
SCR BTS390 ADD WRFD- CBR, rt- Meaning: Indicates the Sustainable Cell Rate (SCR) of
0, AAL2P 0503010 VBR, the AAL2 path. The value of this parameter is subject
BTS390 ATH 7 nrt- to the actual network. Setting the parameter to an
0 MOD WRFD- VBR, improper value affects the service quality. The SCR
WCDM AAL2P 0503010 UBR value determines the average rate at which cells are sent
A ATH 1 ATM over a Variable Bit Rate (VBR) connection.
QoS GUI Value Range: 30~49526
LST Classes
AAL2P Unit: None
ATH ATM
over Actual Value Range: 30~49526
E1T1 on Default Value: None
Iub
Interface

WCDMA RAN

nd
RCR BTS390 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Indicates the rate at which cells are received.
0, AAL2P 0106101 Flow This parameter must be set to be consistent with the TX
BTS390 ATH 0 Control bandwidth at the controller. Inaccurate RX bandwidth
0 MOD in the flow control algorithm affects flow control.
WCDM AAL2P GUI Value Range: 30~129717
A ATH
Unit: None
LST
AAL2P
ATH Default Value: None
ANI BSC690 ADD WRFD- Hybrid Meaning: Uniquely identifies an adjacent node.
0 IPPATH 050403 Iub IP Adjacent nodes are uniquely but not necessarily
BLK WRFD- Transmi consecutively numbered within RNC.
IPPATH 050404 ssion GUI Value Range: 0~65534
MOD WRFD- ATM/IP Unit: None
IPPATH 0213050 Dual
Stack Actual Value Range: 0~65534
RMV 1
Node B Default Value: None
IPPATH WRFD-
0503010 Dedicate
UBL d Iub
IPPATH 4
Transmi
WRFD- ssion
140207 Control
WRFD- Dynami
140208 c AAL2
Connect
ions in
Iub/
IuCS/Iur
Interface
Iu/Iur
Transmi
ssion
Resourc
e Pool in
RNC
Iub
Transmi
ssion
Resourc
e Pool in
RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
PATHI BSC690 ADD WRFD- IP Meaning: Uniquely identifies an IP path.

D 0 IPPATH 050402 Transmi GUI Value Range: 0~65535
BLK ssion
Introduc Unit: None
IPPATH
tion on Actual Value Range: 0~65535
MOD Iub
IPPATH Default Value: None
Interface
RMV
IPPATH
UBL
IPPATH
ITFT BSC690 ADD WRFD- Overboo Meaning: Type of the adjacent node.
0 IPPATH 050408 king on GUI Value Range: IUB(Iub Interface), IUR(Iur
MOD WRFD- IP Interface), IUCS(Iu-CS Interface), IUPS(Iu-PS
IPPATH 0213050 Transmi Interface)
1 ssion
Unit: None
WRFD- Dedicate
d Iub Actual Value Range: IUB, IUR, IUCS, IUPS
050403
Transmi Default Value: None
WRFD- ssion
050404 Control
WRFD- Hybrid
050424 Iub IP
Transmi
ssion
ATM/IP
Dual
Stack
Node B
Traffic
Priority
Mappin
g onto
Transmi
ssion
Resourc
es

WCDMA RAN

nd
TRANS BSC690 ADD WRFD- Overboo Meaning: Transport type of the adjacent node to which
T 0 IPPATH 050408 king on the path belongs. This parameter is valid only when
WRFD- IP "Interface Type" is set to "IUB".
050402 Transmi GUI Value Range: IP(IP), HYBRID_IP(HYBRID IP)
ssion
Unit: None
IP
Transmi Actual Value Range: IP, HYBRID_IP
ssion Default Value: None
Introduc
tion on
Iub
Interface

WCDMA RAN

nd
IPADD BSC690 ADD WRFD- IP Meaning: Local IP address of an IP path. The local IP
R 0 IPPATH 050402 Transmi address must be the configured IP address (including
WRFD- ssion the IP address and port address of the interface board).
050403 Introduc GUI Value Range: Valid IP Address
tion on
WRFD- Iub Unit: None
050404 Interface Actual Value Range: Valid IP Address
WRFD- Hybrid Default Value: None
150211 Iub IP
MRFD- Transmi
211502 ssion
WRFD- ATM/IP
050409 Dual
MRFD- Stack
211501 Node B
MRFD- RNC in
211504 Pool
Load
Sharing
IP-
Based
BSC and
RNC
Co-
Transmi
ssion on
MBSC
Side
IP
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion on
Iu
Interface
IP-
Based
Multi-
mode
Co-
Transmi
ssion on
BS side
(GBTS)

WCDMA RAN

nd
TDM-
Based
Multi-
mode
Co-
Transmi
ssion via
Backpla
ne on BS
side
(GBTS)
PEERIP BSC690 ADD WRFD- IP Meaning: The peer IP address should not be the same
ADDR 0 IPPATH 050402 Transmi as the local address.
WRFD- ssion GUI Value Range: Valid IP Address
050403 Introduc
tion on Unit: None
WRFD- Iub Actual Value Range: Valid IP Address
050404 Interface Default Value: None
WRFD- Hybrid
150211 Iub IP
WRFD- Transmi
050409 ssion
WRFD- ATM/IP
021311 Dual
Stack
Node B
RNC in
Pool
Load
Sharing
IP
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion on
Iu
Interface
MOCN
Introduc
tion
Package

WCDMA RAN

nd
PEERM BSC690 ADD WRFD- IP Meaning: Subnet mask of the peer IP.
ASK 0 IPPATH 050409 Transmi GUI Value Range: Valid IP Address
WRFD- ssion
Introduc Unit: None
050402
tion on Actual Value Range: Valid IP Address
WRFD- Iu
050403 Default Value: 255.255.255.255
Interface
WRFD- IP
050404 Transmi
WRFD- ssion
020111 Introduc
tion on
Iub
Interface
Hybrid
Iub IP
Transmi
ssion
ATM/IP
Dual
Stack
Node B
One
Tunnel

WCDMA RAN

nd
TXBW BSC690 ADD WRFD- One Meaning: Transmit bandwidth.

0 IPPATH 020111 Tunnel GUI Value Range: 1~3000000
MOD WRFD- IP Unit: kbit/s
IPPATH 050402 Transmi
ssion Actual Value Range: 1~3000000
WRFD-
050403 Introduc Default Value: None
tion on
WRFD- Iub
050404 Interface
WRFD- Hybrid
050409 Iub IP
Transmi
ssion
ATM/IP
Dual
Stack
Node B
IP
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion on
Iu
Interface

WCDMA RAN

nd
RXBW BSC690 ADD WRFD- One Meaning: Receive bandwidth.

0 IPPATH 020111 Tunnel GUI Value Range: 1~3000000
MOD WRFD- IP Unit: kbit/s
IPPATH 050402 Transmi
ssion Actual Value Range: 1~3000000
WRFD-
050403 Introduc Default Value: None
tion on
WRFD- Iub
050404 Interface
WRFD- Hybrid
050409 Iub IP
Transmi
ssion
ATM/IP
Dual
Stack
Node B
IP
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion on
Iu
Interface
HsupaIn BSC690 SET WRFD- Rate Meaning: HSUPA BE traffic initial bit rate. When
itialRate 0 UFRC 010507 Negotiat DCCC algorithm switch and HSUPA DCCC algorithm
WRFD- ion at switch are enabled, the uplink initial bit rate will be set
0106120 Admissi to this value if the uplink max bit rate is higher than the
8 on initial bit rate.
Control GUI Value Range: D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144,
HSUPA D256, D384, D608, D1280, D2048, D2720, D5440
DCCC Unit: kbit/s
Actual Value Range: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384,
608, 1280, 2048, 2720, 5440
Default Value: D256

WCDMA RAN

nd
HsupaIn BSC691 SET WRFD- Rate Meaning: HSUPA BE traffic initial bit rate. When
itialRate 0 UFRC 010507 Negotiat DCCC algorithm switch and HSUPA DCCC algorithm
WRFD- ion at switch are enabled, the uplink initial bit rate will be set
0106120 Admissi to this value if the uplink max bit rate is higher than the
8 on initial bit rate.
Control GUI Value Range: D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144,
HSUPA D256, D384, D608, D1280, D2048, D2720, D5440
DCCC Unit: kbit/s
Actual Value Range: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384,
608, 1280, 2048, 2720, 5440
Default Value: D256
MaxEdc BSC690 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: This parameter determines the maximum
hCellIn 0 UHOCO 0106120 Mobility number of links in the EDCH active set. When the RNC
ActiveS MM 4 Manage acts as the SRNC, the number of links in the EDCH
et ment active set for all the UEs under the RNC cannot exceed
the parameter value. If the parameter value is too large,
a lot of resources on the RAN side will be occupied as
the same data is transferred over multiple EDCH links
in macro diversity, thus affecting the system
performance. If this parameter value is too small,
insufficient combination gain can be achieved in macro
diversity by the EDCH, which causes excessive
retransmissions and affects the UE speed.
Unit: None
Default Value: 3

WCDMA RAN

nd
MaxEdc BSC691 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: This parameter determines the maximum
hCellIn 0 UHOCO 0106120 Mobility number of links in the EDCH active set. When the RNC
ActiveS MM 4 Manage acts as the SRNC, the number of links in the EDCH
et ment active set for all the UEs under the RNC cannot exceed
the parameter value. If the parameter value is too large,
a lot of resources on the RAN side will be occupied as
the same data is transferred over multiple EDCH links
in macro diversity, thus affecting the system
performance. If this parameter value is too small,
insufficient combination gain can be achieved in macro
diversity by the EDCH, which causes excessive
retransmissions and affects the UE speed.
Unit: None
Default Value: 3
MaxCell BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter Meaning: Maximum number of cells in an active set.
InActive 0 UINTR 020203 RNC This parameter is used to achieve the balance between
Set AFREQ WRFD- Soft the signal quality in the SHO area and the system
HO 020202 Handov performance. If more cells are in the active set, a user
er can obtain a greater macro diversity gain; the intra-
Intra frequency interference is smaller. In this case, however,
RNC the user occupies resources of several cells. This
Soft increases the amount of data to be processed and lowers
Handov the system performance.
er GUI Value Range: 1~6
Unit: None
Default Value: 3
MaxCell BSC691 SET WRFD- Inter Meaning: Maximum number of cells in an active set.
InActive 0 UINTR 020203 RNC This parameter is used to achieve the balance between
Set AFREQ WRFD- Soft the signal quality in the SHO area and the system
HO 020202 Handov performance. If more cells are in the active set, a user
er can obtain a greater macro diversity gain; the intra-
Intra frequency interference is smaller. In this case, however,
RNC the user occupies resources of several cells. This
Soft increases the amount of data to be processed and lowers
Handov the system performance.
er GUI Value Range: 1~6
Unit: None
Default Value: 3

WCDMA RAN

nd
RetryCa BSC690 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: This parameter specifies which HSPA
pability 0 UFRC 0106140 2ms TTI technologies can be retried by UEs. When the HSPA
3 DC- technologies are selected and currently UE is not using
WRFD- HSDPA them, "RNC" will initiate these HSPA technologies
010699 +MIMO retry for UE.This parameter takes effect only when
services running on the UE are carried over the HSPA
WRFD- Macro- channel.
151209 Micro
GUI Value Range: SRB_OVER_HSDPA,
WRFD- DC-
SRB_OVER_HSUPA, TTI_2MS, MIMO, 64QAM,
150207 HSDPA
DL_L2_ENHANCE, DTX_DRX,
WRFD- 4C- HSSCCH_LESS_OPERATION, MIMO_64QAM,
010652 HSDPA DC_HSDPA, UL_L2_ENHANCE, UL_16QAM,
WRFD- SRB EDPCCH_BOOSTING, DCMIMO_HSDPA,
010686 over DC_HSUPA, HSDPA_4C_MIMO, HSDPA_4C,
HSDPA DBMIMO_HSDPA, DB_HSDPA
WRFD-
010687 CPC - Unit: None
WRFD- DTX / Actual Value Range: SRB_OVER_HSDPA,

010684 DRX SRB_OVER_HSUPA, TTI_2MS, MIMO, 64QAM,
CPC - DL_L2_ENHANCE, DTX_DRX,
WRFD- HSSCCH_LESS_OPERATION, MIMO_64QAM,
010685 HS-
SCCH DC_HSDPA, UL_L2_ENHANCE, UL_16QAM,
WRFD- less EDPCCH_BOOSTING, DCMIMO_HSDPA,
010695 operatio DC_HSUPA, HSDPA_4C_MIMO, HSDPA_4C,
WRFD- n DBMIMO_HSDPA, DB_HSDPA
010683 Default Value: SRB_OVER_HSDPA:
2x2
WRFD- 0,SRB_OVER_HSUPA:0,TTI_2MS:0,MIMO:
MIMO
010697 1,64QAM:1,DL_L2_ENHANCE:1,DTX_DRX:
Downlin 1,HSSCCH_LESS_OPERATION:1,MIMO_64QAM:
WRFD- k 0,DC_HSDPA:0,UL_L2_ENHANCE:0,UL_16QAM:
010694 Enhance 0,EDPCCH_BOOSTING:0,DCMIMO_HSDPA:
WRFD- d L2 0,DC_HSUPA:0,HSDPA_4C_MIMO:0,HSDPA_4C:
150227 UL 0,DBMIMO_HSDPA:0,DB_HSDPA:0
WRFD- Layer 2
150209 Improve
ment
WRFD-
150250 Downlin
WRFD- k
010636 64QAM
WRFD- E-
010696 DPCCH
Boostin
WRFD- g
150223
UL
WRFD-
16QAM
010693

WCDMA RAN

nd
DB-
HSDPA
+MIMO
DB-
HSDPA
3C-
HSDPA
SRB
over
HSUPA
DC-
HSDPA
MC-
HSDPA
+MIMO
DL
64QAM
+MIMO

WCDMA RAN

nd
RetryCa BSC691 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: This parameter specifies which HSPA
pability 0 UFRC 0106140 2ms TTI technologies can be retried by UEs. When the HSPA
3 DC- technologies are selected and currently UE is not using
WRFD- HSDPA them, "RNC" will initiate these HSPA technologies
010699 +MIMO retry for UE.This parameter takes effect only when
services running on the UE are carried over the HSPA
WRFD- Macro- channel.
151209 Micro
GUI Value Range: SRB_OVER_HSDPA,
WRFD- DC-
SRB_OVER_HSUPA, TTI_2MS, MIMO, 64QAM,
150207 HSDPA
DL_L2_ENHANCE, DTX_DRX,
WRFD- 4C- HSSCCH_LESS_OPERATION, MIMO_64QAM,
010652 HSDPA DC_HSDPA, UL_L2_ENHANCE, UL_16QAM,
WRFD- SRB EDPCCH_BOOSTING, DCMIMO_HSDPA,
010686 over DC_HSUPA, HSDPA_4C_MIMO, HSDPA_4C,
HSDPA DBMIMO_HSDPA, DB_HSDPA
WRFD-
010687 CPC - Unit: None
WRFD- DTX / Actual Value Range: SRB_OVER_HSDPA,

010684 DRX SRB_OVER_HSUPA, TTI_2MS, MIMO, 64QAM,
CPC - DL_L2_ENHANCE, DTX_DRX,
WRFD- HSSCCH_LESS_OPERATION, MIMO_64QAM,
010685 HS-
SCCH DC_HSDPA, UL_L2_ENHANCE, UL_16QAM,
WRFD- less EDPCCH_BOOSTING, DCMIMO_HSDPA,
010695 operatio DC_HSUPA, HSDPA_4C_MIMO, HSDPA_4C,
WRFD- n DBMIMO_HSDPA, DB_HSDPA
010683 Default Value: SRB_OVER_HSDPA:
2x2
WRFD- 0,SRB_OVER_HSUPA:0,TTI_2MS:0,MIMO:
MIMO
010697 1,64QAM:1,DL_L2_ENHANCE:1,DTX_DRX:
Downlin 1,HSSCCH_LESS_OPERATION:1,MIMO_64QAM:
WRFD- k 0,DC_HSDPA:0,UL_L2_ENHANCE:0,UL_16QAM:
010694 Enhance 0,EDPCCH_BOOSTING:0,DCMIMO_HSDPA:
WRFD- d L2 0,DC_HSUPA:0,HSDPA_4C_MIMO:0,HSDPA_4C:
150227 UL 0,DBMIMO_HSDPA:0,DB_HSDPA:0
WRFD- Layer 2
150209 Improve
ment
WRFD-
150250 Downlin
WRFD- k
010636 64QAM
WRFD- E-
010696 DPCCH
Boostin
WRFD- g
150223
UL
WRFD-
16QAM
010693

WCDMA RAN

nd
DB-
HSDPA
+MIMO
DB-
HSDPA
3C-
HSDPA
SRB
over
HSUPA
DC-
HSDPA
MC-
HSDPA
+MIMO
DL
64QAM
+MIMO

WCDMA RAN

nd
FakeEc BSC690 SET WRFD- TTI Meaning: Substitute of the real-time P-CPICH Ec/N0
No 0 UFRC 010690 Switch when a UE establishes a service or transits from the
for BE CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state to the CELL_DCH
Services state and the RNC does not receive the P-CPICH Ec/N0
Based value reported by the UE or the P-CPICH Ec/N0 value
on reported by the UE after the period specified by the
Coverag EcN0EffectTime parameter expires. This parameter is
e used for determining whether UEs are under weak
coverage in the following algorithms: coverage-based
BE service initial TTI selection algorithm, the algorithm
for determining whether BE services on the UE will
switch from HSUPA channels to R99 channels, the
coverage- and load- based algorithm for dynamic
configuration of the channel mapped to downlink SRBs
in access mode, and the algorithm for Small Target
Retransmit on RSCP and RTWP. Value 50 of this
parameter indicates that this parameter is invalid. In this
case, a UE is not in a weak coverage area even if the
RNC does not receive the P-CPICH Ec/N0 value
reported by the UE or the P-CPICH Ec/N0 value
reported by the UE after the period specified by the
"EcN0EffectTime" parameter expires.
Unit: 0.5dB
Actual Value Range: -24.5~0.5(Actual Value = (GUI
Value - 49(offset)) x 0.5)
Default Value: 50

WCDMA RAN

nd
FakeEc BSC691 SET WRFD- TTI Meaning: Substitute of the real-time P-CPICH Ec/N0
No 0 UFRC 010690 Switch when a UE establishes a service or transits from the
for BE CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state to the CELL_DCH
Services state and the RNC does not receive the P-CPICH Ec/N0
Based value reported by the UE or the P-CPICH Ec/N0 value
on reported by the UE after the period specified by the
Coverag EcN0EffectTime parameter expires. This parameter is
e used for determining whether UEs are under weak
coverage in the following algorithms: coverage-based
BE service initial TTI selection algorithm, the algorithm
for determining whether BE services on the UE will
switch from HSUPA channels to R99 channels, the
coverage- and load- based algorithm for dynamic
configuration of the channel mapped to downlink SRBs
in access mode, and the algorithm for Small Target
Retransmit on RSCP and RTWP. Value 50 of this
parameter indicates that this parameter is invalid. In this
case, a UE is not in a weak coverage area even if the
RNC does not receive the P-CPICH Ec/N0 value
reported by the UE or the P-CPICH Ec/N0 value
reported by the UE after the period specified by the
"EcN0EffectTime" parameter expires.
Unit: 0.5dB
Actual Value Range: -24.5~0.5(Actual Value = (GUI
Value - 49(offset)) x 0.5)
Default Value: 50

WCDMA RAN

nd
PsSwitc BSC690 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning: PS rate negotiation switch group. 1.
h 0 UCORR 021101 c PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH:
MALG WRFD- Channel When the switch is on, access at a rate of 0 kbit/s or on
OSWIT 010690 Configu the FACH is determined according to the current
CH ration connection state of the RRC if the PS BE admission and
WRFD- Control the later preemption and queuing fail. 2.
030004 (DCCC) PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH:
TTI When the switch is on, the initial rate of the service
Switch should be dynamically configured according to the
for BE value of Ec/No reported by the UE when the PS BE
Services service is established. 3.
Based PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the switch is
on on, the Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS
Coverag BE service if Alternative RAB Parameter Values IE is
e present in the RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST or RELOCATION REQUEST message. 4.
Adaptiv PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH: When the switch
e is on and the RAB downsizing license is activated, the
Configu initial speed is determined on the basis of cell resources.
ration of Downsizing is implemented for BE services. 5.
Typical PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the
HSPA switch is on, the Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied
Rate to the PS STREAM service if Alternative RAB
Parameter Values IE is present in the RANAP RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION
REQUEST message. 6.
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the strict Iu QoS Negotiation function
is applied to the PS BE service,RNC select Iu max bit
rate based on UE capacity,cell capacity,max bitrate and
alternative RAB parameter values in RANAP RAB
REQUEST message. When the switch is not on, the
loose Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS
BE service,RNC select Iu max bit rate based on UE
capacity,max bitrate and alternative RAB parameter
values in RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or
RELOCATION REQUEST message,not consider cell
capacity,this can avoid Iu QoS Renegotiation between
different cell.The switch is valid when
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is set to ON. 7.
HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH: When
this switch is turned on, the RNC can calculate the actual
maximum traffic rate of PS BE services over HSPA
channels based on the MBR assigned by the CN, if the
license controlling the Adaptive Configuration of
Typical HSPA Rate feature is activated. 8.

WCDMA RAN

nd
PS_CM_COV_H2D_0K_SWITCH: Whether to
allocate a 0 kbit/s DCH in the uplink and downlink to
HSPA services after the corresponding UE enters the
compressed mode due to poor coverage.When this
switch is turned on, a 0 kbit/s DCH is allocated to HSPA
services in the uplink and downlink after the
corresponding UE enters the compressed mode due to
poor coverage. 9.
PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to refuse to allocate a high data rate to the PS
services of a UE in compressed mode when the UE
applies for a high data rate by moving to an inter-
frequency co-coverage cell using the directed retry
procedure.When this switch is turned on, the RNC
refuses to increase the data rate of the PS services of a
UE in compressed mode when the UE applies for a high
data rate by moving to an inter-frequency co-coverage
cell using the directed retry procedure. 10.
PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWITCH: Whether to
refuse to increase the PS data rate of a UE that is in the
weak coverage state. Conventionally, a UE enters the
weak coverage state after reporting the event 2D and
exits the state after reporting the event 2F. During the
interval between the two events, the UE is regarded as
being in the weak coverage state. Note that the UE can
also exit the state through other processes, such as a hard
handover. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
refuses to increase the PS data rate of such a UE. 11.
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_ENHANCE_SWITCH
: Whether the Iu QoS negotiation enhancement function
of PS streaming services takes effect. When this switch
is turned on, the Iu QoS negotiation Enhancement
function of PS streaming services takes effect. The Iu
QoS negotiation enhancement function of PS streaming
services includes the following: 1)The Iu QoS
negotiation on alternative guarantee bit rates of PS
streaming services is now supported. 2)The Iu QoS
negotiation function of PS services is supported in the
inter-RAT handover process. When this switch is turned
off, the Iu QoS negotiation Enhancement function of PS
streaming services does not take effect. 12.
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH: Whether
Iu QoS re-negotiation is performed for PS streaming
services. When this switch is turned on, Iu QoS re-
negotiation is performed for streaming services. That is,
if the rate over the Uu interface changes after the RAB
establishment, the RNC sends the RAB MOBIFY

WCDMA RAN

nd
REQUEST message to instruct the CN to modify the

maximum bit rate and guarantee bit rate. When this
switch is turned off, Iu QoS re-negotiation is not
performed for streaming services.
GUI Value Range:
PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH,
PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH,
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,
PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH,
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,
HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH,
PS_CM_COV_H2D_0K_SWITCH,
PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH,
PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWITCH,
, PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Default Value:
PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH:
0,PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH:
0,PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH:
0,PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH:
1,PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH:
0,PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH:
0,HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH:
0,PS_CM_COV_H2D_0K_SWITCH:
0,PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_ENHANCE_SWITC
H:0, PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
PsSwitc BSC691 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning: PS rate negotiation switch group. 1.
h 0 UCORR 021101 c PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH:
MALG WRFD- Channel When the switch is on, access at a rate of 0 kbit/s or on
OSWIT 010690 Configu the FACH is determined according to the current
CH ration connection state of the RRC if the PS BE admission and
WRFD- Control the later preemption and queuing fail. 2.
030004 (DCCC) PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH:
TTI When the switch is on, the initial rate of the service
Switch should be dynamically configured according to the
for BE value of Ec/No reported by the UE when the PS BE
Services service is established. 3.
Based PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the switch is
on on, the Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS
Coverag BE service if Alternative RAB Parameter Values IE is
e present in the RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST or RELOCATION REQUEST message. 4.
Adaptiv PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH: When the switch
e is on and the RAB downsizing license is activated, the
Configu initial speed is determined on the basis of cell resources.
ration of Downsizing is implemented for BE services. 5.
Typical PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the
HSPA switch is on, the Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied
Rate to the PS STREAM service if Alternative RAB
Parameter Values IE is present in the RANAP RAB
REQUEST message. 6.
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the strict Iu QoS Negotiation function
is applied to the PS BE service,RNC select Iu max bit
rate based on UE capacity,cell capacity,max bitrate and
alternative RAB parameter values in RANAP RAB
REQUEST message. When the switch is not on, the
loose Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS
BE service,RNC select Iu max bit rate based on UE
capacity,max bitrate and alternative RAB parameter
values in RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or
RELOCATION REQUEST message,not consider cell
capacity,this can avoid Iu QoS Renegotiation between
different cell.The switch is valid when
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is set to ON. 7.
HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH: When
this switch is turned on, the RNC can calculate the actual
maximum traffic rate of PS BE services over HSPA
channels based on the MBR assigned by the CN, if the
license controlling the Adaptive Configuration of
Typical HSPA Rate feature is activated. 8.

WCDMA RAN

nd
PS_CM_COV_H2D_0K_SWITCH: Whether to
allocate a 0 kbit/s DCH in the uplink and downlink to
HSPA services after the corresponding UE enters the
compressed mode due to poor coverage.When this
switch is turned on, a 0 kbit/s DCH is allocated to HSPA
services in the uplink and downlink after the
corresponding UE enters the compressed mode due to
poor coverage. 9.
PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to refuse to allocate a high data rate to the PS
services of a UE in compressed mode when the UE
applies for a high data rate by moving to an inter-
frequency co-coverage cell using the directed retry
procedure.When this switch is turned on, the RNC
refuses to increase the data rate of the PS services of a
UE in compressed mode when the UE applies for a high
data rate by moving to an inter-frequency co-coverage
cell using the directed retry procedure. 10.
PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWITCH: Whether to
refuse to increase the PS data rate of a UE that is in the
weak coverage state. Conventionally, a UE enters the
weak coverage state after reporting the event 2D and
exits the state after reporting the event 2F. During the
interval between the two events, the UE is regarded as
being in the weak coverage state. Note that the UE can
also exit the state through other processes, such as a hard
handover. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
refuses to increase the PS data rate of such a UE. 11.
: Whether the Iu QoS negotiation enhancement function
of PS streaming services takes effect. When this switch
is turned on, the Iu QoS negotiation Enhancement
function of PS streaming services takes effect. The Iu
QoS negotiation enhancement function of PS streaming
services includes the following: 1)The Iu QoS
negotiation on alternative guarantee bit rates of PS
streaming services is now supported. 2)The Iu QoS
negotiation function of PS services is supported in the
inter-RAT handover process. When this switch is turned
off, the Iu QoS negotiation Enhancement function of PS
streaming services does not take effect. 12.
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH: Whether
Iu QoS re-negotiation is performed for PS streaming
services. When this switch is turned on, Iu QoS re-
negotiation is performed for streaming services. That is,
if the rate over the Uu interface changes after the RAB
establishment, the RNC sends the RAB MOBIFY

WCDMA RAN

nd
REQUEST message to instruct the CN to modify the

maximum bit rate and guarantee bit rate. When this
switch is turned off, Iu QoS re-negotiation is not
performed for streaming services.
GUI Value Range:
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Default Value:
PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH:
0,PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH:
0,PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH:
0,PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH:
1,PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH:
0,PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH:
0,HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH:
0,PS_CM_COV_H2D_0K_SWITCH:
0,PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_ENHANCE_SWITC
H:0, PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Priority BSC690 SET None None Meaning: Priority class of users who support TTI
Opt 0 UEDCH switching from 2 ms to 10 ms for BE services based on
TTIREC fairness and differentiation. Value Gold indicates that
FG TTI switching from 2 ms to 10 ms is performed on gold,
silver, and copper users' BE services based on fairness
and differentiation. Value Silver indicates that TTI
switching from 2 ms to 10 ms is performed on silver and
copper users' BE services based on fairness and
differentiation. Value Copper indicates that TTI
switching from 2 ms to 10 ms is only performed on
differentiation. This parameter is an advanced
parameter. To modify this parameter, contact Huawei
Customer Service Center for technical support.
GUI Value Range: Gold, Silver, Copper
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Gold, Silver, Copper
Default Value: Gold
Priority BSC691 SET None None Meaning: Priority class of users who support TTI
Opt 0 UEDCH switching from 2 ms to 10 ms for BE services based on
TTIREC fairness and differentiation. Value Gold indicates that
FG TTI switching from 2 ms to 10 ms is performed on gold,
silver, and copper users' BE services based on fairness
and differentiation. Value Silver indicates that TTI
switching from 2 ms to 10 ms is performed on silver and
differentiation. Value Copper indicates that TTI
switching from 2 ms to 10 ms is only performed on
differentiation. This parameter is an advanced
GUI Value Range: Gold, Silver, Copper
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Gold, Silver, Copper
Default Value: Gold

WCDMA RAN

nd
LowRati BSC690 SET WRFD- TTI Meaning: Ratio for lower MAC-e/i rate threshold of TTI
oFor2ms 0 UEDCH 010690 Switch switchover from 2 ms to 10 ms. When adaptive
To10ms TTIREC for BE retransmission (controlled by
FG Services PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITC
Based H) is disabled, or when adaptive retransmission is used
on together with small data retransmission, Lower MAC-
Coverag e/i rate threshold of TTI switchover from 2 ms to 10 ms
e = "BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs"/(1 + "EdchTargetLittleR-
etransNum") x this parameter value; When adaptive
retransmission (controlled by
H) is enabled and large data retransmission is used,
Lower MAC-e/i rate threshold of TTI switchover from
2 ms to 10 ms = "BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs"/(1 +
"EdchTargetLargeRetransNum") x this parameter
value. This parameter is an advanced parameter. To
modify this parameter, contact Huawei Customer
Service Center for technical support.
Unit: %
Default Value: 0
LowRati BSC691 SET WRFD- TTI Meaning: Ratio for lower MAC-e/i rate threshold of TTI
oFor2ms 0 UEDCH 010690 Switch switchover from 2 ms to 10 ms. When adaptive
To10ms TTIREC for BE retransmission (controlled by
on together with small data retransmission, Lower MAC-
Coverag e/i rate threshold of TTI switchover from 2 ms to 10 ms
e = "BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs"/(1 + "EdchTargetLittleR-
retransmission (controlled by
H) is enabled and large data retransmission is used,
Lower MAC-e/i rate threshold of TTI switchover from
2 ms to 10 ms = "BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs"/(1 +
value. This parameter is an advanced parameter. To
Service Center for technical support.
Unit: %
Default Value: 0

WCDMA RAN

nd
UpRatio BSC690 SET WRFD- TTI Meaning: Ratio for upper MAC-e/i rate threshold of Uu-
For2ms 0 UEDCH 010690 Switch interface resource/Iub-interface resource/Coverage-
To10ms TTIREC for BE based TTI switchover from 2 ms to 10 ms. When
BaseRt FG Services adaptive retransmission (controlled by
wp Based PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITC
on H) is disabled or when it is used together with small data
Coverag retransmission, Upper MAC-e/i rate threshold of Uu-
e interface resource/Iub-interface resource/Coverage-
based TTI switchover from 2 ms to 10 ms =
"BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs"/(1 + "EdchTargetLittleRe-
transNum") x this parameter value; When adaptive
retransmission is enabled and large data retransmission
is used, Upper MAC-e/i rate threshold of Uu-interface
resource/Iub-interface resource/Coverage-based TTI
switchover from 2 ms to 10 ms = "BeHsupa2msTtiRa-
teThs"/(1 + "EdchTargetLargeRetransNum") x this
parameter value. This parameter is an advanced
Unit: %
Default Value: 28

WCDMA RAN

nd
UpRatio BSC691 SET WRFD- TTI Meaning: Ratio for upper MAC-e/i rate threshold of Uu-
For2ms 0 UEDCH 010690 Switch interface resource/Iub-interface resource/Coverage-
To10ms TTIREC for BE based TTI switchover from 2 ms to 10 ms. When
BaseRt FG Services adaptive retransmission (controlled by
wp Based PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITC
on H) is disabled or when it is used together with small data
Coverag retransmission, Upper MAC-e/i rate threshold of Uu-
e interface resource/Iub-interface resource/Coverage-
based TTI switchover from 2 ms to 10 ms =
"BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs"/(1 + "EdchTargetLittleRe-
is used, Upper MAC-e/i rate threshold of Uu-interface
resource/Iub-interface resource/Coverage-based TTI
Unit: %
Default Value: 28
RatioFor BSC690 SET WRFD- TTI Meaning: Ratio for MAC-e/i rate threshold of TTI
10msTo 0 UEDCH 010690 Switch switch from 10 ms to 2 ms. When adaptive
2ms TTIREC for BE retransmission (controlled by
on together with small data retransmission, MAC-e/i rate
Coverag threshold of TTI switch from 10 ms to 2 ms =
e "BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs"/(1 + "EdchTargetLittleRe-
is used, MAC-e/i rate threshold of TTI switch from 10
ms to 2 ms = "BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs"/(1 +
value. To modify this parameter, contact Huawei
Unit: %
Default Value: 83

WCDMA RAN

nd
RatioFor BSC691 SET WRFD- TTI Meaning: Ratio for MAC-e/i rate threshold of TTI
10msTo 0 UEDCH 010690 Switch switch from 10 ms to 2 ms. When adaptive
2ms TTIREC for BE retransmission (controlled by
on together with small data retransmission, MAC-e/i rate
Coverag threshold of TTI switch from 10 ms to 2 ms =
e "BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs"/(1 + "EdchTargetLittleRe-
is used, MAC-e/i rate threshold of TTI switch from 10
ms to 2 ms = "BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs"/(1 +
value. To modify this parameter, contact Huawei
Unit: %
Default Value: 83
TrigRati BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Threshold ratio for triggering the uplink load
oforUlR 0 UCELL 020102 Measure restricted state. If the load for the TTI switchover
TWP LDM WRFD- ment algorithm is in the normal state, the load switches to the
MOD 140216 Load- restricted state when the real-time uplink load factor of
UCELL based cell is greater than the product of "MaxTargetUlLoad-
WRFD- Factor" and the value of this parameter. The
LDM 140215 Uplink
Target recommended value difference between "RelRatiofor-
BLER UlRTWP" and "TrigRatioforUlRTWP" is higher than
Configu 10% because the load fluctuates. Otherwise, the uplink
ration load frequently enters and leaves the restricted state.
This parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify
Dynami this parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service
c Center for technical support.
Configu
ration of GUI Value Range: 0~100
HSDPA Unit: %
CQI
Feedbac
k Period Default Value: 73

WCDMA RAN

nd
TrigRati BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Threshold ratio for triggering the uplink load
oforUlR 0 UCELL 020102 Measure restricted state. If the load for the TTI switchover
TWP LDM WRFD- ment algorithm is in the normal state, the load switches to the
MOD 140216 Load- restricted state when the real-time uplink load factor of
UCELL based cell is greater than the product of "MaxTargetUlLoad-
WRFD- Factor" and the value of this parameter. The
LDM 140215 Uplink
Target recommended value difference between "RelRatiofor-
BLER UlRTWP" and "TrigRatioforUlRTWP" is higher than
Configu 10% because the load fluctuates. Otherwise, the uplink
ration load frequently enters and leaves the restricted state.
Dynami this parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service
c Center for technical support.
Configu
ration of GUI Value Range: 0~100
HSDPA Unit: %
CQI
Feedbac
k Period Default Value: 73

WCDMA RAN

nd
RelRatio BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Threshold ratio for releasing the uplink load
forUlRT 0 UCELL 020102 Measure restricted state. If the load for the TTI switchover
WP LDM WRFD- ment algorithm is in the restricted state, the load switches to
MOD 140222 Adaptiv the normal state when the real-time uplink load factor
UCELL e of cell is smaller than the product of "MaxTargetUl-
WRFD- LoadFactor" and the value of this parameter. The
LDM 140216 Adjustm
ent of recommended value difference between "RelRatiofor-
WRFD- HSUPA UlRTWP" and "TrigRatioforUlRTWP" is higher than
140215 Small 10% because the load fluctuates. Otherwise, the uplink
Target load frequently enters and leaves the restricted state.
Retrans This parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify
missions this parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service
Center for technical support.
Load-
based GUI Value Range: 0~100
Uplink Unit: %
Target Actual Value Range: 0~100
BLER
Configu Default Value: 60
ration
Dynami
c
Configu
ration of
HSDPA
CQI
Feedbac
k Period

WCDMA RAN

nd
RelRatio BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Threshold ratio for releasing the uplink load
forUlRT 0 UCELL 020102 Measure restricted state. If the load for the TTI switchover
WP LDM WRFD- ment algorithm is in the restricted state, the load switches to
MOD 140222 Adaptiv the normal state when the real-time uplink load factor
UCELL e of cell is smaller than the product of "MaxTargetUl-
WRFD- LoadFactor" and the value of this parameter. The
LDM 140216 Adjustm
ent of recommended value difference between "RelRatiofor-
WRFD- HSUPA UlRTWP" and "TrigRatioforUlRTWP" is higher than
140215 Small 10% because the load fluctuates. Otherwise, the uplink
Target load frequently enters and leaves the restricted state.
Retrans This parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify
missions this parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service
Load-
based GUI Value Range: 0~100
Uplink Unit: %
Target Actual Value Range: 0~100
BLER
Configu Default Value: 60
ration
Dynami
c
Configu
ration of
HSDPA
CQI
Feedbac
k Period

WCDMA RAN

nd
UpRatio BSC690 SET None None Meaning: Ratio for upper MAC-e/i rate threshold of CE-
For2ms 0 UEDCH based TTI switchover from 2 ms to 10 ms. When
To10ms TTIREC adaptive retransmission (controlled by
BaseCE FG PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITC
H) is disabled, or when adaptive retransmission is used
together with small data retransmission, Upper MAC-
e/i rate threshold of TTI switchover from 2 ms to 10 ms
= "BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs"/(1 + "EdchTargetLittleR-
is used, Upper MAC-e/i rate threshold of TTI
Unit: %
Default Value: 56
UpRatio BSC691 SET None None Meaning: Ratio for upper MAC-e/i rate threshold of CE-
For2ms 0 UEDCH based TTI switchover from 2 ms to 10 ms. When
To10ms TTIREC adaptive retransmission (controlled by
BaseCE FG PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITC
H) is disabled, or when adaptive retransmission is used
together with small data retransmission, Upper MAC-
e/i rate threshold of TTI switchover from 2 ms to 10 ms
= "BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs"/(1 + "EdchTargetLittleR-
is used, Upper MAC-e/i rate threshold of TTI
Unit: %
Default Value: 56

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlTtiCr BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: The threshold of the reserved SF is used for
editSfRe 0 UCELL judging the uplink credit state for TTI switchover
sThd LDR decision. When uplink credit is lower than the threshold,
MOD the credit state of TTI switchover algorithm is set to
UCELL restricted. The smaller the parameter value is, the easier
LDR the credit state is set to restricted. The threshold of the
reserved SF is converted to credit by DCH consumption
law.
GUI Value Range: 8SF4(8SF4), 7SF4(7SF4), 6SF4
(6SF4), 5SF4(5SF4), 4SF4(4SF4), 3SF4(3SF4), 2SF4
(2SF4), SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16), SF32
(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 8SF4, 7SF4, 6SF4, 5SF4, 4SF4,
3SF4, 2SF4, SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128,
SF256
Default Value: 4SF4(4SF4)
editSfRe 0 UCELL judging the uplink credit state for TTI switchover
sThd LDR decision. When uplink credit is lower than the threshold,
UCELL restricted. The smaller the parameter value is, the easier
LDR the credit state is set to restricted. The threshold of the
law.
(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Unit: None
SF256

WCDMA RAN

nd
EcN0Th BSC690 SET WRFD- TTI Meaning: Ec/N0 threshold for allocating a 10 ms TTI to
sFor2ms 0 UFRC 010690 Switch HSUPA UEs processing BE services over uplink
To10ms for BE DPDCHs. When conditions for allocating a 2 ms TTI to
Services an HSUPA UE processing BE services over an uplink
Based DPDCH have been met, the RNC allocates the UE a 10
on ms TTI if the Ec/N0 reported by the UE to the RNC is
Coverag equal to or lower than this threshold. If
e DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
ITCH in "DraSwitch2" of the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is turned on, the
algorithm controlled by this switch starts operating
earlier than the coverage-based initial TTI selection
algorithm specific to BE services, so suggest that the
value of this parameter should be larger than the value
of [UFRC:EcN0ThdForBaseCoverE2D].
Unit: 0.5dB
Actual Value Range: -24.5~0(Actual Value = GUI
Value x 0.5 - 24.5 dB)
Default Value: 37
EcN0Th BSC691 SET WRFD- TTI Meaning: Ec/N0 threshold for allocating a 10 ms TTI to
sFor2ms 0 UFRC 010690 Switch HSUPA UEs processing BE services over uplink
To10ms for BE DPDCHs. When conditions for allocating a 2 ms TTI to
Services an HSUPA UE processing BE services over an uplink
Based DPDCH have been met, the RNC allocates the UE a 10
on ms TTI if the Ec/N0 reported by the UE to the RNC is
Coverag equal to or lower than this threshold. If
e DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
ITCH in "DraSwitch2" of the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is turned on, the
algorithm controlled by this switch starts operating
earlier than the coverage-based initial TTI selection
algorithm specific to BE services, so suggest that the
value of this parameter should be larger than the value
of [UFRC:EcN0ThdForBaseCoverE2D].
Unit: 0.5dB
Actual Value Range: -24.5~0(Actual Value = GUI
Value x 0.5 - 24.5 dB)
Default Value: 37

WCDMA RAN

nd
BeThd6 BSC690 SET WRFD- TTI Meaning: Threshold for triggering event 6A1 for BE
A1 0 UEDCH 010690 Switch services. Event 6A1 is reported through a measurement
TTIREC for BE report, and is triggered when the transmit power of a UE
FG Services is greater than the absolute threshold for triggering event
Based 6A1. The value of this parameter is a relative threshold,
on which is calculated as follows: Absolute threshold for
Coverag triggering event 6A1 = Maximum uplink transmit
e power - Value of this parameter. This parameter is an
advanced parameter. To modify this parameter, contact
Huawei Customer Service Center for technical support.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 4
Unit: dB
Default Value: 4

WCDMA RAN

nd
BeThd6 BSC690 SET WRFD- TTI Meaning: Threshold for triggering event 6B1 for BE
B1 0 UEDCH 010690 Switch services. Event 6B1 is reported through a measurement
FG Services is smaller than the absolute threshold for triggering
Based event 6B1. The value of this parameter is a relative
on threshold, which is calculated as follows: Absolute
Coverag threshold for triggering event 6B1 = Maximum uplink
e transmit power - Value of this parameter. This
parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify this
parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service Center for
technical support.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 4
technical support.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 4

WCDMA RAN

nd
Unit: dB
Default Value: 5
Unit: dB
Default Value: 5

WCDMA RAN

nd
technical support.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 5
technical support.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 5
Resourc BSC690 SET None None Meaning: Types of resource that triggers TTI switching
eOption 0 UEDCH from 2 ms to 10 ms based on fairness and differentiation.
TTIREC The types of resources include received total wideband
FG power (RTWP), Iub resource, and used CE resources.
this parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service
GUI Value Range: RTWP, IUB, CE
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RTWP, Iub, CE
Default Value: RTWP:1,IUB:0,CE:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Resourc BSC691 SET None None Meaning: Types of resource that triggers TTI switching
eOption 0 UEDCH from 2 ms to 10 ms based on fairness and differentiation.
TTIREC The types of resources include received total wideband
FG power (RTWP), Iub resource, and used CE resources.
this parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service
GUI Value Range: RTWP, IUB, CE
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RTWP, Iub, CE
Default Value: RTWP:1,IUB:0,CE:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
DraSwit BSC690 SET WRFD- UE State Meaning: 1.

ch2 0 UCORR 010202 in DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
MALG WRFD- Connect ITCH: When this switch is turned on, the RNC decides
OSWIT 021101 ed Mode the HSUPA bearer policy for the UE state transition
CH (CELL- from CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH to
WRFD- DCH, CELL_DCH based on the obtained valid Ec/No value.
010612 CELL- If the Ec/No value is greater than the value of
WRFD- PCH, "EcN0ThdForBaseCoverE2D" in the "SET UFRC"
160214 URA- command, the BE services are set up on the E-DCH.
PCH, Otherwise, the BE services are set up on the DCH. 2.
CELL- DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWIT
FACH) CH: When this switch is turned on, the RNC
Dynami immediately updates the P-CPICH Ec/N0 value if the
c "Measured results on RACH" IE carries the measured
Channel P-CPICH Ec/N0 value in event 4A or event 4B. In
Configu addition, the updated P-CPICH Ec/N0 value is used for
ration decisions on coverage-based TTI selection and
Control coverage-based E2D for UEs with RRC connections. 3.
(DCCC) DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH
: Whether the initial establishing BE service of a UE is
HSUPA switched from HSUPA channels to R99 channels in
Introduc weak coverage areas. When this switch is turned off, the
tion BE service of the UE is not switched from HSUPA
Package channels to R99 channels in weak coverage areas. When
Load- this switch is turned on, the BE service of the UE is
based switched from HSUPA channels to R99 channels in
Intellige weak coverage areas. Note: When the Ec/No in the
nt State RACH measurement report from the UE is less than or
Transiti equal to the value of "EcN0ThdForBaseCoverE2D" in
on the "SET UFRC" command, the UE is in the weak
coverage area. 4.
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH: Whether
BE services can be switched over from HSUPA to R99
due to insufficient coverage in connected mode. When
this switch is turned on, BE services can be switched
over from HSUPA to R99 due to insufficient coverage.
If the coverage recovers after the UE moves to the cell
center and the throughput is high, the BE services can
be transferred to HSUPA. Note: When event 6A1 is
reported, the UE is in connected mode under weak
coverage. 5. DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH:
Whether to trigger D2F state transition when no CCCH
is configured over the Iur interface and an Iur link is
established. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
does not trigger the D2F procedure over the Iur interface
if no CCCH is configured over the Iur interface. When
this switch is turned on, the D2F procedure is triggered

WCDMA RAN

nd
regardless of the existence of the CCCH over the Iur

interface. 6. DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH:
Whether the PS BE service in the CS+PS BE combined
service supports event-4A-triggered DCCC data rate
increasing when its data rate is 0 kbit/s. ON: This switch
is turned on. The PS BE service in the CS+PS BE
combined service supports event-4A-triggered DCCC
data rate increasing when its data rate is 0 kbit/s. OFF:
This switch is turned off. The PS BE service in the CS
+PS BE combined service does not support event-4A-
triggered DCCC data rate increasing when its data rate
is 0 kbit/s. 7.
DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH:
service supports DCCC data rate increasing on both the
uplink and the downlink when an event 4A is reported
on the uplink or downlink. ON: This switch is turned
on. The PS BE service supports DCCC data rate
increasing on both the uplink and the downlink when
event 4A is reported on the uplink or downlink. OFF:
This switch is turned off. The PS BE service does not
support DCCC data rate increasing on both the uplink
and the downlink when event 4A is reported on the
uplink or downlink. 8.
DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWIT
CH: Whether the following two functions can be
enabled:If the current rate of the PS BE service is 0 kbit/
s and event 4A triggered-DCCC service rate increasing
fails for a CS+PS BE combined service, the RNC does
not release the PS BE service after a timer set by the
"ZeroRateUpFailToRelTimerLen" parameter in the
"SET UCOIFTIMER" command expires. A UE
processing a CS+PS BE combined service immediately
transits to the CELL_FACH state if the CS service is
released and the PS BE service has no data transmission.
ON: This switch is turned on. The preceding functions
can be enabled. OFF: This switch is turned off. The
preceding functions are disabled. 9.
DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to use the DCCC function to increase the DCH
data rate for a UE that has experienced a coverage-
triggered E-DCH-to-DCH channel fallback when the
UE's transmit power or the cell's RSCP does not meet
the E-DCH allocation requirement. When this
parameter is set to ON, the implementation is allowed
but the maximum data rate is 144 kbit/s. When this
parameter is set to OFF, the implementation is

WCDMA RAN

nd
prohibited. In addition, before DCH-to-E-DCH channel

switching, the DCH data rate of the UE is fixed at the
value of the "UlBeTraffInitBitrate" parameter in the
"SET UFRC" command.For a UE that has experienced
an Ec/N0-triggered E-DCH-to-DCH channel fallback
during a service setup, when the
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH under the
"DraSwitch2" parameter in the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is turned off, the
RNC uses the DCCC function to increase the DCH data
rate for the UE even if the UE's transmit power or the
cell's RSCP does not meet the E-DCH allocation
requirement. Moreover, the maximum data rate is
configurable and it can be greater than 144 kbit/s. The
implementation is not under the control of the
DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH. 10.
DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the fast CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_DCH state transition function and allow the
FACH to transmit the remaining data when a UE is
browsing web pages. Upon detecting that a UE in the
CELL_FACH state is browsing web pages, the RNC
transits the UE to the CELL_DCH state when this
switch is turned on. In addition, the RNC allows the
FACH to continue to transmit data until the state
transition is completed. 11.
DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH:
Whether to check whether there is an Iu-CS connection
before performing a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
(D2F) state transition. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC checks whether there is an Iu-CS connection
before performing a D2F state transition. If so, the RNC
does not perform the state transition. If not, the RNC
performs the state transition. When this switch is turned
off, the RNC does not check whether there is an Iu-CS
connection before performing the state transition. 12.
DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH: Switch
controlling the PS-inactivity-based CELL_DCH-to-
CELL_PCH (D2P) state transition algorithm. When this
switch is turned on, this algorithm is activated. When
this switch is turned off, this algorithm is not activated.
This algorithm works as follows:After a UE enters the
CELL_DCH state, this algorithm triggers a D2P state
transition upon detecting that the UE does not process
any uplink or downlink service during a certain period
of time, which is specified by the "D2PPsInactTimer "
parameter in the "SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER"

WCDMA RAN

nd
command. 13.
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWIT
CH: Whether to validate the load based intelligent state
transition algorithm. When this switch is set to on and
the
CH under the "DraSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLDCCC" command is set to on, the RNC
performs state transition according to the following
parameters: "HiLdBeD2FStateTransTimer" in the
"SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER" command,
"HiLdCellDchPSInactTimer" in the "SET
UPSINACTTIMER" command, and
"HiLdBeDLF2DHTvmThd" and
"HiLdBeULF2DETvmThd" in the "SET
UUESTATETRANS" command. 14.
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH:
Whether the coverage-based and load-based algorithm
for dynamic reconfiguration of the channel mapped to
downlink signaling radio bearers (SRBs) takes
effect.When this switch is turned off, the algorithm does
not take effect. When this switch is turned on, The
algorithm takes effect. Operations of the algorithm: 1.
Access mode: The algorithm also considers coverage
and loads to determine whether the downlink SRBs can
be carried on the HS-DSCH when a UE transits from
the idle, CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH
state to the CELL_DCH state during an RRC connection
setup, RAB setup, or RAB modification or when a
CELL_DCH UE experiences an incoming inter-RAT
handover or an incoming combined hard handover and
SRNS relocation. 2. Connected mode: After a UE
accesses a cell, the algorithm determines whether to
deliver periodic RSCP and Ec/N0 measurement control
messages. When the RNC receives periodic
measurement reports on the RSCP and Ec/N0, the
algorithm determines whether to initiate the SRB
reconfiguration process.
GUI Value Range:
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
ITCH,
DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWIT
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH
, DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH,
CH, DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH,
DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH,
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ITCH,
CH,
CH,
Default Value:
ITCH:
0,DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWI
TCH:
0,DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITC
H:0,DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH:
0,DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH:
0,DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH:
1,DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH:
0,DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWI
TCH:
0,DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH:
0,DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH
:0,DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH:
0,DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWI

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH:
0,DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITC
H:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
DraSwit BSC691 SET WRFD- UE State Meaning: 1.

ch2 0 UCORR 010202 in DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
MALG WRFD- Connect ITCH: When this switch is turned on, the RNC decides
OSWIT 021101 ed Mode the HSUPA bearer policy for the UE state transition
CH (CELL- from CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH to
WRFD- DCH, CELL_DCH based on the obtained valid Ec/No value.
010612 CELL- If the Ec/No value is greater than the value of
WRFD- PCH, "EcN0ThdForBaseCoverE2D" in the "SET UFRC"
160214 URA- command, the BE services are set up on the E-DCH.
PCH, Otherwise, the BE services are set up on the DCH. 2.
CELL- DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWIT
FACH) CH: When this switch is turned on, the RNC
Dynami immediately updates the P-CPICH Ec/N0 value if the
c "Measured results on RACH" IE carries the measured
Channel P-CPICH Ec/N0 value in event 4A or event 4B. In
Configu addition, the updated P-CPICH Ec/N0 value is used for
ration decisions on coverage-based TTI selection and
Control coverage-based E2D for UEs with RRC connections. 3.
(DCCC) DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH
: Whether the initial establishing BE service of a UE is
HSUPA switched from HSUPA channels to R99 channels in
Introduc weak coverage areas. When this switch is turned off, the
tion BE service of the UE is not switched from HSUPA
Package channels to R99 channels in weak coverage areas. When
Load- this switch is turned on, the BE service of the UE is
based switched from HSUPA channels to R99 channels in
Intellige weak coverage areas. Note: When the Ec/No in the
nt State RACH measurement report from the UE is less than or
Transiti equal to the value of "EcN0ThdForBaseCoverE2D" in
on the "SET UFRC" command, the UE is in the weak
coverage area. 4.
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH: Whether
BE services can be switched over from HSUPA to R99
due to insufficient coverage in connected mode. When
this switch is turned on, BE services can be switched
over from HSUPA to R99 due to insufficient coverage.
If the coverage recovers after the UE moves to the cell
center and the throughput is high, the BE services can
be transferred to HSUPA. Note: When event 6A1 is
reported, the UE is in connected mode under weak
coverage. 5. DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH:
Whether to trigger D2F state transition when no CCCH
is configured over the Iur interface and an Iur link is
established. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
does not trigger the D2F procedure over the Iur interface
if no CCCH is configured over the Iur interface. When
this switch is turned on, the D2F procedure is triggered

WCDMA RAN

nd
regardless of the existence of the CCCH over the Iur

interface. 6. DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH:
service supports event-4A-triggered DCCC data rate
increasing when its data rate is 0 kbit/s. ON: This switch
is turned on. The PS BE service in the CS+PS BE
combined service supports event-4A-triggered DCCC
data rate increasing when its data rate is 0 kbit/s. OFF:
This switch is turned off. The PS BE service in the CS
+PS BE combined service does not support event-4A-
triggered DCCC data rate increasing when its data rate
is 0 kbit/s. 7.
DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH:
service supports DCCC data rate increasing on both the
uplink and the downlink when an event 4A is reported
on the uplink or downlink. ON: This switch is turned
on. The PS BE service supports DCCC data rate
increasing on both the uplink and the downlink when
event 4A is reported on the uplink or downlink. OFF:
This switch is turned off. The PS BE service does not
support DCCC data rate increasing on both the uplink
and the downlink when event 4A is reported on the
uplink or downlink. 8.
CH: Whether the following two functions can be
enabled:If the current rate of the PS BE service is 0 kbit/
s and event 4A triggered-DCCC service rate increasing
fails for a CS+PS BE combined service, the RNC does
not release the PS BE service after a timer set by the
"ZeroRateUpFailToRelTimerLen" parameter in the
"SET UCOIFTIMER" command expires. A UE
processing a CS+PS BE combined service immediately
transits to the CELL_FACH state if the CS service is
released and the PS BE service has no data transmission.
ON: This switch is turned on. The preceding functions
can be enabled. OFF: This switch is turned off. The
preceding functions are disabled. 9.
DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to use the DCCC function to increase the DCH
data rate for a UE that has experienced a coverage-
triggered E-DCH-to-DCH channel fallback when the
UE's transmit power or the cell's RSCP does not meet
the E-DCH allocation requirement. When this
parameter is set to ON, the implementation is allowed
but the maximum data rate is 144 kbit/s. When this
parameter is set to OFF, the implementation is

WCDMA RAN

nd
prohibited. In addition, before DCH-to-E-DCH channel

switching, the DCH data rate of the UE is fixed at the
value of the "UlBeTraffInitBitrate" parameter in the
"SET UFRC" command.For a UE that has experienced
an Ec/N0-triggered E-DCH-to-DCH channel fallback
during a service setup, when the
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH under the
"DraSwitch2" parameter in the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is turned off, the
RNC uses the DCCC function to increase the DCH data
rate for the UE even if the UE's transmit power or the
cell's RSCP does not meet the E-DCH allocation
requirement. Moreover, the maximum data rate is
configurable and it can be greater than 144 kbit/s. The
implementation is not under the control of the
DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH. 10.
DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the fast CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_DCH state transition function and allow the
FACH to transmit the remaining data when a UE is
browsing web pages. Upon detecting that a UE in the
CELL_FACH state is browsing web pages, the RNC
transits the UE to the CELL_DCH state when this
switch is turned on. In addition, the RNC allows the
FACH to continue to transmit data until the state
transition is completed. 11.
DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH:
Whether to check whether there is an Iu-CS connection
before performing a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
(D2F) state transition. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC checks whether there is an Iu-CS connection
before performing a D2F state transition. If so, the RNC
does not perform the state transition. If not, the RNC
performs the state transition. When this switch is turned
off, the RNC does not check whether there is an Iu-CS
connection before performing the state transition. 12.
DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH: Switch
controlling the PS-inactivity-based CELL_DCH-to-
CELL_PCH (D2P) state transition algorithm. When this
switch is turned on, this algorithm is activated. When
this switch is turned off, this algorithm is not activated.
This algorithm works as follows:After a UE enters the
CELL_DCH state, this algorithm triggers a D2P state
transition upon detecting that the UE does not process
any uplink or downlink service during a certain period
of time, which is specified by the "D2PPsInactTimer "
parameter in the "SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER"

WCDMA RAN

nd
command. 13.
CH: Whether to validate the load based intelligent state
transition algorithm. When this switch is set to on and
the
CH under the "DraSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLDCCC" command is set to on, the RNC
performs state transition according to the following
parameters: "HiLdBeD2FStateTransTimer" in the
"SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER" command,
"HiLdCellDchPSInactTimer" in the "SET
UPSINACTTIMER" command, and
"HiLdBeDLF2DHTvmThd" and
"HiLdBeULF2DETvmThd" in the "SET
UUESTATETRANS" command. 14.
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH:
Whether the coverage-based and load-based algorithm
for dynamic reconfiguration of the channel mapped to
downlink signaling radio bearers (SRBs) takes
effect.When this switch is turned off, the algorithm does
not take effect. When this switch is turned on, The
algorithm takes effect. Operations of the algorithm: 1.
Access mode: The algorithm also considers coverage
and loads to determine whether the downlink SRBs can
be carried on the HS-DSCH when a UE transits from
the idle, CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH
state to the CELL_DCH state during an RRC connection
setup, RAB setup, or RAB modification or when a
CELL_DCH UE experiences an incoming inter-RAT
handover or an incoming combined hard handover and
SRNS relocation. 2. Connected mode: After a UE
accesses a cell, the algorithm determines whether to
deliver periodic RSCP and Ec/N0 measurement control
messages. When the RNC receives periodic
measurement reports on the RSCP and Ec/N0, the
algorithm determines whether to initiate the SRB
reconfiguration process.
GUI Value Range:
ITCH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ITCH,
CH,
CH,
Default Value:
ITCH:
0,DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWI
TCH:
0,DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITC
H:0,DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH:
0,DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH:
0,DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH:
1,DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH:
0,DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWI
TCH:
0,DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH:
0,DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH
:0,DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH:
0,DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWI

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH:
0,DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITC
H:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- System Meaning: 1.

anceSwi 0 UNBMP 010401 Informat PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH
tch ARA WRFD- ion (R99CellBroadcastHspaCapSwitch): When this switch
020101 Broadca is turned on, R99 cells broadcast HSPA capability of
sting neighboring cells in a system information message. 2.
WRFD- PERFENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITCH(Fach
150222 Admissi
on User Select Switch): This switch is configurable in the
WRFD- Control current version.The RNC, however,does not use this
020131 switch any longer.Later versions will not support this
HSUPA switch.Therefore,users are not advised to use this
WRFD- Time
010612 switch. 3.
Division PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH
WRFD- Scheduli (Optimized MBDR Load Calculation Algorithm
020402 ng Switch): When this switch is turned on, the DL transmit
Optimiz power in a cell is calculated using the following
ation of formula:Percentage of the DL transmit power in a cell
R99 and = Percentage of the non-HSPA transmit power +
HSUPA Percentage of the HSDPA guaranteed bit power (GBP)
Users + Reserved power coefficient for DL common channels
Fairness + Reserved power factor for DL MBMS services +
HSUPA Reserved power factor for DL HSUPA users.If UL or
Introduc DL load in a neighboring cell exceeds the value of
tion InterFreqUlMbdrTrigThreshold or InterFreqDlMbdr-
Package TrigThreshold (in the ADD UCELLMBDRINTER-
FREQ command), handover to this neighboring cell
Measure
cannot be performed. When this switch is turned off, the
ment
percentage of the HSDPA GBP is not considered during
Based
the calculation of the DL transmit power in a cell, and
Direct
the original algorithm is used for selecting a neighboring
Retry
cell using MBDR. 4.
PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_S
WITCH: Whether to optimize the calculation results of
equivalent HSUPA UEs. When this switch is turned on,
the optimized calculation results can accurately reflect
the uplink cell load.Turn on this switch only when the
HSUPA guaranteed bit rate (GBR) is greater than 750
kbit/s. If the HSUPA GBR is less than or equal to 750
kbit/s and this switch is turned on, the algorithm for
calculating the number of equivalent HSUPA UEs will
not be optimized. 5.
PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER:
Whether to allow resource preemption of common users
for HSUPA common channels to ensure that the code
resources are allocated to the left. 6.
PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the RLS CE-based admission
optimization algorithm. When this switch is turned on,

WCDMA RAN

nd
a local cell group consumes an RLS CE if multiple RLs

occupy more than one local cell group, no matter
whether the UE uses the DCH or EDCH under a NodeB.
When this switch is turned off, all local cell groups
consume an RLS CE if multiple RLs occupy more than
one local cell group, no matter whether the UE uses the
DCH or EDCH under a NodeB. 7.
PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on and DTCHs are
congested, the RNC transits UEs that are in the
CELL_DCH state and do not process services to the idle
mode.This parameter is an advanced parameter. To
Service Center for technical support. 8.
PERFENH_HSPA_CAPABLITY_NOT_BRD_SWIT
CH: Whether not to send HSPA capability indication
messages in SIB5. 9.
PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends system information in a cell at
a 64-frame scheduling period to improve the scheduling
efficiency. When this switch is turned on, the 64-frame-
period scheduling is used. When this switch is turned
off, the 64-frame-period scheduling is not used. 10.
PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Whether SIB7 and MIB are combined when the RNC
sends system information in a cell. When this switch is
turned on, SIB7 and MIB transmitted from the cell are
combined to one system information to save air
interface resources and improve scheduling efficiency.
When this switch is turned off, SIB7 and MIB
transmitted from the cell are two independent messages.
11.
PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether channel codes for HSPA services are pre-
allocated during cell setup. When this switch is turned
on, channel codes are allocated for the HS-SCCH, E-
AGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH immediately after the
cell is set up.When this switch is turned off, channel
codes are allocated only when HSPA services are
established. 12.
PERFENH_R99UPA_FAIRNESS_USR_SEL_SWIT
CH: Whether the R99 and HSUPA fairness algorithm
reduces the BE service rate of only the users whose both
uplink and downlink services are carried on R99
channels. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm
reduces the BE service rate of users whose uplink
services are carried on R99 channels and downlink

WCDMA RAN

nd
services are carried on R99 or HSDPA channels. When

this switch is turned on, the algorithm reduces the BE
service rate of only the users whose uplink and downlink
services are carried on R99 channels. 13.
PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEALLOC_SWITC
H:
H: Whether the last vacant SF16 code is used as the HS-
PDSCH code when HSDPA has been activated. When
this switch is turned on and HSDPA has been activated,
no matter whether the last SF16 code is vacant, the RNC
repeatedly attempts to allocate this code to the HS-
PDSCH This improves the SF spreading code usage. If
the HS-PDSCH setup fails, the RNC allocates the last
vacant SF16 code to the HS-PDSCH. When this switch
is turned off and HSDPA has been activated, the RNC
allocates the last vacant SF16 code first to the HS-
PDSCH. This improves the HSDPA activation
efficiency. 14.
PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to prohibit the DCCC-triggered state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH (F2D for short)
when a cell is in the overload control (OLC) state. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC allows the DCCC-
triggered F2D state transition. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC does not support the DCCC-
triggered F2D state transition. 15.
PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH:
Whether the background noise one-time quick update
algorithm is enabled. When this switch is turned on,
upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC updates the
background noise value based on the common
measurement report if no UEs in the CELL_DCH state
are served by the cell. When this switch is turned off,
upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC does not
update the background noise value based on the
command measurement report that is reported when the
Uu interface carries no load. 16.
PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH: Whether HRNTI
adopts an optimized algorithm. When this switch is
turned on, the hamming distance between the HRNTI
identifiers distributed by the RNC is equal to or larger
than 4, which effectively avoids incorrect
demodulation. When this switch is turned off, the
hamming distance between the HRNTI identifiers
distributed by the RNC is equal to or larger than 1. 17.
PERFENH_FDPCH_FAULTY_RECOVER_SWITC

WCDMA RAN

nd
H: Whether the fault recovery function is available for

F-DPCH codes. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
checks the usage of F-DPCH codes periodically or when
SF code resource allocation fails and releases the
unexpectedly used F-DPCH codes. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not check the usage of F-
DPCH codes and restores the abnormal F-DPCH codes.
18. PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH:
Whether the channel codes released by a common
channel are reserved during reestablishment of the
common channel so that the reestablished common
channel can use the same channel codes after cell setup.
When this switch is turned on, the channel codes
released by a common channel are reserved during
reestablishment of the common channel. That is, the
reestablished common channel uses the same channel
codes after cell setup. When this switch is turned off,
the channel codes released by a common channel are not
reserved during reestablishment of the common
channel. That is, the reestablished common channel
uses different channel codes after cell setup. 19.
PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_ADM_SW
ITCH: Whether the RNC makes an admission decision
on RAB setup when the resources required by RAB
setup for a low-rate PS user do not outnumber the
resources used for RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC makes admission decisions
on both CS and PS RAB setups. For related admission
thresholds, see the [CMD]ADD UCELLCAC[/CMD]
command. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
makes admission decisions only on CS service
procedures. That is, the RNC always admits PS service
requests. A low-rate PS user is a user whose SF
corresponding to RAB setup is equal to or larger than
the SF reserved for a handover. The SF reserved for a
handover can be configured by the UlHoCeResvSf and
DlHoCeCodeResvSf parameters in the [CMD]ADD
UCELLACAC[/CMD] command. 20.
PERFENH_HSDPA_DLPWR_ADM_OPT_SWITCH
: Whether the HSDPA power increment is considered
during downlink power admission for HSDPA users.
The HSDPA power increment is considered during
downlink power admission for HSDPA users only when
this switch is turned off and the HSDPA_GBP_MEAS
switch under the "NBMCacAlgoSwitch" parameter in
the "ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH" is turned on. When
this switch is turned on, the HSDPA power increment

WCDMA RAN

nd
is always considered during downlink power admission

for HSDPA users. 21.
PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT: Whether
alignment using chip offset configurations for HSUPA
time division scheduling takes effect in the RRC
connection setup phase. OFF: This switch is turned off.
Alignment using chip offset configurations for HSUPA
time division scheduling does not take effect in the RRC
connection setup phase.ON: This switch is turned on.
connection setup phase. 22.
PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH:
Whether to reserve the cell measurement set after
deactivating a cell. 0: This switch is turned off. The cell
measurement set is deleted after cell deactivation. 1:
This switch is turned on. After cell deactivation, the cell
measurement set is reserved and the unavailable
duration for the cell caused by deactivation is measured
by the VS.Cell.UnavailTime counter. 23.
PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
Accuracy at which the RNC calculates the background
noise. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC calculates
background noise at a high accuracy. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC calculates background noise at a
low accuracy. 24.
PERFENH_INTERRATHO_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_S
WITCH: Whether to admit UEs in LDR status after
incoming inter-RAT handovers. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC admits UEs in LDR status after incoming
inter-RAT handovers. 2: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not admit UEs in LDR status after incoming
inter-RAT handovers. 25.
PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SWIT
CH: Whether the cell LDR status is considered during
a CSFB user admission. 1: This switch is turned on. The
cell LDR status is not considered during a CSFB user
admission. 2: This switch is turned off. The cell LDR
status is considered during a CSFB user admission. 26.
PERFENH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to use
the optimized C-RNTI allocation method. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC starts from the place where
the last allocated C-RNTI is located, sequentially polls
C-RNTIs following the last allocated C-RNTI, and
selects an available C-RNTI for a UE. When this switch
is turned off, the RNC starts from the place where the
first allocated C-RNTI is located, sequentially polls C-

WCDMA RAN

nd
RNTIs following the first allocated C-RNTI, and selects

an available C-RNTI for the UE. 27.
PERFENH_FACHUSER_NUM_CTRL_ENH_SWIT
CH (FACH UE Number Control Enhancement Switch):
Whether the number of FACH UEs in a cell is limited
by the CELL_FACH UE number specification. When
this switch is set to on, the number of FACH UEs in a
cell is limited not only by the FACH UE number
specification but also by the CELL_FACH UE number
specification (CELL_FACH UEs include both E-FACH
UEs and FACH UEs). That is, the total number of
FACH UEs and E-FACH UEs in a cell cannot exceed
the CELL_FACH UE number specification. When this
switch is set to off, the number FACH UEs in a cell is
only limited by the FACH UE specification. 28.
PERFENH_RELOCINUSER_LDRPRE_OPT_SWIT
CH(Optimization Switch for Static Relocation User
Selection for LDR and Preemption): Whether to
optimize the user selection algorithm for LDR and
preemption. When this switch is set to on, the user
selection algorithm for LDR and preemption is
optimized. That is, the actual priority of static relocation
UEs is used for LDR and preemption, which makes the
user priority recognition more accurate. When this
switch is turned off, default user priority is used for LDR
and preemption. 29.
PERFENH_SOFTERHO_CE_OPT_SWITCH:
Calculation method of consumed CE resources. If this
parameter is set to ON, the RNC correctly calculates the
consumed CE resources. If this parameter is set to OFF,
the CE resources consumed on the link that is deleted
after a soft handover are not calculated. As a result, the
available CE resources increase and excess users access
the cell. 30.
PERFENH_LCGCE_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH: LCG CE
resource optimization switch for preempted UEs. When
this switch is set to on, the RNC correctly maintains the
LCG CE resources used by a UE after an RRC
connection setup. If the UE is preempted, these
resources are provided to the preempting UE. When this
switch is set to off, the RNC cannot update the LCG CE
resources used by a UE in time, which leads to incorrect
resource maintenance and affects the calculation of
resources for preemption. 31.
PERFENH_QUEUE_CANCEL_RSRC_OPT_SWITC
H: Cell resource maintenance policy when the users
queuing to access cells based on the RAB DRD

WCDMA RAN

nd
algorithm stop queuing. When this switch is turned on,

the RNC immediately calculates the resource consumed
by the users who stop queuing, ensuring that the RNC
correctly calculates cell resources. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not immediately calculate the
resource consumed by the users who stop queuing. As
a result, the consumed cell resources are more than the
resources recorded on the RNC, and excessive users
access the cell. 32.
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DOFF_OPT_SWI
TCH: Whether to optimize the Default DPCH Offset
Value (DOFF) allocation algorithm for a specified UE.
This switch is set to on by default. When this switch is
set to off, the RNC uses the original DOFF allocation
algorithm for a new UE or a C2D UE whose SRBs are
carried over HSDPA (C2D refers to an F2D or P2D state
transition). This cannot ensure even DOFF distribution.
When this switch is set to on, the RNC uses the
optimized DOFF allocation algorithm for a new UE or
a C2D UE whose SRBs are carried over HSDPA. This
ensures even DOFF distribution. Disuse
Statement:PERFENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITC
H will be replaced with FACH_60_USER_SWITCH
("CacSwitch":FACH_60_USER_SWITCH)("SET
UCACALGOSWITCH") in later versions. The
configuration interface in this version supports delivery
of the settings of both this parameter and
FACH_60_USER_SWITCH
UCACALGOSWITCH"). If the setting of only this
parameter is delivered, the system automatically
replaces this parameter with
FACH_60_USER_SWITCH
UCACALGOSWITCH") and the setting takes effect. If
the setting of SET UCACALGOSWITCH
UCACALGOSWITCH") is delivered, the setting of
only SET UCACALGOSWITCH
UCACALGOSWITCH") takes effect in the system.
Therefore, this parameter is not recommended.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH,
PERFENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER,
PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH,
CH, PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
H, PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH,
H, PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH,
ITCH,
, PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT,
PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CH, PERFENH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
CH, PERFENH_SOFTERHO_CE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_LCGCE_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
CH,
H,
TCH
Default Value:
PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER:
1,PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPA_CAPABLITY_NOT_BRD_SWI
TCH:0,PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_R99UPA_FAIRNESS_USR_SEL_SWI

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEALLOC_SWIT
CH:1,PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_FDPCH_FAULTY_RECOVER_SWIT
CH:
1,PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_ADM_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_HSDPA_DLPWR_ADM_OPT_SWITC
H:1,PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT:
0,PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
:
1,PERFENH_INTERRATHO_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SW
ITCH:0,PERFENH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FACHUSER_NUM_CTRL_ENH_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_RELOCINUSER_LDRPRE_OPT_SWI
TCH:1,PERFENH_SOFTERHO_CE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_LCGCE_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_QUEUE_CANCEL_RSRC_OPT_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DOFF_OPT_S
WITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- System Meaning: 1.

anceSwi 0 UNBMP 010401 Informat PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH
tch ARA WRFD- ion (R99CellBroadcastHspaCapSwitch): When this switch
020101 Broadca is turned on, R99 cells broadcast HSPA capability of
sting neighboring cells in a system information message. 2.
WRFD- PERFENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITCH(Fach
150222 Admissi
on User Select Switch): This switch is configurable in the
WRFD- Control current version.The RNC, however,does not use this
020131 switch any longer.Later versions will not support this
HSUPA switch.Therefore,users are not advised to use this
WRFD- Time
010612 switch. 3.
Division PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH
WRFD- Scheduli (Optimized MBDR Load Calculation Algorithm
020402 ng Switch): When this switch is turned on, the DL transmit
Optimiz power in a cell is calculated using the following
ation of formula:Percentage of the DL transmit power in a cell
R99 and = Percentage of the non-HSPA transmit power +
HSUPA Percentage of the HSDPA guaranteed bit power (GBP)
Users + Reserved power coefficient for DL common channels
Fairness + Reserved power factor for DL MBMS services +
HSUPA Reserved power factor for DL HSUPA users.If UL or
Introduc DL load in a neighboring cell exceeds the value of
tion InterFreqUlMbdrTrigThreshold or InterFreqDlMbdr-
Package TrigThreshold (in the ADD UCELLMBDRINTER-
FREQ command), handover to this neighboring cell
Measure
cannot be performed. When this switch is turned off, the
ment
percentage of the HSDPA GBP is not considered during
Based
the calculation of the DL transmit power in a cell, and
Direct
the original algorithm is used for selecting a neighboring
Retry
cell using MBDR. 4.
WITCH: Whether to optimize the calculation results of
equivalent HSUPA UEs. When this switch is turned on,
the optimized calculation results can accurately reflect
the uplink cell load.Turn on this switch only when the
HSUPA guaranteed bit rate (GBR) is greater than 750
kbit/s. If the HSUPA GBR is less than or equal to 750
kbit/s and this switch is turned on, the algorithm for
calculating the number of equivalent HSUPA UEs will
not be optimized. 5.
PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER:
Whether to allow resource preemption of common users
for HSUPA common channels to ensure that the code
resources are allocated to the left. 6.
PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the RLS CE-based admission
optimization algorithm. When this switch is turned on,

WCDMA RAN

nd
a local cell group consumes an RLS CE if multiple RLs

occupy more than one local cell group, no matter
whether the UE uses the DCH or EDCH under a NodeB.
When this switch is turned off, all local cell groups
consume an RLS CE if multiple RLs occupy more than
one local cell group, no matter whether the UE uses the
DCH or EDCH under a NodeB. 7.
PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on and DTCHs are
congested, the RNC transits UEs that are in the
CELL_DCH state and do not process services to the idle
mode.This parameter is an advanced parameter. To
Service Center for technical support. 8.
CH: Whether not to send HSPA capability indication
messages in SIB5. 9.
PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends system information in a cell at
a 64-frame scheduling period to improve the scheduling
efficiency. When this switch is turned on, the 64-frame-
period scheduling is used. When this switch is turned
off, the 64-frame-period scheduling is not used. 10.
PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Whether SIB7 and MIB are combined when the RNC
sends system information in a cell. When this switch is
turned on, SIB7 and MIB transmitted from the cell are
combined to one system information to save air
interface resources and improve scheduling efficiency.
When this switch is turned off, SIB7 and MIB
transmitted from the cell are two independent messages.
11.
PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether channel codes for HSPA services are pre-
allocated during cell setup. When this switch is turned
on, channel codes are allocated for the HS-SCCH, E-
AGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH immediately after the
cell is set up.When this switch is turned off, channel
codes are allocated only when HSPA services are
established. 12.
CH: Whether the R99 and HSUPA fairness algorithm
reduces the BE service rate of only the users whose both
uplink and downlink services are carried on R99
channels. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm
reduces the BE service rate of users whose uplink
services are carried on R99 channels and downlink

WCDMA RAN

nd
services are carried on R99 or HSDPA channels. When

this switch is turned on, the algorithm reduces the BE
service rate of only the users whose uplink and downlink
services are carried on R99 channels. 13.
H:
H: Whether the last vacant SF16 code is used as the HS-
PDSCH code when HSDPA has been activated. When
this switch is turned on and HSDPA has been activated,
no matter whether the last SF16 code is vacant, the RNC
repeatedly attempts to allocate this code to the HS-
PDSCH This improves the SF spreading code usage. If
the HS-PDSCH setup fails, the RNC allocates the last
vacant SF16 code to the HS-PDSCH. When this switch
is turned off and HSDPA has been activated, the RNC
allocates the last vacant SF16 code first to the HS-
PDSCH. This improves the HSDPA activation
efficiency. 14.
PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to prohibit the DCCC-triggered state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH (F2D for short)
when a cell is in the overload control (OLC) state. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC allows the DCCC-
triggered F2D state transition. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC does not support the DCCC-
triggered F2D state transition. 15.
PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH:
Whether the background noise one-time quick update
algorithm is enabled. When this switch is turned on,
upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC updates the
background noise value based on the common
measurement report if no UEs in the CELL_DCH state
are served by the cell. When this switch is turned off,
upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC does not
update the background noise value based on the
command measurement report that is reported when the
Uu interface carries no load. 16.
PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH: Whether HRNTI
adopts an optimized algorithm. When this switch is
turned on, the hamming distance between the HRNTI
identifiers distributed by the RNC is equal to or larger
than 4, which effectively avoids incorrect
demodulation. When this switch is turned off, the
hamming distance between the HRNTI identifiers
distributed by the RNC is equal to or larger than 1. 17.

WCDMA RAN

nd
H: Whether the fault recovery function is available for

F-DPCH codes. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
checks the usage of F-DPCH codes periodically or when
SF code resource allocation fails and releases the
unexpectedly used F-DPCH codes. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not check the usage of F-
DPCH codes and restores the abnormal F-DPCH codes.
18. PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH:
Whether the channel codes released by a common
channel are reserved during reestablishment of the
common channel so that the reestablished common
channel can use the same channel codes after cell setup.
When this switch is turned on, the channel codes
released by a common channel are reserved during
reestablishment of the common channel. That is, the
reestablished common channel uses the same channel
codes after cell setup. When this switch is turned off,
the channel codes released by a common channel are not
reserved during reestablishment of the common
channel. That is, the reestablished common channel
uses different channel codes after cell setup. 19.
ITCH: Whether the RNC makes an admission decision
on RAB setup when the resources required by RAB
setup for a low-rate PS user do not outnumber the
resources used for RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC makes admission decisions
on both CS and PS RAB setups. For related admission
thresholds, see the [CMD]ADD UCELLCAC[/CMD]
command. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
makes admission decisions only on CS service
procedures. That is, the RNC always admits PS service
requests. A low-rate PS user is a user whose SF
corresponding to RAB setup is equal to or larger than
the SF reserved for a handover. The SF reserved for a
handover can be configured by the UlHoCeResvSf and
DlHoCeCodeResvSf parameters in the [CMD]ADD
UCELLACAC[/CMD] command. 20.
: Whether the HSDPA power increment is considered
during downlink power admission for HSDPA users.
The HSDPA power increment is considered during
downlink power admission for HSDPA users only when
this switch is turned off and the HSDPA_GBP_MEAS
switch under the "NBMCacAlgoSwitch" parameter in
the "ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH" is turned on. When
this switch is turned on, the HSDPA power increment

WCDMA RAN

nd
is always considered during downlink power admission

for HSDPA users. 21.
PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT: Whether
alignment using chip offset configurations for HSUPA
connection setup phase. OFF: This switch is turned off.
time division scheduling does not take effect in the RRC
connection setup phase.ON: This switch is turned on.
connection setup phase. 22.
PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH:
Whether to reserve the cell measurement set after
deactivating a cell. 0: This switch is turned off. The cell
measurement set is deleted after cell deactivation. 1:
This switch is turned on. After cell deactivation, the cell
measurement set is reserved and the unavailable
duration for the cell caused by deactivation is measured
by the VS.Cell.UnavailTime counter. Disuse
Statements: This switch will be deleted from later
versions. Although the configuration interface in this
version supports delivery of the setting of this
parameter, the system does not use this parameter.
Therefore, this parameter is not recommended. 23.
PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
Accuracy at which the RNC calculates the background
noise. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC calculates
background noise at a high accuracy. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC calculates background noise at a
low accuracy. 24.
WITCH: Whether to admit UEs in LDR status after
incoming inter-RAT handovers. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC admits UEs in LDR status after incoming
inter-RAT handovers. 2: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not admit UEs in LDR status after incoming
inter-RAT handovers. 25.
CH: Whether the cell LDR status is considered during
a CSFB user admission. 1: This switch is turned on. The
cell LDR status is not considered during a CSFB user
admission. 2: This switch is turned off. The cell LDR
status is considered during a CSFB user admission. 26.
PERFENH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to use
the optimized C-RNTI allocation method. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC starts from the place where

WCDMA RAN

nd
the last allocated C-RNTI is located, sequentially polls

C-RNTIs following the last allocated C-RNTI, and
selects an available C-RNTI for a UE. When this switch
is turned off, the RNC starts from the place where the
first allocated C-RNTI is located, sequentially polls C-
RNTIs following the first allocated C-RNTI, and selects
an available C-RNTI for the UE. 27.
CH (FACH UE Number Control Enhancement Switch):
Whether the number of FACH UEs in a cell is limited
by the CELL_FACH UE number specification. When
this switch is set to on, the number of FACH UEs in a
cell is limited not only by the FACH UE number
specification but also by the CELL_FACH UE number
specification (CELL_FACH UEs include both E-FACH
UEs and FACH UEs). That is, the total number of
FACH UEs and E-FACH UEs in a cell cannot exceed
the CELL_FACH UE number specification. When this
switch is set to off, the number FACH UEs in a cell is
only limited by the FACH UE specification. 28.
CH(Optimization Switch for Static Relocation User
Selection for LDR and Preemption): Whether to
optimize the user selection algorithm for LDR and
preemption. When this switch is set to on, the user
selection algorithm for LDR and preemption is
optimized. That is, the actual priority of static relocation
UEs is used for LDR and preemption, which makes the
user priority recognition more accurate. When this
switch is turned off, default user priority is used for LDR
and preemption. 29.
PERFENH_SOFTERHO_CE_OPT_SWITCH:
Calculation method of consumed CE resources. If this
parameter is set to ON, the RNC correctly calculates the
consumed CE resources. If this parameter is set to OFF,
the CE resources consumed on the link that is deleted
after a soft handover are not calculated. As a result, the
available CE resources increase and excess users access
the cell. 30.
PERFENH_LCGCE_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH: LCG CE
resource optimization switch for preempted UEs. When
this switch is set to on, the RNC correctly maintains the
LCG CE resources used by a UE after an RRC
connection setup. If the UE is preempted, these
resources are provided to the preempting UE. When this
switch is set to off, the RNC cannot update the LCG CE
resources used by a UE in time, which leads to incorrect

WCDMA RAN

nd
resource maintenance and affects the calculation of

resources for preemption. 31.
H: Cell resource maintenance policy when the users
queuing to access cells based on the RAB DRD
algorithm stop queuing. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC immediately calculates the resource consumed
by the users who stop queuing, ensuring that the RNC
correctly calculates cell resources. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not immediately calculate the
resource consumed by the users who stop queuing. As
a result, the consumed cell resources are more than the
resources recorded on the RNC, and excessive users
access the cell. 32.
TCH: Whether to optimize the Default DPCH Offset
Value (DOFF) allocation algorithm for a specified UE.
This switch is set to on by default. When this switch is
set to off, the RNC uses the original DOFF allocation
algorithm for a new UE or a C2D UE whose SRBs are
carried over HSDPA (C2D refers to an F2D or P2D state
transition). This cannot ensure even DOFF distribution.
When this switch is set to on, the RNC uses the
optimized DOFF allocation algorithm for a new UE or
a C2D UE whose SRBs are carried over HSDPA. This
ensures even DOFF distribution. Disuse
Statement:PERFENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITC
H will be replaced with FACH_60_USER_SWITCH
UCACALGOSWITCH") in later versions. The
of the settings of both this parameter and
FACH_60_USER_SWITCH
UCACALGOSWITCH"). If the setting of only this
parameter is delivered, the system automatically
replaces this parameter with
FACH_60_USER_SWITCH
UCACALGOSWITCH") and the setting takes effect. If
the setting of SET UCACALGOSWITCH
UCACALGOSWITCH") is delivered, the setting of
only SET UCACALGOSWITCH
UCACALGOSWITCH") takes effect in the system.
Therefore, this parameter is not recommended.

WCDMA RAN

nd
GUI Value Range:

WITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
CH,
H,
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
CH,
H,
TCH
Default Value:
PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER:
1,PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPA_CAPABLITY_NOT_BRD_SWI
TCH:0,PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_R99UPA_FAIRNESS_USR_SEL_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEALLOC_SWIT
CH:1,PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_FDPCH_FAULTY_RECOVER_SWIT
CH:
1,PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_ADM_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_HSDPA_DLPWR_ADM_OPT_SWITC
H:1,PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT:
0,PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
:
1,PERFENH_INTERRATHO_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SW
ITCH:0,PERFENH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FACHUSER_NUM_CTRL_ENH_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_RELOCINUSER_LDRPRE_OPT_SWI
TCH:1,PERFENH_SOFTERHO_CE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_LCGCE_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_QUEUE_CANCEL_RSRC_OPT_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DOFF_OPT_S
WITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
CmpSwi BSC690 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning: 1.

tch2 0 UCORR 021101 c CMP_RELOCIN_IUUPVER_NOTCHG_SWITCH:
MALG WRFD- Channel When the switch is set to ON, the Iu user plane (UP)
OSWIT 020203 Configu version is not decreased if the Uu data rate set and the
CH ration Iu data rate set in the static relocation container are
WRFD- Control different. Otherwise, the Iu UP version is decreased to
020202 (DCCC) version 1. 2.
WRFD- CMP_IUBR_DM_RTT_ALTERNATIVE_FMT_SWI
Inter
150207 TCH: When the switch is set to ON, RTT dedicated
RNC
WRFD- Soft measurement adopts the extended cell mode. When the
010101 Handov switch is set to OFF, RTT dedicated measurement does
er not adopt the extended cell mode. This parameter is used
WRFD-
to solve the problem that some NodeBs do not support
150250 Intra RTT dedicated measurement adopting the extended cell
WRFD- RNC mode. 3. CMP_IUR_CMCF_SWITCH: When the
020134 Soft switch is set to ON, compressed mode is started by using
Handov a RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION COMMIT
WRFD-
er message. When the switch is set to OFF, compressed
010501
4C- mode is started by using a COMPRESSED MODE
WRFD-
HSDPA COMMAND message. 4.
0206050
CMP_STTD_RL_ADD_SWITCH: When the switch is
1 3GPP
set to ON, the transmit diversity mode information
WRFD- R9
element is always carried in the RADIO LINK SETUP
010202 Specific
REQUEST message during radio link establishment if
ations
WRFD- a cell enabled with transmit diversity and another cell
150209 3C- disabled with transmit diversity exist under the same
HSDPA NodeB. This parameter is used to solve the problem that
WRFD-
020402 Push to transmit diversity parameters are incorrectly configured
Talk for softer handovers because the RADIO LINK
WRFD- ADDITION REQUEST message does not carry the
0106120 Convers
transmit diversity mode. 5.
3 ational
CMP_STTD_ASU_SWITCH: When a UE is soft-
QoS
WRFD- handed over from a cell enabled with transmit diversity
Class
020400 to a cell disabled with transmit diversity, the UE may
SRNS return active set update failure. If the switch is set to
WRFD-
Relocati ON, the RNC resends the active set update message to
020803
on (UE the UE after an active set update failure. If the switch is
WRFD- Not set to OFF, the RNC does not resend an active set update
010685 Involved message after an active set update failure. 6.
WRFD- ) CMP_RAB_DRD_ROLLBACK_PUNISH_SWITCH:
020701 UE State When the switch is set to OFF, a penalty is imposed on
WRFD- in a failed directed retry due to any failures on the Uu
020110 Connect interface during the whole call. When the switch is set
ed Mode to ON, no penalty is imposed on a failed directed retry
(CELL- after best cell changed. By default, this switch is set to
DCH, OFF. 7. CMP_WBAMR_SUBFLOW_SWITCH:
CELL- When the switch is set to ON, the number of WB AMR

WCDMA RAN

nd
PCH, service substreams is configured according to the

URA- number of substreams specified in the RAB
PCH, ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message. When the switch
CELL- is set to OFF, the number of WB AMR service
FACH) substreams is 3. This switch is introduced to comply
DB- with the Change Request (CR) specified in the related
HSDPA protocol, that is, three substreams need to be established
for a WB AMR service. The switch
Measure CMP_WBAMR_SUBFLOW_SWITCH in this version
ment supports configuration synchronization and delivery,
Based but the RNC does not use this switch any longer. Future
Direct versions do not support this switch. Therefore, it is
Retry recommended that users avoid using this switch. 8.
HSUPA CMP_IUR_CELLCAP_BITMAP_TRANSFORM_S
Power WITCH: The switch is used to solve the problem that
Control different vendors' RNCs interpret the cell capability
DRD bitmap differently on the Iur interface. When the switch
Introduc is set to ON, the RNC interprets the cell capability
tion bitmap in a sequence opposite to that specified by the
Package related protocol. When the switch is set to OFF, the
RNC interprets the cell capability bitmap in the
A-GPS
sequence specified by the related protocol. 9.
Based
CMP_MOCN_PLMN_SEL_SWITCH: When the
LCS
switch is set to ON, if the UE supports the MOCN
Downlin feature, the SRNC preferentially uses the PLMN of the
k UE's homing operator in the RELOCATION
Enhance REQUIRED message, and the TRNC preferentially
d L2 uses the PLMN of the UE's homing operator in the
AMR/ LOCATION REPORT message and the DIRECT
WB- TRANSFER message during relocation; if the UE does
AMR not support the MOCN feature, the SRNC and the
Speech TRNC preferentially use the common operator's PLMN
Rates in these above messages. When the switch is set to OFF,
Control the SRNC preferentially uses the PLMN of the UE's
homing operator in the RELOCATION REQUIRED
Multi
message, and the TRNC preferentially uses the PLMN
Frequen
of the UE's homing operator in the LOCATION
cy Band
REPORT message, but the TRNC preferentially uses
Network
the common operator's PLMN in the DIRECT
ing
TRANSFER message during relocation. 10.
Manage
CMP_LOSSLESS_RELOC_RLCPDUSIZECHG_SW
ment
ITCH: When the switch is set to ON, the RNC sets the
"Support for lossless SRNS relocation or for lossless DL
RLC PDU size change" IE transmitted on the Uu
interface to TRUE only if the UE supports both lossless
SRNS relocation and downlink RLC PDU size change.
When the switch is set to OFF, the RNC sets the

WCDMA RAN

nd

interface to TRUE if the UE supports lossless SRNS
relocation or downlink RLC PDU size change. 11.
CMP_CS_FIXED_RATE_WHEN_PS_EXIST_SWIT
CH: When the switch is set to ON, the RNC sets the
uplink mode of an AMR service to maximum uplink
rate, 0, and SID if the UE has an established PS service.
In this case, the AMRC algorithm is not considered. 12.
CMP_SRB_H_AMR_DRD_HHO_SWITCH:
Whether DRD can be performed during AMR service
establishment if signaling is carried over HSPA. When
this switch is turned on, DRD cannot be performed
during AMR service establishment when signaling is
carried over HSPA. When this switch is turned off, DRD
can be performed during AMR service establishment
when signaling is carried over HSPA. 13.
CMP_UU_AMR_DRD_HHO_COMPAT_ENH_SWI
TCH: Whether to enable the enhanced AMR anti-static
function. When this switch is turned on and the DRD
procedure is triggered, the RNC initiates an inter-
frequency blind handover to move a UE to the target cell
and then processes an AMR service in the target cell for
the UE if one of following conditions is met: SRBs are
carried over HSPA channels and the UE is processing
an AMR service only. The US initiates an AMR service
when a PS service is still in progress. When this switch
is turned off and the DRD procedure is triggered, the
RNC initiates an inter-frequency blind handover and
processes an AMR service in the target cell for the UE
at the same time if one of the preceding conditions is
also met. 14.
CMP_SINGLE_PTT_USE_DL_ENL2_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the DL Layer 2 Improvement feature
for E_PCH-incapable UEs processing only PTT
services. When this switch is turned on, the DL Layer 2
Improvement feature is enabled for E_PCH-incapable
UEs processing only PTT services. When this switch is
turned off, the DL Layer 2 Improvement feature is not
enabled for E_PCH-incapable UEs processing only
PTT services. 15.
CMP_F2D_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH:
Whether the RLC entity can be re-established in only
the uplink or downlink during the state transition from
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH (F2D for short). When
this switch is turned off, the RLC entity must be re-
established in both uplink and downlink during the F2D

WCDMA RAN

nd
state transition. When this switch is turned on, the RLC

entity can be re-established in only the uplink or
downlink during the F2D state transition. For details,
see 3GPP TS 25.331. 16.
CMP_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH: Whether
signaling radio bearers (SRBs) can be switched over
from FACH or DCHs to HSPA channels during directed
retry. When this switch is turned off, SRBs can be
switched over from FACH or DCHs to HSPA channels
during directed retry. When this switch is turned on,
SRBs cannot be switched over from FACH or DCHs to
HSPA channels during directed retry. Note: This is a
general switch for prohibiting SRBs from being
during directed retry. To enable the prohibition to take
effect during RB setups, turn on the
CMP_RBSETUP_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH
under the "CmpSwitch3" parameter. To enable the
prohibition to take effect during RB reconfiguration,
turn on the
CMP_RBCFG_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH under
the "CmpSwitch3" parameter. 17.
CMP_AMRC_FIXED_INITRATE_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC considers the cell congestion state
when determining the initial AMR rate mode during an
AMR service setup and whether to use the same rate
mode for the uplink and downlink during RB
reconfigurations for WB-AMR services in the case of
code congestion. When this switch is set to off, the RNC
considers the cell congestion state during an AMR
service setup. When AMRC is enabled, the guaranteed
bit rate (GBR) is used for uplink admission if the uplink
is congested. If the downlink is congested, the GBRs are
used for both uplink and downlink admission. During
RB reconfigurations for WB-AMR services, the uplink
and downlink can use different rate modes. However,
the reconfigured uplink rate must be smaller than or
equal to the reconfigured downlink rate. When this
switch is set to on, the RNC does not consider the cell
congestion state and the maximum bit rates (MBRs) are
used for uplink and downlink admission during an AMR
service setup. During RB reconfigurations for WB-
AMR services, the RNC uses the same rate mode for the
uplink and downlink. 18.
CMP_DL_LOAD_BALANCE_SWITCH: Whether
the RNC filters out the neighboring cells for blind
handovers based on the downlink load margin when

WCDMA RAN

nd
inter-frequency DRD for load balancing takes effect in

the downlink during a blind-handover-based non-
periodic DRD. When this switch is turned off, a
neighboring cell for blind handovers cannot serve as the
target neighboring cell for inter-frequency blind
handovers if the difference between the downlink load
margins of the neighboring cell and the current cell is
less than the value of the "LdbDRDOffsetDCH" or
"LdbDRDOffsetHSDPA" parameter. When this switch
is turned on, the RNC does not filter out any neighboring
cell for blind handovers. 19.
CMP_AMR_A_SUBFLOW_ZERO_BLOCK_SWIT
CH: Uplink 0 kbit/s transport format of AMR service
subflow A, expressed in TbNum * TbSize. When this
switch is turned off, the format is 1*0. When this switch
is turned on, the format is 0*TbSize. 20.
CMP_IUR_MULTI_RL_ADD_RETRY_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the compatibility algorithm when
multiple RLs are added to the same DRNC. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC stops attempting to re-
establish the RL if an RL fails to be added with the
failure cause of "RadioNetwork:unspecified (14)".
When this switch is turned on, the RNC attempts to re-
establish the RL only once if an RL fails to be added
with the failure cause of "RadioNetwork:unspecified
(14)". 21.
CMP_MBDR_CALL_TYPE_OTHER_AS_AMR_S
WITCH: Whether a conversational service of a UE
complying with 3GPP Release 6 and later are allowed
for inter-RAT measurement-based directed retry
(MBDR) if CallType of the conversational service is
Other. 22.
CMP_SRNSR_WAMR_MODE_0_RESTORE_SWIT
CH: Whether the 0 kbit/s transport format is added on
the Iu interface during an incoming static relocation of
a WB-AMR speech service. When this switch is turned
off, the 0 kbit/s transport format is added on the Iu
interface if the Uu interface has the 0 kbit/s transport
format. When this switch is turned on, the 0 kbit/s
transport format is added on the Iu interface if both the
Uu interface and the RAB parameters in the
RELOCATION REQUEST message have the 0 kbit/s
transport format. 23.
CMP_GSM_NCELL_BAND_1900M_SWITCH:
Whether the frequency band of an inter-RAT
neighboring cell must set to 1900 MHz. When this
switch is turned on, the frequency band in the following

WCDMA RAN

nd
messages is set to 1900 MHz: SIB11 and SIB12 system

information, inter-RAT measurement control, inter-
RAT handover, inter-RAT redirection, and inter-RAT
neighboring cell information sent back by the DRNC.
When this switch is turned off, the frequency band of
the inter-RAT neighboring cell is set as required. 24.
CMP_ACTIVESET_REPORT_WITH_SYN_SWITC
H: Whether the intra-frequency measurement reports of
UEs must contain synchronization information about
the cells in the active set. When this switch is turned off,
the intra-frequency measurement reports of UEs must
contain synchronization information about the cells in
the active set. When this switch is turned on, the intra-
frequency measurement reports of UEs do not need to
the active set. 25.
CMP_READSFN_IND_IN_SIB_SWITCH: Whether
the RNC carries an indication to read the system frame
number (SFN) of an intra-frequency neighboring cell
from SIB11 or SIB12. When this switch is turned off,
the RNC carries the indication not to read the SFN of
the intra-frequency neighboring cell from SIB11 or
SIB12. When this switch is turned on, the RNC carries
the indication to read the SFN of the intra-frequency
neighboring cell from SIB11 or SIB12. 26.
CMP_UE_NOT_USE_DL_ENL2_EXIST_PTT_SWI
TCH: Whether the UEs not supporting E_PCH use the
Downlink Enhanced L2 feature when processing the
push to talk (PTT) services. When this switch is turned
off, the UEs not supporting E_PCH use the Downlink
Enhanced L2 feature when processing the PTT services.
When this switch is turned on, the UEs not supporting
E_PCH do not use the Downlink Enhanced L2 feature
when processing the PTT services. 27.
CMP_RELOC_IN_FACH_DEL_DCH_SWITCH:
During a cell update with combined relocation for a UE
not in CELL_DCH state: When this switch is turned off,
the DRNC processes the information about all dedicated
transport channels upon receiving a RELOCATION
REQ message. When this switch is turned on, the DRNC
only processes the information about the first dedicated
transport channels upon receiving the RELOCATION
REQ message. In this case, the UE fails to transit to the
CELL_DCH state and new services cannot be
established. 28.
CMP_CELL_UPDATE_FACH_TRFFIC_MC_OPT:
Switch for measurement control optimization. When

WCDMA RAN

nd
this switch is turned on, the RNC does not send a

measurement control message to a UE if parameters
related to traffic measurement control remain
unchanged after the UE in the CELL_FACH state
performs a cell update. If these parameters change, the
RNC sends a measurement control message to the
UE.When this switch is turned off, the RNC sends a
measurement control message to a UE after the UE in
the CELL_FACH state performs a cell update. 29.
CMP_MR_AGPS_MC_MSG_SEND_OPT_SWITCH
: Whether a UE can request additional AGPS data. 1:
This switch is set to on. The value of the additionalAs-
sistDataReq IE is TRUE in MR AGPS measurement
control messages, indicating that a UE can request
additional AGPS data. 0: This switch is set to off. The
value of the additionalAssistDataReq IE is FALSE in
MR AGPS measurement control messages, indicating
that a UE cannot request additional AGPS data. Disuse
Statement:This switch
CMP_WBAMR_SUBFLOW_SWITCH will be
deleted from later versions. Although the configuration
interface in this version supports delivery of the setting
of this switch, the system does not use this switch.
Therefore, this switch is not recommended.
GUI Value Range:
CMP_RELOCIN_IUUPVER_NOTCHG_SWITCH,
CMP_IUBR_DM_RTT_ALTERNATIVE_FMT_SWI
TCH, CMP_IUR_CMCF_SWITCH,
CMP_STTD_RL_ADD_SWITCH,
CMP_STTD_ASU_SWITCH,
CMP_RAB_DRD_ROLLBACK_PUNISH_SWITCH,
CMP_WBAMR_SUBFLOW_SWITCH,
CMP_IUR_CELLCAP_BITMAP_TRANSFORM_S
WITCH, CMP_MOCN_PLMN_SEL_SWITCH,
ITCH,
CH, CMP_SRB_H_AMR_DRD_HHO_SWITCH,
TCH,
CMP_SINGLE_PTT_USE_DL_ENL2_SWITCH,
CMP_F2D_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH,
CMP_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH,
CMP_AMRC_FIXED_INITRATE_SWITCH,
CMP_DL_LOAD_BALANCE_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
CMP_IUR_MULTI_RL_ADD_RETRY_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CH, CMP_GSM_NCELL_BAND_1900M_SWITCH,
H, CMP_READSFN_IND_IN_SIB_SWITCH,
TCH,
CMP_RELOC_IN_FACH_DEL_DCH_SWITCH,
CMP_CELL_UPDATE_FACH_TRFFIC_MC_OPT,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ITCH,
TCH,
CH,
WITCH,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
CMP_RELOCIN_IUUPVER_NOTCHG_SWITCH:
0,CMP_IUBR_DM_RTT_ALTERNATIVE_FMT_S
WITCH:0,CMP_IUR_CMCF_SWITCH:
0,CMP_STTD_RL_ADD_SWITCH:
0,CMP_STTD_ASU_SWITCH:
0,CMP_RAB_DRD_ROLLBACK_PUNISH_SWITC
H:0,CMP_WBAMR_SUBFLOW_SWITCH:
0,CMP_IUR_CELLCAP_BITMAP_TRANSFORM_
SWITCH:0,CMP_MOCN_PLMN_SEL_SWITCH:
0,CMP_LOSSLESS_RELOC_RLCPDUSIZECHG_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_CS_FIXED_RATE_WHEN_PS_EXIST_SWI
TCH:0,CMP_SRB_H_AMR_DRD_HHO_SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_AMR_DRD_HHO_COMPAT_ENH_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_SINGLE_PTT_USE_DL_ENL2_SWITCH:
0,CMP_F2D_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH:
0,CMP_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH:
0,CMP_AMRC_FIXED_INITRATE_SWITCH:
0,CMP_DL_LOAD_BALANCE_SWITCH:
0,CMP_AMR_A_SUBFLOW_ZERO_BLOCK_SWI
TCH:
0,CMP_IUR_MULTI_RL_ADD_RETRY_SWITCH:
0,CMP_MBDR_CALL_TYPE_OTHER_AS_AMR_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_SRNSR_WAMR_MODE_0_RESTORE_SW
ITCH:
0,CMP_GSM_NCELL_BAND_1900M_SWITCH:
0,CMP_ACTIVESET_REPORT_WITH_SYN_SWIT
CH:1,CMP_READSFN_IND_IN_SIB_SWITCH:
1,CMP_UE_NOT_USE_DL_ENL2_EXIST_PTT_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_RELOC_IN_FACH_DEL_DCH_SWITCH:
0,CMP_CELL_UPDATE_FACH_TRFFIC_MC_OPT
:
0,CMP_MR_AGPS_MC_MSG_SEND_OPT_SWITC
H:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
CmpSwi BSC691 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning: 1.

tch2 0 UCORR 021101 c CMP_RELOCIN_IUUPVER_NOTCHG_SWITCH:
MALG WRFD- Channel When the switch is set to ON, the Iu user plane (UP)
OSWIT 020203 Configu version is not decreased if the Uu data rate set and the
CH ration Iu data rate set in the static relocation container are
WRFD- Control different. Otherwise, the Iu UP version is decreased to
020202 (DCCC) version 1. 2.
WRFD- CMP_IUBR_DM_RTT_ALTERNATIVE_FMT_SWI
Inter
150207 TCH: When the switch is set to ON, RTT dedicated
RNC
WRFD- Soft measurement adopts the extended cell mode. When the
010101 Handov switch is set to OFF, RTT dedicated measurement does
er not adopt the extended cell mode. This parameter is used
WRFD-
to solve the problem that some NodeBs do not support
150250 Intra RTT dedicated measurement adopting the extended cell
WRFD- RNC mode. 3. CMP_IUR_CMCF_SWITCH: When the
020134 Soft switch is set to ON, compressed mode is started by using
Handov a RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION COMMIT
WRFD-
er message. When the switch is set to OFF, compressed
010501
4C- mode is started by using a COMPRESSED MODE
WRFD-
HSDPA COMMAND message. 4.
0206050
CMP_STTD_RL_ADD_SWITCH: When the switch is
1 3GPP
set to ON, the transmit diversity mode information
WRFD- R9
element is always carried in the RADIO LINK SETUP
010202 Specific
REQUEST message during radio link establishment if
ations
WRFD- a cell enabled with transmit diversity and another cell
150209 3C- disabled with transmit diversity exist under the same
HSDPA NodeB. This parameter is used to solve the problem that
WRFD-
020402 Push to transmit diversity parameters are incorrectly configured
Talk for softer handovers because the RADIO LINK
WRFD- ADDITION REQUEST message does not carry the
0106120 Convers
transmit diversity mode. 5.
3 ational
CMP_STTD_ASU_SWITCH: When a UE is soft-
QoS
WRFD- handed over from a cell enabled with transmit diversity
Class
020400 to a cell disabled with transmit diversity, the UE may
SRNS return active set update failure. If the switch is set to
WRFD-
Relocati ON, the RNC resends the active set update message to
020803
on (UE the UE after an active set update failure. If the switch is
WRFD- Not set to OFF, the RNC does not resend an active set update
010685 Involved message after an active set update failure. 6.
WRFD- ) CMP_RAB_DRD_ROLLBACK_PUNISH_SWITCH:
020701 UE State When the switch is set to OFF, a penalty is imposed on
WRFD- in a failed directed retry due to any failures on the Uu
020110 Connect interface during the whole call. When the switch is set
ed Mode to ON, no penalty is imposed on a failed directed retry
(CELL- after best cell changed. By default, this switch is set to
DCH, OFF. 7. CMP_WBAMR_SUBFLOW_SWITCH:
CELL- When the switch is set to ON, the number of WB AMR

WCDMA RAN

nd
PCH, service substreams is configured according to the

URA- number of substreams specified in the RAB
PCH, ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message. When the switch
CELL- is set to OFF, the number of WB AMR service
FACH) substreams is 3. This switch is introduced to comply
DB- with the Change Request (CR) specified in the related
HSDPA protocol, that is, three substreams need to be established
for a WB AMR service. The switch
Measure CMP_WBAMR_SUBFLOW_SWITCH in this version
ment supports configuration synchronization and delivery,
Based but the RNC does not use this switch any longer. Future
Direct versions do not support this switch. Therefore, it is
Retry recommended that users avoid using this switch. 8.
HSUPA CMP_IUR_CELLCAP_BITMAP_TRANSFORM_S
Power WITCH: The switch is used to solve the problem that
Control different vendors' RNCs interpret the cell capability
DRD bitmap differently on the Iur interface. When the switch
Introduc is set to ON, the RNC interprets the cell capability
tion bitmap in a sequence opposite to that specified by the
Package related protocol. When the switch is set to OFF, the
RNC interprets the cell capability bitmap in the
A-GPS
sequence specified by the related protocol. 9.
Based
CMP_MOCN_PLMN_SEL_SWITCH: When the
LCS
switch is set to ON, if the UE supports the MOCN
Downlin feature, the SRNC preferentially uses the PLMN of the
k UE's homing operator in the RELOCATION
Enhance REQUIRED message, and the TRNC preferentially
d L2 uses the PLMN of the UE's homing operator in the
AMR/ LOCATION REPORT message and the DIRECT
WB- TRANSFER message during relocation; if the UE does
AMR not support the MOCN feature, the SRNC and the
Speech TRNC preferentially use the common operator's PLMN
Rates in these above messages. When the switch is set to OFF,
Control the SRNC preferentially uses the PLMN of the UE's
homing operator in the RELOCATION REQUIRED
Multi
message, and the TRNC preferentially uses the PLMN
Frequen
of the UE's homing operator in the LOCATION
cy Band
REPORT message, but the TRNC preferentially uses
Network
the common operator's PLMN in the DIRECT
ing
TRANSFER message during relocation. 10.
Manage
ment
ITCH: When the switch is set to ON, the RNC sets the
interface to TRUE only if the UE supports both lossless
SRNS relocation and downlink RLC PDU size change.
When the switch is set to OFF, the RNC sets the

WCDMA RAN

nd

interface to TRUE if the UE supports lossless SRNS
relocation or downlink RLC PDU size change. 11.
CH: When the switch is set to ON, the RNC sets the
uplink mode of an AMR service to maximum uplink
rate, 0, and SID if the UE has an established PS service.
In this case, the AMRC algorithm is not considered. 12.
CMP_SRB_H_AMR_DRD_HHO_SWITCH:
Whether DRD can be performed during AMR service
establishment if signaling is carried over HSPA. When
this switch is turned on, DRD cannot be performed
during AMR service establishment when signaling is
carried over HSPA. When this switch is turned off, DRD
can be performed during AMR service establishment
when signaling is carried over HSPA. 13.
TCH: Whether to enable the enhanced AMR anti-static
function. When this switch is turned on and the DRD
procedure is triggered, the RNC initiates an inter-
frequency blind handover to move a UE to the target cell
and then processes an AMR service in the target cell for
the UE if one of following conditions is met: SRBs are
carried over HSPA channels and the UE is processing
an AMR service only. The US initiates an AMR service
when a PS service is still in progress. When this switch
is turned off and the DRD procedure is triggered, the
RNC initiates an inter-frequency blind handover and
processes an AMR service in the target cell for the UE
at the same time if one of the preceding conditions is
also met. 14.
CMP_SINGLE_PTT_USE_DL_ENL2_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the DL Layer 2 Improvement feature
for E_PCH-incapable UEs processing only PTT
services. When this switch is turned on, the DL Layer 2
Improvement feature is enabled for E_PCH-incapable
UEs processing only PTT services. When this switch is
turned off, the DL Layer 2 Improvement feature is not
enabled for E_PCH-incapable UEs processing only
PTT services. 15.
CMP_F2D_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH:
Whether the RLC entity can be re-established in only
the uplink or downlink during the state transition from
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH (F2D for short). When
this switch is turned off, the RLC entity must be re-
established in both uplink and downlink during the F2D

WCDMA RAN

nd
state transition. When this switch is turned on, the RLC

entity can be re-established in only the uplink or
downlink during the F2D state transition. For details,
see 3GPP TS 25.331. 16.
CMP_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH: Whether
signaling radio bearers (SRBs) can be switched over
from FACH or DCHs to HSPA channels during directed
retry. When this switch is turned off, SRBs can be
during directed retry. When this switch is turned on,
SRBs cannot be switched over from FACH or DCHs to
HSPA channels during directed retry. Note: This is a
general switch for prohibiting SRBs from being
during directed retry. To enable the prohibition to take
effect during RB setups, turn on the
CMP_RBSETUP_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH
under the "CmpSwitch3" parameter. To enable the
prohibition to take effect during RB reconfiguration,
turn on the
CMP_RBCFG_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH under
the "CmpSwitch3" parameter. 17.
CMP_AMRC_FIXED_INITRATE_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC considers the cell congestion state
when determining the initial AMR rate mode during an
AMR service setup and whether to use the same rate
mode for the uplink and downlink during RB
reconfigurations for WB-AMR services in the case of
code congestion. When this switch is set to off, the RNC
considers the cell congestion state during an AMR
service setup. When AMRC is enabled, the guaranteed
bit rate (GBR) is used for uplink admission if the uplink
is congested. If the downlink is congested, the GBRs are
used for both uplink and downlink admission. During
RB reconfigurations for WB-AMR services, the uplink
and downlink can use different rate modes. However,
the reconfigured uplink rate must be smaller than or
equal to the reconfigured downlink rate. When this
switch is set to on, the RNC does not consider the cell
congestion state and the maximum bit rates (MBRs) are
used for uplink and downlink admission during an AMR
service setup. During RB reconfigurations for WB-
AMR services, the RNC uses the same rate mode for the
uplink and downlink. 18.
CMP_DL_LOAD_BALANCE_SWITCH: Whether
the RNC filters out the neighboring cells for blind
handovers based on the downlink load margin when

WCDMA RAN

nd
inter-frequency DRD for load balancing takes effect in

the downlink during a blind-handover-based non-
periodic DRD. When this switch is turned off, a
neighboring cell for blind handovers cannot serve as the
target neighboring cell for inter-frequency blind
handovers if the difference between the downlink load
margins of the neighboring cell and the current cell is
less than the value of the "LdbDRDOffsetDCH" or
"LdbDRDOffsetHSDPA" parameter. When this switch
is turned on, the RNC does not filter out any neighboring
cell for blind handovers. 19.
CH: Uplink 0 kbit/s transport format of AMR service
subflow A, expressed in TbNum * TbSize. When this
switch is turned off, the format is 1*0. When this switch
is turned on, the format is 0*TbSize. 20.
CMP_IUR_MULTI_RL_ADD_RETRY_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the compatibility algorithm when
multiple RLs are added to the same DRNC. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC stops attempting to re-
establish the RL if an RL fails to be added with the
failure cause of "RadioNetwork:unspecified (14)".
When this switch is turned on, the RNC attempts to re-
establish the RL only once if an RL fails to be added
with the failure cause of "RadioNetwork:unspecified
(14)". 21.
WITCH: Whether a conversational service of a UE
complying with 3GPP Release 6 and later are allowed
for inter-RAT measurement-based directed retry
(MBDR) if CallType of the conversational service is
Other. 22.
CH: Whether the 0 kbit/s transport format is added on
the Iu interface during an incoming static relocation of
a WB-AMR speech service. When this switch is turned
off, the 0 kbit/s transport format is added on the Iu
interface if the Uu interface has the 0 kbit/s transport
format. When this switch is turned on, the 0 kbit/s
transport format is added on the Iu interface if both the
Uu interface and the RAB parameters in the
RELOCATION REQUEST message have the 0 kbit/s
transport format. 23.
CMP_GSM_NCELL_BAND_1900M_SWITCH:
Whether the frequency band of an inter-RAT
neighboring cell must set to 1900 MHz. When this
switch is turned on, the frequency band in the following

WCDMA RAN

nd
messages is set to 1900 MHz: SIB11 and SIB12 system

information, inter-RAT measurement control, inter-
RAT handover, inter-RAT redirection, and inter-RAT
neighboring cell information sent back by the DRNC.
When this switch is turned off, the frequency band of
the inter-RAT neighboring cell is set as required. 24.
H: Whether the intra-frequency measurement reports of
UEs must contain synchronization information about
the cells in the active set. When this switch is turned off,
the intra-frequency measurement reports of UEs must
the active set. When this switch is turned on, the intra-
frequency measurement reports of UEs do not need to
the active set. 25.
CMP_READSFN_IND_IN_SIB_SWITCH: Whether
the RNC carries an indication to read the system frame
number (SFN) of an intra-frequency neighboring cell
from SIB11 or SIB12. When this switch is turned off,
the RNC carries the indication not to read the SFN of
the intra-frequency neighboring cell from SIB11 or
SIB12. When this switch is turned on, the RNC carries
the indication to read the SFN of the intra-frequency
neighboring cell from SIB11 or SIB12. 26.
TCH: Whether the UEs not supporting E_PCH use the
Downlink Enhanced L2 feature when processing the
push to talk (PTT) services. When this switch is turned
off, the UEs not supporting E_PCH use the Downlink
Enhanced L2 feature when processing the PTT services.
When this switch is turned on, the UEs not supporting
E_PCH do not use the Downlink Enhanced L2 feature
when processing the PTT services. 27.
CMP_RELOC_IN_FACH_DEL_DCH_SWITCH:
During a cell update with combined relocation for a UE
not in CELL_DCH state: When this switch is turned off,
the DRNC processes the information about all dedicated
transport channels upon receiving a RELOCATION
REQ message. When this switch is turned on, the DRNC
only processes the information about the first dedicated
transport channels upon receiving the RELOCATION
REQ message. In this case, the UE fails to transit to the
CELL_DCH state and new services cannot be
established. 28.
CMP_CELL_UPDATE_FACH_TRFFIC_MC_OPT:
Switch for measurement control optimization. When

WCDMA RAN

nd
this switch is turned on, the RNC does not send a

measurement control message to a UE if parameters
related to traffic measurement control remain
unchanged after the UE in the CELL_FACH state
performs a cell update. If these parameters change, the
RNC sends a measurement control message to the
UE.When this switch is turned off, the RNC sends a
measurement control message to a UE after the UE in
the CELL_FACH state performs a cell update. 29.
: Whether a UE can request additional AGPS data. 1:
This switch is set to on. The value of the additionalAs-
sistDataReq IE is TRUE in MR AGPS measurement
control messages, indicating that a UE can request
additional AGPS data. 0: This switch is set to off. The
value of the additionalAssistDataReq IE is FALSE in
MR AGPS measurement control messages, indicating
that a UE cannot request additional AGPS data. Disuse
Statement:This switch
CMP_WBAMR_SUBFLOW_SWITCH will be
deleted from later versions. Although the configuration
interface in this version supports delivery of the setting
of this switch, the system does not use this switch.
Therefore, this switch is not recommended.
GUI Value Range:
ITCH,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
WITCH,
TCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ITCH,
TCH,
CH,
WITCH,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
CMP_RELOCIN_IUUPVER_NOTCHG_SWITCH:
0,CMP_IUBR_DM_RTT_ALTERNATIVE_FMT_S
WITCH:0,CMP_IUR_CMCF_SWITCH:
0,CMP_STTD_RL_ADD_SWITCH:
0,CMP_STTD_ASU_SWITCH:
0,CMP_RAB_DRD_ROLLBACK_PUNISH_SWITC
H:0,CMP_WBAMR_SUBFLOW_SWITCH:
0,CMP_IUR_CELLCAP_BITMAP_TRANSFORM_
SWITCH:0,CMP_MOCN_PLMN_SEL_SWITCH:
0,CMP_LOSSLESS_RELOC_RLCPDUSIZECHG_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_CS_FIXED_RATE_WHEN_PS_EXIST_SWI
TCH:0,CMP_SRB_H_AMR_DRD_HHO_SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_AMR_DRD_HHO_COMPAT_ENH_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_SINGLE_PTT_USE_DL_ENL2_SWITCH:
0,CMP_F2D_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH:
0,CMP_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH:
0,CMP_AMRC_FIXED_INITRATE_SWITCH:
0,CMP_DL_LOAD_BALANCE_SWITCH:
0,CMP_AMR_A_SUBFLOW_ZERO_BLOCK_SWI
TCH:
0,CMP_IUR_MULTI_RL_ADD_RETRY_SWITCH:
0,CMP_MBDR_CALL_TYPE_OTHER_AS_AMR_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_SRNSR_WAMR_MODE_0_RESTORE_SW
ITCH:
0,CMP_GSM_NCELL_BAND_1900M_SWITCH:
0,CMP_ACTIVESET_REPORT_WITH_SYN_SWIT
CH:1,CMP_READSFN_IND_IN_SIB_SWITCH:
1,CMP_UE_NOT_USE_DL_ENL2_EXIST_PTT_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_RELOC_IN_FACH_DEL_DCH_SWITCH:
0,CMP_CELL_UPDATE_FACH_TRFFIC_MC_OPT
:
0,CMP_MR_AGPS_MC_MSG_SEND_OPT_SWITC
H:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlFpMo BSC690 ADD WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: This parameter specifies the UL FP mode of
de 0 UTYPS 010510 3.6/27.2 this type of SRB. For details of normal mode and silent
RBBAS Kbps mode, refer to section 5.1.1 of the 3GPP TS 25.427. This
IC RRC parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify this
MOD Connect parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service Center for
UTYPS ion and technical support.
RBBAS Radio GUI Value Range: NORMAL, SILENT
IC Access
Bearer Unit: None
Establis Actual Value Range: NORMAL, SILENT
hment Default Value: None
and
Release
UlFpMo BSC691 ADD WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: This parameter specifies the UL FP mode of
de 0 UTYPS 010510 3.6/27.2 this type of SRB. For details of normal mode and silent
RBBAS Kbps mode, refer to section 5.1.1 of the 3GPP TS 25.427. This
IC RRC parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify this
MOD Connect parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service Center for
UTYPS ion and technical support.
RBBAS Radio GUI Value Range: NORMAL, SILENT
IC Access
Bearer Unit: None
Establis Actual Value Range: NORMAL, SILENT
hment Default Value: None
and
Release

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlHoCe BSC690 ADD WRFD- 128 Meaning: Uplink credit resources (measured by the
ResvSf 0 UCELL 010654 HSDPA spreading factor) reserved for handovers. When this
CAC WRFD- Users parameter is set to SFOFF, no credit resources are
MOD 020101 per Cell reserved for handovers. After receiving a service access
UCELL Admissi request, the RNC evaluates the remaining uplink credit
WRFD- resources after admitting the service. If the remaining
CAC 010653 on
Control uplink credit resources are greater than or equal to
reserved resources specified by this parameter, the RNC
96 admits the service. Otherwise, the RNC rejects the
HSDPA service. The larger the digit following SF, the less the
Users corresponding resources. For example, the credit
per Cell resources corresponding to SF32 are less than those
corresponding to SF8.
GUI Value Range: SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16),
SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256
(SF256), SFOFF(SFOFF)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
SF128, SF256, SFOFF
Default Value: SF16(SF16)
UlHoCe BSC691 ADD WRFD- 128 Meaning: Uplink credit resources (measured by the
ResvSf 0 UCELL 010654 HSDPA spreading factor) reserved for handovers. When this
CAC WRFD- Users parameter is set to SFOFF, no credit resources are
MOD 020101 per Cell reserved for handovers. After receiving a service access
UCELL Admissi request, the RNC evaluates the remaining uplink credit
WRFD- resources after admitting the service. If the remaining
CAC 010653 on
Control uplink credit resources are greater than or equal to
reserved resources specified by this parameter, the RNC
96 admits the service. Otherwise, the RNC rejects the
HSDPA service. The larger the digit following SF, the less the
Users corresponding resources. For example, the credit
per Cell resources corresponding to SF32 are less than those
corresponding to SF8.
GUI Value Range: SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16),
SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256
(SF256), SFOFF(SFOFF)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
SF128, SF256, SFOFF
Default Value: SF16(SF16)

WCDMA RAN

nd
TBSize BSC690 ADD WRFD- Transpo Meaning: This parameter specifies the number of bits
0 UTYPS 021000 rt in a TB used by the transport channel. This parameter
RBDYN Channel is an advanced parameter. To modify this parameter,
TF Manage contact Huawei Customer Service Center for technical
RMV ment support.
UTYPS GUI Value Range: 0~4992
RBDYN Unit: bit
TF
Default Value: 148
TBSize BSC691 ADD WRFD- Transpo Meaning: This parameter specifies the number of bits
0 UTYPS 021000 rt in a TB used by the transport channel. This parameter
RBDYN Channel is an advanced parameter. To modify this parameter,
TF Manage contact Huawei Customer Service Center for technical
RMV ment support.
UTYPS GUI Value Range: 0~4992
RBDYN Unit: bit
TF
Default Value: 148
TTI BSC690 ADD WRFD- Transpo Meaning: This parameter specifies the inter-arrival time
0 UTYPS 021000 rt of TBS. It is equal to the periodicity at which a TBS is
RBSEM Channel transferred by the physical layer on the radio interface.
ISTATI Manage For details of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.212. This
CTF ment parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify this
MOD parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service Center for
UTYPS technical support.
RBSEM GUI Value Range: D10, D20, D40, D80
ISTATI Unit: ms
CTF
Actual Value Range: 10, 20, 40, 80
Default Value: D40
TTI BSC691 ADD WRFD- Transpo Meaning: This parameter specifies the inter-arrival time
0 UTYPS 021000 rt of TBS. It is equal to the periodicity at which a TBS is
RBSEM Channel transferred by the physical layer on the radio interface.
ISTATI Manage For details of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.212. This
CTF ment parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify this
MOD parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service Center for
UTYPS technical support.
RBSEM GUI Value Range: D10, D20, D40, D80
ISTATI Unit: ms
CTF
Actual Value Range: 10, 20, 40, 80
Default Value: D40

WCDMA RAN

nd
editSfRe 0 UNODE judging the uplink credit state for TTI switchover
sThd BLDR decision. When uplink credit is lower than the threshold,
UNODE restricted. The smaller the parameter value is, the easier
BLDR the credit state is set to restricted. The threshold of the
law.
(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Unit: None
SF256
editSfRe 0 UNODE judging the uplink credit state for TTI switchover
sThd BLDR decision. When uplink credit is lower than the threshold,
UNODE restricted. The smaller the parameter value is, the easier
BLDR the credit state is set to restricted. The threshold of the
law.
(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Unit: None
SF256

WCDMA RAN

nd
CellCap BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning: 1)DELAY_ACTIVATION_SUPPORT

Contain 0 UEXT3 020203 RNC (delay activation support indicator):when the indicator
erFdd GCELL WRFD- Soft is TRUE, it means that the cell support delay activation.
MOD 021400 Handov Delayed Activation IE indicates that the activation of
UEXT3 er the DL power shall be delayed until an indicated CFN
GCELL Direct or until a separate activation indication is received. 2)
Signalin HSDSCH_SUPPORT(HSDSCH support
g indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the
Connect cell support HSDSCH and enable downlink traffic to be
ion Re- established in HSDSCH. 3)FDPCH_SUPPORT(F-
establish DPCH support indicator):when the indicator is TRUE,
ment it means that the cell support F-DPCH and enable
(DSCR) downlink signal to be established in F-DPCH, but the
cell can not support F-DPCH if it does not support
HSDSCH. 4)EDCH_SUPPORT(E-DCH support
indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the
cell support E-DCH and enable uplink signal and traffic
to be established in E-DCH.. 5)
EDCH_2MS_TTI_SUPPORT(E-DCH 2ms TTI
support indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means
that the cell support E-DCH 2ms TTI. 6)
EDCH_2SF2_AND_2SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max
SF support 2SF2+2SF4 indicator):when the indicator is
TRUE, it means that the cell has E-DCH SF capability
of 2SF2+2SF4. 7)EDCH_2SF2_SUPPORT(E-DCH
max SF support 2SF indicator):when the indicator is
of 2SF2. 8)EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF
support 2SF4 indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it
means that the cell has E-DCH SF capability of 2SF4.
9)EDCH_SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support
SF4 indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means
that the cell has E-DCH SF capability of SF4. 10)
EDCH_SF8_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support SF8
cell has E-DCH SF capability of SF8. 11)
EDCH_HARQ_IR_COMBIN_SUPPORT(E-DCH
support HARQ IR Combining indicator):when the
indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell use IR combine
Mode when MAC-e PDUs are received more than one
time in E-DCH. 12)
EDCH_HARQ_CHASE_COMBIN_SUPPORT(E-
DCH support HARQ CHASE Combining indicator):
when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell use
CHASE combine Mode when MAC-e PDUs are
received more than one time in E-DCH. 13)
CPC_DTX_DRX_SUPPORT(CPC DTX-DRX

WCDMA RAN

nd
support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it

indicates that the cell supports CPC DTX_DRX. 14)
CPC_HS_SCCH_LESS_OPER_SUPPORT(CPC HS-
SCCH less operation support indicator): when the
indicator is TRUE, it indicates that the cell supports
CPC HS-SCCH less operation. 15)
HSPAPLUS_MIMO_SUPPORT(MIMO support
indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates that
the cell supports MIMO. 16)
FLEX_MACD_PDU_SIZE_SUPPORT(flexible
MAC-d PDU Size support indicator): when the
flexible MAC-d PDU Size. 17)
FDPCH_SLOT_FORMAT_SUPPORT(F-DPCH slot
format support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE,
it indicates that the cell supports F-DPCH slot format,
which depends on FDPCH. If F-DPCH slot format is set
to support in the cell, it should support FDPCH
too.when the indicator is TRUE, the indicator
FDPCH_SUPPORT shoud be set true. 18)
HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT(downlink
64QAM support indicator): when the indicator is
TRUE, it indicates that the cell supports downlink
64QAM.
GUI Value Range: DELAY_ACTIVATION_SUP-
PORT(delay activation support indication),
HSDSCH_SUPPORT(HSDSCH support indication),
FDPCH_SUPPORT(F-DPCH support indication),
EDCH_SUPPORT(E-DCH support indication),
support indicator), EDCH_2SF2_AND_2SF4_SUP-
PORT(E-DCH max SF support 2SF2+2SF4 indicator),
EDCH_2SF2_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support
2SF2 indicator), EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH
max SF support 2SF4 indicator),
indicator), EDCH_SF8_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF
support SF8 indicator),
support HARQ IR Combining indicator),
DCH support HARQ CHASE Combining indicator),
support indicator),
SCCH less operation support indicator),

WCDMA RAN

nd
indicator), FLEX_MACD_PDU_SIZE_SUPPORT
(flexible MAC-d PDU Size support indicator),
format support indicator),
64QAM support indicator)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DELAY_ACTIVATION_SUP-
PORT, HSDSCH_SUPPORT, FDPCH_SUPPORT,
EDCH_SUPPORT, EDCH_2MS_TTI_SUPPORT,
EDCH_2SF2_AND_2SF4_SUPPORT,
EDCH_2SF2_SUPPORT, EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT,
EDCH_SF4_SUPPORT, EDCH_SF8_SUPPORT,
EDCH_HARQ_IR_COMBIN_SUPPORT,
EDCH_HARQ_CHASE_COMBIN_SUPPORT,
CPC_DTX_DRX_SUPPORT,
CPC_HS_SCCH_LESS_OPER_SUPPORT,
HSPAPLUS_MIMO_SUPPORT,
FLEX_MACD_PDU_SIZE_SUPPORT,
FDPCH_SLOT_FORMAT_SUPPORT,
HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
CellCap BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning: 1)DELAY_ACTIVATION_SUPPORT

Contain 0 UEXT3 020203 RNC (delay activation support indicator):when the indicator
erFdd GCELL WRFD- Soft is TRUE, it means that the cell support delay activation.
MOD 021400 Handov Delayed Activation IE indicates that the activation of
UEXT3 er the DL power shall be delayed until an indicated CFN
GCELL Direct or until a separate activation indication is received. 2)
Signalin HSDSCH_SUPPORT(HSDSCH support
g indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the
Connect cell support HSDSCH and enable downlink traffic to be
ion Re- established in HSDSCH. 3)FDPCH_SUPPORT(F-
establish DPCH support indicator):when the indicator is TRUE,
ment it means that the cell support F-DPCH and enable
(DSCR) downlink signal to be established in F-DPCH, but the
cell can not support F-DPCH if it does not support
HSDSCH. 4)EDCH_SUPPORT(E-DCH support
cell support E-DCH and enable uplink signal and traffic
to be established in E-DCH.. 5)
support indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means
that the cell support E-DCH 2ms TTI. 6)
EDCH_2SF2_AND_2SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max
SF support 2SF2+2SF4 indicator):when the indicator is
of 2SF2+2SF4. 7)EDCH_2SF2_SUPPORT(E-DCH
max SF support 2SF indicator):when the indicator is
of 2SF2. 8)EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF
support 2SF4 indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it
means that the cell has E-DCH SF capability of 2SF4.
9)EDCH_SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support
SF4 indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means
that the cell has E-DCH SF capability of SF4. 10)
cell has E-DCH SF capability of SF8. 11)
support HARQ IR Combining indicator):when the
indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell use IR combine
Mode when MAC-e PDUs are received more than one
time in E-DCH. 12)
DCH support HARQ CHASE Combining indicator):
when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell use
CHASE combine Mode when MAC-e PDUs are
received more than one time in E-DCH. 13)

WCDMA RAN

nd
support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it

indicates that the cell supports CPC DTX_DRX. 14)
SCCH less operation support indicator): when the
CPC HS-SCCH less operation. 15)
indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates that
the cell supports MIMO. 16)
FLEX_MACD_PDU_SIZE_SUPPORT(flexible
MAC-d PDU Size support indicator): when the
flexible MAC-d PDU Size. 17)
format support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE,
it indicates that the cell supports F-DPCH slot format,
which depends on FDPCH. If F-DPCH slot format is set
to support in the cell, it should support FDPCH
too.when the indicator is TRUE, the indicator
FDPCH_SUPPORT shoud be set true. 18)
64QAM support indicator): when the indicator is
TRUE, it indicates that the cell supports downlink
64QAM.
GUI Value Range: DELAY_ACTIVATION_SUP-
PORT(delay activation support indication),
HSDSCH_SUPPORT(HSDSCH support indication),
FDPCH_SUPPORT(F-DPCH support indication),
EDCH_SUPPORT(E-DCH support indication),
support indicator), EDCH_2SF2_AND_2SF4_SUP-
PORT(E-DCH max SF support 2SF2+2SF4 indicator),
EDCH_2SF2_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support
2SF2 indicator), EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH
max SF support 2SF4 indicator),
indicator), EDCH_SF8_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF
support SF8 indicator),
support HARQ IR Combining indicator),
DCH support HARQ CHASE Combining indicator),
support indicator),
SCCH less operation support indicator),

WCDMA RAN

nd
indicator), FLEX_MACD_PDU_SIZE_SUPPORT
(flexible MAC-d PDU Size support indicator),
format support indicator),
64QAM support indicator)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DELAY_ACTIVATION_SUP-
PORT, HSDSCH_SUPPORT, FDPCH_SUPPORT,
EDCH_SUPPORT, EDCH_2MS_TTI_SUPPORT,
EDCH_2SF2_AND_2SF4_SUPPORT,
EDCH_2SF2_SUPPORT, EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT,
EDCH_SF4_SUPPORT, EDCH_SF8_SUPPORT,
EDCH_HARQ_IR_COMBIN_SUPPORT,
EDCH_HARQ_CHASE_COMBIN_SUPPORT,
CPC_DTX_DRX_SUPPORT,
CPC_HS_SCCH_LESS_OPER_SUPPORT,
HSPAPLUS_MIMO_SUPPORT,
FLEX_MACD_PDU_SIZE_SUPPORT,
FDPCH_SLOT_FORMAT_SUPPORT,
HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
MaxHsu BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Maximum number of users supported by the
paUserN 0 UCELL 0106120 Admissi HSUPA channel in a cell. This parameter must be set
um CAC 2 on based on product specifications. The number of HSUPA
MOD WRFD- Control users must be determined before HSUPA user
UCELL 010670 128 admission. If the current number of HSUPA users
CAC HSUPA admitted to a cell is smaller than the rounded-down
WRFD- value of this parameter multiplied by
020101 Users
per Cell "MaxUpaUserNumDynAdjFactor", the RNC proceeds
WRFD- with the admission decision operation. Otherwise, the
160209 Admissi RNC rejects new HSUPA user admission requests.In-
on creasing the value of this parameter also requires an
WRFD- Control
010639 increase in the value of "ErgchEhichCodeNum". If the
192 number of HSUPA users increases but insufficient
WRFD- HSPA codes are provided for the E-DCH Relative Grant
0106121 Users Channel (E-RGCH) or E-DCH Hybrid ARQ Indicator
1 per Cell Channel (E-HICH), radio link (RL) setup or
WRFD- 96 reconfiguration for HSUPA users may fail. If the value
160208 HSUPA of this parameter ranges from 1 to 20, set the
WRFD- Users "ErgchEhichCodeNum" parameter to 1. If the value of
010634 per Cell this parameter ranges from 21 to 40, set the
"ErgchEhichCodeNum" parameter to 2. That is,
20
increase the value of the "ErgchEhichCodeNum"
HSUPA
parameter by 1 each time the value of this parameter
Users
increases by 20. Set the "ErgchEhichCodeNum"
per Cell
parameter to 7 if the value of this parameter ranges from
160 121 to 128.
HSPA
Users
per Cell Unit: None
HSUPA Default Value: 20
Users
per Cell

WCDMA RAN

nd
MaxHsu BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Maximum number of users supported by the
paUserN 0 UCELL 0106120 Admissi HSUPA channel in a cell. This parameter must be set
um CAC 2 on based on product specifications. The number of HSUPA
MOD WRFD- Control users must be determined before HSUPA user
UCELL 010670 128 admission. If the current number of HSUPA users
CAC HSUPA admitted to a cell is smaller than the rounded-down
WRFD- value of this parameter multiplied by
020101 Users
per Cell "MaxUpaUserNumDynAdjFactor", the RNC proceeds
WRFD- with the admission decision operation. Otherwise, the
160209 Admissi RNC rejects new HSUPA user admission requests.In-
on creasing the value of this parameter also requires an
WRFD- Control
010639 increase in the value of "ErgchEhichCodeNum". If the
192 number of HSUPA users increases but insufficient
WRFD- HSPA codes are provided for the E-DCH Relative Grant
0106121 Users Channel (E-RGCH) or E-DCH Hybrid ARQ Indicator
1 per Cell Channel (E-HICH), radio link (RL) setup or
WRFD- 96 reconfiguration for HSUPA users may fail. If the value
160208 HSUPA of this parameter ranges from 1 to 20, set the
WRFD- Users "ErgchEhichCodeNum" parameter to 1. If the value of
010634 per Cell this parameter ranges from 21 to 40, set the
"ErgchEhichCodeNum" parameter to 2. That is,
20
increase the value of the "ErgchEhichCodeNum"
HSUPA
parameter by 1 each time the value of this parameter
Users
increases by 20. Set the "ErgchEhichCodeNum"
per Cell
parameter to 7 if the value of this parameter ranges from
160 121 to 128.
HSPA
Users
per Cell Unit: None
HSUPA Default Value: 20
Users
per Cell

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC690 SET WRFD- Cell Meaning: 1)INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH. 1: This

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 021102 Barring switch is turned on. RNC will start Invoke Trace
CH RLSWI WRFD- Layered procedure upon receiving INVOKE TRACE Message
TCH 150205 Paging form CN. 0: This switch is turned off. RNC won't start
in Idle the Invoke Trace procedure though it receives the
WRFD- INVOKE TRACE message. 2)
150204 Mode
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST. 1: This switch
WRFD- Platinu is turned on. The SIB1 does not contain broken-down
010101 m User CN information. In this case, the UE will not select
Prioritizi broken-down network when Iu transmission failure
WRFD-
ng occurs. 0: This switch is turned off. The SIB1 contains
150231
3GPP the broken-down CN information. In this case, the UE
WRFD-
R9 will select broken-down network but the RNC will
020500
Specific reject the request when Iu transmission failure occurs.
WRFD- ations 3)DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR. Whether the Directed
021303 Signaling Connection re-establishment (DSCR)
RIM
WRFD- procedure is triggered during a cell update over the Iur
Based
020132 interface for UEs that are not in the CELL_DCH state
UMTS
or for UEs that are in the CELL_DCH state and do not
WRFD- Target
have an Iur connection. This switch is set on the drift
020124 Cell
radio network controller (DRNC) side. 1: This switch is
WRFD- Selectio
turned on. DRNC will start DSCR procedure directly in
140206 n for
RRC states other than CELL_DCH or CELL_DCH that
LTE
WRFD- do not have an Iur connection. 0: This switch is turned
020134 Enhance off. DRNC will transfer RRC CELL UPDATE message
d Fast to SRNC. 4)PTUSER_IDENTIFY_ENH_SWITCH
WRFD-
Dorman (Platinum user identify enhancement switch) Whether
020128
cy platinum users are identified in DRNC or relocation
WRFD- scenarios. 1: This switch is turned on. Platinum users
0106121 IMSI
Based are identified and their services are guaranteed in DRNC
2 or relocation scenarios. 0: This switch is turned off.
Handov
WRFD- er Platinum users are not identified in DRNC or relocation
010641 scenarios. 5)RNC_SHARE_SWITCH. 1: This switch is
Web turned on. The traffic sharing function is enabled. 0:
WRFD- browsin
020806 This switch is turned off. The traffic sharing function is
g disabled, service access will be affected under heavy
accelerat traffic. 6)RNCAP_IMSI_HO_SWITCH. 1: This switch
ion is turned on. Imsi handover function will be used. 0:
Uplink This switch is turned off. Imsi handover function will
Flow not be used. 7)
Control TERMINAL_VERSION_DEBASE_SWITCH. 1: This
of User switch is turned on. Terminal version R4 will debase to
Plane R99. 0: This switch is turned off. Terminal version R4
will not debase to R99. 8)
Layered
SYS_HO_OUT_CIPHER_SWITCH. 1: This switch is
Paging
turned on. The RNC will add ciphering byte at GSM
in
HANDOVER COMMAND if the GSM system do not

WCDMA RAN

nd
URA_P add any cipher information at that message. 0: This

CH switch is turned off. The RNC will not add ciphering
Push to byte at GSM HANDOVER COMMAND if the GSM
Talk system do not add any cipher information at that
message. 9)SYS_HO_CIPHER_CONFIG. 1: This
Quality switch is turned on. The cipher configuration in the
Improve added cipher byte in GSM will be A5/1. 0: This switch
ment for is turned off. The cipher configuration is A5/0. 10)
Subscrib BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST. 1: This
ed switch is turned on. Cell will be bared when CS domain
Service is invalid. 0: This switch is turned off. The CS domain
HSUPA will be bared when CS domain is invalid. It is invalid If
Iub Flow SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST is not checked.
Control 11)CR2284R1_SWITCH. 1: This switch is turned on.
in Case The RNC performs the processing based on CR2284R1,
of Iub that is, based on the description in section 8.6.6.28 of
Congesti Release 5 TS 25.331. In this section, it describes that the
on HFN is increased by one when RB setup is accompanied
HSUPA by a Timing re-initialized hard handover. 0: This switch
Adaptiv is turned off. The HFN is not increased by one when RB
e setup is accompanied by a Timing re-initialized hard
Transmi handover. 12)CDT_MSG_FULL_TRACE. 1: This
ssion switch is turned on. CDT trace function starts tracing
from message RRC CONNECT REQUEST. 0: This
Differen
switch is turned off. CDT trace function starts tracing
tiated
from message COMMON ID. 13)
Service
CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH. CR2284R1
Based
causes the compatible problem. if UE is not consistent
on SPI
with RNC regarding whether accept the CR2284R1 or
Weight
not, it will cause the problem of streaming when UEs
are communicating with each other. So RNC creates this
switch. when it is checked, RNC is auto-adaptive to
accept the CR2284R1 according to UE version
information. The principles that RNC judges UE
whether to accept the CR2284R1 are as follows: R5 and
above UE accepts the CR; R99/R4 UE, if it receives the
START LIST value from RB SETUP
COMPLETE,RNC figures that UE accepts the CR;
R99/R4 UE, if it only receives the START value from
RB SETUP COMPLETE,RNC figures that UE does not
accept the CR; when it is not checked, whether RNC
accept the CR or not is according to
CR2284R1_SWITCH. The relations between these two
switches CR2284R1_SWITCH and
CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH are as follows:
1: This switch is turned on. RNC is self-compatible, so
the CR2284R1_SWITCH is invalid; 0: This switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off. The CR2284R1_SWITCH is valid. 14)

COMBINE_OPERATION_DRD_SWITCH. 1: This
switch is turned on. RNC will not reject the message RB
SETUP CMP without the IE active time. 0: This switch
is turned off. RNC will reject the message RB SETUP
CMP without the IE active time. 15)
UL_INTER_PROTECT_SWITCH. Although the
and synchronization of the bit field value, the bit field
value is no longer internally used. 1: This switch is
turned on. RNC will do integrity protection check for
uplink RRC messages. 0: This switch is turned off. RNC
will not do integrity protection check for uplink RRC
messages. 16)FAST_DORMANCY_SWITCH. 1: This
switch is turned on. RNC will apply FAST
DORMANCY function. 0: This switch is turned off.
RNC will not apply FAST DORMANCY function. 17)
SYS_HO_IN_CIPHER_SWITCH. During an
incoming GSM-to-UMTS handover, if the RNC cannot
obtain a UE's encryption capability information from
the RELOC REQ message: 1: This switch is turned on.
The encryption algorithm that is configured for both the
RNC and CN is used. For example, if the CN is
configured with the encryption algorithm UEA1 and the
RNC is configured with encryption algorithms UEA0
and UEA1, then the RNC uses the encryption algorithm
UEA1. 0: This switch is turned off. Default configured
of encrypted parameter UIA1 and UEA0 is used. 18)
PTT_EARLY_TRANS_SWITCH_OFF. 1: This switch
is turned on. PTT user will not apply the early
transmission function. 0: This switch is turned off. PTT
user will apply the early transmission function. 19)
UPLINK_MDC_ENHENCEMENT_SWITCH. This
switch has become invalid. 20)
NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH. 1: This
switch is turned on. The NodeB private interface data
can be taken to the NodeB through the IUB protocol
message. 0: This switch is turned off. The NodeB
private interface data can not be taken to the NodeB
through the IUB protocol message. 21)
PTT_SPEC_LI_SWITCH_OFF. 1: This switch is
turned on. Special LI(Length Indicator) will not be used
for PTT user. 0: This switch is turned off. Special LI
(Length Indicator) will be used for PTT user. 22)
RNC_DF_2_URA_PCH_SWITCH. 1: This switch is
turned on. RNC will support transferring Fast
Dormancy UE from CELL_DCH or CELL_FACH to

WCDMA RAN

nd
URA_PCH. 0: This switch is turned off. RNC will not

support transferring Fast Dormancy UE from
CELL_DCH or CELL_FACH to URA_PCH. 23)
FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC uses TAC matching to determine whether
to apply the FAST DORMANCY function for pre fast
dormancy UEs. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
applies the FAST DORMANCY function for pre fast
dormancy UEs of 3GPP Release 5 or later. 24)
NONPTT_L1_FAST_SYNC_SWITCH. 1: This switch
is turned on. If a UE sets up a non-PTT service on the
DCH, the RNC includes the Post-verification period
information element (IE) in a Uu message to instruct the
UE to perform concurrent uplink and downlink
synchronization. 0: This switch is turned off. If a UE
sets up a non-PTT service on the DCH, the RNC does
not include the Post-verification period IE in a Uu
message. The UE first performs downlink
synchronization and then uplink synchronization. 25)
URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH.
Whether the RNC allows Layered Paging in URA_PCH
for a UE processing real-time services. 1: This switch
is turned on. The RNC sends paging messages to the cell
on which a UE processing real-time services camped
recently and to the neighboring cells of this cell. The
RNC pages the UE in the entire UTRAN registration
area (URA) only when it does not receive a response
from the UE. This significantly reduces the number of
paging messages on the Uu interface. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC directly pages the UE in the entire
URA. 26)
URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH.
for a UE processing non-real-time services. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC sends paging messages
to the cell on which a UE processing non-real-time
services camped recently and to the neighboring cells
of this cell. The RNC pages the UE in the entire URA
only when the RNC does not receive a response from
the UE. This significantly reduces the number of paging
messages on the Uu interface. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC directly pages the UE in the entire URA.
27)IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH.
Whether to enable layered paging for UEs in the idle
state who will establish non-real-time service. 1: This
switch is turned on. The first broadcasts a paging
message in the cell who has interacted with the UE for

WCDMA RAN

nd
the last time and its neighboring cells. If the UE cannot

be paged, the RNC then broadcasts a paging message in
the LAC or RAC area. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC directly broadcasts a paging message in the LAC
or RAC area. 28)
IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH. Whether
to enable layered paging for UEs in the idle state who
will establish real-time service. 1: This switch is turned
on. First broadcasts a paging message in the cell who
has interacted with the UE for the last time and its
neighboring cells. If the UE cannot be paged, the RNC
then broadcasts a paging message in the LAC or RAC
area. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC directly
broadcasts a paging message in the LAC or RAC area.
29)INTELLIGENT_WIFI_DETECT_AND_SELEC-
TION. Whether to enable intelligent Wi-Fi detection
and selection for the RNC. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC supports intelligent Wi-Fi detection and
selection. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does
not supports intelligent Wi-Fi detection and selection.
30)
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH.
Whether to enable the RIM-based cell load sharing
function(Multiple Report). 1: This switch is turned on.
RIM-based load sharing can be achieved between
UMTS and LTE cells. Upon receiving a load sharing
request from an LTE cell, a UMTS cell responds with
its own load information. 0: This switch is turned off.
UMTS cells do not support the RIM-based cell load
sharing function. Therefore, UMTS cells do not respond
to load sharing requests from LTE cells. 31)
PTUSER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH. Whether to
preferentially guarantee platinum users in terms of
network access, voice quality, or PS service rate. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC recognizes platinum users
and preferentially guarantees their user experience. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RNC does not recognize
platinum users and does not preferentially guarantee
their user experience. Disuse Statement:In future
versions, the RNC_SHARE_SWITCH,
TERMINAL_VERSION_DEBASE_SWITCH,
CR2284R1_SWITCH,
CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
COMBINE_OPERATION_DRD_SWITCH and
UPLINK_MDC_ENHENCEMENT_SWITCH bit
field value under the PROCESSSWITCH parameter
will be deleted. Although the configuration interface in

WCDMA RAN

nd
this version supports delivery and synchronization of

the bit field value, the bit field value is no longer
internally used. Instead, the function of
RNC_SHARE_SWITCH will be controlled by the
RncShareSwitch parameter in the SET
UCTRLPLNSHAREPARA command.
GUI Value Range: INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH,
DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR,
PTUSER_IDENTIFY_ENH_SWITCH,
RNC_SHARE_SWITCH,
RNCAP_IMSI_HO_SWITCH,
SYS_HO_OUT_CIPHER_SWITCH,
SYS_HO_CIPHER_CONFIG,
BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST,
CR2284R1_SWITCH, CDT_MSG_FULL_TRACE,
COMBINE_OPERATION_DRD_SWITCH,
UL_INTER_PROTECT_SWITCH,
FAST_DORMANCY_SWITCH,
SYS_HO_IN_CIPHER_SWITCH,
PTT_EARLY_TRANS_SWITCH_OFF,
UPLINK_MDC_ENHENCEMENT_SWITCH,
NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH,
PTT_SPEC_LI_SWITCH_OFF,
RNC_DF_2_URA_PCH_SWITCH,
FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH,
NONPTT_L1_FAST_SYNC_SWITCH,
URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH,
URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH,
IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH,
IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH,
INTELLIGENT_WIFI_DETECT_AND_SELEC-
TION,
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH,
PTUSER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH,
DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR,
RNC_SHARE_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TION,
Default Value: INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR:
0,PTUSER_IDENTIFY_ENH_SWITCH:
0,RNC_SHARE_SWITCH:
1,RNCAP_IMSI_HO_SWITCH:
0,TERMINAL_VERSION_DEBASE_SWITCH:
0,SYS_HO_OUT_CIPHER_SWITCH:
0,SYS_HO_CIPHER_CONFIG:
1,BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST:
0,CR2284R1_SWITCH:
0,CDT_MSG_FULL_TRACE:
0,CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
1,COMBINE_OPERATION_DRD_SWITCH:
1,UL_INTER_PROTECT_SWITCH:
0,FAST_DORMANCY_SWITCH:
0,SYS_HO_IN_CIPHER_SWITCH:
0,PTT_EARLY_TRANS_SWITCH_OFF:
0,UPLINK_MDC_ENHENCEMENT_SWITCH:
0,NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH:
0,PTT_SPEC_LI_SWITCH_OFF:
0,RNC_DF_2_URA_PCH_SWITCH:
0,FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,NONPTT_L1_FAST_SYNC_SWITCH:
0,URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH:
0,URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH:
0,IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH:
0,IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH:
0,INTELLIGENT_WIFI_DETECT_AND_SELEC-
TION:
0,INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITC
H:0,PTUSER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC691 SET WRFD- Cell Meaning: 1)INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH. 1: This

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 021102 Barring switch is turned on. RNC will start Invoke Trace
CH RLSWI WRFD- Layered procedure upon receiving INVOKE TRACE Message
TCH 150205 Paging form CN. 0: This switch is turned off. RNC won't start
in Idle the Invoke Trace procedure though it receives the
WRFD- INVOKE TRACE message. 2)
150204 Mode
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST. 1: This switch
WRFD- Platinu is turned on. The SIB1 does not contain broken-down
010101 m User CN information. In this case, the UE will not select
Prioritizi broken-down network when Iu transmission failure
WRFD-
ng occurs. 0: This switch is turned off. The SIB1 contains
150231
3GPP the broken-down CN information. In this case, the UE
WRFD-
R9 will select broken-down network but the RNC will
020500
Specific reject the request when Iu transmission failure occurs.
WRFD- ations 3)DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR. Whether the Directed
021303 Signaling Connection re-establishment (DSCR)
RIM
WRFD- procedure is triggered during a cell update over the Iur
Based
020132 interface for UEs that are not in the CELL_DCH state
UMTS
or for UEs that are in the CELL_DCH state and do not
WRFD- Target
have an Iur connection. This switch is set on the drift
020124 Cell
radio network controller (DRNC) side. 1: This switch is
WRFD- Selectio
turned on. DRNC will start DSCR procedure directly in
140206 n for
RRC states other than CELL_DCH or CELL_DCH that
LTE
WRFD- do not have an Iur connection. 0: This switch is turned
020134 Enhance off. DRNC will transfer RRC CELL UPDATE message
d Fast to SRNC. 4)PTUSER_IDENTIFY_ENH_SWITCH
WRFD-
Dorman (Platinum user identify enhancement switch) Whether
020128
cy platinum users are identified in DRNC or relocation
WRFD- scenarios. 1: This switch is turned on. Platinum users
0106121 IMSI
Based are identified and their services are guaranteed in DRNC
2 or relocation scenarios. 0: This switch is turned off.
Handov
WRFD- er Platinum users are not identified in DRNC or relocation
010641 scenarios. 5)RNC_SHARE_SWITCH. 1: This switch is
Web turned on. The traffic sharing function is enabled. 0:
WRFD- browsin
020806 This switch is turned off. The traffic sharing function is
g disabled, service access will be affected under heavy
accelerat traffic. 6)RNCAP_IMSI_HO_SWITCH. 1: This switch
ion is turned on. Imsi handover function will be used. 0:
Uplink This switch is turned off. Imsi handover function will
Flow not be used. 7)
Control TERMINAL_VERSION_DEBASE_SWITCH. 1: This
of User switch is turned on. Terminal version R4 will debase to
Plane R99. 0: This switch is turned off. Terminal version R4
will not debase to R99. 8)
Layered
SYS_HO_OUT_CIPHER_SWITCH. 1: This switch is
Paging
turned on. The RNC will add ciphering byte at GSM
in
HANDOVER COMMAND if the GSM system do not

WCDMA RAN

nd
URA_P add any cipher information at that message. 0: This

CH switch is turned off. The RNC will not add ciphering
Push to byte at GSM HANDOVER COMMAND if the GSM
Talk system do not add any cipher information at that
message. 9)SYS_HO_CIPHER_CONFIG. 1: This
Quality switch is turned on. The cipher configuration in the
Improve added cipher byte in GSM will be A5/1. 0: This switch
ment for is turned off. The cipher configuration is A5/0. 10)
Subscrib BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST. 1: This
ed switch is turned on. Cell will be bared when CS domain
Service is invalid. 0: This switch is turned off. The CS domain
HSUPA will be bared when CS domain is invalid. It is invalid If
Iub Flow SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST is not checked.
Control 11)CR2284R1_SWITCH. 1: This switch is turned on.
in Case The RNC performs the processing based on CR2284R1,
of Iub that is, based on the description in section 8.6.6.28 of
Congesti Release 5 TS 25.331. In this section, it describes that the
on HFN is increased by one when RB setup is accompanied
HSUPA by a Timing re-initialized hard handover. 0: This switch
Adaptiv is turned off. The HFN is not increased by one when RB
e setup is accompanied by a Timing re-initialized hard
Transmi handover. 12)CDT_MSG_FULL_TRACE. 1: This
ssion switch is turned on. CDT trace function starts tracing
from message RRC CONNECT REQUEST. 0: This
Differen
switch is turned off. CDT trace function starts tracing
tiated
from message COMMON ID. 13)
Service
CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH. CR2284R1
Based
causes the compatible problem. if UE is not consistent
on SPI
with RNC regarding whether accept the CR2284R1 or
Weight
not, it will cause the problem of streaming when UEs
are communicating with each other. So RNC creates this
switch. when it is checked, RNC is auto-adaptive to
accept the CR2284R1 according to UE version
information. The principles that RNC judges UE
whether to accept the CR2284R1 are as follows: R5 and
above UE accepts the CR; R99/R4 UE, if it receives the
START LIST value from RB SETUP
COMPLETE,RNC figures that UE accepts the CR;
R99/R4 UE, if it only receives the START value from
RB SETUP COMPLETE,RNC figures that UE does not
accept the CR; when it is not checked, whether RNC
accept the CR or not is according to
CR2284R1_SWITCH. The relations between these two
switches CR2284R1_SWITCH and
CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH are as follows:
1: This switch is turned on. RNC is self-compatible, so
the CR2284R1_SWITCH is invalid; 0: This switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off. The CR2284R1_SWITCH is valid. 14)

COMBINE_OPERATION_DRD_SWITCH. 1: This
switch is turned on. RNC will not reject the message RB
SETUP CMP without the IE active time. 0: This switch
is turned off. RNC will reject the message RB SETUP
CMP without the IE active time. 15)
UL_INTER_PROTECT_SWITCH. Although the
and synchronization of the bit field value, the bit field
value is no longer internally used. 1: This switch is
turned on. RNC will do integrity protection check for
uplink RRC messages. 0: This switch is turned off. RNC
will not do integrity protection check for uplink RRC
messages. 16)FAST_DORMANCY_SWITCH. 1: This
switch is turned on. RNC will apply FAST
DORMANCY function. 0: This switch is turned off.
RNC will not apply FAST DORMANCY function. 17)
SYS_HO_IN_CIPHER_SWITCH. During an
incoming GSM-to-UMTS handover, if the RNC cannot
obtain a UE's encryption capability information from
the RELOC REQ message: 1: This switch is turned on.
The encryption algorithm that is configured for both the
RNC and CN is used. For example, if the CN is
configured with the encryption algorithm UEA1 and the
RNC is configured with encryption algorithms UEA0
and UEA1, then the RNC uses the encryption algorithm
UEA1. 0: This switch is turned off. Default configured
of encrypted parameter UIA1 and UEA0 is used. 18)
PTT_EARLY_TRANS_SWITCH_OFF. 1: This switch
is turned on. PTT user will not apply the early
transmission function. 0: This switch is turned off. PTT
user will apply the early transmission function. 19)
UPLINK_MDC_ENHENCEMENT_SWITCH. This
switch has become invalid. 20)
NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH. 1: This
switch is turned on. The NodeB private interface data
can be taken to the NodeB through the IUB protocol
message. 0: This switch is turned off. The NodeB
private interface data can not be taken to the NodeB
through the IUB protocol message. 21)
PTT_SPEC_LI_SWITCH_OFF. 1: This switch is
turned on. Special LI(Length Indicator) will not be used
for PTT user. 0: This switch is turned off. Special LI
(Length Indicator) will be used for PTT user. 22)
RNC_DF_2_URA_PCH_SWITCH. 1: This switch is
turned on. RNC will support transferring Fast
Dormancy UE from CELL_DCH or CELL_FACH to

WCDMA RAN

nd
URA_PCH. 0: This switch is turned off. RNC will not

support transferring Fast Dormancy UE from
CELL_DCH or CELL_FACH to URA_PCH. 23)
FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC uses TAC matching to determine whether
to apply the FAST DORMANCY function for pre fast
dormancy UEs. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
applies the FAST DORMANCY function for pre fast
dormancy UEs of 3GPP Release 5 or later. 24)
NONPTT_L1_FAST_SYNC_SWITCH. 1: This switch
is turned on. If a UE sets up a non-PTT service on the
DCH, the RNC includes the Post-verification period
information element (IE) in a Uu message to instruct the
UE to perform concurrent uplink and downlink
synchronization. 0: This switch is turned off. If a UE
sets up a non-PTT service on the DCH, the RNC does
not include the Post-verification period IE in a Uu
message. The UE first performs downlink
synchronization and then uplink synchronization. 25)
URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH.
for a UE processing real-time services. 1: This switch
is turned on. The RNC sends paging messages to the cell
on which a UE processing real-time services camped
recently and to the neighboring cells of this cell. The
RNC pages the UE in the entire UTRAN registration
area (URA) only when it does not receive a response
from the UE. This significantly reduces the number of
paging messages on the Uu interface. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC directly pages the UE in the entire
URA. 26)
URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH.
for a UE processing non-real-time services. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC sends paging messages
to the cell on which a UE processing non-real-time
services camped recently and to the neighboring cells
of this cell. The RNC pages the UE in the entire URA
only when the RNC does not receive a response from
the UE. This significantly reduces the number of paging
messages on the Uu interface. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC directly pages the UE in the entire URA.
27)IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH.
Whether to enable layered paging for UEs in the idle
state who will establish non-real-time service. 1: This
switch is turned on. The first broadcasts a paging
message in the cell who has interacted with the UE for

WCDMA RAN

nd
the last time and its neighboring cells. If the UE cannot

be paged, the RNC then broadcasts a paging message in
the LAC or RAC area. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC directly broadcasts a paging message in the LAC
or RAC area. 28)
IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH. Whether
to enable layered paging for UEs in the idle state who
will establish real-time service. 1: This switch is turned
on. First broadcasts a paging message in the cell who
has interacted with the UE for the last time and its
neighboring cells. If the UE cannot be paged, the RNC
then broadcasts a paging message in the LAC or RAC
area. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC directly
broadcasts a paging message in the LAC or RAC area.
29)INTELLIGENT_WIFI_DETECT_AND_SELEC-
TION. Whether to enable intelligent Wi-Fi detection
and selection for the RNC. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC supports intelligent Wi-Fi detection and
selection. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does
not supports intelligent Wi-Fi detection and selection.
30)
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH.
Whether to enable the RIM-based cell load sharing
function(Multiple Report). 1: This switch is turned on.
RIM-based load sharing can be achieved between
UMTS and LTE cells. Upon receiving a load sharing
request from an LTE cell, a UMTS cell responds with
its own load information. 0: This switch is turned off.
UMTS cells do not support the RIM-based cell load
sharing function. Therefore, UMTS cells do not respond
to load sharing requests from LTE cells. 31)
PTUSER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH. Whether to
preferentially guarantee platinum users in terms of
network access, voice quality, or PS service rate. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC recognizes platinum users
and preferentially guarantees their user experience. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RNC does not recognize
platinum users and does not preferentially guarantee
their user experience. Disuse Statement:In future
versions, the RNC_SHARE_SWITCH,
CR2284R1_SWITCH,
COMBINE_OPERATION_DRD_SWITCH and
UPLINK_MDC_ENHENCEMENT_SWITCH bit
field value under the PROCESSSWITCH parameter
will be deleted. Although the configuration interface in

WCDMA RAN

nd
this version supports delivery and synchronization of

the bit field value, the bit field value is no longer
internally used. Instead, the function of
RNC_SHARE_SWITCH will be controlled by the
RncShareSwitch parameter in the SET
UCTRLPLNSHAREPARA command.
GUI Value Range: INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH,
DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR,
RNC_SHARE_SWITCH,
TION,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH,
DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR,
RNC_SHARE_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TION,
Default Value: INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR:
0,PTUSER_IDENTIFY_ENH_SWITCH:
0,RNC_SHARE_SWITCH:
1,RNCAP_IMSI_HO_SWITCH:
0,TERMINAL_VERSION_DEBASE_SWITCH:
0,SYS_HO_OUT_CIPHER_SWITCH:
0,SYS_HO_CIPHER_CONFIG:
1,BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST:
0,CR2284R1_SWITCH:
0,CDT_MSG_FULL_TRACE:
0,CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
1,COMBINE_OPERATION_DRD_SWITCH:
1,UL_INTER_PROTECT_SWITCH:
0,FAST_DORMANCY_SWITCH:
0,SYS_HO_IN_CIPHER_SWITCH:
0,PTT_EARLY_TRANS_SWITCH_OFF:
0,UPLINK_MDC_ENHENCEMENT_SWITCH:
0,NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH:
0,PTT_SPEC_LI_SWITCH_OFF:
0,RNC_DF_2_URA_PCH_SWITCH:
0,FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,NONPTT_L1_FAST_SYNC_SWITCH:
0,URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH:
0,URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH:
0,IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH:
0,IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH:
TION:
0,INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITC
H:0,PTUSER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH:0
ErgchEh BSC690 ADD WRFD- 128 Meaning: The parameter specifies the number of codes
ichCode 0 UCELL 010654 HSDPA used by the E-DCH Relative Grant Channel (E-RGCH)/
Num HSUPA WRFD- Users E-DCH Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel (E-HICH). For
MOD 010670 per Cell details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.433.The
UCELL 128 value of this parameter depends on the
WRFD- "MaxHsupaUserNum" parameter. If the value of the
HSUPA 010653 HSUPA
Users "MaxHsupaUserNum" parameter ranges from 1 to 20,
WRFD- per Cell set this parameter to 1. If the value of the
010612 "MaxHsupaUserNum" parameter ranges from 21 to 40,
96 set this parameter to 2. That is, increase the value of this
WRFD- HSDPA
010639 parameter by 1 each time the value of the
Users "MaxHsupaUserNum" parameter increases by 20.Set
WRFD- per Cell this parameter to 7 if the value of the
160208 HSUPA "MaxHsupaUserNum" parameter ranges from 121 to
WRFD- Introduc 128.
160209 tion GUI Value Range: 1~12
WRFD- Package
Unit: None
010701 96
HSUPA Actual Value Range: 1~12
Users Default Value: 1
per Cell
160
HSPA
Users
per Cell
192
HSPA
Users
per Cell
Uplink
Enhance
d
CELL_F
ACH

WCDMA RAN

nd
ErgchEh BSC691 ADD WRFD- 128 Meaning: The parameter specifies the number of codes
ichCode 0 UCELL 010654 HSDPA used by the E-DCH Relative Grant Channel (E-RGCH)/
Num HSUPA WRFD- Users E-DCH Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel (E-HICH). For
MOD 010670 per Cell details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.433.The
UCELL 128 value of this parameter depends on the
WRFD- "MaxHsupaUserNum" parameter. If the value of the
HSUPA 010653 HSUPA
Users "MaxHsupaUserNum" parameter ranges from 1 to 20,
WRFD- per Cell set this parameter to 1. If the value of the
010612 "MaxHsupaUserNum" parameter ranges from 21 to 40,
96 set this parameter to 2. That is, increase the value of this
WRFD- HSDPA
010639 parameter by 1 each time the value of the
Users "MaxHsupaUserNum" parameter increases by 20.Set
WRFD- per Cell this parameter to 7 if the value of the
160208 HSUPA "MaxHsupaUserNum" parameter ranges from 121 to
WRFD- Introduc 128.
160209 tion GUI Value Range: 1~12
WRFD- Package
Unit: None
010701 96
HSUPA Actual Value Range: 1~12
Users Default Value: 1
per Cell
160
HSPA
Users
per Cell
192
HSPA
Users
per Cell
Uplink
Enhance
d
CELL_F
ACH
SCHED BTS390 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Indicates whether setting Mac-e scheduling
ULEPA 0, ULOCE 0106120 HARQ parameters.
RA BTS390 LLMAC 9 and Fast GUI Value Range: NO(NO), YES(YES)
0 EPARA UL
WCDM Scheduli Unit: None
LST
A ULOCE ng in Actual Value Range: NO, YES
LLMAC Node B Default Value: NO(NO)
EPARA

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlIcLdc BSC690 ADD WRFD- Dual- Meaning: Whether to consider load on delay antennas
OptSwit 0 UCELL 020137 Threshol or load on real-time and delay antennas when setting the
ch CAC d uplink power threshold for admission and the LDR
MOD Scheduli threshold.When this switch is turned off, load on delay
UCELL ng with antennas is considered during the setting of the uplink
CAC HSUPA power threshold for admission and the LDR threshold.
Interfere When this switch is turned on, load on real-time and
nce delay antennas is considered during the setting of the
Cancella two thresholds.
tion GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
Unit: None
UlIcLdc BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dual- Meaning: Whether to consider load on delay antennas
OptSwit 0 UCELL 020137 Threshol or load on real-time and delay antennas when setting the
ch CAC d uplink power threshold for admission and the LDR
MOD Scheduli threshold.When this switch is turned off, load on delay
UCELL ng with antennas is considered during the setting of the uplink
CAC HSUPA power threshold for admission and the LDR threshold.
Interfere When this switch is turned on, load on real-time and
nce delay antennas is considered during the setting of the
Cancella two thresholds.
tion GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
FuncSwi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Macro & Meaning: 1. ICR(ICR): In the drop-down list of this
tch1 0 UCELL 150201 Micro parameter, the switch ICR Function Activated is added
LICENS WRFD- Co- to control whether to activate Intra Circle Roaming
E 140223 carrier (ICR). When setting of this switch takes effect,
MOD Uplink handovers of UEs of primary, secondary, or partner
WRFD- Interfere operators are optimized as cells of ICR partner operators
UCELL 150236
LICENS nce become a handover target candidate. When setting of
E WRFD- Control this switch does not take effect, ICR partner operators
160202 are not a handover target candidate. After intra-circle
MOCN
WRFD- Cell roaming (ICR) is successfully activated in a cell, Inter
140211 Resourc RAT Inter Plmn Ho Allowed in the "SET
e UOPERATORSHARINGMODE" command should be
WRFD-
Demarc set to DISABLE to ensure that the call drop rate and
140217
ation handover success rate are not affected. 2.
WRFD- INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_STEER-
140216 Load ING(Intelligent Interfreq UE Type Steering): When this
WRFD- Based switch is turned on, the Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE
140215 Dynami Layered Management function is enabled. 3.
c CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH(Cell ICR
WRFD- Adjustm Demarcation Switch): When this switch is turned on,
160208 ent of the ICR Demarcation function is enabled. 4.
WRFD- PCPICH DYN_CQI_ADJUST(Dynamic Configuration of
160209 Flexible HSDPA CQI Feedback Period): License control switch
Power for the function of Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA
Control CQI Feedback Period. When this switch is turned on,
for functions controlled by
Uplink PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITCH,
Low PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_COVERAGE_SWITCH,
Data and
Rate PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CS_PLUS_PS_SWITCH
Transmi can take effect. 5. DYN_BLER_PS(Load-based Uplink
ssion Target BLER Configuration): License control switch
for the load-based uplink target BLER algorithm. 6.
Dynami
INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CFG
c Target
_THD(Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on
RoT
Config Load Thd): Whether to enable the feature Inter-
Adjustm
Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable
ent
Load Threshold (CLB). When this switch is turned on
Inter- in a cell and the load balancing function specific to a
Frequen resource type is enabled, the function of measurement-
cy Load based inter-frequency handover related to load
Balancin balancing is available to this cell. 7.
g Based DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH(Dynamic Target
on RoT Adjustment): License control switch for the
Configu Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment algorithm. 8.
rable CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH(Cell
Load MOCN Demarcation Switch): Whether to enable the

WCDMA RAN

nd
Threshol MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation function for

d multiple operators in an MOCN cell. When this switch
Load- is turned on, the cell supports MOCN demarcation;
based when this switch is turned off, the cell does not support
Uplink MOCN demarcation. Before turning on this switch,
Target perform the following operation: Activate the MOCN
BLER Introduction Package feature. 9.
Configu MACRO_MICRO_COCARRIER_UL_INTERF_CO
ration NTROL: License switch for activating the Macro and
Micro Co-Carrier Uplink Interference Control feature.
Dynami This feature includes the following sub-features: Macro
c & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Redirection: controlled
Configu by the "COMacroMicroIFRedirSwitch" switch, Macro
ration of & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Handover: controlled by
HSDPA the
CQI "HO_COMACROMICRO_INTER_FREQ_OUT_SW
Feedbac ITCH" switch, Micro Cell Dynamic Rx Sensitivity
k Period Control: controlled by the "COMacroMicroDesenseS-
160 witch" switch. This feature and these three sub-features
HSPA can take effect only when all the four switches are turned
Users on. 10. CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM:
per Cell Controls whether the RNC supports RIM-based load
192 query and load sharing. When this switch is turned on,
HSPA this function takes effect. 11.
Users MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH: Cell-level
per Cell license switch for the MOCN feature. When this switch
is turned on, this feature is activated. When this switch
is turned off, this feature is not activated. 12.
TION: Whether cell-level license control is enabled for
the Intelligent Wi-Fi Searching and Selection feature. If
this parameter is set to OFF, cell-level license control is
disabled for the Intelligent Wi-Fi Searching and
Selection feature. If this parameter is set to ON, cell-
level license control is enabled for the Intelligent Wi-Fi
Searching and Selection feature. 13.
HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC: Switch controlling
the license of the Flexible Power Control for Uplink
Low Data Rate Transmission feature at the cell level.
When this switch is turned on, the feature license is
activated. When this switch is turned off, the feature
license is not activated.
GUI Value Range: ICR(ICR),
INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_STEER-
ING(Intelligent Interfreq UE Type Steering),
CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH(Cell ICR

WCDMA RAN

nd
Demarcation Switch), DYN_CQI_ADJUST(Dynamic

Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback Period),
DYN_BLER_PS(Load-based Uplink Target BLER
Configuration),
Config Load Thd), DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH
(Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment),
CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH(MOCN
Cell Resource Demarcation),
MACRO_MICRO_COCARRIER_UL_INTERF_CO
NTROL(Macro and Micro Co-carrier UL Interference
Control), CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM
(Cellload Shared Based on RIM),
MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH(MOCN
Introduce Pack Switch),
TION(Intelligent Wifi Detect And Selection Switch),
HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC(Uplink Low Rate
Flexible Power Control )
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ICR,
ING, CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH,
DYN_CQI_ADJUST, DYN_BLER_PS,
_THD, DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH,
CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH,
NTROL, CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM,
MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH,
TION, HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC
Default Value: ICR:
0,INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_STEER
ING:0,CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH:
0,DYN_CQI_ADJUST:0,DYN_BLER_PS:
0,INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CF
G_THD:0,DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH:
0,MACRO_MICRO_COCARRIER_UL_INTERF_C
ONTROL:
0,CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM:
0,MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH:
TION:0, HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
FuncSwi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Macro & Meaning: 1. ICR(ICR): In the drop-down list of this
tch1 0 UCELL 150201 Micro parameter, the switch ICR Function Activated is added
LICENS WRFD- Co- to control whether to activate Intra Circle Roaming
E 140223 carrier (ICR). When setting of this switch takes effect,
MOD Uplink handovers of UEs of primary, secondary, or partner
WRFD- Interfere operators are optimized as cells of ICR partner operators
UCELL 150236
LICENS nce become a handover target candidate. When setting of
E WRFD- Control this switch does not take effect, ICR partner operators
160202 are not a handover target candidate. After intra-circle
MOCN
WRFD- Cell roaming (ICR) is successfully activated in a cell, Inter
140211 Resourc RAT Inter Plmn Ho Allowed in the "SET
e UOPERATORSHARINGMODE" command should be
WRFD-
Demarc set to DISABLE to ensure that the call drop rate and
140217
ation handover success rate are not affected. 2.
WRFD- INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_STEER-
140216 Load ING(Intelligent Interfreq UE Type Steering): When this
WRFD- Based switch is turned on, the Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE
140215 Dynami Layered Management function is enabled. 3.
c CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH(Cell ICR
WRFD- Adjustm Demarcation Switch): When this switch is turned on,
160208 ent of the ICR Demarcation function is enabled. 4.
WRFD- PCPICH DYN_CQI_ADJUST(Dynamic Configuration of
160209 Flexible HSDPA CQI Feedback Period): License control switch
Power for the function of Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA
Control CQI Feedback Period. When this switch is turned on,
for functions controlled by
Uplink PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITCH,
Low PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_COVERAGE_SWITCH,
Data and
Rate PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CS_PLUS_PS_SWITCH
Transmi can take effect. 5. DYN_BLER_PS(Load-based Uplink
ssion Target BLER Configuration): License control switch
for the load-based uplink target BLER algorithm. 6.
Dynami
c Target
RoT
Config Load Thd): Whether to enable the feature Inter-
Adjustm
Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable
ent
Load Threshold (CLB). When this switch is turned on
Inter- in a cell and the load balancing function specific to a
Frequen resource type is enabled, the function of measurement-
cy Load based inter-frequency handover related to load
Balancin balancing is available to this cell. 7.
g Based DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH(Dynamic Target
on RoT Adjustment): License control switch for the
Configu Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment algorithm. 8.
rable CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH(Cell
Load MOCN Demarcation Switch): Whether to enable the

WCDMA RAN

nd
Threshol MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation function for

d multiple operators in an MOCN cell. When this switch
Load- is turned on, the cell supports MOCN demarcation;
based when this switch is turned off, the cell does not support
Uplink MOCN demarcation. Before turning on this switch,
Target perform the following operation: Activate the MOCN
BLER Introduction Package feature. 9.
Configu MACRO_MICRO_COCARRIER_UL_INTERF_CO
ration NTROL: License switch for activating the Macro and
Micro Co-Carrier Uplink Interference Control feature.
Dynami This feature includes the following sub-features: Macro
c & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Redirection: controlled
Configu by the "COMacroMicroIFRedirSwitch" switch, Macro
ration of & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Handover: controlled by
HSDPA the
CQI "HO_COMACROMICRO_INTER_FREQ_OUT_SW
Feedbac ITCH" switch, Micro Cell Dynamic Rx Sensitivity
k Period Control: controlled by the "COMacroMicroDesenseS-
160 witch" switch. This feature and these three sub-features
HSPA can take effect only when all the four switches are turned
Users on. 10. CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM:
per Cell Controls whether the RNC supports RIM-based load
192 query and load sharing. When this switch is turned on,
HSPA this function takes effect. 11.
Users MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH: Cell-level
per Cell license switch for the MOCN feature. When this switch
is turned on, this feature is activated. When this switch
is turned off, this feature is not activated. 12.
TION: Whether cell-level license control is enabled for
the Intelligent Wi-Fi Searching and Selection feature. If
this parameter is set to OFF, cell-level license control is
disabled for the Intelligent Wi-Fi Searching and
Selection feature. If this parameter is set to ON, cell-
level license control is enabled for the Intelligent Wi-Fi
Searching and Selection feature. 13.
HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC: Switch controlling
the license of the Flexible Power Control for Uplink
Low Data Rate Transmission feature at the cell level.
When this switch is turned on, the feature license is
activated. When this switch is turned off, the feature
license is not activated.
GUI Value Range: ICR(ICR),
ING(Intelligent Interfreq UE Type Steering),
CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH(Cell ICR

WCDMA RAN

nd
Demarcation Switch), DYN_CQI_ADJUST(Dynamic

Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback Period),
DYN_BLER_PS(Load-based Uplink Target BLER
Configuration),
Config Load Thd), DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH
(Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment),
CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH(MOCN
Cell Resource Demarcation),
NTROL(Macro and Micro Co-carrier UL Interference
Control), CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM
(Cellload Shared Based on RIM),
MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH(MOCN
Introduce Pack Switch),
TION(Intelligent Wifi Detect And Selection Switch),
HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC(Uplink Low Rate
Flexible Power Control )
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ICR,
ING, CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH,
DYN_CQI_ADJUST, DYN_BLER_PS,
_THD, DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH,
CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH,
NTROL, CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM,
MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH,
TION, HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC
Default Value: ICR:
0,INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_STEER
ING:0,CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH:
0,DYN_CQI_ADJUST:0,DYN_BLER_PS:
0,INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CF
G_THD:0,DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH:
0,MACRO_MICRO_COCARRIER_UL_INTERF_C
ONTROL:
0,CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM:
0,MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH:
TION:0, HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
DftSpi BSC690 SET None None Meaning: Default HSUPA SPI weight adjustment factor
WtFacto 0 UFRC in the soft handover status. The SPI weight of UEs in
rForHsu the soft handover status is obtained by multiplying the
paSho basic SPI weight by the parameter value. This parameter
takes effect only when the license for the feature
WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI
Weight is not activated.
Unit: %
Default Value: 70
DftSpi BSC691 SET None None Meaning: Default HSUPA SPI weight adjustment factor
WtFacto 0 UFRC in the soft handover status. The SPI weight of UEs in
rForHsu the soft handover status is obtained by multiplying the
paSho basic SPI weight by the parameter value. This parameter
takes effect only when the license for the feature
WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI
Weight is not activated.
Unit: %
Default Value: 70
SpiWtFa BSC690 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: HSUPA SPI weight adjustment factor in the
ctorFor 0 USPIW 010612 Introduc soft handover status. The SPI weight of UEs in the soft
HsupaS EIGHT WRFD- tion handover status is obtained by multiplying the basic SPI
ho 020806 Package weight by the parameter value.
tiated Unit: %
Service
Based Actual Value Range: 0~100
on SPI Default Value: 70
Weight
SpiWtFa BSC691 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: HSUPA SPI weight adjustment factor in the
ctorFor 0 USPIW 010612 Introduc soft handover status. The SPI weight of UEs in the soft
HsupaS EIGHT WRFD- tion handover status is obtained by multiplying the basic SPI
ho 020806 Package weight by the parameter value.
tiated Unit: %
Service
Weight

WCDMA RAN

nd
SPI BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Relative priority when RAB data in the PS
0 UOPER 010612 Introduc domain is scheduled. The larger the value of this
SPIWEI WRFD- tion parameter, the higher the scheduling priority. Values
GHT 0106120 Package 2-11 indicate the scheduling priorities of background
RMV 9 HSUPA and interactive services.Value 12 indicates the
UOPER HARQ scheduling priority of the streaming service. Value 13
SPIWEI 020806 and Fast
GHT UL service. Value 14 indicates the scheduling priority of the

tiated Unit: None
Based
Weight
Scheduli
ng based
on EPF
and
GBR
SPI BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Relative priority when RAB data in the PS
0 UOPER 010612 Introduc domain is scheduled. The larger the value of this
SPIWEI WRFD- tion parameter, the higher the scheduling priority. Values
GHT 0106120 Package 2-11 indicate the scheduling priorities of background
RMV 9 HSUPA and interactive services.Value 12 indicates the
UOPER HARQ scheduling priority of the streaming service. Value 13
SPIWEI 020806 and Fast
GHT UL service. Value 14 indicates the scheduling priority of the

tiated Unit: None
Based
Weight
Scheduli
ng based
on EPF
and
GBR

WCDMA RAN

nd
SpiWtFa BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: HSUPA SPI weight adjustment factor in the
ctorFor 0 UOPER 010612 Introduc soft handover status. The SPI weight of UEs in the soft
HsupaS SPIWEI WRFD- tion handover status is obtained by multiplying the basic SPI
ho GHT 020806 Package weight by the parameter value.
tiated Unit: %
Service
Weight
SpiWtFa BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: HSUPA SPI weight adjustment factor in the
ctorFor 0 UOPER 010612 Introduc soft handover status. The SPI weight of UEs in the soft
HsupaS SPIWEI WRFD- tion handover status is obtained by multiplying the basic SPI
ho GHT 020806 Package weight by the parameter value.
tiated Unit: %
Service
Weight

WCDMA RAN
HSUPA Feature Parameter Description 10 Counters
10 Counters
Table 10-1 Counter description
Counter ID Counter Name Counter NE Feature ID Feature Name

Description
50331850 VS.HSUPA.Loa Number of Cell NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

dOutput.0 Ul Load None Introduction
Between 0db to GSM: None Package
0.5db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

Between 0.5db GSM: None Package
to 1db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

to 1.5db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

to 2db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

WCDMA RAN

Description

to 2.5db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

to 3.0db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

to 3.5db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

to 4db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

5db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

6db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

WCDMA RAN

Description

7db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

8db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

9db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

10db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

11db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

12db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

WCDMA RAN

Description

13db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

14db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

15db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

16db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

18db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

20db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

WCDMA RAN

Description

22db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

26db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

30db
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

dOutput.25 Ul Load above None Introduction
30db GSM: None Package
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None
50331876 VS.HSUPA.Ov Number of times NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

erLoadNum the uplink is None Introduction
overloaded in a GSM: None Package
cell
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

WCDMA RAN

Description
50331877 VS.HSUPA.Un Number of NodeB Multi-mode: 96 HSUPA

HappyUserNum Unhappy None Users per Cell
HSUPA users in GSM: None 20 HSUPA
a cell Users per Cell
UMTS:
WRFD-010639 60 HSUPA
WRFD-010612 Users per Cell
11 HSUPA
WRFD-010634 Introduction
Package
WRFD-010612
LTE: None
50331878 VS.HSUPA.Use Number of TTIs NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

rTtiNum in which at least None Introduction
one HSUPA GSM: None Package
user exists in a
cell UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None
50331879 VS.HSUPA.Dat Number of TTIs NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

aTtiNum in which None Introduction
HSUPA users GSM: None Package
transmit data in a
cell UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None
50331885 VS.HSUPA.AC Number of NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

KTotal transmitted None Introduction
ACKs GSM: None Package
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None
50331886 VS.HSUPA.NA Number of NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

CKTotal transmitted None Introduction
NACKs GSM: None Package
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

WCDMA RAN

Description
50331887 VS.HSUPA.DT Number of NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

XTotal transmitted None Introduction
DTXs GSM: None Package
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None
50331888 VS.HSUPA.PD Number of NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

UNum successfully None Introduction
received MAC- GSM: None Package
e/MAC-i PDUs
from the UE in a UMTS:
cell WRFD-010612
LTE: None
50331889 VS.HSUPA.Re- Number of NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

transPDUNum MAC-e/MAC-i None Introduction
PDUs to be GSM: None Package
retransmitted by
the UE in a cell UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None
50331903 VS.HSUPA.AG Max value of NodeB Multi-mode: Enhanced Fast

CHCodeUtil.M AGCH usage None UL Scheduling
ax ratio GSM: None
UMTS:
WRFD-010614
02
LTE: None
50331904 VS.HSUPA.AG Maximum ratio NodeB Multi-mode: Enhanced Fast

CHCodeCollisi of E-AGCH None UL Scheduling
on.Max code collisions GSM: None
in a cell
UMTS:
WRFD-010614
02
LTE: None

aTtiNum.TRB in which None Introduction
transmit TRB
data in a cell UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

WCDMA RAN

Description

aTtiNum.ROT in which None Introduction
Mor3 HSUPA users GSM: None Package
have data to
transmit under UMTS:
the 3 dB or WRFD-010612
above uplink Uu LTE: None
load in a cell

have data to
load in a cell

have data to
load in a cell

have data to
load in a cell

have data to
load in a cell

WCDMA RAN

Description

have data to
load in a cell

have data to
load in a cell
50331961 VS.HSUPA.Dat Number of NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

aUserSumNum. HSUPA users None Introduction
ROTMor3 with data GSM: None Package
transmission
under the 3 dB or UMTS:
above uplink Uu WRFD-010612
load in a cell LTE: None

transmission

transmission

transmission

WCDMA RAN

Description

transmission
under the 10 dB UMTS:
or above uplink WRFD-010612
Uu load in a cell LTE: None

transmission

transmission
50332378 VS.HSUPA.Tra HSUPA Mac-d NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

ffic.TRB TRB data None Introduction
volume in the GSM: None Package
cell
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None
50332379 VS.HSUPA. Number of TTIs NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

2msPDU.TTI.N in which None Introduction
um HSUPA 2 ms GSM: None Package
Mac-e/Mac-i
TRBs are UMTS:
received in a cell WRFD-010612
LTE: None
50332380 VS.HSUPA. Number of TTIs NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

10msPDU.TTI. in which None Introduction
Num HSUPA 10 ms GSM: None Package
Mac-e/Mac-i
TRBs are UMTS:
received in a cell WRFD-010612
LTE: None

WCDMA RAN

Description
50332387 VS.HSUPA. Traffic of Mac- NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

10msTTI.Traffi e/Mac-i PDUs None Introduction
c received from GSM: None Package
10 ms TTI
HSUPA users in UMTS:
a cell WRFD-010612
LTE: None
50332551 VS.HSUPA.Thr Total traffic NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

uput volume of None Introduction
HSUPA users in GSM: None Package
a cell
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None
50341849 VS.HSUPA.Un Ratio of the NodeB Multi-mode: 96 HSUPA

HappyUserNum number of None Users per Cell
Ratio Unhappy GSM: None 20 HSUPA
HSUPA users to Users per Cell
the total number UMTS:
of HSUPA users WRFD-010639 60 HSUPA
in a cell WRFD-010612 Users per Cell
11 HSUPA
WRFD-010634 Introduction
Package
WRFD-010612
LTE: None
50341850 VS.HSUPA.Dat Average number NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

aUserNum.Mea of HSUPA users None Introduction
n that transmit GSM: None Package
data in a cell
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None
50341851 VS.HSUPA.Dat Maximum NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

aUserNum.Max number of None Introduction
that transmit
data in a cell UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

WCDMA RAN

Description
50341852 VS.HSUPA.Sch Average number NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

eduleUserNum. of scheduled None Introduction
Mean HSUPA users in GSM: None Package
a cell Enhanced Fast
UMTS:
WRFD-010612 UL Scheduling
WRFD-010614
02
LTE: None
50341853 VS.HSUPA.Sch Maximum NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

eduleUserNum. number of None Introduction
Max scheduled GSM: None Package
HSUPA users in Enhanced Fast
a cell UMTS:
WRFD-010614
02
LTE: None
50341855 VS.HSUPA.Lef Ratio of the NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

tPwrLmtUserRa number of None Admission
tio HSUPA users GSM: None Control
with limited Enhanced Fast
uplink load to UMTS:
the total number
of HSUPA users 02
in a cell WRFD-010614
02
LTE: None
50341864 VS.HSUPA.AG Average ratio of NodeB Multi-mode: Enhanced Fast

CHCodeCollisi E-AGCH code None UL Scheduling
on.Mean collisions in a GSM: None
cell
UMTS:
WRFD-010614
02
LTE: None
50341865 VS.HSUPA.AG average number NodeB Multi-mode: Enhanced Fast

CHCodeUtil.M of AGCH usage None UL Scheduling
ean ratio GSM: None
UMTS:
WRFD-010614
02
LTE: None

WCDMA RAN

Description
50341866 VS.HSUPA.Ant The anti- NodeB Multi-mode: Anti-

iInterfSch.Ac- intereference None Interference
tRatio scheduling GSM: None Scheduling for
algrithm active HSUPA
ratio UMTS:
WRFD-020136
LTE: None
50341876 VS.HSUPA.Thr Cell throughput NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

uput.ROTMor3 of HSUPA users None Introduction
under the 3 dB or GSM: None Package
above uplink Uu
load UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

above uplink Uu
load UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

above uplink Uu
load UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

above uplink Uu
load UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

0 under the 10 dB GSM: None Package
or above uplink
Uu load UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

WCDMA RAN

Description

or above uplink
Uu load UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

or above uplink
Uu load UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

uput.ROTAll of HSUPA users None Introduction
under all uplink GSM: None Package
Uu loads
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None
50341884 VS.HSUPA.TTI Average number NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

10msUserNumb of 10 ms TTI None Introduction
er.0 HSUPA users at GSM: None Package
a rate of interval
0 in a cell UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

a rate of interval
1 in a cell UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

a rate of interval
2 in a cell UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

WCDMA RAN

Description

a rate of interval
3 in a cell UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

a rate of interval
4 in a cell UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

a rate of interval
5 in a cell UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

a rate of interval
6 in a cell UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

a rate of interval
7 in a cell UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None
50341893 VS.HSUPA.SG Ratio of NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

Lmt.UnHappyU Unhappy users None Introduction
serRatio.Iub with SG limit GSM: None Package
due to Iub
resource UMTS:
insufficiency in WRFD-010612
a cell LTE: None

WCDMA RAN

Description

serRatio.RTWP with SG limit GSM: None Package
due to air
interface load UMTS:
insufficiency in WRFD-010612
a cell LTE: None

serRatio.CE with SG limit GSM: None Package
due to CE
insufficiency in UMTS:
a cell WRFD-010612
LTE: None
50342552 VS.HSUPA.Me Average NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

anBitRate throughput of None Introduction
HSUPA users in GSM: None Package
a cell
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None
50342553 VS.HSUPA.Me Average NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

anBitRate.With- throughput of None Introduction
Data HSUPA users in GSM: None Package
a cell when data
is transmitted UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None
50342608 VS.BOARD.Us Average ratio of NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

edHsupaUserRa HSUPA users None Introduction
tio.Mean on a board GSM: None Package
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None
50342609 VS.BOARD.Us Maximum ratio NodeB Multi-mode: HSUPA

edHsupaUserRa of HSUPA users None Introduction
tio.Max on a board GSM: None Package
UMTS:
WRFD-010612
LTE: None

WCDMA RAN

Description
67192110 VS.HSUPA.M Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

ACD.SuccSetup Successful Introduction
EDCH MAC-d Package
Flow
Establishments
for Cell
67192486 VS.HSUPA.Me Number of Total BSC6900 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

anChThroughpu Bytes Received Introduction
t.TotalBytes in Uplink of Package
HSUPA MAC-d
Flow for Cell
67192978 VS.RAB.RelRe Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

qPS.BE.HSUP HSUPA RABs WRFD-020107 Introduction
A.Cong.Golden Carrying Package
Golden Users Overload
BE Traffic Control
Released Due to
Congestion for
Cell

A.Cong.Silver Carrying Silver Package
Users BE Overload
Traffic Released Control
Due to
Congestion for
Cell

A.Cong.Copper Carrying Package
Copper Users Overload
BE Traffic Control
Released Due to
Congestion for
Cell
67192994 VS.HSUPAPSL Maximum BSC6900 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

oad.MaxULThr Throughput of Introduction
uput.RNC PS HSUPA Package
Traffic for RNC

WCDMA RAN

Description
67194991 VS.RAB.Norm Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010635 HSUPA over Iur

Rel.HSUPA.Iur EDCH-Carried
RABs Normally
Released on Iur
Interface for
SRNC
67195001 VS.RAB.Abnor Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010635 HSUPA over Iur

mRel.HSUPA.I EDCH-Carried
ur RABs
Abnormally
Released on Iur
Interface for
SRNC
67196198 VS.RRC.AttCo Number of RRC BSC6900 WRFD-010636 SRB over

nnEstab.EDCH Connection WRFD-010701 HSUPA
Attempts for UL Uplink
Carried on Enhanced
E_DCH for Cell CELL_FACH
67196200 VS.RRC.SuccC Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010636 SRB over

onnEstab.EDC Successful RRC WRFD-010701 HSUPA
H Connection Uplink
Setups for Cell Enhanced
(UL Carried on CELL_FACH
E_DCH)
67196206 VS.RAB.Norm Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010619 CS voice over

Rel.CS.HSPA.C HSPA-Carried WRFD-010651 HSPA/HSPA+
onv.Iur CS HSDPA over Iur
Conversational WRFD-010635
RABs Normally HSUPA over Iur
Released on Iur
Interface for
SRNC
67196207 VS.RAB.Abnor Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010619 CS voice over

mRel.CS.HSPA HSPA-Carried WRFD-010651 HSPA/HSPA+
.Conv.Iur CS HSDPA over Iur
RABs HSUPA over Iur
Abnormally
Released on Iur
Interface for
SRNC

WCDMA RAN

Description
67203850 VS.HSUPA.UE Average BSC6900 WRFD-010612 20 HSUPA

.Mean.Cell Number of 11 Users per Cell
HSUPA UEs in WRFD-010634 60 HSUPA
a Cell Users per Cell
WRFD-010639
96 HSUPA
Users per Cell
67203932 VS.HSUPA.Me Mean Uplink BSC6900 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

anChThroughpu Throughput of Introduction
t single HSUPA Package
MAC-d Flow
for Cell
67204138 VS.HSUPAPSL Throughput of BSC6900 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

oad.ULThruput. PS HSUPA Introduction
RNC Traffic for RNC Package

ACD.AttSetup EDCH MAC-d Introduction
Flow Setup Package
Requests for
Cell
73393956 VS.HSUPA.Rsn Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010641 HSUPA

Small2Large.T Times that Adaptive
TI2ms HSUPA 2ms Transmission
TTI Users
Transfer from
Small
Retransmission
to Large
Retransmission
for Cell

TTI Users
Transfer from
Small
Retransmission
to Large
Retransmission
for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Description

Large2Small.T Times that Adaptive
TTI Users
Transfer from
Large
Retransmission
to Small
Retransmission
for Cell

TTI Users
Transfer from
Large
Retransmission
to Small
Retransmission
for Cell
73410466 VS.SRNCIurBy Number of bytes BSC6900 WRFD-010635 HSUPA over Iur

tesPSStrHSUP of PS HSUPA
A.Rx streaming
service in SRNC
for IUR

tesPSIntHSUPA of PS HSUPA
.Rx interactive
service in SRNC
for IUR

tesPSBkgHSUP of PS HSUPA
A.Rx background
service in SRNC
for IUR
73410480 VS.SRNCIurBy Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010635 HSUPA over Iur

tesSigHSUPA. HSUPA WRFD-010636 SRB over
Rx Signaling Bytes HSUPA
on Iur Interface
in SRNC
73410500 VS.SRNCIubB Number of UL BSC6900 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

ytesHSUPA.Rx Bytes over Iub Introduction
EDCH for Cell Package

WCDMA RAN

Description
73422168 VS.HSUPA.RA Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010202 UE State in

B.AbnormRel.E RABs WRFD-010612 Connected
2P Abnormally Mode (CELL-
Released for PS DCH, CELL-
HSUPA PCH, URA-
Services during PCH, CELL-
the State FACH)
Transition from HSUPA
CELL_DCH to Introduction
CELL_PCH or Package
URA_PCH for
Cell
73423994 VS.HSUPA.Tgt Number of times BSC6900 WRFD-140211 Dynamic Target

RoTInc the RoT value is RoT Adjustment
increased

RoTDec the RoT value is RoT Adjustment
decreased
73424199 VS.HSUPA.UE Maximum BSC6900 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

.Max.TTI2ms Number of WRFD-010614 Introduction
HSUPA 2 ms 03 Package
TTI UEs in a HSUPA 2ms
Cell TTI

.Max.TTI10ms Number of Introduction
HSUPA 10 ms Package
TTI UEs in a
Cell
73426996 VS.HSUPA.Sa Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

mplesThroughp Times the RLC Introduction
ut Throughput Is Package
Not 0 for
HSUPA Users
in a Cell
73441239 VS.HSUPA.UE Average BSC6900 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

.Mean.TTI2ms Number of WRFD-010614 Introduction
Cell TTI

WCDMA RAN

Description
73441240 VS.HSUPA.UE Average number BSC6900 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

.Mean.TTI10ms of HSUPA 10 Introduction
ms TTI UEs in a Package
Cell
73443291 VS.SRNCIubB Number of UL BSC6900 WRFD-010636 SRB over

ytesEDCHSig.R E-DCH HSUPA
x Signaling Bytes
on Iub Interface
for Cell
73443311 VS.HSUPA.Su Sum of the BSC6900 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

mThroughput Sampled RLC Introduction
Throughput of Package
HSUPA Users
in a Cell
73444320 VS.HSUPA.Sin Average BSC6900 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

gleBE.Mean.TT Number of 2ms WRFD-010614 Introduction
I2ms.ULActual TTI HSUPA 03 Package
PowerLoad.0 UEs Processing HSUPA 2ms
a Single BE WRFD-020102
TTI
Service When
the Actual Load
Uplink Power Measurement
Load of the Cell
Falls into Range
0 for Cell

TTI
Service When
the Actual Load
Load of the Cell
Falls into Range
1 for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Description

TTI
Service When
the Actual Load
Load of the Cell
Falls into Range
2 for Cell

TTI
Service When
the Actual Load
Load of the Cell
Falls into Range
3 for Cell

TTI
Service When
the Actual Load
Load of the Cell
Falls into Range
4 for Cell

I10ms.ULActua TTI HSUPA 03 Package
lPowerLoad.0 UEs Processing HSUPA 2ms
TTI
Service When
the Actual Load
Load of the Cell
Falls into Range
0 for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Description

TTI
Service When
the Actual Load
Load of the Cell
Falls into Range
1 for Cell

TTI
Service When
the Actual Load
Load of the Cell
Falls into Range
2 for Cell

TTI
Service When
the Actual Load
Load of the Cell
Falls into Range
3 for Cell

TTI
Service When
the Actual Load
Load of the Cell
Falls into Range
4 for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Description
73444428 VS.HSUPA.Gol Average BSC6900 WRFD-010612 20 HSUPA

denUE.Mean.C Number of Gold 11 Users per Cell
ell HSUPA Users WRFD-010634 60 HSUPA
for Cell Users per Cell
WRFD-010639
96 HSUPA
Users per Cell
73444429 VS.HSUPA.Sil Average BSC6900 WRFD-010612 20 HSUPA

verUE.Mean.Ce Number of 11 Users per Cell
ll Silver HSUPA WRFD-010634 60 HSUPA
Users for Cell Users per Cell
WRFD-010639
96 HSUPA
Users per Cell
73444430 VS.HSUPA.Co Average BSC6900 WRFD-010612 20 HSUPA

pperUE.Mean.C Number of 11 Users per Cell
ell Copper HSUPA WRFD-010634 60 HSUPA
WRFD-010639
96 HSUPA
Users per Cell
73444481 VS.Cell.HspaC Duration During BSC6900 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

ommChCodeNo Which HSPA Introduction
tOptimum.Time Common Package
Channel Codes
Are in the Non-
Optimum State
for Cell

ACD.SuccSetup Successful Introduction
EDCH MAC-d Package
Flow
Establishments
for Cell
67192486 VS.HSUPA.Me Number of Total BSC6910 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

anChThroughpu Bytes Received Introduction
t.TotalBytes in Uplink of Package
HSUPA MAC-d
Flow for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Description

A.Cong.Golden Carrying Package
Golden Users Overload
BE Traffic Control
Released Due to
Congestion for
Cell

A.Cong.Silver Carrying Silver Package
Users BE Overload
Traffic Released Control
Due to
Congestion for
Cell

A.Cong.Copper Carrying Package
Copper Users Overload
BE Traffic Control
Released Due to
Congestion for
Cell
67192994 VS.HSUPAPSL Maximum BSC6910 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

oad.MaxULThr Throughput of Introduction
uput.RNC PS HSUPA Package
Traffic for RNC
67194991 VS.RAB.Norm Number of BSC6910 WRFD-010635 HSUPA over Iur

Rel.HSUPA.Iur EDCH-Carried
RABs Normally
Released on Iur
Interface for
SRNC
67195001 VS.RAB.Abnor Number of BSC6910 WRFD-010635 HSUPA over Iur

mRel.HSUPA.I EDCH-Carried
ur RABs
Abnormally
Released on Iur
Interface for
SRNC

WCDMA RAN

Description
67196198 VS.RRC.AttCo Number of RRC BSC6910 WRFD-010636 SRB over

nnEstab.EDCH Connection WRFD-010701 HSUPA
Attempts for UL Uplink
Carried on Enhanced
E_DCH for Cell CELL_FACH
67196200 VS.RRC.SuccC Number of BSC6910 WRFD-010636 SRB over

onnEstab.EDC Successful RRC WRFD-010701 HSUPA
H Connection Uplink
Setups for Cell Enhanced
(UL Carried on CELL_FACH
E_DCH)
67196206 VS.RAB.Norm Number of BSC6910 WRFD-010619 CS voice over

Rel.CS.HSPA.C HSPA-Carried WRFD-010651 HSPA/HSPA+
onv.Iur CS HSDPA over Iur
RABs Normally HSUPA over Iur
Released on Iur
Interface for
SRNC
67196207 VS.RAB.Abnor Number of BSC6910 WRFD-010619 CS voice over

mRel.CS.HSPA HSPA-Carried WRFD-010651 HSPA/HSPA+
.Conv.Iur CS HSDPA over Iur
RABs HSUPA over Iur
Abnormally
Released on Iur
Interface for
SRNC
67203850 VS.HSUPA.UE Average BSC6910 WRFD-010612 20 HSUPA

.Mean.Cell Number of 11 Users per Cell
HSUPA UEs in WRFD-010634 60 HSUPA
a Cell Users per Cell
WRFD-010639
96 HSUPA
Users per Cell
67203932 VS.HSUPA.Me Mean Uplink BSC6910 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

anChThroughpu Throughput of Introduction
t single HSUPA Package
MAC-d Flow
for Cell
67204138 VS.HSUPAPSL Throughput of BSC6910 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

oad.ULThruput. PS HSUPA Introduction
RNC Traffic for RNC Package

WCDMA RAN

Description

ACD.AttSetup EDCH MAC-d Introduction
Flow Setup Package
Requests for
Cell

TTI Users
Transfer from
Small
Retransmission
to Large
Retransmission
for Cell

TTI Users
Transfer from
Small
Retransmission
to Large
Retransmission
for Cell

TTI Users
Transfer from
Large
Retransmission
to Small
Retransmission
for Cell

TTI Users
Transfer from
Large
Retransmission
to Small
Retransmission
for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Description

tesPSStrHSUP of PS HSUPA
A.Rx streaming
service in SRNC
for IUR

tesPSIntHSUPA of PS HSUPA
.Rx interactive
service in SRNC
for IUR

tesPSBkgHSUP of PS HSUPA
A.Rx background
service in SRNC
for IUR
73410480 VS.SRNCIurBy Number of BSC6910 WRFD-010635 HSUPA over Iur

tesSigHSUPA. HSUPA WRFD-010636 SRB over
Rx Signaling Bytes HSUPA
on Iur Interface
in SRNC
73410500 VS.SRNCIubB Number of UL BSC6910 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

ytesHSUPA.Rx Bytes over Iub Introduction
EDCH for Cell Package
73422168 VS.HSUPA.RA Number of BSC6910 WRFD-010202 UE State in

B.AbnormRel.E RABs WRFD-010612 Connected
2P Abnormally Mode (CELL-
Released for PS DCH, CELL-
HSUPA PCH, URA-
Services during PCH, CELL-
the State FACH)
Transition from HSUPA
CELL_DCH to Introduction
CELL_PCH or Package
URA_PCH for
Cell

RoTInc the RoT value is RoT Adjustment
increased

RoTDec the RoT value is RoT Adjustment
decreased

WCDMA RAN

Description

.Max.TTI2ms Number of WRFD-010614 Introduction
Cell TTI

.Max.TTI10ms Number of Introduction
HSUPA 10 ms Package
TTI UEs in a
Cell
73426996 VS.HSUPA.Sa Number of BSC6910 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

mplesThroughp Times the RLC Introduction
ut Throughput Is Package
Not 0 for
HSUPA Users
in a Cell
73441239 VS.HSUPA.UE Average BSC6910 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

.Mean.TTI2ms Number of WRFD-010614 Introduction
Cell TTI
73441240 VS.HSUPA.UE Average number BSC6910 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

.Mean.TTI10ms of HSUPA 10 Introduction
ms TTI UEs in a Package
Cell
73443291 VS.SRNCIubB Number of UL BSC6910 WRFD-010636 SRB over

ytesEDCHSig.R E-DCH HSUPA
x Signaling Bytes
on Iub Interface
for Cell
73443311 VS.HSUPA.Su Sum of the BSC6910 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

mThroughput Sampled RLC Introduction
Throughput of Package
HSUPA Users
in a Cell

WCDMA RAN

Description

TTI
Service When
the Actual Load
Load of the Cell
Falls into Range
0 for Cell

TTI
Service When
the Actual Load
Load of the Cell
Falls into Range
1 for Cell

TTI
Service When
the Actual Load
Load of the Cell
Falls into Range
2 for Cell

TTI
Service When
the Actual Load
Load of the Cell
Falls into Range
3 for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Description

TTI
Service When
the Actual Load
Load of the Cell
Falls into Range
4 for Cell

TTI
Service When
the Actual Load
Load of the Cell
Falls into Range
0 for Cell

TTI
Service When
the Actual Load
Load of the Cell
Falls into Range
1 for Cell

TTI
Service When
the Actual Load
Load of the Cell
Falls into Range
2 for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Description

TTI
Service When
the Actual Load
Load of the Cell
Falls into Range
3 for Cell

TTI
Service When
the Actual Load
Load of the Cell
Falls into Range
4 for Cell
73444428 VS.HSUPA.Gol Average BSC6910 WRFD-010612 20 HSUPA

denUE.Mean.C Number of Gold 11 Users per Cell
ell HSUPA Users WRFD-010634 60 HSUPA
for Cell Users per Cell
WRFD-010639
96 HSUPA
Users per Cell
73444429 VS.HSUPA.Sil Average BSC6910 WRFD-010612 20 HSUPA

verUE.Mean.Ce Number of 11 Users per Cell
ll Silver HSUPA WRFD-010634 60 HSUPA
WRFD-010639
96 HSUPA
Users per Cell
73444430 VS.HSUPA.Co Average BSC6910 WRFD-010612 20 HSUPA

pperUE.Mean.C Number of 11 Users per Cell
ell Copper HSUPA WRFD-010634 60 HSUPA
WRFD-010639
96 HSUPA
Users per Cell

WCDMA RAN

Description
73444481 VS.Cell.HspaC Duration During BSC6910 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

ommChCodeNo Which HSPA Introduction
tOptimum.Time Common Package
Channel Codes
Are in the Non-
Optimum State
for Cell

WCDMA RAN
HSUPA Feature Parameter Description 11 Glossary
11 Glossary
For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see Glossary.

WCDMA RAN
HSUPA Feature Parameter Description 12 Reference Documents
12 Reference Documents
1. 3GPP TS 25.211: "Physical channels and mapping of transport channels onto physical
channels (FDD)"
2. 3GPP TS 25.306: "UE Radio Access capabilities"
3. 3GPP TS 25.321: "Medium Access Control (MAC) protocol specification"
4. 3GPP TS 25.331: "Radio Resource Control (RRC) Protocol Specification"
5. Radio Bearers Feature Parameter Description
6. Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description
7. Load Control Feature Parameter Description
8. Power Control Feature Parameter Description
9. Handover Feature Parameter Description
10. State Transition Feature Parameter Description
11. Transmission Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
12. DCCC Feature Parameter Description
13. Interference Cancellation Feature Parameter Description
14. CE Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
15. Differentiated HSPA Service Feature Parameter Description
16. HSPA Evolution Feature Parameter Description
17. License Management Feature Parameter Description


Hsupa (Ran16.0 01)

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Hsupa (Ran16.0 01)

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

WCDMA RAN

HSUPA Feature Parameter

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

1 About This Document..................................................................................................................1

3 Control Plane Functions.............................................................................................................16

4 User Plane Functions..................................................................................................................23

Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

4.3 Uplink Macro Diversity Intelligent Receiving.............................................................................................................34

5 HSUPA QoS Management.........................................................................................................43

Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

8.6.5 Parameter Optimization...........................................................................................................................................138

Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v

8.12.4 Performance Monitoring........................................................................................................................................179

Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi

1 About This Document

This document covers the following features:

l WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package

This document applies to the following NE types.

RNC BSC6900, BSC6910

NodeB Macro 3900 series macro base stations: BTS3900, BTS3900A,

Micro BTS3803E, BTS3902E

Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

1.2 Intended Audience

l Need to understand the features described herein

1.3 Change History

RAN16.0 Draft B (2014-02-28)

Change Type Change Description Parameter

Feature change None None

RAN16.0 Draft A (2014-01-20)

Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Feature Added the function of HSUPA forcible scheduling Added the

Added the function of load-based happy bit delay l Added an option

Added descriptions about the impacts on active None

M2000 has changed to U2000. None

Editorial The descriptions of the following features have None

Added the cell HSUPA basic throughput-guaranteed None

Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3

1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types

Feature Descripti Supported by Supporte Supported by Micro LampSit

Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4

Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5

Differentiated Function Implementation by Macro, Micro, and LampSite Sites

Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6

This feature has the following impacts:

Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7

2.1 Main Characteristics

2.2 UE Specifications of HSUPA-related Features

WRFD-01061211 20 HSUPA UEs per cell

WRFD-010634 60 HSUPA UEs per cell

WRFD-010639 96 HSUPA UEs per cell

WRFD-010670 128 HSUPA UEs per cell

2.3 HSUPA Channels

Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8

Figure 2-1 HSUPA physical channels

E-AGCH: E-DCH Absolute Grant Channel E-DPCCH: E-DCH Dedicated Physical

E-HICH: E-DCH HARQ Acknowledgement UE: User Equipment

Issue 01 (2014-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9

2.4 Impact of HSUPA on NEs